1 Many have taken on the work of putting together an account of the things that have been accomplished among us, 2 just as they were passed down to us by those who from the first were eyewitnesses and servants of the word. 3 So it seemed good to me also, because I have accurately investigated everything from the beginning, to write an orderly account for you, most excellent Theophilus, 4 so that you might know the certainty of the things you have been taught.
5 In the days of Herod king of Judea there was a certain priest named Zechariah from the division of Abijah; his wife Elizabeth was also a descendant of Aaron. 6 They were both righteous before God, walking blamelessly in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord. 7 But they had no child because Elizabeth was barren, and they were both advanced in their days.
8 Now it came about that Zechariah was in God's presence, carrying out the priestly duties in the order of his division. 9 According to the customary way of choosing which priest would serve, he had been chosen by lot to enter into the temple of the Lord to burn incense. 10 The whole crowd of people was praying outside at the hour when the incense was burned. 11 Now an angel of the Lord appeared to him and stood at the right side of the incense altar. 12 When Zechariah saw him, he was troubled, and fear fell on him. 13 But the angel said to him, "Do not be afraid, Zechariah, because your prayer has been heard. Your wife Elizabeth will bear you a son. You will call his name John. 14 You will have joy and gladness, and many will rejoice at his birth. 15 For he will be great in the sight of the Lord. He must never drink wine or strong drink, and he will be filled with the Holy Spirit from his mother's womb. 16 Many of the descendants of Israel will be turned to the Lord their God. 17 He will go before the face of the Lord in the spirit and power of Elijah, to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children and the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous—to make ready for the Lord a people prepared for him."
18 Zechariah said to the angel, "How can I know this? For I am an old man and my wife is advanced in her days." 19 The angel answered and said to him, "I am Gabriel, who stands in the presence of God. I was sent to speak to you, to bring you this good news. 20 Behold! You will be silent, unable to speak, until the day these things take place. This is because you did not believe my words, which will be fulfilled at the right time." 21 Now the people were waiting for Zechariah. They were surprised that he was spending so much time in the temple. 22 But when he came out, he could not speak to them. They realized that he had seen a vision while he was in the temple. He kept on making signs to them and remained silent. 23 It came about that when the days of his service were over, he went to his house.
24 After these days, his wife Elizabeth conceived and for five months she kept herself hidden. She said, 25 "This is what the Lord has done for me when he looked at me with favor in order to take away my shame before people."
26 In the sixth month, the angel Gabriel was sent from God to a city in Galilee named Nazareth, 27 to a virgin engaged to a man whose name was Joseph, who was a descendant of David, and the virgin's name was Mary. 28 He came to her and said, "Greetings, you who are highly favored! The Lord is with you." 29 But she was very confused by his words and she wondered what kind of greeting this could be. 30 The angel said to her, "Do not be afraid, Mary, for you have found favor with God. 31 See, you will conceive in your womb and bear a son. You will call his name 'Jesus.' 32 He will be great and will be called the Son of the Most High. The Lord God will give him the throne of his ancestor David. 33 He will reign over the house of Jacob forever, and there will be no end to his kingdom."
34 Mary said to the angel, "How will this happen, since I have not known any man?"
35 The angel answered and said to her, "The Holy Spirit will overshadow you, and the power of the Most High will overshadow you. So the holy one to be born will be called the Son of God. 36 See, your relative Elizabeth has also conceived a son in her old age. This is the sixth month for her, she who was called barren. 37 For nothing will be impossible for God."
38 Mary said, "See, I am the female servant of the Lord. Let it be for me according to your message." Then the angel left her.
39 Then Mary arose in those days and quickly went into the hill country, to a city in Judea. 40 She went into the house of Zechariah and greeted Elizabeth. 41 Now it happened that when Elizabeth heard Mary's greeting, the baby in her womb jumped, and Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit. 42 She cried out with a loud shout and said, "Blessed are you among women, and blessed is the fruit of your womb. 43 Why has it happened to me that the mother of my Lord should come to me? 44 For see, when the sound of your greeting came to my ears, the baby in my womb jumped for joy. 45 Blessed is she who believed that there would be a fulfillment of the things that were told her from the Lord."
46 Mary said,
"My soul praises the Lord,
47 and my spirit has rejoiced in God my Savior.
48 For he has looked
at the low condition of his female servant.
For see, from now on all generations will call me blessed.
49 For the Mighty One has done great things for me,
and his name is holy.
50 His mercy lasts from generation to generation
for those who fear him.
51 He has displayed strength with his arm;
he has scattered those who were proud
about the thoughts of their hearts.
52 He has thrown down princes from their thrones
and he has raised up those of low condition.
53 He has filled the hungry with good things,
but the rich he has sent away empty-handed.
54 He has given help to Israel his servant,
so as to remember to show mercy
55 (as he said to our fathers)
to Abraham and his descendants forever."
56 Mary stayed with Elizabeth about three months and then returned to her house.
57 Now the time had come for Elizabeth to deliver her baby and she gave birth to a son. 58 Her neighbors and her relatives heard that the Lord had shown his great mercy to her, and they rejoiced with her.
59 Now it happened on the eighth day that they came to circumcise the child. They would have called him "Zechariah," after the name of his father. 60 But his mother answered and said, "No. He will be called John." 61 They said to her, "There is no one among your relatives who is called by this name." 62 They made signs to his father as to how he wanted him to be named. 63 His father asked for a writing tablet and wrote, "His name is John." They all were astonished at this. 64 Immediately his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed. He spoke and praised God. 65 Fear came on all who lived around them. All these matters were spread throughout all the hill country of Judea. 66 All who heard them stored them in their hearts, saying, "What then will this child become?" For the hand of the Lord was with him.
67 His father Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit and prophesied, saying,
68 "Praised be the Lord, the God of Israel,
for he has come to help
and he has accomplished redemption for his people.
69 He has raised up a horn of salvation for us
in the house of his servant David
70 (as he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets from long ago),
71 salvation from our enemies
and from the hand of all who hate us.
72 He will do this to show mercy to our fathers
and to remember his holy covenant,
73 the oath that he swore
to Abraham our father.
74 He swore to grant to us that we,
having been delivered out of the hand of our enemies,
would serve him without fear
75 in holiness and righteousness
before him all our days.
76 Yes, and you, child,
will be called a prophet of the Most High,
for you will go before the face of the Lord
to prepare his paths,
to prepare people for his coming,
77 to give knowledge of salvation to his people
by the forgiveness of their sins.
78 This will happen because
of the tender mercy of our God,
because of which the sunrise
from on high will come to help us,
79 to shine on those who sit in darkness
and in the shadow of death.
He will do this to guide our feet
into the path of peace."
80 Now the child grew and became strong in spirit, and he was in the wilderness until the day of his public appearance to Israel.
Some translations set poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to show that it is poetry. The ULB does this with the poetry in 1:46-55, 68-79.
Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their family. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John, because there was no one else in their family with that name.
Luke's language is simple and straightforward. He does not use many figures of speech.
Luke explains why he writes to Theophilus.
"about those things that have happened among us" or "about those events that have happened among us"
No one knows for sure who Theophilus was. If he was a Christian, the word "us" here would include him and so be inclusive, and if not, it would be exclusive.
An "eyewitness" is a person who saw something happen, and a servant of the word is a person who serves God by telling people God's message. You may need to make it clear how they were servants of the word. Alternate translation: "saw what had happened and served God by telling people his message"
The word "word" is a synecdoche for a message made up of many words. Alternate translation: "servants of the message" or "servants of God's message"
"carefully researched." Luke was careful to find out exactly what happened. He probably talked to the different people who saw what happened to make sure that what he wrote down about these events was correct.
Luke said this to show honor and respect for Theophilus. This may mean that Theophilus was an important government official. This section should use the style that your culture uses to address people of high status. Some people may prefer to also put this greeting at the beginning and say, "To most excellent Theophilus" or "Dear most excellent Theophilus."
"honorable" or "noble"
This name means "friend of God." It may describe this man's character or it may have been his actual name. Most translations have it as a name.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Zechariah and Elizabeth are introduced. Verses 5-7 give background information about them.
The angel prophesies the birth of John.
The phrase "In the days of" is used to indicate a new event. Alternate translation: "During the time that King Herod ruled over Judea"
"there was a particular" or "there was a." This is a way of introducing a new character in a story. Consider how your language does this.
It is understood that this refers to the priests. Alternate translation: "division of priests" or "group of priests"
"who descended from Abijah." Abijah was an ancestor of this group of priests and all of them were descended from Aaron, who was the first Israelite priest.
"in God's sight" or "in God's opinion"
"all that the Lord had commanded and required"
This contrast word shows that what follows here is the opposite of what is expected. People expected that if they did what was right, God would allow them to have children. Although this couple did what was right, they did not have any children.
This is a euphemism that says that they were very old. Alternate translation: "they had both lived many days" or "they had both lived many years" or "they were both very old"
This phrase is used to mark a shift in the story from the background information to the participants.
It is implied that Zechariah was in God's temple and that these priestly duties were part of worshiping God.
"when it was his group's turn" or "when the time came for his group to serve"
This sentence gives us information about priestly duties.
"the traditional method" or "the usual way"
A lot was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to decide something. The priests believed that God guided the lot to show them which priest he wanted them to choose.
The priests were to burn sweet-smelling incense as an offering to God each morning and evening on a special altar inside the temple.
"A large number of people" or "Many people"
The courtyard was the enclosed area surrounding the temple. Alternate translation: "outside the temple building" or "in the courtyard outside the temple"
"at the set time." It is unclear if this was the morning or evening time for the incense offering.
While Zechariah does his duty in the temple, an angel comes from God to give him a message.
This word marks the beginning of the action in the story.
"suddenly came to him" or "was suddenly there with Zechariah." This expresses that the angel was present with Zechariah, and not simply a vision.
These two phrases mean the same thing, and emphasize how afraid Zechariah was.
"When Zechariah saw the angel." Zechariah was afraid because the appearance of the angel was frightening. He had not done anything wrong, so he was not afraid that the angel would punish him.
Fear is described as if it was something that attacked or overpowered Zechariah.
"Stop being afraid of me" or "You do not need to be afraid of me"
This can be stated in active form. It is implied that God will give Zechariah what he has asked for. Alternate translation: "God has heard your prayer and will give you what you have asked for"
"have a son for you" or "give birth to your son"
The words "joy" and "gladness" mean the same thing and are used to emphasize how great the joy will be. Alternate translation: "you will have great joy" or "you will be very glad"
"because of his birth"
"This is because he will be great." Zechariah and the "many" will rejoice because John will be "great in the sight of the Lord." The rest of verse 15 tells how God wants John to live.
"he will be a very important person for the Lord" or "God will consider him to be very important"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit will empower him" or "the Holy Spirit will guide him" Make sure it does not sound similar to what an evil spirit might do to a person.
"even while he is in his mother's womb" or "even before he is born"
Here "be turned" is a metaphor for a person repenting and worshiping the Lord. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He will cause many of the people of Israel to repent and worship the Lord their God"
Before the Lord comes, he will go and announce to the people that the Lord will come to them.
Here "the face of" someone can be an idiom that refers to the that person's presence. It is sometimes omitted in translation. Alternate translation: "the Lord"
"with the same spirit and power that Elijah had." The word "spirit" either refers to God's Holy Spirit or to Elijah's attitude or way of thinking. Make sure that the word "spirit" does not mean ghost or evil spirit.
"persuade fathers to care about their children again" or "cause fathers to restore their relationships with their children"
The heart is spoken of as if it were something that could be turned to go in a different direction. This refers to changing someone's attitude toward something.
Here this refers to people who do not obey the Lord.
What the people will be prepared to do can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "make ready for the Lord a people who are prepared to believe his message"
"How can I know for sure that what you said will happen?" Here, "know" means to learn by experience, suggesting Zechariah was asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: "What can you do to prove to me that this will happen?"
This is a euphemism that says that she was very old. See how you translated similar words in [Luke 1:7]
This is stated as a rebuke to Zechariah. The presence of Gabriel, coming directly from God, should be enough proof for Zechariah.
"who serves"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God sent me to speak to you"
"Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important"
These mean the same thing, and are repeated to emphasize the completeness of his silence. Alternate translation: "completely unable to speak" or "not able to speak at all"
"not believe what I said"
"at the appointed time"
This marks a shift in the story from what happened inside the temple to what happened outside. Alternate translation: "While that was happening" or "While the angel and Zechariah were talking"
These things probably happened at the same time, and Zechariah's signs helped the people understand that he had had a vision. It might be helpful to your audience to change the order to show that. Alternate translation: "He kept on making signs to them and remained silent. So they realized that he had seen a vision while he was in the temple"
The earlier description indicated that Gabriel actually came to Zechariah in the temple. The people, not knowing that, assumed Zechariah saw a vision.
This phrase moves the story ahead to when Zechariah's service was ended.
Zechariah did not live in Jerusalem, where the temple was located. He traveled to his home town.
The phrase "these days" refers to the time Zechariah was serving in the temple. It is possible to state more clearly what this refers to. Alternate translation: "After Zechariah's time of serving at the temple"
"Zechariah's wife"
"did not leave her house"
This phrase refers to the fact that the Lord allowed her to become pregnant.
This is a positive exclamation. She is very happy with what the Lord has done for her.
"to look at" here is an idiom that means "to treat" or "to deal with." Alternate translation: "regarded me kindly" or "had pity on me"
This refers to the shame she felt when she was not able to have children.
"in the sixth month of Elizabeth's pregnancy." It may be necessary to state this clearly if it would be confused with the sixth month of the year.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God told the angel Gabriel to go"
Mary's parents had agreed that Mary would marry Joseph. Though they had not had sexual relations, Joseph would have thought and spoken of her as his wife.
"he belonged to the same tribe as King David"
This introduces Mary as a new character in the story.
"The angel came to Mary"
This was a common greeting. It means: "Rejoice" or "Be glad."
"you who have received great grace!" or "you who have received special kindness!"
"with you" here is an idiom that implies support and acceptance. Alternate translation: "The Lord is pleased with you"
Mary understood the meaning of the individual words, but she did not understand why the angel said this amazing greeting to her.
The angel does not want Mary to be afraid of his appearance, because God sent him with a positive message.
The idiom "to find favor" means to be positively received by someone. The sentence can be altered to show God as the actor. Alternate translation: "God has decided to give you his grace" or "God is showing you his kindness"
Mary will bear "a son" who will be called "the Son of the Most High." Jesus is therefore a human son born of a human mother, and he is also the Son of God. These terms should be translated very carefully.
Mary will bear "a son" who will be called "the Son of the Most High." Jesus is therefore a human son born of a human mother, and he is also the Son of God. These terms should be translated very carefully.
Possible meanings are 1) "people will call him" or 2) "God will call him"
This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God.
The throne represents the king's authority to rule. Alternate translation: "give him authority to rule as king as his ancestor David did"
The negative phrase "no end" emphasizes that it continues forever. It could also be stated with a positive phrase. Alternate translation: "his kingdom will never end"
Though Mary did not understand how it could happen, she did not doubt that it would happen.
Mary used this polite expression to say that she had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: "I am a virgin"
The process of Mary's conception would begin with the Holy Spirit coming to her.
It was God's "power" that would supernaturally cause Mary to become pregnant even while she still remained a virgin. Make sure this does not imply any physical or sexual union—this was a miracle.
"will cover you like a shadow"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So the holy one who will be born they will call the Son of God" or "So the baby that will be born will be holy, and people will call him the Son of God"
"the holy child" or "the holy baby"
This is an important title for Jesus.
"Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: your relative"
If you need to state a specific relationship, Elizabeth was probably Mary's aunt or great-aunt.
"Elizabeth has also become pregnant with a son even though she is already very old" or "Elizabeth, even though she is old, has also become pregnant and will bear a son." Make sure it does not sound as though both Mary and Elizabeth were old when they conceived.
"the sixth month of her pregnancy"
"Because nothing" or "This shows that nothing"
Elizabeth's pregnancy was proof that God was able to do anything—even enable Mary to become pregnant without her sleeping with a man. The double negatives in this statement can be stated with positive terms. Alternate translation: "everything will be possible for God" or "God can do anything"
"Here I am, the female servant" or "I am glad to be the female servant." She is responding humbly and willingly.
Choose an expression that shows her humility and obedience to the Lord. She was not boasting about being the Lord's servant.
"Let this happen to me." Mary was expressing her willingness for the things to happen that the angel had told her were about to happen.
Mary goes to visit her relative Elizabeth, who is going to give birth to John.
This idiom means she not only stood up, but also "got ready." Alternate translation: "started out" or "got ready"
"the hilly area" or "the mountainous part of Israel"
It is implied that Mary finished her journey before she went in to Zechariah's house. This could be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "When she arrived, she went"
The phrase is used to mark a new event in this part of the story.
"in Elizabeth's womb"
moved suddenly
The phrases "cried out" and "loud shout" mean the same thing and are used to emphasize how excited Elizabeth was. You may want to combine them into one phrase. Alternate translation: "exclaimed loudly"
The idiom "among women" means "more than any other woman"
Mary's baby is spoken of as if it is the fruit that a plant produces. Alternate translation: "the baby in your womb" or "the baby you will bear"
Elizabeth is not asking for information. She was showing how surprised and happy she was that the mother of the Lord had come to her. Alternate translation: "How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to me!"
It can be made clear that Elizabeth was calling Mary "the mother of my Lord" by adding the word "you." Alternate translation: "you, the mother of my Lord"
This phrase alerts Mary to pay attention to Elizabeth's surprising statement that follows.
Hearing a sound is spoken of as if the sound came to the ears. Alternate translation: "when I heard the sound of your greeting"
"moved suddenly with joy" or "turned forcefully because he was so happy"
Elizabeth is talking about Mary to Mary. Alternate translation: "Blessed are you who believed ... that were told you from the Lord"
The passive verb can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will bless her because she believed"
"the things would actually happen" or "the things would come true"
The word "from" is used here instead of "by" because it was the angel Gabriel whom Mary actually heard speak
Mary begins a song of praise to the Lord her Savior.
The word "soul" refers to the spiritual part of a person. Mary is saying that her worship comes from deep inside her. Alternate translation: "My inner being praises" or "I praise"
Both "soul" and "spirit" refer to the spiritual part of a person. Mary is saying that her worship comes from deep inside her. Alternate translation: "my heart has rejoiced" or "I rejoice"
"has felt very joyful about" or "was very happy about"
"God, the One who saves me" or "God, who saves me"
"This is because he"
"looked at with concern" or "cared about"
"poverty." Mary's family was not rich.
This phrase calls attention to the statement that follows.
"now and in the future"
"the people in all generations"
"God, the Powerful One, has"
Here "name" refers to the entire person of God. Alternate translation: "he"
"God's mercy"
"from one generation to the next generation" or "throughout every generation" or "to people in every time period"
Here "his arm" is a metonym that stands for God's power. Alternate translation: "shown that he is very powerful"
"has caused those ... hearts to run away in different directions"
Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's inner beings. Alternate translation: "who were proud in their thoughts" or "who were proud"
A throne is a chair that a ruler sits on, and it is a symbol of his authority. If a prince is brought down from his throne, it means he no longer has the authority to reign. Alternate translation: "He has taken away the authority of princes" or "He has made rulers stop ruling"
In this word picture, people who are important are higher than people who are less important. Alternate translation: "has has made humble people important" or "has given honor to people whom others have not honored"
"in poverty." See how you translated this in Luke 1:48.
The contrast between these two opposite actions should be made clear in the translation if possible.
Possible meanings are 1) "given the hungry good food to eat" or 2) "given the needy good things."
The information in verses 54 and 55 can be rearranged, as in the UDB, to make the meaning clearer.
"The Lord has helped"
If readers confuse this with the man named Israel, it could be translated as "his servant, the nation of Israel" or "Israel, his servants."
"in order to"
God cannot forget. When God "remembers," it is an idiom that means God acts upon his earlier promise.
The information in verses 54 and 55 can be rearranged, as in the UDB, to make the meaning clearer.
"just as he promised our ancestors he would do." This phrase supplies background information about God's promise to Abraham. Alternate translation: "because he promised our ancestors he would be merciful"
"Abraham's descendants"
"Mary returned to her (Mary's) house" or "Mary returned to her own house"
This word marks the beginning of the next event in the story.
"give birth to her baby"
"Elizabeth's neighbors and relatives"
"been very kind to her"
This phrase is used here to mark a change in the main story. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
Here "eighth day" refers to the time after the birth of the baby, counted from the first day, which was the day he was born. Alternate translation: "on the eighth day of the baby's life"
This was often a ceremony where one person circumcised the baby and friends were there to celebrate with the family. Alternate translation: "they came for the baby's circumcision ceremony"
"They were going to name him" or "They wanted to give him the name"
"his father's name"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"by that name" or "by the same name"
This refers to the people who were there for the circumcision ceremony.
"motioned." Either Zechariah was unable to hear, as well as unable to speak, or the people assumed that he could not hear.
"to the baby's father"
"what name Zechariah wanted to give the baby"
Since he could not speak, it may be helpful to state this differently. Alternate translation: "His father indicated that he wanted them to give him a writing tablet" or "His father showed that he wanted a writing tablets"
"something on which to write"
greatly surprised or amazed
These two phrases are word pictures that together emphasize that Zechariah was suddenly able to speak.
These phrases can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God opened his mouth and freed his tongue"
"All who lived around Zechariah and Elizabeth were afraid." It may be helpful to state clearly why they were afraid. Alternate translation: "All who lived around them were in awe of God because he had done this to Zechariah"
The word "all" here is a generalization. Alternate translation: "those who lived around them" or "many who lived in that area"
The phrase "these matters were spread" is a metaphor for people talking about them. The passive verb here can also be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "All these matters were talked about by people throughout all the hill country of Judea" or "People throughout the hill country of Judea talked about all these matters"
"All who heard about these matters"
People carefully remembering things so that they can think about them later is spoken of as if they were putting those things safely in their hearts. Alternate translation: "kept them in mind" or "thought carefully about these matters" or "thought a lot about these events"
"hearts. They asked"
"What kind of great person will this baby grow up to be?" It is also possible that this question was meant to be a statement of their surprise at what they had heard about the baby. Alternate translation: "What a great man this child will be!"
The phrase "the hand of the Lord" refers to the Lord's power. Alternate translation: "the Lord's power was with him" or "the Lord was working in him powerfully"
Zechariah tells what will happen with his son John.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled his father Zechariah, and Zachariah prophesied"
John's father
Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotes in your language. Alternate translation: "prophesied and said" or "prophesied, and this is what he said"
"Israel" here refers to the nation of Israel. The relationship between God and Israel could be stated more directly. Alternate translation: "the God who reigns over Israel" or "the God whom Israel worships"
"God's people"
The horn of an animal is a symbol of its power to defend itself. To raise up here is to bring into existence or to enable to act. The Messiah is spoken of as if he were a horn with the power to save Israel. Alternate translation: "He has brought to us someone who is in the house of his servant David with the power to save us"
David's "house" here represents his family, specifically, his descendants. Alternate translation: "in the family of his servant David" or "who is a descendant of his servant David"
"just as God said"
God speaking by the prophets' mouths represents God causing his prophets to say what he wanted them to say. Alternate translation: "he caused his holy prophets who lived long ago to say"
The abstract noun "salvation" can be expressed with the verbs "save" or "rescue." Alternate translation: "who will save us from our enemies"
These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are repeated to emphasize how strongly their enemies are against them.
The hand is a metonym for the power that the person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: "power" or "control"
"to be merciful to" or "to act according to his mercy toward"
Here the word "remember" means to keep a commitment or fulfill something.
These words refer to "his holy covenant" (Luke 1:72).
"to make it possible for us"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that after he rescued us from the hand of our enemies we would serve him without fear"
Here "hand" refers to the control or power a person. This could be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "from the control of our enemies"
This refers back to the fear of their enemies. Alternate translation: "without being afraid of our enemies"
This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "holiness" and "righteousness." Possible meanings are 1) we would serve God in holy and righteous ways. Alternate translation: "doing what is holy and righteous" or 2) we would be holy and righteous. Alternate translation: "being holy and righteous"
This is an idiom which means "in his presence"
Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. You may have a similar way to direct speech in your language.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as for you, child, people will know that you are a prophet"
These words are a euphemism for God. Alternate translation: "who serves the Most High" or "who speaks for God Most High"
Before the Lord comes, he will go and announce to the people that the Lord will come to them. See how you translated this in Luke 1:17.
"the face of" someone can be an idiom that refers to the that person's presence. It is sometimes omitted in translation. Alternate translation: "the Lord" See how you translated this in [Luke 1:17]
This is a metaphor that means that John will prepare the people to listen to and believe the Lord's message.
The phrase "give knowledge" is a metaphor for teaching. The abstract nouns "salvation" and "forgiveness" can be expressed with the verbs "save" and "forgive." Alternate translation: "to teach his people salvation through the forgiveness of their sins" or "to teach his people how God saves people by forgiving their sins"
It might be helpful to state that God's mercy helps people. Alternate translation: "because God is compassionate and merciful to us"
Light is often a metaphor for truth. Here, the Savior giving spiritual truth to people is spoken of as if he were a sunrise that shines light on the earth. Alternate translation: "the Savior, who is like a sunrise, will come from on high"
"from heaven"
Light is often a metaphor for truth. Here, the spiritual truth that the Savior will provide is spoken of as if it is a sunrise that lights up the earth
"give knowledge to" or "give spiritual light to"
Darkness is here a metaphor for the absence of spiritual truth. Here, people who lack spiritual truth are spoken of as if they are sitting in darkness. Also "shadow of death" represents the threat of death. Alternate translation: "those who do not know the truth and are in spiritual darkness and fear dying"
Here "guide" is a metaphor for teaching, and "path of peace" is a metaphor for living at peace with God. The phrase "our feet" is a synecdoche that represents the whole person. Alternate translation: "teach us how to live at peace with God"
This tells briefly about John's growing years.
This word is used here to mark a change in the main story. Luke quickly moves from the birth of John to the beginning of his ministry as an adult.
"became spiritually mature" or "strengthened his relationship with God"
"lived in the wilderness." Luke does not say at what age John began to live in the wilderness.
This does not necessarily mark a stopping point. John continued to live out in the desert even after he started preaching publicly.
"when he began to preach in public"
This is used here in the general sense of "the time" or "the occasion."
1 Now in those days, it came about that Caesar Augustus sent out a decree ordering that a census be taken of all the people living in the world. 2 This was the first census made while Quirinius was governor of Syria. 3 So everyone went to his own city to be registered for the census. 4 Joseph also went up from Galilee, from the city of Nazareth, to Judea, to the city of David, which is called Bethlehem, because he was of the house and family line of David. 5 He went there to register along with Mary, who was engaged to him and was pregnant. 6 Now it came about that while they were there, the time came for her to deliver her baby. 7 She gave birth to a son, her firstborn child, and she wrapped him in long strips of cloth and laid him in a manger, because there was no room for them in the inn.
8 There were shepherds in that region who were staying in the fields, guarding their flock at night. 9 An angel of the Lord appeared to them, and the glory of the Lord shone around them, and they were filled with great fear. 10 Then the angel said to them, "Do not be afraid, because I bring you good news that will bring great joy to all the people. 11 Today a Savior was born for you in the city of David! He is Christ the Lord! 12 This is the sign that will be given to you: You will find a baby wrapped in strips of cloth and lying in a manger." 13 Suddenly there was together with the angel a great multitude from heaven, praising God and saying,
14 "Glory to God in the highest,
and may there be peace on earth
among people with whom he is pleased." [1]
15 It came about that when the angels had gone away from them into heaven, the shepherds said to each other, "Let us now go to Bethlehem and see this thing that has happened, which the Lord has made known to us." 16 They hurried there and found Mary, Joseph, and the baby, who was lying in a manger. 17 After they had seen him, they made known what had been said to them about this child. 18 All who heard it were amazed at what was spoken to them by the shepherds. 19 But Mary kept thinking about all the things she had heard, treasuring them in her heart. 20 The shepherds returned, glorifying and praising God for everything that they had heard and seen, just as it had been spoken to them.
21 When it was the end of the eighth day, when he was circumcised, he was named Jesus, the name he had been given by the angel before he was conceived in the womb.
22 When the required number of days for their purification had passed, according to the law of Moses, they brought him up to the temple in Jerusalem to present him to the Lord. 23 As it is written in the law of the Lord, "Every male who opens the womb will be set apart to the Lord." 24 So they offered a sacrifice according to what was said in the law of the Lord, "a pair of doves or two young pigeons." 25 Behold, there was a man in Jerusalem whose name was Simeon, and this man was righteous and devout. He was waiting for the consolation of Israel, and the Holy Spirit was upon him. 26 It had been revealed to him by the Holy Spirit that he would not see death before he had seen the Lord's Christ. 27 Led by the Spirit, Simeon came into the temple. When the parents brought in the infant Jesus, to do for him according to the custom of the law, 28 he took him into his arms and praised God, and he said,
29 "Now let your servant depart in peace, Lord,
according to your word.
30 For my eyes have seen your salvation,
31 which you have prepared in the presence of all peoples:
32 A light for revelation to the Gentiles
and glory to your people Israel."
33 His father and mother [2] were amazed at what was said about him. 34 Simeon blessed them and said to Mary his mother, "Behold, this child is appointed for the downfall and rising up of many people in Israel and for a sign that is rejected— 35 and a sword will pierce your own soul—so that the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed." 36 A prophetess named Anna was there. She was the daughter of Phanuel from the tribe of Asher. She was advanced in her days. She had lived with her husband for seven years after her virginity, 37 and was a widow for eighty-four years. She never left the temple but was serving with fastings and prayers, night and day. 38 At that very hour she came near to them and began giving thanks to God, and she spoke about the child to everyone who had been waiting for the redemption of Jerusalem. 39 When they had finished everything they were required to do according to the law of the Lord, they returned to Galilee, to their own town of Nazareth.
40 The child grew and became strong; he was full of wisdom, and the grace of God was upon him.
41 His parents went every year to Jerusalem for the Festival of the Passover. 42 When he was twelve years old, they again went up at the customary time for the festival. 43 After they had stayed the full number of days for the feast, they began to return home. But the boy Jesus stayed behind in Jerusalem and his parents did not know it. 44 They assumed that he was with the group that was traveling with them, so they traveled a day's journey. Then they started to search carefully for him among their relatives and friends. 45 When they did not find him, they returned to Jerusalem and started to search carefully for him there. 46 It came about that after three days they found him in the temple, sitting in the middle of the teachers, listening to them and asking them questions. 47 All who heard him were amazed at his understanding and his answers. 48 When they saw him, they were astonished. His mother said to him, "Son, why have you treated us this way? Look, your father and I have been anxiously searching for you." 49 He said to them, "Why were you searching for me? Did you not know that I had to be about my Father's business? [3]50 But they did not understand what he meant by those words. 51 Then he went back home with them to Nazareth and was obedient to them. His mother treasured all these things in her heart.
52 But Jesus continued to grow in wisdom and stature, and increased in favor with God and people.
Some translations set poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to show that it is poetry. The ULB does this with the poetry in 2:14, 29-32.
This gives background to show why Mary and Joseph have to move at the time of Jesus's birth.
This word marks the beginning of a new part of the story.
This phrase is used to show that this is the beginning of an account. If your language has a way of showing the start of an account, you may use that. Some versions do not include this phrase.
"King Augustus" or "Emperor Augustus." Augustus was the first emperor of the Roman Empire.
This command was probably carried by messengers throughout the empire. Alternate translation: "sent messengers with a decree ordering"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that they register all the people living in the world" or "that they count all the people in the world and write down their names"
Here the word "world" represents only the part of the world that Caesar August ruled. Alternate translation: "the Empire" or "the Roman world"
Quirinius was appointed to be the governor of Syria.
"everyone started off" or "everyone was going"
This refers to the cities where people's ancestors lived. People may have lived in a different city. Alternate translation: "the city in which his ancestors lived"
"to have his name written in the register" or "to be included in the official count"
The UDB rearranges verses 4 and 5 into a verse bridge in order to make it easier to shorten the sentences.
This introduces Joseph as a new participant in the story.
The phrase "the city of David" was a name for Bethlehem that tells why Bethlehem was important. Although it was a small town, King David was born there, and there was a prophecy that the Messiah would be born there. Alternate translation: "to Bethlehem, the city of King David" or "to Bethlehem, the town where King David was born"
"because Joseph was a descendant of David"
This means to report to the officials there so they could include him in the count. Use a term for an official government count if possible.
Mary traveled with Joseph from Nazareth. It is likely that women were also taxed, so Mary would have needed to travel and be registered as well.
"his fiancee" or "who was promised to him." An engaged couple was considered legally married, but there would not have been physical intimacy between them.
The UDB rearranges verses 6 and 7 into a verse bridge in order to keep together the details about the place they stayed.
This phrase marks the beginning of the next event in the story.
"while Mary and Joseph were in Bethlehem"
"it was time to give birth to her baby"
In some cultures mothers comfort their babies by wrapping them tightly in cloth or a blanket. Alternate translation: "wrapped cloths firmly around him" or "wrapped him tightly in a blanket"
This was some kind of box or frame that people put hay or other food in for animals to eat. It was most likely clean and may have had something soft and dry like hay in it as a cushion for the baby. Animals were often kept near the home to keep them secure and to feed them easily. Mary and Joseph stayed in a room that was used for animals.
"there was no space for them to stay in the guest room." This was probably because so many people went to Bethlehem to register. Luke adds this as background information.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"An angel from the Lord" or "An angel who served the Lord"
"came to the shepherds"
The source of the bright light was the glory of the Lord, which appeared at the same time as the angel.
"Stop being afraid"
"that will make all the people very happy"
Some understand this to refer to the Jewish people. Others understand it to refer to all people.
This refers to Bethlehem.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will give you this sign" or "You will see this sign from God"
"the proof." This could either be a sign to prove that what the angel was saying was true, or it could be a sign that would help the shepherds recognize the baby.
This was the normal way that mothers protected and cared for their babies in that culture. See how you translated this in [Luke 2:7]
This was some kind of box or frame that people put hay or other food in for animals to eat. See how you translated this in Luke 2:7.
These words could refer to a literal army of angels, or it could be a metaphor for an organized group of angels. Alternate translation: "a large group of angels from heaven"
"giving praise to God"
Possible meanings are 1) "Give honor to God in the highest place" or 2) "Give the highest honor to God."
"may those people on earth with whom God is pleased have peace"
This phrase is used to mark a shift in the story to what the shepherds did after the angels left.
"from the shepherds"
"to one another"
Since the shepherds were speaking to one another, languages that have inclusive forms for "we" and "us" should use the inclusive form here.
"We should"
This refers to the birth of the baby, and not to the appearance of the angels.
A manger is a box or frame that people put hay or other food in for animals to eat. See how you translated this in Luke 2:7.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what the angels had told the shepherds"
"the baby"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what the shepherds told them"
A person who thinks is something is very valuable or precious is "treasuring" it. Mary considered the things she was told about her son to be very precious. Alternate translation: "carefully remembering them" or "joyfully remembering them"
"shepherds went back to the sheep"
These are very similar and emphasize how excited they were about what God had done. Alternate translation: "talking about and praising God's greatness"
The laws God gave the Jewish believers told them when to circumcise a boy baby and what sacrifice the parents had to bring.
This phrase shows the passing of time before this new event.
"the end of the eighth day of his life." The day he was born was counted as the first day.
Joseph and Mary gave him his name.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the name the angel had called him"
This shows the passing of time before this new event.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the number of days that God required"
"for them to become ceremonially clean." You can also state God's role. Alternate translation: "for God to consider them clean again"
"Mary and Joseph brought the baby up to the temple"
"to bring him to the Lord" or "to bring him into the Lord's presence." This was a ceremony acknowledging God's claim on the firstborn children who were male.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "As Moses wrote" or "They did this because Moses wrote"
This is an idiom meaning the first male born into a family. This referred to both animals and people. Alternate translation: "The first male that a mother gives birth to" or "Every firstborn male"
"that which the law of the Lord also says." This is a different place in the law. It refers to all males, whether firstborn or not.
The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
These abstract terms can be expressed as actions. Alternate translation: "did what was right and feared God" or "obeyed God's laws and feared God"
The word "Israel" is a metonym for the people of Israel. To "console" someone is to give them comfort, or "consolation." The words "consolation of Israel" are a metonym for the Christ or Messiah who would comfort or bring consolation to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: "the one who would comfort the people of Israel"
"the Holy Spirit was with him." God was with him in a special way and gave him wisdom and direction in his life.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit had shown him" or "The Holy Spirit had told him"
"he would see the Lord's Messiah before he died"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "As the Holy Spirit directed him"
Some languages may say "went."
"into the temple courtyard." Only priests could enter the temple building.
"Jesus's parents"
"the custom of the law of God"
"Simeon took the infant Jesus into his arms" or "Simeon held Jesus in his arms"
"I am your servant; let me depart in peace." Simeon was referring to himself.
This is a euphemism meaning "die"
"Word" here is a metonym for "promise." Alternate translation: "as you have promised"
This expression means, "I have personally seen" or "I, myself, have seen"
This expression refers to the person who would bring salvation—the infant Jesus—whom Simeon was holding. Alternate translation: "the savior whom you sent" or "the one whom you sent to save"
Depending on how you translate the previous phrase, this may need to be changed to "whom you."
"have planned" or "caused to happen"
This metaphor means that the child will help people to understand God's will. The Gentiles understanding God's will is spoken of as if they were people using physical light to see a solid object. You may need to make explicit what it is that the Gentiles will see. Alternate translation: "This child will enable the Gentiles to understand God's will as light allows people to see clearly"
It may be necessary to state what is to be revealed. Alternate translation: "that will reveal God's truth"
"he will be the reason that glory will come to your people Israel"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that Simeon said about him"
"said to the child's mother, Mary." Make sure it does not sound like Mary is the mother of Simeon.
Simeon used this expression to tell Mary that what he is about to say is extremely important to her.
The words "downfall" and "rising up" express turning away from God and drawing closer to God. Alternate translation: "this child will cause many people in Israel to fall away from God or to rise closer to God"
This metaphor describes the deep sadness that Mary would feel. Alternate translation: "your sadness will be painful as though a sword pierced your soul"
Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's inner beings. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he may reveal the thoughts of many people" or "he may reveal what many people secretly think"
This introduces a new participant into the story.
This is a man's name.
This is a euphemism that says that she was very old. See how you translated similar words in [Luk 2:7]
"7 years"
"after she married him"
Possible meanings are 1) she had been a widow for 84 years or 2) she was a widow and was now 84 years old.
This is probably an exaggeration meaning that she spent so much time in the temple that it seemed as though she never left it. Alternate translation: "was always at the temple" or "was often at the temple"
"by abstaining from food on many occasions and by offering many prayers"
"approached them" or "went to Mary and Joseph"
Here the word "redemption" is used to refer to the person who would do it. Alternate translation: "the one who would redeem Jerusalem" or "the person who would bring God's blessings and favor back to Jerusalem"
Mary, Joseph, and Jesus leave the town of Bethlehem and return to the city of Nazareth for his childhood.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the law of the Lord required them to do"
This phrase means they lived in Nazareth. Make sure it does not sound like they owned the town. Alternate translation: "the town of Nazareth, where they lived"
"becoming wiser" or "learning what was wise"
"God blessed him" or "God was with him in a special way"
This is background information.
"Jesus's parents"
Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
"at the normal time" or "as they did every year"
The Festival of the Passover, which involved eating a ceremonial meal.
"When the entire time for celebrating the feast was over" or "After celebrating the feast for the required number of days"
"They thought"
"they traveled one day" or "they went as far as people walk in one day"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
This refers to the courtyard around the temple. Only the priests were allowed in the temple. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard" or "at the temple"
This does not mean the exact center. Rather, it means "among" or "together with" or "surrounded by."
"the religious teachers" or "those who taught people about God"
They could not understand how a twelve-year-old boy with no religious education could answer so well.
"at how much he understood" or "that he understood so much about God"
"at how well he answered them" or "that he answered their questions so well"
"When Mary and Joseph found Jesus"
This was an indirect rebuke because he had not gone with them on the way back home. This caused them to worry about him. Alternate translation: "you should not have done this to us!"
This word is often used to show the beginning of a new or important event. It also can be used to show where the action begins. If your language has a phrase that is used in this way, consider whether it would be natural to use it here.
Jesus uses two questions to mildly rebuke his parents, and to begin to tell them that he had a purpose from his heavenly Father that they did not understand. Alternate translation: "You did not need to be concerned about me."
Jesus uses this second question to try to say that his parents should have known about the purpose for which his Father sent him. Alternate translation: "You should have known ... business."
Possible meanings are 1) Jesus meant these words literally, to indicate that he was doing the work that his Father had given him, or 2) these words are an idiom that indicate where Jesus was, "in my Father's house." Since the next verse says that his parents did not understand what he was telling them, it would be best not to explain it more.
At age 12, Jesus, the Son of God, understood that God was his real Father
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"Jesus went back home with Mary and Joseph"
"obeyed them" or "was always obeying them"
Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "carefully remembered all these things"
"become wiser and stronger." These refer to mental and physical growth.
This refers to spiritual and social growth. These could be stated separately. Alternate translation: "God blessed him more and more, and people liked him more and more"
1 In the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar—while Pontius Pilate was governor of Judea, Herod was tetrarch of Galilee, his brother Philip was tetrarch of the region of Iturea and Trachonitis, and Lysanias was tetrarch of Abilene, 2 during the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas—the word of God came to John son of Zechariah in the wilderness. 3 He went into all the region around the Jordan, preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins. 4 As it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet,
"A voice of one crying out in the wilderness,
'Make ready the way of the Lord,
make his paths straight.
5 Every valley will be filled,
and every mountain and hill will be made low,
and the crooked roads will be made straight,
and the uneven places will be built into roads,
6 and all flesh will see the salvation of God.'"
7 So John said to the crowds who were coming out to be baptized by him, "You offspring of vipers! Who warned you to run away from the wrath that is coming? 8 Therefore, produce fruits that are worthy of repentance, and do not begin to say within yourselves, 'We have Abraham for our father,' for I tell you that God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones. 9 Even now the ax is set against the root of the trees. So every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire."
10 Then the crowds kept asking him, saying, "What then are we to do?"
11 He answered and said to them, "If someone has two tunics, he should share it with a person who has none, and the one having food should do the same."
12 Tax collectors also came to be baptized, and they said to him, "Teacher, what must we do?"
13 He said to them, "Do not collect more money than you have been ordered to collect."
14 Some soldiers also asked him, saying, "What about us? What must we do?"
He said to them, "Do not take money from anyone by force, and do not accuse anyone falsely. Be content with your wages."
15 Now as the people were eagerly expecting the Christ to come, everyone was wondering in their hearts concerning John, whether he might be the Christ. 16 John answered by saying to them all, "As for me, I baptize you with water, but someone is coming who is more powerful than I, and I am not worthy even to untie the strap of his sandals. He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire. 17 His winnowing fork is in his hand to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor and to gather the wheat into his storehouse. But he will burn up the chaff with fire that can never be put out."
18 With many other exhortations also, John was announcing the good news to the people. 19 When Herod the tetrarch had been reproved for marrying his brother's wife Herodias, and for all the other evil things that Herod had done, 20 he added this to them all, that he locked John up in prison.
21 Now it came about, when all the people were baptized, Jesus also was baptized, and while he was praying, the heavens opened, 22 and the Holy Spirit in bodily form came down on him like a dove, and a voice came from heaven, "You are my beloved Son. I am pleased with you."
23 When Jesus began his ministry, he was about thirty years of age. He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph, the son of Heli, 24 the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph.
25 Joseph was the son of Mattathias, the son of Amos, the son of Nahum, the son of Esli, the son of Naggai, 26 the son of Maath, the son of Mattathias, the son of Semein, the son of Josech, the son of Joda.
27 Joda was the son of Joanan, the son of Rhesa, the son of Zerubbabel, the son of Salathiel, the son of Neri, 28 the son of Melchi, the son of Addi, the son of Cosam, the son of Elmadam, the son of Er,
29 the son of Joshua, the son of Eliezer, the son of Jorim, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi. 30 Levi was the son of Simeon, the son of Judah, the son of Joseph, the son of Jonam, the son of Eliakim,
31 the son of Melea, the son of Menna, the son of Mattatha, the son of Nathan, the son of David, 32 the son of Jesse, the son of Obed, the son of Boaz, the son of Salmon, the son of Nahshon.
33 Nahshon was the son of Amminadab, the son of Admin, the son of Arni, the son of Hezron, the son of Perez, the son of Judah, 34 the son of Jacob, the son of Isaac, the son of Abraham, the son of Terah, the son of Nahor,
35 the son of Serug, the son of Reu, the son of Peleg, the son of Eber, the son of Shelah. 36 Shelah was the son of Cainan, the son of Arphaxad, the son of Shem, the son of Noah, the son of Lamech,
37 the son of Methuselah, the son of Enoch, the son of Jared, the son of Mahalalel, the son of Cainan, 38 the son of Enos, the son of Seth, the son of Adam, the son of God.
Some translations set poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to show that it is poetry. The ULB does this with the poetry in 3:4-6, which is from the Old Testament.
John's instructions to the soldiers and tax collectors in this chapter are not complicated. They are things that should have been obvious to them. He instructed them to live justly. (See: justice and Luke 3:12-15)
A genealogy is a list which records a person's ancestors or descendants. Such lists were very important in determining who had the right be king, because the king's authority was usually passed down or inherited from his father. It was also common for other important people to have a recorded genealogy.
Prophecy often involves the use of metaphors to express its meaning. Spiritual discernment is needed for proper interpretation of the prophecy. The prophecy of Isaiah is an extended metaphor describing the ministry of John the Baptist
This event can cause confusion because the author says John was imprisoned and then says he was baptizing Jesus. The author probably uses this phrase in anticipation of Herod's imprisonment of John. This would mean that this statement is still in the future at the time of the narrative.
Verses 1-3 give background information to tell what is happening when Jesus's cousin John begins his ministry.
As the prophet Isaiah had foretold, John begins to preach good news to the people.
These are the names of men.
These are names of territories.
"while Annas and Caiaphas were serving together as the high priest." Annas was the high priest, and the Jews continued to recognize him as such even after the Romans appointed his son-in-law, Caiaphas, to replace him as high priest.
The writer speaks of God's message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: "God spoke his message"
The terms "baptism" and "repentance" could be stated as actions. Alternate translation: "and he preached that people should be baptized to show that they were repenting"
They would repent so that God would forgive their sins. The term "forgiveness" can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: "so that their sins would be forgiven" or "so that God would forgive their sins"
The author, Luke, quotes a passage from Isaiah the prophet concerning John the Baptist.
These words introduce a quotation from the prophet Isaiah. They can be stated in active form, and the missing words can be supplied. Alternate translation: "This happened as Isaiah the prophet had written in the book that contains his words:" or "John fulfilled the message that the prophet Isaiah had written in his book:"
This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: "The voice of one crying out in the wilderness is heard" or "They hear the sound of someone crying out in the wilderness"
The second command explains or adds more detail to the first.
"Get the road ready for the Lord." Doing this represents preparing to hear the Lord's message when he comes. Alternate translation: "Prepare yourselves for the Lord to come" or "Be ready for the Lord when he comes"
"the path" or "the road"
When people prepare the road for an important person who is coming, they cut down the high places and fill in the low places so that the road will be level. This is part of the metaphor started in the previous verse.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "They will fill in every low place in the road"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they will level every mountain and hill" or "they will remove every high place in the road"
This can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: "learn how God saves people from sin"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for John to baptize them"
This is a metaphor. Here "offspring of" means "having the characteristic of." Vipers are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. Alternate translation: "You evil poisonous snakes" or "You are evil, like poisonous snakes
He was not really expecting them to answer. John was rebuking the people because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. Alternate translation: "You cannot flee from God's wrath like this!" or "You cannot escape from God's wrath just by being baptized!"
The word "wrath" is used here to refer to God's punishment because his wrath precedes it. Alternate translation: "from the punishment that God is sending" or "from God's wrath on which he is about to act"
In this metaphor, a person's behavior is compared to fruit. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: "produce the kind of fruit that shows that you have repented" or "do the good things that show that you have turned away from your sin"
"saying to yourselves" or "thinking"
"Abraham is our ancestor" or "We are Abraham's descendants." If it is unclear why they would say this, you may also add the implied information: "so God will not punish us."
"create children for Abraham"
John was probably referring to the actual stones along the Jordan River.
The ax that is in position so it can cut the roots of a tree is a metaphor for the punishment that is about to begin. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is like the man who has placed his ax against the root of the trees"
"fire" here is a metaphor for punishment. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he chops down every tree ... and throws it into the fire"
"asking him and said" or "asking John"
John begins to respond to questions that people in the crowd ask him.
"answered them, saying" or "answered them" or "said"
This refers back to giving to someone what he needs. Alternate translation: "give food to someone who does not have any" or "share extra food just as you shared the extra tunic"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for John to baptize them"
"Do not ask for more money" or "Do not demand more money." Tax collectors had been collecting more money than they should have been collecting. John tells them to stop doing that.
This is passive to show that the tax collector's authority comes from Rome. Alternate translation: "than what the Romans have authorized you to take"
"How about us soldiers, what must we do?" John is not included in the words "us" and "we." The soldiers have implied that John had told the crowd and the tax collector what they must do and want to know what they as soldiers are to do.
It seems that the soldiers were making false charges against people in order to get money. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "in the same way, do not accuse anyone falsely in order to get money from them" or "do not say that an innocent person has done something illegal"
"Be satisfied with your pay"
"because the people." This refers to the same people who came to John.
"everyone was unsure what to think about John; they asked themselves, 'Could he be the Christ?'" or "no one was sure what to think about John because they were wondering whether he might be the Christ."
John's answer about a greater person coming clearly implies that John is not the Christ. It may be helpful to state this clearly for your audience. Alternate translation: "John clarified that he was not the Christ by saying to them all"
"I baptize using water" or "I baptize by means of water"
"not important enough even to loosen the straps of his sandals." Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John was saying that the one who would come is so great that John was not even worthy enough to be his slave.
This metaphor compares literal baptism that brings a person into contact with water to a spiritual baptism that brings them into contact with the Holy Spirit and with fire.
Here the word "fire" may refer to 1) judgment or 2) purification. It is preferred to leave it as "fire"
"He is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready." John speaks of the Christ coming to judge people as if he were a farmer who is ready to separate wheat grain from chaff. Alternate translation: "He is ready to judge people like a farmer who is ready"
This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down and the unwanted chaff is blown away by the wind. It is similar to a pitchfork.
The threshing floor was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To "clear off" the floor is to finish threshing the grain. Alternate translation: "to finish threshing his grain"
The wheat is the acceptable harvest that is kept and stored.
The chaff is not useful for anything, so people burn it up.
"With many other strong urgings"
Verses 19 and 20 tell what is going to happen to John but has not happened at this time.
Herod was a tetrarch, not a king. He had only limited rule over the region of Galilee.
It is implied that John reproved Herod. This can also be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: "When Herod the tetrarch had been reproved by John" or "When John reproved Herod the tetrarch" )
"because Herod married Herodias, his own brother's wife." This was evil because Herod's brother was still alive. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "because he married his brother's wife, Herodias, while his brother was still alive"
Because Herod was tetrarch, he probably locked John up by ordering his soldiers to lock John up. Alternate translation: "he had his soldiers lock John up in prison" or "he told his soldiers to put John in prison"
The previous verse says that Herod put John in prison. It might be helpful to make it clear that the account starting in verse 21 happened before John was arrested. The UDB does this by starting verse 21 with "But before John was put in prison."
Jesus begins his ministry with his baptism.
This phrase marks the beginning of a new event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
"while John baptized all the people." The phrase "all the people" refers to the people present with John.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John baptized Jesus also"
"the sky opened" or "the sky became open." This is more than a simple clearing of clouds, but it's not clear what it means. It possibly means that a hole appeared in the sky.
"in physical form the Holy Spirit came down like a dove onto Jesus"
Here "a voice came from heaven" represents people on earth hearing God in heaven speaking. It can be made clear that God spoke to Jesus. Alternate translation: "a voice from heaven said" or "God spoke to Jesus from heaven, saying"
This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God.
Luke lists the ancestors of Jesus through the line of his supposed father, Joseph.
This word is used here to mark a change from the story to background information about Jesus's age and ancestors.
"30 years old"
"It was thought that he was the son of Joseph" or "People assumed that he was the son of Joseph"
This continues the list that begins with the words "He was the son ... of Joseph, the son of Heli" in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. You should use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are 1) "He was the son ... of Joseph, the son of Heli, who was the son of Matthat, who was the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph" or 2) "He was the son ... of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph" or 3) "His father ... was Joseph. Joseph's father was Heli. Heli's father was Matthat. Matthat's father was Levi. Levi's father was Melchi. Melchi's father was Jannai. Jannai's father was Joseph"
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus's ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23]
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus's ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23]
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus's ancestors that begins in [Luke 3:23]
The name Salathiel may be a different spelling of the name Shealtiel (as some versions have it), but identification is difficult.
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus's ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23]
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus's ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23]
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus's ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23]
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus's ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23]
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus's ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23]
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus's ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23]
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus's ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23]
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus's ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23]
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus's ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23]
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus's ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23]
This is a continuation of the list of Jesus's ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23]
"Adam, created by God" or "Adam, who was from God" or "Adam, the son, we could say, of God"
1 Then Jesus, being full of the Holy Spirit, returned from the Jordan River and was led by the Spirit in the wilderness, 2 where for forty days he was tempted by the devil. He ate nothing during those days, and at the end of that time he was hungry. 3 The devil said to him, "If you are the Son of God, command this stone to become bread."
4 Jesus answered him, "It is written, 'Man does not live on bread alone.'"
5 Then the devil led Jesus up and showed him all the kingdoms of the world in an instant of time. 6 The devil said to him, "I will give to you all this authority and all their glory, for they have been given to me, and I can give it to anyone I want. 7 So then, if you will bow down and worship me, it will be yours."
8 But Jesus answered and said to him, "It is written, 'You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him.'"
9 Then the devil led Jesus to Jerusalem and put him on the very highest point of the temple building, and said to him, "If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down from here. 10 For it is written,
'He will give orders to his angels regarding you,
to protect you,'
11 and, 'They will lift you up in their hands,
so that you will not strike your foot against a stone.'"
12 Answering him, Jesus said, "It is said, 'Do not put the Lord your God to the test.'"
13 When the devil had finished tempting Jesus, he went away and left him until another time.
14 Then Jesus returned to Galilee in the power of the Spirit, and news about him spread throughout the entire surrounding region. 15 Then he began to teach in their synagogues and he was praised by all.
16 He came into Nazareth, where he had been raised, and, as was his custom, he entered the synagogue on the Sabbath day and he stood up to read aloud. 17 The scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him. He opened the scroll and found the place where it was written,
18 "The Spirit of the Lord is upon me,
because he anointed me
to announce good news to the poor.
He has sent me to proclaim freedom to the captives
and recovery of sight to the blind,
to set free those who are oppressed,
19 to proclaim the year of the Lord's favor."
20 Then he rolled up the scroll, gave it back to the attendant, and sat down. The eyes of all in the synagogue were fixed on him. 21 He began to speak to them, "Today this scripture has been fulfilled in your hearing."
22 Everyone there spoke well of him and they were amazed at the gracious words which were coming out of his mouth, and they asked, "Is this not the son of Joseph?"
23 He said to them, "Surely you will say this proverb to me, 'Doctor, heal yourself. Whatever we heard that you did in Capernaum, do the same in your hometown.'" 24 But he said, "Truly I say to you, no prophet is received in his own hometown. 25 But in truth I tell you that there were many widows in Israel during the time of Elijah, when the sky was shut up for three years and six months and a great famine came upon all the land. 26 But Elijah was sent to none of them, but only to Zarephath in Sidon, to a widow living there. 27 There were many lepers in Israel during the time of Elisha the prophet, but none of them were cleansed except Naaman the Syrian." 28 All the people in the synagogue were filled with rage when they heard these things. 29 They got up, forced him out of the town, and led him to the cliff of the hill on which their town was built, so they might throw him off the cliff. 30 But he passed through the middle of them and he went to another place.
31 Then he went down to Capernaum, a city in Galilee, and he began to teach them on the Sabbath. 32 They were astonished at his teaching, because he spoke with authority. 33 Now in the synagogue there was a man who had the spirit of an unclean demon, and he cried out with a loud voice, 34 "Ah! What do we have to do with you, Jesus of Nazareth? Have you come to destroy us? I know who you are—the Holy One of God!"
35 Jesus rebuked the demon, saying, "Do not speak! Come out of him!" When the demon had thrown the man down in the middle of them, he came out of him, and did not harm him in any way.
36 All the people were very amazed, and they kept talking about it with one another. They said, "What kind of words are these? He commands the unclean spirits with authority and power and they come out." 37 So news about him began to spread into every part of the surrounding region.
38 Then Jesus left the synagogue and entered into the house of Simon. Now Simon's mother-in-law was suffering with a high fever, and they pleaded with him on her behalf. 39 So he stood over her and rebuked the fever, and it left her. Immediately she got up and started serving them.
40 When the sun was setting, people brought to Jesus everyone who was sick with various kinds of diseases. He laid his hands on every one of them and healed them. 41 Demons also came out from many of them, crying out and saying, "You are the Son of God!" Jesus rebuked the demons and would not let them speak, because they knew that he was the Christ.
42 When daybreak came, he went out into a solitary place. Crowds of people were looking for him and came to the place where he was. They tried to keep him from going away from them. 43 But he said to them, "I must also preach the gospel about the kingdom of God to many other cities, because this is the reason I was sent here."
44 Then he continued to preach in the synagogues throughout Judea.
Some translations set poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to show that it is poetry. The ULB does this with the poetry in 4:10-11, 18-19, which is from the Old Testament.
While it is true that the devil sincerely believed that he could persuade Jesus to obey him, it is important not to imply that Jesus actually ever really wanted to obey him.
After John had baptized Jesus.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Spirit led him"
Jesus fasts for 40 days, and the devil meets him to try to persuade him to sin.
Most versions say that the temptation was throughout the forty days. The UDB states "While he was there, the devil kept tempting him" to make this clear.
"40 days"
This can be stated in active form, and you can make explicit what it was the devil tempted him to do. Alternate translation: "the devil tried to persuade him to disobey God"
The word "he" refers to Jesus.
The devil challenges Jesus to prove that he is the Son of God.
The devil either holds a stone in his hand or points to a nearby stone.
Jesus's rejection of the devil's challenge is clearly implied in his answer. It may be helpful to state this clearly for your audience, as the UDB does. Alternate translation: "Jesus replied, 'No, I will not do that because it is written ... alone."'"
The quotation is from Moses's writings in the Old Testament. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Moses has written in the scriptures"
The word "bread" refers to food in general. Food as compared to God, by itself, is not enough to sustain a person. Jesus quotes the scripture to say why he would not turn the stone into bread. Alternate translation: "People cannot live on just bread" or "It is not just food that makes a person live" or "God says there are more important things than food"
"Then the devil led Jesus up to a very high place ... world." It is uncertain where the devil led Jesus and how he showed all the kingdoms of the world to him.
"in an instant" or "instantly"
This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are that "them" refers to 1) the authority and splendor of the kingdoms or 2) the kingdoms. Alternate translation: "God has given them to me"
These two phrases are very similar. They can be combined. Alternate translation: "if you will bow down in worship to me"
"I will give you all these kingdoms, with their splendor"
Jesus refused to do what the devil asked. It may be helpful to state this clearly. Alternate translation: "No, I will not worship you, because it is written"
"responded to him" or "replied to him"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Moses has written in the scriptures"
Jesus was quoting a command from the scriptures to say why he would not worship the devil.
This refers to the people in the Old Testament who received God's Law. You could use the singular form of 'you' because each person was to obey it, or you could use the plural form of 'you' because all of the people were to obey it.
The word "him" refers to the Lord God.
This was the corner of the temple roof. If someone fell from there, they would be seriously injured or die.
The devil is challenging Jesus to prove that he is the Son of God.
This is an important title for Jesus.
"jump down to the ground"
The devil implies that his quote from the Psalms means Jesus will not be hurt if he is the Son of God. This can be stated clearly, as the UDB does. Alternate translation: "You will not be hurt, because it is written"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the writer has written"
"He" refers to God. The devil partially quoted from the Psalms in an effort to persuade Jesus to jump off the building.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus tells the devil why he will not do what the devil told him to do. His refusal to do it can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "No, I will not do that, because it is said"
Jesus quotes from the writings of Moses in Deuteronomy. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Moses has said" or "Moses has said in the scriptures"
Possible meanings are 1) Jesus should not test God by jumping off the temple, or 2) the devil should not test Jesus to see if he is the Son of God. It is best to translate the verse as stated rather than to try to explain the meaning.
"until another occasion"
This does not imply that the devil was successful in his temptation—Jesus resisted every attempt. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "had finished trying to persuade Jesus to sin"
Jesus returns to Galilee, teaches in the synagogue (4:15), and tells the people there that he is fulfilling scripture of Isaiah the prophet (4:17-21).
This begins a new event in the story.
"and the Spirit was giving him power." God was with Jesus in a special way, enabling him to do things that humans usually could not.
"people spread the news about Jesus" or "people told other people about Jesus" or "knowledge about him was passed on from person to person." Those who heard Jesus told other people about him, and then those other people told even more people about him.
This refers to the areas or places around Galilee.
"everyone said great things about him" or "all the people spoke about him in a good way"
"where his parents had raised him" or "where he lived when he was a child" or "where he grew up"
"as he did each Sabbath." It was his usual practice to go to the synagogue on the Sabbath day.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone gave him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah"
This refers to the book of Isaiah written on a scroll. Isaiah had written the words many years before, and someone else had copied them onto a scroll.
"the place in the scroll with these words." This sentence continues on into the next verse.
"The Holy Spirit is with me in a special way." When someone says this, he is claiming to speak the words of God.
In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person when they were given power and authority to do a special task. Jesus uses this metaphor to refer to the Holy Spirit being on him to prepare him for this work. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit is upon me to empower me" or "the Holy Spirit gave me power and authority"
"the poor people"
"tell people who are being held captive that they can go free" or "set free the prisoners of war"
"give sight to the blind" or "make the blind be able to see again"
"set free those who are treated harshly"
"tell everyone that the Lord is ready to bless his people" or "announce that this is the year that the Lord will show his kindness"
A scroll was closed by rolling it like a tube to protect the writing inside it.
This refers to a synagogue worker who brought out and put away with proper care and reverence the scrolls containing the scriptures.
It was customary for teachers to be seated while teaching.
This idiom means "were focused on him" or "were looking intently at him"
Jesus was saying that he was fulfilling that prophecy by his actions and speech at that very time. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am fulfilling what this scripture says right now as you are listening to me"
This idiom means "while you are listening to me"
"surprised about the gracious things that he was saying." Here "gracious" may refer to 1) how well or how persuasively Jesus spoke, or 2) that Jesus spoke words about God's grace.
People thought that Joseph was Jesus's father. Joseph was not a religious leader, so they were surprised that his son would preach what he did. Alternate translation: "This is just Joseph's son!" or "His father is only Joseph!"
"Certainly" or "There is no doubt that"
If someone claims to be able to heal diseases that he himself has, there is no reason to believe he is really a doctor. People will speak this proverb to Jesus to say that they will only believe he is a prophet if they see him do what they have heard that he did in other places.
The people of Nazareth do not believe Jesus is a prophet because of his low status as Joseph's son. They will not believe unless they personally see him do miracles.
"It is certainly true." This is an emphatic statement about what follows.
Jesus makes this general statement in order to rebuke the people. He means that they are refusing to believe the reports of his miracles in Capernaum. They think they already know all about him.
"homeland" or "native city" or "country where he grew up"
Jesus reminds the people who are listening to him in the synagogue about Elijah and Elisha
"I tell you truthfully." Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the importance, truth, and accuracy of the statement that follows.
Widows are women whose husbands have died and who have not married again.
The people to whom Jesus was speaking would have known that Elijah was one of God's prophets. If your readers would not know that, you can make this implicit information explicit as in the UDB. Alternate translation: "when Elijah was prophesying in Israel"
This is a metaphor. The sky is pictured as a ceiling that was closed, and so no rain would fall from it. Alternate translation: "when no rain fell down from the sky" or "when there was no rain at all"
"a serious lack of food." A famine occurs when the crops do not produce enough food for the people for a long period of time.
The people living in the town of Zarephath were Gentiles, not Jews. The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Zarephath were Gentiles. Alternate translation: "to a Gentile widow living in Zarephath in Sidon"
This double negative emphasizes that Naaman was the only one who was cleansed. This can also be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "the only one of them who was cleansed was Naaman" or "the only one of them whom God cleansed was Naaman"
People who had leprosy were considered to be unclean. When they were healed from leprosy, they were clean. Alternate translation: "were healed"
A Syrian is a person from the country of Syria. The people of Syria were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: "the Gentile Naaman from Syria"
The people of Nazareth were deeply offended that Jesus had cited scriptures where God had helped Gentiles instead of Jews.
"forced him to leave the town" or "shoved him out of the city"
"edge of the cliff"
"through the middle of the crowd" or "between the people who were trying to kill him."
"he went away" or "he went on his way" Jesus went where he had planned to go instead of where the people were trying to force him to go.
Jesus then goes to Capernaum, teaches the people in the synagogue there, and commands a demon to leave a man (4:35).
"Then Jesus." This indicates a new event.
The phrase "went down" is used here because Capernaum is lower in elevation than Nazareth.
"Capernaum, another city in Galilee"
greatly surprised, greatly amazed
"he spoke as one with authority" or "his words had great power"
This phrase is used to mark the introduction of a new character into the story; in this case, a demon-possessed man.
"who was possessed by an unclean demon" or "who was controlled by an evil spirit"
"he shouted loudly"
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "What do we have in common" or "What right do you have to bother us"
This question could be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "What do you, Jesus of Nazareth, have to do with us!" or We have nothing to do with you, Jesus of Nazareth!" or "You have no right to bother us, Jesus of Nazareth!"
"Jesus scolded the demon, saying" or "Jesus sternly said to the demon"
He commanded the demon to stop controlling the man. Alternate translation: "Leave him alone" or "Do not live in this man any longer"
The people were expressing how amazed they were that Jesus had the authority to command demons to leave a person. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "These are amazing words!" or "His words are amazing!"
"He has authority and power to command the unclean spirits"
This is a comment about what happened after the story. The spread of the news was caused by the events within the story itself.
"reports about Jesus began to spread" or "people began to spread the news about Jesus"
Jesus is still in Capernaum, but he is now at the house of Simon.
This introduces a new event.
"the mother of Simon's wife"
This is an idiom that means "was very sick with"
"very hot skin"
This means they asked Jesus to heal her from the fever. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "asked Jesus to heal her from the fever" or "asked Jesus to cure her fever"
The word "So" makes it clear that he did this because the people pleaded with him on behalf of Simon's mother-in-law.
"went to her and leaned over her"
"spoke sternly to the fever, and it left her" or "commanded the fever to leave her, and it did." It may be helpful to state clearly what he told the fever to do. Alternate translation: "commanded that her skin should become cool, and it did" or "commanded the sickness to leave her, and it did"
"rebuked the hotness"
Here this means she began to prepare food for Jesus and the other people in the house.
"placed his hands on" or "touched"
It is implied that Jesus made the demons leave the demon-possessed people. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Jesus also forced demons to come out"
These mean about the same thing, and probably refer to cries of fear or anger. Some translations use only one term. Alternate translation: "screaming" or "shouting"
This is an important title for Jesus.
"spoke sternly to the demons"
"did not allow them to"
Though the people want Jesus to stay in Capernaum, he goes to preach in other Judean synagogues.
"At sunrise" or "At dawn"
"a deserted place" or "a place where there were no people"
"to the people in many other cities"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this is the reason God sent me here"
Since Jesus had been in Galilee, the term "Judea" here probably refers to the entire region where the Jews lived at that time. Alternate translation: "where the Jews lived"
1 Now it happened while the people were crowding around Jesus and listening to the word of God, that he was standing by the lake of Gennesaret. 2 He saw two boats pulled up by the edge of the lake. The fishermen had gotten out of them and were washing their nets. 3 Jesus got into one of the boats, which was Simon's, and asked him to put it out in the water a short distance from the land. Then he sat down and taught the people out of the boat. 4 When he had finished speaking, he said to Simon, "Take the boat out into the deeper water and let down your nets for a catch."
5 Simon answered and said, "Master, we have labored all night and caught nothing, but at your word, I will let down the nets." 6 When they had done this, they gathered a very large number of fish, and their nets were breaking. 7 So they motioned to their partners in the other boat that they should come and help them. They came and filled both the boats, so that they began to sink. 8 But Simon Peter, when he saw it, fell down at Jesus' knees, saying, "Depart from me, for I am a sinful man, Lord." 9 For he and all who were with him were amazed at the catch of fish which they had taken. 10 And so also were James and John, sons of Zebedee, who were partners with Simon.
Jesus said to Simon, "Do not be afraid, because from now on you will catch men." 11 When they had brought their boats to land, they left everything and followed him.
12 It came about that while he was in one of the cities, a man full of leprosy was there. When he saw Jesus, he fell on his face and begged him, saying, "Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean."
13 Then Jesus reached out his hand and touched him, saying, "I am willing. Be clean." Immediately the leprosy left him.
14 He instructed him to tell no one but told him, "Go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them." 15 But the report about him spread even farther, and large crowds of people came together to hear him teach and to be healed of their sicknesses. 16 But he often withdrew into the deserted places and prayed.
17 It came about on one of those days that he was teaching, and there were Pharisees and teachers of the law sitting there who had come from every village of Galilee and Judea and from Jerusalem. The power of the Lord was with him to heal. 18 Now some men came carrying on a mat a man who was paralyzed, and they looked for a way to bring him inside in order to lay him down in front of Jesus. 19 They could not find a way to bring him in because of the crowd, so they went up to the housetop and let the man down through the tiles, on his mat, into the midst of the people, right in front of Jesus. 20 Seeing their faith, Jesus said, "Man, your sins are forgiven you."
21 The scribes and the Pharisees began to question this, saying, "Who is this who speaks blasphemies? Who can forgive sins but God alone?"
22 But Jesus, knowing what they were thinking, answered and said to them, "Why are you questioning this in your hearts? 23 Which is easier to say, 'Your sins are forgiven you' or to say 'Get up and walk'? 24 But that you may know that the Son of Man has authority on earth to forgive sins,"—he said to the paralyzed man—"I tell you, get up, pick up your mat and go to your house." 25 Immediately he got up in front of them and picked up the mat on which he was lying. Then he went away to his house, glorifying God.
26 Everyone was amazed and they glorified God. They were filled with fear, saying, "We have seen extraordinary things today."
27 After these things happened, Jesus went out from there and saw a tax collector named Levi sitting at the tax collector's tent. He said to him, "Follow me." 28 So Levi got up and followed him, leaving everything behind.
29 Then Levi gave a big banquet in his house for Jesus. There were many tax collectors there and other people who were reclining at the table and eating with them. 30 But the Pharisees and their scribes were complaining to his disciples, saying, "Why do you eat and drink with tax collectors and sinners?"
31 Jesus answered them, "People who are well do not need a physician; only those who are sick. 32 I did not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance."
33 They said to him, "The disciples of John often fast and pray, and the disciples of the Pharisees do the same. But your disciples eat and drink."
34 Jesus said to them, "Can anyone make the wedding attendants of the bridegroom fast while the bridegroom is still with them? 35 But the days will come when the bridegroom will be taken away from them, then in those days they will fast." 36 Then Jesus also spoke a parable to them. "No one tears a piece of cloth from a new garment and uses it to mend an old garment. If he does that, he will tear the new garment, and the piece of cloth from the new garment will not fit with the cloth of the old garment. 37 No one puts new wine into old wineskins. If he does that, the new wine will burst the skins, and the wine will be spilled, and the wineskins will be destroyed. 38 But new wine must be put into fresh wineskins. 39 No one after drinking old wine wants the new, for he says, 'The old is better.'"
Peter, James, and John were fishermen. When Jesus told them that they would catch men, he was using a metaphor to tell them he wanted them to help people believe the good news about him.
When the people of Jesus's time spoke of "sinners," they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call "sinners," he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as "sinners." (See: sin)
People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: fast)
Jesus uses irony to condemn the Pharisees. This passage includes "people in good health" and "righteous people." This does not mean that there are people who do not need Jesus. There are no "righteous people." Everybody needs Jesus. (See: and Luke 5:31-32)
In several parts of this chapter the author left out some implicit information that his original readers would have understood and thought about. Modern readers might not know some of those things, so they might have trouble understanding all that the author was communicating. The UDB often shows how that information can be presented so that modern readers will be able to understand those passages.
Parts of this chapter are sequences of events that have already happened. In a given passage, Luke sometimes writes as if the events have already happened while other events are still in progress (even though they are complete at the time he writes). This can cause difficulty in translation by creating an illogical order of events. It may be necessary to make these consistent by writing as if all the events have already happened.
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
Jesus preaches from Simon Peter's boat at the lake of Gennesaret.
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
Possible meanings are 1) "listening to the message God wanted them to hear" or 2) "listening to Jesus's message about God"
These words refer to the Sea of Galilee. Galilee was on the west side of the lake, and the land of Gennesaret was on the east side, so it was called by both names. Some English versions translate this as the proper name of the body of water, "the Lake of Gennesaret."
They were cleaning their fishing nets in order to use them again to catch fish.
"the boat belonging to Simon and"
"asked Simon to move the boat"
Sitting was the normal position for a teacher.
"taught the people while he sat in the boat." Jesus was in the boat a short distance from the shore and he was speaking to the people who were on the shore.
"When Jesus had finished teaching the people"
"because you have told me to do this"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
They were too far from shore to call, so they made gestures, probably by waving their arms.
"the boats began to sink." The reason could be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "the boats began to sink because the catch of fish was so heavy" or "the boats began to sink because there were so many fish"
Possible meanings are 1) "knelt down before Jesus" or 2) "bowed down at Jesus' feet" or 3) "lay down on the ground at Jesus' feet." Peter did not fall accidentally. He did this as a sign of humility and respect for Jesus.
The word here for "man" means "adult male" and not the more general "human being."
"the large number of fish"
"Simon's partners in his fishing business"
The image of catching fish is being used as a metaphor for gathering people to follow Christ. Alternate translation: "you will fish for people" or "you will gather people for me" or "you will bring people to be my disciples"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus heals a leper in a different city that is not named.
This phrase marks a new event in the story.
"a man who was covered with leprosy." This introduces a new character in the story.
Here "fell on his face" is an idiom that means to bow down. Alternate translation: "he knelt and touched the ground with his face" or "he bowed down to the ground"
"if you want to"
It is understood that he was asking Jesus to heal him. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "please make me clean, because you are able"
This refers to ceremonial cleanness, but it is understood that he is unclean because of the leprosy. He is really asking Jesus to heal him of his disease. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "heal me from leprosy so I will be clean"
This refers to ceremonial cleanness, but it is understood that he is unclean because of the leprosy. He is really asking Jesus to heal him of his disease. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Be healed"
"he no longer had leprosy"
Jesus's instruction can be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "He said, 'Do not tell anyone, but go on your way"
The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "to not tell anyone that he had been healed"
The law required a person to make a specific sacrifice after they were healed. This allowed the person to be ceremonially clean, and able to again participate in religious rituals.
"as proof of your healing"
Possible meanings are 1) "to the priests" or 2) "to all the people."
"the news about Jesus." This could mean either "the report about Jesus's healing the man with leprosy" or "the report about Jesus's healing people."
"the report about him went out even farther." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people kept telling the news about him in other places"
"lonely places" or "places where there were no other people"
One day when Jesus was teaching in a building, some men brought a paralyzed man for Jesus to heal.
This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story.
These are new people in the story. Your language may have a way of showing that these are new people.
sleeping pad or bed or stretcher
"could not move himself"
In some languages it might be more natural to reorder this. Alternate translation: "But because of the crowd of people, they could not find a way to bring the man inside. So"
It is clear that the reason they could not enter was that the crowd was so large that there was no room for them.
Houses had flat roofs, and some houses had a ladder or staircase outside to make it easy to go up there. This can be stated. Alternate translation: "they went up to the flat roof of the house"
"directly in front of Jesus" or "immediately in front of Jesus"
It is understood that they believe Jesus can heal the paralyzed man. This can be stated. Alternate translation: "When Jesus perceived that they believed that he could heal the man, he said to him"
This is a general word that people used when speaking to a man whose name they did not know. It was not rude, but it also did not show special respect. Some languages might use a word like "friend" or "sir."
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are forgiven" or "I forgive your sins"
"discuss this" or "reason about this." What they questioned can be stated. Alternate translation: "discuss whether or not Jesus had authority to forgive sins"
This question shows how shocked and angry they were at what Jesus said. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This man is blaspheming God!" or "He blasphemes God by saying that!"
The implied information is that if a person claims to forgive sins he says he is God. This can be written as a clear statement. Alternate translation: "No one can forgive sins but God alone!" or "God is the only one who can forgive sins!"
This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not argue about this in your hearts." or "You should not doubt that I have the authority to forgive sins."
Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's minds or inner beings.
Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said 'Your sins are forgiven you.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up and walk.'"
The unspoken implication is that one thing is "easier to say because no one will know what has happened," but the other thing is "harder to say because everyone will know what has happened." People could not see if the man's sins were forgiven, but they would all know he was healed if he got up and walked.
Jesus was speaking to the scribes and Pharisees. The word "you" is plural.
Jesus was referring to himself.
Jesus was saying this to the paralyzed man. The word "you" is singular.
"At once he got up" or "Right away he got up"
It may be helpful to clearly say that he was healed. Alternate translation: "the man was healed! He got up"
"very afraid" or "filled with awe"
"amazing things" or "strange things"
When Jesus leaves the house, he calls Levi, the Jewish tax collector, to follow him.
The phrase "these things" refers to what happened in the previous verses. This signals a new event.
"looked at a tax collector with attention" or "looked carefully at a tax collector"
To "follow" someone is to become that person's disciple. Alternate translation: "Be my disciple" or "Come, follow me as your teacher"
"followed him and left his work as a tax collector"
"in Levi's house"
It was customary to lie on a couch while eating at a feast and to prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: "eating together" or "eating at the table"
"to Jesus's disciples"
The Pharisees and scribes ask this question to express their disapproval that Jesus's disciples are eating with sinners. Alternate translation: "You should not eat ... sinners!"
people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
The Pharisees and scribes believed that religious people should separate themselves from people they consider to be sinners. The word "you" is plural.
At the meal, Jesus speaks with the Pharisees and scribes.
Jesus uses this proverb to begin to tell them that he calls sinners to repentance the way a physician calls sick people to be healed.
"doctor"
You may need to supply the words that have been omitted. Alternate translation: "only those who are sick need a physician"
Jesus uses irony to condemn the Phraisees because they think of themselves as righteous. Anyone who wants to follow Jesus has to think of himself as a sinner, not as righteous. Jesus does not mean that he thinks there are righteous people who do not need to repent.
This nominal adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: "righteous people"
"The religious leaders said to Jesus"
Jesus uses this question to cause the people to think about a situation that they already know. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "No one tells the wedding attendants of the bridegroom to fast while he is still with them."
"guests" or "friends." These are friends who celebrate with a man who is getting married.
Fasting is a sign of sadness. The religious leaders understood that the wedding attendants would not fast while the bridegroom was with them.
"soon" or "some day"
Jesus is comparing himself to the bridegroom, and the disciples to the wedding attendants. He does not explain the metaphor, so the translation should explain it only if necessary.
Jesus tells a story to the scribes and pharisees who were at Levi's house.
"No one rips ... uses it ... he ... he" or "People never tear ... use it ... they ... they"
repair
"will not match" or "will not be the same as"
"grape juice." This refers to wine that has not yet fermented.
These were bags made out of animal skins. They could also be called "wine bags" or "bags made of skin."
When the new wine would ferment and expand, it would break the old skins because they could no longer stretch out. Jesus's audience would have understood how wine expands when it ferments.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the wine will spill out of the bags"
"new wineskins" or "new wine bags." This refers to new wineskins, unused.
This metaphor contrasts the old teaching of the religious leaders against the new teaching of Jesus. The point is that people who are used to the old teaching are not willing to listen to the new things that Jesus is teaching.
It may be helpful to add the implicit information. Alternate translation: "for he says, 'The old is better,' and he is therefore not willing to try the new wine."
1 Now it happened on a Sabbath that Jesus was going through the grainfields, and his disciples were picking the heads of grain, rubbing them between their hands, and eating the grain. 2 But some of the Pharisees said, "Why are you doing something that is not lawful to do on the Sabbath day?"
3 Answering them, Jesus said, "Have you not even read what David did when he was hungry, he and the men who were with him? 4 He went into the house of God and took the bread of the presence and ate some of it, and also gave some to the men who were with him to eat, even though it was only lawful for the priests to eat it." 5 Then he said to them, "The Son of Man is Lord of the Sabbath."
6 It happened on another Sabbath that he went into the synagogue and taught the people there. A man was there whose right hand was withered. 7 The scribes and the Pharisees were watching him closely to see whether he would heal someone on the Sabbath, so that they might find a reason to accuse him. 8 But he knew what they were thinking and he said to the man whose hand was withered, "Get up and stand here in the middle of everyone." So the man got up and stood there. 9 Jesus said to them, "I ask you, is it lawful on the Sabbath to do good or to do harm, to save a life or to destroy it?" 10 Then he looked around at them all and said to the man, "Stretch out your hand." He did so, and his hand was restored. 11 But they were filled with senseless rage, and they talked to each other about what they might do to Jesus.
12 It happened in those days that he went out to the mountain to pray. He continued all night in prayer to God. 13 When it was day, he called his disciples to him, and he chose twelve of them, whom he also named apostles. 14 The names of the apostles were Simon (whom he also named Peter) and his brother Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, 15 Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alphaeus, Simon who was called the Zealot, 16 Judas son of James, and Judas Iscariot, who became a traitor. 17 Then Jesus came down the mountain with them and stood on a level place with a large crowd of his disciples and a large number of the people from Judea and Jerusalem and the seacoast of Tyre and Sidon. 18 They had come to listen to him and to be healed of their diseases. People who were troubled with unclean spirits were also healed. 19 Everyone in the crowd kept trying to touch him because power to heal was coming out from him, and he healed them all.
20 Then he looked at his disciples and said,
"Blessed are you who are poor,
for yours is the kingdom of God.
21 Blessed are you who hunger now,
for you will be filled.
Blessed are you who weep now,
for you will laugh.
22 Blessed are you when people hate you,
and when they exclude you and insult you
and reject your name as evil,
because of the Son of Man.
23 Rejoice in that day and leap for joy, because you will surely have a great reward in heaven, for their ancestors treated the prophets in the same way.
24 But woe to you who are rich,
for you have already received your comfort.
25 Woe to you who are full now,
for you will be hungry later.
Woe to you who laugh now,
for you will mourn and weep later.
26 Woe to you when all men speak well of you,
for that is how their ancestors treated the false prophets.
27 "But I say to you who are listening, love your enemies and do good to those who hate you. 28 Bless those who curse you and pray for those who mistreat you. 29 To him who strikes you on the one cheek, offer him also the other. If someone takes away your coat, do not withhold your tunic either. 30 Give to everyone who asks you. If someone takes away something that belongs to you, do not ask him to give it back to you. 31 As you want people to do to you, you should do the same to them. 32 If you only love people who love you, what reward is there for you? For even sinners love those who love them. 33 If you do good only to people who do good to you, what reward is there for you? For even sinners do the same. 34 If you only lend to people from whom you hope to be repaid, what reward is there for you? Even sinners lend to sinners, to receive back the same amount. 35 But love your enemies and do good to them. Lend, expecting nothing in return, and your reward will be great, and you will be sons of the Most High, for he himself is kind toward unthankful and evil people. 36 Be merciful, just as your Father is merciful. 37 Do not judge, and you will not be judged. Do not condemn, and you will not be condemned. Forgive others, and you will be forgiven. 38 Give, and it will be given to you. A good amount—pressed down, shaken together and spilling over—will pour into your lap. For with the measure you use, it will be measured back to you."
39 Then he also told them a parable. "Can a blind person guide another blind person? If he did, they would both fall into a pit, would they not? 40 A disciple is not greater than his teacher, but everyone when he is fully trained will be like his teacher. 41 Why do you look at the tiny piece of straw that is in your brother's eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye? 42 How can you say to your brother, 'Brother, let me take out the piece of straw that is in your eye,' when you yourself do not even see the log that is in your own eye? You hypocrite! First take the log out of your own eye, and then you will see clearly to take out the piece of straw that is in your brother's eye. 43 For there is no good tree that produces rotten fruit, nor is there a rotten tree that produces good fruit. 44 For each tree is known by the kind of fruit it produces. For people do not gather figs from a thornbush, nor do they gather grapes from a briar bush. 45 The good man from the good treasure of his heart produces what is good, and the evil man from the evil treasure of his heart produces what is evil. For out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks.
46 "Why do you call me, 'Lord, Lord,' and yet you do not obey the things that I say? 47 Every person who comes to me and hears my words and obeys them, I will tell you what he is like. 48 He is like a man building a house, who dug down deep in the ground and built the house's foundation on solid rock. When a flood came, the torrent of water flowed against that house but could not shake it, because it had been well built. 49 But the person who hears my words and does not obey them, he is like a man who built a house on top of the ground without a foundation. When the torrent of water flowed against that house, it immediately collapsed, and the ruin of that house was complete."
Luke 6:20-49 contains many blessings and woes that appear to correspond to Matthew 5-7. This part of Matthew has traditionally been called the "Sermon on the Mount." In Luke, they are not as connected to a teaching on the kingdom of God as they are in Matthew's gospel. (See: kingdomofgod)
When the disciples plucked and ate the grain in a field they were walking through on the Sabbath (Luke 6:1), the Pharisees said that they were breaking the law of Moses. The Pharisees said that the disciples were doing work by picking the grain and so disobeying God's command to rest and not work on the Sabbath.
The Pharisees did not think the disciples were stealing. That is because the law of Moses required farmers to allow travelers to pluck and eat small amounts of grain from plants in fields they traveled through or near. (See: lawofmoses and works and sabbath)
Metaphors are pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. Jesus used a metaphor of a generous grain merchant to teach his people to be generous
Rhetorical questions are questions to which the speaker already knows the answer. The Pharisees scolded Jesus by asking him a rhetorical question when they thought he was breaking the Sabbath
Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Luke wrote that the disciples were rubbing the heads of grain between their hands, he expected his reader to know that they were separating the part they would eat from what they would throw away
The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:
In Matthew:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.
In Mark:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.
In Luke:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.
Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.
While Jesus and his disciples are walking through grainfields, some Pharisees begin to question the disciples about what they are doing on the Sabbath, which, in God's law, has been set aside for God.
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you can consider using it here.
These are large sections of land where people had scattered wheat seed to grow wheat.
These are the topmost parts of the grain plant, which is a kind of large grass. It holds the mature, edible seeds of the plant.
They did this to separate the grain seeds. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "grain. They rubbed them in their hands to separate the grains from the husks and ate"
The word "you" here is plural, and refers to the disciples.
They asked this question to accuse the disciples of breaking the law. It can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Picking grain on the Sabbath is against God's law!"
The Pharisees considered even the small action of rubbing a handful of grain to be unlawful work. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "doing work"
Jesus is rebuking the Pharisees for not learning from the scriptures. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should learn from what you have read ... him!" or "Certainly you have read ... him!"
This is the sacred bread that priests placed before God in the tabernacle. It represented God's presence. Alternate translation: "the bread of Yahweh's presence" or "the bread that the priest placed before God" or "the sacred bread"
Jesus was referring to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, am"
The title "Lord" here emphasizes his authority over the Sabbath. Alternate translation: "has the authority to determine what is right for people to do on the Sabbath!"
It is now another Sabbath day and Jesus is in the synagogue.
The scribes and Pharisees watch as Jesus heals a man on the Sabbath.
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new event in the story.
This introduces a new character in the story.
The man's hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it. It was probably almost bent into a fist, making it look small and wrinkled.
"were watching Jesus carefully"
"because they wanted to find"
"in front of everyone." Jesus wanted the man to stand where everyone there could see him.
"to the Pharisees"
Jesus asks this question to force the Pharisees to admit that he was right to heal on the Sabbath. The intent of the question is thus rhetorical: to get them to admit what they all know is true rather than to obtain information. However, Jesus says, "I ask you," so this question is not like other rhetorical questions that might need to be translated as statements. This should be translated as a question.
"to help someone or to harm someone"
"Hold out your hand" or "Extend your hand"
healed
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus chooses twelve apostles after he prays all night.
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story.
"around that time" or "not long after" or "one day around then"
"Jesus went out"
"When it was morning" or "The next day"
"he chose twelve of the disciples"
"whom he also made apostles" or "and he appointed them to be apostles"
Luke wrote a list of the names of the apostles. The ULB uses these words to introduce the list.
"Simon's brother, Andrew"
Possible meanings are 1) "the Zealot" is a title that indicates he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: "the patriot" or "the nationalist" or 2) "the Zealot" is a description that indicates he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: "the passionate one"
It may be necessary to explain what "traitor" means in this context. Alternate translation: "betrayed his friend" or "turned his friend over to enemies"
Though Jesus especially addresses his disciples, there are many people around who listen.
"with the twelve he had chosen" or "with his twelve apostles"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for Jesus to heal them"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus also healed people who were troubled with unclean spirits"
"bothered by unclean spirits" or "controlled by evil spirits"
"he had power to heal people" or "he was using his power to heal people"
Jesus speaks this phrase three times. Each time, it indicates that God gives favor to certain people or that their situation is positive or good.
"You who are poor receive God's favor" or "You who are poor benefit"
Languages that do not have a word for kingdom might say, "for God is your king" or "because God is your ruler."
"the kingdom of God belongs to you." This could mean 1) "you belong to God's kingdom" or 2) "you will have authority in God's kingdom."
"you will laugh with joy" or "you will be joyful"
"You receive God's favor" or "You benefit" or "How good it is for you"
"reject you"
"because you associate with the Son of Man" or "because they reject the Son of Man"
"when they do those things" or "when that happens"
This idiom means "be extremely joyful"
"a large payment" or "good gifts"
"how terrible it is for you." Jesus speaks this phrase three times. It is the opposite of "blessed are you." Each time, it indicates that God's anger is directed at the people, or that something negative or bad awaits them.
"how terrible it is for you who are rich" or "trouble will come to you who are rich"
"what comforts you" or "what satisfies you" or "what makes you happy"
"whose stomachs are full now" or "who eat much now"
"who are happy now"
"How terrible it is for you" or "How sad you should be"
Here "men" is used in the generic sense the includes all people. Alternate translation: "when all people speak" or "when everyone speaks"
"their ancestors also spoke well of the false prophets"
Jesus continues to speak to his disciples and the crowd who is listening to him as well.
Jesus now begins to speak to the entire crowd, rather than just to his disciples.
Each of these commands is to be followed continually, not just a single time.
This does not mean those listening were to only love their enemies and not their friends. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "love your enemies, not only your friends, and"
Each of these commands is to be followed continually, not just a single time.
God is the one who blesses. This can made explicit. Alternate translation: "Ask God to bless those"
"those who habitually curse you"
"those who habitually mistreat you"
"If anyone hits you"
"on one side of your face"
It may be helpful to state what the attacker will do to the person. Alternate translation: "turn your face so that he can strike the other cheek also"
"do not prevent him from taking"
"If anyone asks you for something, give it to him"
"do not require him to give" or "do not demand that he give"
In some languages it may be more natural to reverse the order. Alternate translation: "You should do to people the same as what you want them to do to you" or "Treat people they way you want them to treat you"
"what reward will you receive?" or "what praise will you receive for doing that?" This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "you will not receive any reward for that." or "God will not reward you for that."
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here the word "hope" means to confidently expect that what one desires will happen. The person who hopes in this way believes that what he desires will happen. The verb "to be repaid" can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: "people whom you expect will repay you" or "people whom you believe will repay you"
The law of Moses commanded the Jews not to receive interest on money they loaned to other Jews.
"not expecting the person to return what you have given him" or "not expecting the person to give you anything"
"you will receive a great reward" or "you will receive good payment" or "you will get good gifts because of it"
It is best to translate "sons" with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human son or child.
Make sure that the word "sons" is plural so it is not confused with Jesus's title "The Son of the Most High."
"people who do not thank him and who are evil"
This refers to God. It is best to translate "Father" with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human father.
"Do not judge people" or "Do not harshly criticize people"
"and as a result you"
Jesus does not say who will not judge. Possible meanings are 1) "God will not judge you" or 2) "no one will judge you"
"Do not condemn people"
Jesus does not say who will not condemn. Possible meanings are 1) "God will not condemn you" or 2) "no one will condemn you"
Jesus does not say who will forgive. Possible meanings are 1) "God will forgive you" or 2) "people will forgive you"
Jesus does not say exactly who will give. Possible meanings are 1) "someone will give it to you" or 2) "God will give it to you"
Jesus speaks either of God or of people giving generously as if he were speaking of a generous grain merchant. Alternate translation: "God will pour into your lap a generous amount—pressed down, shaken together and spilling over" or "Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much grain that it spills over, they will give generously to you"
"A generous amount" or "A large amount"
Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. Possible meanings are 1) "they will measure things back to you" or 2) "God will measure things back to you"
Jesus includes some examples to make his point.
Jesus used this question to get the people to think about something that they already know. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "We all know that a blind person cannot guide another blind person."
The person who is "blind" is a metaphor for a person who has not been taught as a disciple.
Some languages might prefer, "if one did."
This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "both of them would fall into a hole."
"A disciple does not surpass his teacher." Possible meanings are 1) "A disciple does not have more knowledge than his teacher" or 2) "A disciple does not have more authority than his teacher."
"every disciple who has been trained well" or "every disciple whose teacher has fully taught him"
Jesus uses this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person's sins. Alternate translation: "Do not look ... brothers eye while you ignore the log that is in your own eye."
This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer.
"speck" or "splinter" or "bit of dust." Use a word for the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person's eyes.
Here "brother" refers to a fellow Jew or a fellow believer in Jesus.
"do not notice that you have a log in your own eye"
This is a metaphor for a person's most important faults. A log could not literally go into a person's eye. Jesus exaggerates to emphasize that a person should pay attention to his own more important faults before he deals with another person's less important faults.
"beam" or "plank"
Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person's sins. Alternate translation: "You should not say ... eye."
People can tell if a tree is good or bad, and what type of tree it is, by the fruit it produces. Jesus uses this as an unexplained metaphor—we know what kind of person someone is when we see his actions.
"This is because there is." This indicates that what follows is the reason why we should not judge our brother.
"healthy tree"
fruit that is decaying or bad or worthless
People recognize the kind of tree by the fruit it bears. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people know the type of a tree" or "people recognize a tree"
a plant or shrub that has thorns
a vine or shrub that has thorns
Jesus compares the thoughts of a person to his good or evil treasure. When a good person has good thoughts, he engages in good actions. When an evil person thinks evil thoughts, he engages in evil actions.
The word "good" here means righteous or moral.
The word "man" here refers to a person, male or female. Alternate translation: "good person"
Here the good thoughts of a person are spoken of as if they were treasures stored in the heart of that person, and "his heart" is a metonym for the person's inner being. Alternate translation: "the good things he keeps deep inside himself" or "the good things he values very intensely"
Producing what is good is a metaphor for doing what is good. Alternate translation: "does what is good"
Here the evil thoughts of a person are spoken of as if they were evil things stored in the heart of that person, and "his heart" is a metonym the person's inner being. Alternate translation: "the evil things he keeps deep inside himself" or "the evil things he values very intensely"
Here "heart" represents the person's mind or inner being. The phrase "his mouth" represents the person as a whole. Alternate translation: "what he thinks in his heart affects what he says with his mouth" or "a person will speak aloud what truly values inside of himself"
Here the repetition of these words is used as an exclamation. People repeat a name or title in this way when trying to find someone or to get someone's attention.
In verse 47-48 Jesus compares the person who obeys his teaching to a man who builds a house on rock where it will be safe from floods.
It may be clearer to change the order of this sentence. Alternate translation: "I will tell you what every person is like who comes to me and hears my words and obeys them"
"dug down deep into the ground until he found a large, solid rock. Then he built his house on that rock so that it would be strong and stable." Some cultures may not be familiar with this process of building a house and may need to use another image for a stable foundation.
"fast-moving water" or "river"
"crashed against"
Possible meanings are 1) "cause it to shake" or 2) "destroy it."
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because the man had built it well"
Jesus compares the person who hears but does not obey his teaching to a man who builds a house that has no foundation and so will collapse when the flood comes.
"But" shows a strong contrast to the previous person who built with a foundation.
Some cultures may not know that a house with a foundation is stronger. Additional information may be helpful. Alternate translation: "but he did not dig down and build first a foundation"
"fast-moving water" or "river"
"crashed against"
fell down or came apart
"that house was completely destroyed"
1 After Jesus had finished everything he was saying in the hearing of the people, he entered Capernaum.
2 Now a centurion had a slave who was highly regarded by him, and he was sick and about to die. 3 When the centurion heard about Jesus, he sent to him elders of the Jews, asking him to come and heal his servant. 4 When they had come to Jesus, they asked him earnestly, saying, "He is worthy to have you do this for him, 5 because he loves our nation, and he is the one who built the synagogue for us."
6 So Jesus continued on his way with them. But when he was not far from the house, the centurion sent friends to say to him, "Lord, do not trouble yourself, because I am not worthy for you to come under my roof. 7 For this reason I did not even consider myself worthy to come to you, but just say a word and my servant will be healed. 8 For I also am a man who is under authority, with soldiers under me. I say to this one, 'Go,' and he goes, and to another one, 'Come,' and he comes, and to my servant, 'Do this,' and he does it."
9 When Jesus heard this, he was amazed at him, and turning to the crowd following him said, "I say to you, not even in Israel have I found such faith." 10 When those who had been sent returned to the house, they found the servant was healthy.
11 Soon after that, Jesus went to a town called Nain, and his disciples and a great crowd went with him. 12 As he came near to the gate of the town, behold, a man who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother (who was a widow), and a rather large crowd from the town was with her. 13 When the Lord saw her, he was deeply moved with compassion for her and said to her, "Do not cry." 14 Then he went up and touched the wooden frame on which they carried the body, and those carrying it stood still. He said, "Young man, I say to you, arise." 15 The dead man sat up and began to speak, and Jesus gave him to his mother.
16 Then fear overcame all of them, and they kept praising God, saying, "A great prophet has been raised among us" and "God has looked upon his people." 17 This news about Jesus spread throughout the whole of Judea and all the neighboring regions.
18 John's disciples told him about all these things. Then John called two of his disciples 19 and sent them to the Lord to say, "Are you the one who is to come, or should we look for another?"
20 When they had come near to Jesus, the men said, "John the Baptist has sent us to you to say, 'Are you the one who is coming, or should we look for another?'"
21 In that hour he healed many people from sicknesses and afflictions and from evil spirits, and to many blind people he gave sight. 22 Jesus answered and said to them, "After you have gone on your way, report to John what you have seen and heard. Blind people are receiving sight, lame people are walking, lepers are being cleansed, deaf people are hearing, people who have died are being raised back to life, and the poor are being told good news. 23 The person who does not stop believing in me because of my actions is blessed."
24 After John's messengers had gone away, Jesus began to say to the crowds about John, "What did you go out into the desert to see? A reed shaken by the wind? 25 But what did you go out to see? A man dressed in soft clothes? Look, those who wear splendid clothing and who live in luxury are in kings' palaces. 26 But what did you go out to see? A prophet? Yes, I say to you, and more than a prophet. 27 This is he of whom it is written,
'See, I am sending my messenger before your face,
who will prepare your way before you.'
28 I say to you, among those born of women none is greater than John. Yet the one who is least in the kingdom of God is greater than he is." 29 (When all the people heard this, including the tax collectors, they declared that God is righteous, because they had been baptized with the baptism of John. 30 But the Pharisees and the experts in the law rejected God's purpose for themselves, because they had not been baptized by John.) 31 "To what, then, can I compare the people of this generation? What are they like? 32 They are like children playing in the marketplace, who sit and call to one another and say,
'We played a flute for you,
and you did not dance.
We sang a funeral song,
and you did not cry.' 33 For John the Baptist came eating no bread and drinking no wine, and you say, 'He has a demon.' 34 The Son of Man came eating and drinking, and you say, 'Look, he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners!' 35 But wisdom is justified by all her children."
36 Now one of the Pharisees invited Jesus to eat with him. So after Jesus entered into the Pharisee's house, he reclined at the table to eat. 37 Behold, there was a woman in the city who was a sinner. When she found out that he was reclining at the table in the Pharisee's house, she brought an alabaster jar of perfumed oil. 38 As she stood behind him near his feet, weeping, she began to wet his feet with her tears, and she wiped them with her hair and kissed them and anointed them with perfumed oil. 39 When the Pharisee who had invited Jesus saw this, he thought to himself, saying, "If this man were a prophet, then he would know who and what type of woman is touching him, that she is a sinner."
40 Jesus responded and said to him, "Simon, I have something to say to you."
He said, "Say it, Teacher!"
41 Jesus said, "A certain moneylender had two debtors. The one owed five hundred denarii, and the other fifty. 42 When they could not pay him, he forgave them both. Therefore, which of them will love him more?"
43 Simon answered him and said, "I suppose the one whom he forgave the most."
Jesus said to him, "You have judged correctly." 44 Jesus turned to the woman and said to Simon, "You see this woman. I have entered into your house. You gave me no water for my feet, but she has wet my feet with her tears and wiped them with her hair. 45 You did not give me a kiss, but from the time I came in she did not stop kissing my feet. 46 You did not anoint my head with oil, but she has anointed my feet with perfumed oil. 47 For this reason I say to you, her sins, which were many, have been forgiven—for she loved much. But the one who is forgiven little, loves little." 48 Then he said to her, "Your sins are forgiven."
49 Those reclining together began to say among themselves, "Who is this that even forgives sins?"
50 Then Jesus said to the woman, "Your faith has saved you. Go in peace."
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULB does this with the quoted material in 7:27.
Several times in this chapter Luke changes his topic without marking the change. You should not try to make these rough changes smooth.
The centurion who asked Jesus to heal his slave (Luke 7:2 was doing many unusual things. A Roman soldier would almost never go to a Jew for anything, and most wealthy people did not love or care for their slaves. (See: centurion and faith)
John baptized people to show that those he was baptizing knew they were sinners and were sorry for their sin. (See: repent and sin)
Luke refers to a group of people as "sinners." The Jewish leaders considered these people to be hopelessly ignorant of the law of Moses, and so called them "sinners." In reality, the leaders were sinful. This situation can be taken as irony.
The feet of the people in the ancient Near East were very dirty because they wore sandals and the roads and trails were dusty and muddy. Only slaves washed other people's feet. The woman who washed Jesus's feet was showing him great honor.
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
Jesus enters Capernaum, where he heals a centurion's servant.
The idiom "in the hearing" emphasizes that he wanted them to hear what he said. Alternate translation: "to the people who were listening to him" or "to the people who were present" or "for the people to hear"
This begins a new event in the story.
"whom the centurion valued" or "whom he respected"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"pleaded with him" or "begged him"
"The centurion is worthy"
"our people." This refers to the Jewish people.
"went along"
"near the house"
The centurion was speaking politely to Jesus. Alternate translation: "do not trouble yourself by coming to my house" or "I do not wish to bother you"
This phrase is an idiom that means "come into my house." If your language has an idiom that means "come into my house," think about whether it would be good to use here.
The servant understood that Jesus could heal the servant just by speaking. Here "word" refers to a command. Alternate translation: "just give the order"
The word that is translated here as "servant" is normally translated as "boy." It may indicate that the servant was very young or show the centurion's affection for him.
"I also have someone over me that I must obey"
"under my authority"
The word that is translated here as "servant" is the typical word for a servant.
"he was amazed at the centurion"
Jesus said this to emphasize the surprising thing that he was about to tell them.
The implication is that Jesus expected Jewish people to have this kind of faith, but they did not. He did not expect Gentiles to have this kind of faith, yet this man did. You may need to add this implied information. Alternate translation: "I have not found any Israelite who trusts me as much as this Gentile does!"
It is understood that these were the people the centurion sent. This can be stated. Alternate translation: "the people whom the Roman officer had sent to Jesus"
Jesus goes to the city of Nain, where he heals a man who had died.
This is the name of a city.
The word "behold" alerts us to the introduction of the dead man into the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: "there was a dead man who"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people were carrying out of the city a man who had died"
"carried out. He was his mother's only son, and she was a widow. A rather large crowd." This is background information about the dead man and his mother.
a woman whose husband has died and who has not remarried
"felt very sorry for her"
"he went forward" or "he approached the dead man"
This was a stretcher or bed used to move the body to the burial place. It did not have to be something in which the body was buried. Other translations may have the less common "bier" or "funeral couch."
Jesus says this to emphasize that the young man needs to obey him. "Listen to me! Arise"
The man was not still dead; he was now alive. It may be necessary to state this clearly. Alternate translation: "The man who had been dead"
This tells what happens as a result of Jesus healing the man who had died.
"fear filled all of them." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they all became very afraid"
They were referring to Jesus, not to some unidentified prophet. "Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to become." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has caused one of us to become a great prophet"
This idiom means "cared for"
"This news" refers to the things people were saying in verse 16. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People spread this report about Jesus" or "People told others this report about Jesus"
"This report" or "This message"
This introduces a new event in the story.
"told John"
"all the things Jesus was doing"
John sends two of his disciples to question Jesus.
This sentence can be rewritten so that it only has one direct quote. Alternate translation: "the men said that John the Baptist had sent them to him to ask, 'Are you the one who is coming, or should we look for another?'" or "the men said, 'John the Baptist has sent us to you to ask if you are the one who is coming, or if we should look for another.'"
"At that time"
It may be helpful to restate the healing. Alternate translation: "he healed them from evil spirits" or "he set people free from evil spirits"
"said to John's messengers" or "said to the messengers that John sent"
"tell John"
"dead people are being caused to live again"
This nominal adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: "poor people"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will bless the person who does not stop believing in me because of my actions"
"People who do not ... are blessed" or "Anyone who does not ... is blessed" or "Whoever does not ... is blessed." This is not a specific person.
"continues to believe in me despite"
"trusting me completely"
Jesus begins to speak to the crowd about John the Baptist. He asks rhetorical questions to lead them to think about what John the Baptist is really like.
This expects a negative answer. These questions can be written as a question with an answer or as a statement. Alternate translation: "Did you go out to see a reed shaken by the wind? Of course not!" or "Surely you did not go out to see a reed being shaken by the wind!"
Possible meanings of this metaphor are 1) a person who easily changes his mind, as reeds are easily moved by the wind, or 2) a person who talks a lot but does not say anything important, as reeds rattle when the wind blows.
This expects a negative answer. These questions can be written as a question with an answer or as a statement. Alternate translation: "Did you go out to see a man dressed in soft clothes? Of course not!" or "You certainly did not go out to see a man dressed in soft clothes!"
This refers to expensive clothing. Normal clothing was rough. Alternate translation: "wearing expensive clothing"
A palace is a large, expensive house that a king lives in.
This expects a positive answer. These questions can be written as a question with an answer or as a statement. Alternate translation: "Did you go out to see a prophet? Of course you did!" or "But you actually went out to see a prophet!"
Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he will say next.
This phrase means that John was indeed a prophet, but that he was even greater than a typical prophet. Alternate translation: "not just an ordinary prophet" or "much more important than a normal prophet"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John is the one the prophets wrote about long ago"
In this verse, Jesus is quoting the prophet Malachi and saying that John is the messenger of which Malachi spoke.
This idiom means "in front of you" or "to go ahead of you"
The word "your" is singular because God was speaking to the Messiah in the quotation.
Jesus is speaking to the crowd, so "you" is plural. Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the surprising thing he is about to say next.
"among those to whom a woman has given birth." This is a metaphor that refers to all people. Alternate translation: "of all the people who have ever lived"
"John is the greatest"
This refers to anyone who is part of the kingdom that God will establish.
The spiritual state of people in the kingdom of God will be higher than that of the people before the kingdom was established. Alternate translation: "has higher spiritual status than John"
Luke, the author of this book, comments on how people responds to John and Jesus.
This verse could be reordered to be more clear. Alternate translation: "When all the people who had been baptized by John, including the tax collectors, heard this, they declared that God is righteous"
"they said that God had shown himself to be righteous" or "they declared that God had acted righteously"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because they had let John baptize them" or "because John had baptized them"
"rejected what God wanted them to do" or "chose to disobey what God told them"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they did not let John baptize them" or "they rejected John's baptism"
Jesus continues speaking to the people about John the Baptist.
Jesus uses these questions to introduce a comparison. They can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This is what I compare this generation to. This is what they are like."
These are two ways of saying that this is a comparison.
The people living when Jesus spoke.
These words are the beginning of Jesus's comparison. Jesus is saying that the people are like children who are never satisfied with the way other children act.
a large, open-air area where people come to sell their goods
"but you did not dance to the music"
"but you did not cry with us"
Possible meanings are 1) "frequently fasting" or 2) "not eating normal food."
Jesus was quoting what people were saying about John. This can be stated without the direct quote. Alternate translation: "you say that he has a demon." or "you accuse him of having a demon."
Jesus expected the people to understand that he was referring to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, came"
This can be translated as an indirect quote. If you translated "The Son of Man" as "I, the Son of man," you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: "you accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being a friend of tax collectors and sinners." or "you say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors sinners."
"he is a greedy eater" or "he continually eats too much food"
"a drunk" or "he continually drinks too much alcohol"
This appears to be a proverb that Jesus applied to this situation, probably to teach that wise people would understand that the people should not have rejected Jesus and John.
It was a custom in that time for onlookers to attend dinners without eating.
A Pharisee invites Jesus to eat at his house.
The marks the beginning of a new part of the story and introduces the Pharisee into the story.
"sat down at the table for the meal." It was the custom at a relaxed meal such as this dinner for men to eat while lying down comfortably around the table.
The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
"who lived a sinful lifestyle" or "who had a reputation for living a sinful life." She may have been a prostitute.
"a jar made of soft stone." Alabaster is a soft, white rock. People stored precious things in alabaster jars.
"with perfume in it." The oil had something in it that made it smell nice. People rubbed it on themselves or sprinkled their clothing with it in order to smell nice.
"poured perfume on them"
"he said to himself"
The Pharisee thought that Jesus was not a prophet because he allowed the sinful woman to touch him. Alternate translation: "Apparently Jesus is not a prophet, because a prophet would know that this woman who is touching him is a sinner"
Simon assumed that a prophet would never allow a sinner to touch him. This part of his assumption can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "that she is a sinner, and he would not allow her to touch him"
This was the name of the Pharisee who invited Jesus into his home. This was not Simon Peter.
To emphasize what he is going to tell Simon the Pharisee, Jesus tells him a story.
"Two men owed money to a certain moneylender"
"500 days' wages ... 50." "Denarii" is the plural of "denarius." A "denarius" was a silver coin.
The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "the other debtor owed fifty denarii" or "the other debtor owed 50 days' wages"
"he forgave their debts" or "he canceled their debts"
Simon was cautious about his answer. Alternate translation: "Probably"
"You are right"
Jesus directed Simon's attention to the woman by turning to her.
It was a basic responsibility of a host to provide water and a towel for guests to wash and dry their feet after walking on dusty roads.
Jesus twice uses these phrases to contrast Simon's lack of courtesy with the woman's extreme actions of gratitude.
The woman used her tears in place of the missing water.
The woman used her hair in place of the missing towel.
A good host in that culture would greet his guest with a kiss on the cheek. Simon did not do this.
"has continued to kiss my feet"
The woman kissed the feet of Jesus rather than his cheek as a sign of extreme repentance and humility.
Jesus continues to contrast Simon's poor hospitality with the actions of the woman.
"put oil on my head." This was the custom to welcome an honored guest. Alternate translation: "welcome me by anointing my head with oil"
The woman greatly honored Jesus by doing this. She demonstrated humility by anointing his feet instead of his head.
This emphasizes the importance of the statement that follows.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has forgiven her many sins"
Her love was the evidence that her sins were forgiven. Some languages require that the object of "love" be stated. Alternate translation: "for she greatly loves the one who forgave her" or "for she loves God very much"
"anyone who is forgiven only a few things." In this sentence Jesus states a general principle. However, he expected Simon to understand that he showed very little love for Jesus.
"Then he said to the woman"
"You are forgiven." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I forgive your sins"
"reclining together around the table" or "eating together"
The religious leaders knew that only God could forgive sins and did not believe that Jesus was God. This question was probably intended to be an accusation. Alternate translation: "Who does this man think he is? Only God can forgive sins!" or "Why is this man pretending to be God, who alone can forgive sins?"
"Because of your faith, you are saved." The abstract noun "faith" could be stated as an action. Alternate translation: "Because you believe, you are saved"
This is a way of saying good-bye while giving a blessing at the same time. Alternate translation: "As you go, do not worry anymore" or "May God give you peace as you go"
1 It happened soon afterward that Jesus began traveling around to different cities and villages, preaching and proclaiming the good news about the kingdom of God. The twelve were with him, 2 as well as certain women who had been healed of evil spirits and diseases: Mary who was called Magdalene, from whom seven demons had been driven out; 3 Joanna, the wife of Chuza, Herod's manager; Susanna; and many others, who, out of their possessions, provided for their needs.
4 While a large crowd of people was gathering, and people were coming to him from town after town, he told a parable: 5 "A farmer went out to sow his seed. As he sowed, some fell beside the road and it was trampled underfoot, and the birds of the sky devoured it. 6 Some fell on the rock, and as soon as it grew up, it withered away, because it had no moisture. 7 Some fell among thorns, and the thorns grew up together with the seed and choked it. 8 But some fell on good soil and produced a crop that was a hundred times greater." After Jesus had said these things, he called out, "Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear."
9 His disciples asked him what this parable meant. 10 He said, "The knowledge of the secrets of the kingdom of God has been given to you, but for others I speak in parables, so that
'seeing they may not see,
and hearing they may not understand.' 11 Now this is the meaning of the parable: The seed is the word of God. 12 The ones along the road are those who have heard, but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts so they may not believe and be saved. 13 The ones on the rock are those who, when they hear the word, receive it with joy. But they have no root; they believe for a while, and in a time of testing they fall away. 14 The seeds that fell among the thorns are people who hear the word, but as they go on their way, they are choked by the cares and riches and pleasures of this life, and their fruit does not mature. 15 But the seed that fell on the good soil, these are the ones who, hearing the word with an honest and good heart, hold it securely and bear fruit with patient endurance.
16 "No one lights a lamp and covers it with a bowl or puts it under a bed. Rather, he puts it on a lampstand so that everyone who enters may see the light. 17 For nothing is hidden that will not be made known, nor is anything secret that will not be known and come into the light. 18 So listen carefully, for to the one who has, more will be given to him, but the one who does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him."
19 Then his mother and brothers came to him, but they could not get near him because of the crowd. 20 He was told, "Your mother and your brothers are standing outside, wanting to see you." 21 But Jesus answered and said to them, "My mother and my brothers are those who hear the word of God and do it."
22 Now one day he got into a boat with his disciples, and he said to them, "Let us go over to the other side of the lake." They set sail. 23 But as they sailed he fell asleep. A terrible windstorm came down on the lake, and their boat was filling with water, and they were in danger. 24 Then Jesus' disciples came over to him and woke him up, saying, "Master! Master! We are about to die!"
He awoke and rebuked the wind and the raging of the water, and they ceased, and there was a calm. 25 Then he said to them, "Where is your faith?"
But they were afraid and amazed, and they asked one another, "Who then is this, that he commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him?"
26 They sailed to the region of the Gerasenes, which is across the lake from Galilee. 27 When Jesus stepped on the land, he was met by a certain man from the city who had demons. For a long time he had worn no clothes, and he did not live in a house but among the tombs. 28 When he saw Jesus, he cried out and fell down before him and he said with a loud voice, "What have you to do with me, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? I beg you, do not torment me." 29 For Jesus had commanded the unclean spirit to come out of the man. For many times it had seized him, and though he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, he had broken his chains and he would be driven by the demon into the wilderness.
30 Then Jesus asked him, "What is your name?"
He said, "Legion," for many demons had entered into him. 31 They kept begging him not to command them to go away into the abyss. 32 Now a large herd of pigs was there feeding on the hillside. The demons begged him to let them go into them, and he gave them permission. 33 So the demons came out of the man and went into the pigs, and the herd rushed down the steep slope into the lake and was drowned. 34 When those tending the pigs saw what had happened, they ran off and told about it in the city and countryside. 35 So the people went out to see what had happened, and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone out. He was sitting at the feet of Jesus, clothed and in his right mind; and they were afraid. 36 Then those who had seen it told them how the man who had been possessed by demons had been healed. 37 Then all the people of the region of the Gerasenes asked Jesus to depart from them, for they were overwhelmed with great fear. So he got into the boat and returned.
38 The man from whom the demons had gone out begged him to let him go with him, but Jesus sent him away, saying, 39 "Return to your home and give a full account of what God has done for you." The man went on his way, proclaiming throughout the whole city what Jesus had done for him.
40 Now when Jesus returned, the crowd welcomed him, for they were all expecting him. 41 Behold, a man named Jairus, who was one of the leaders of the synagogue, came and fell down at Jesus' feet, and he begged him to come to his house 42 because his only daughter, a girl of about twelve years of age, was dying. As Jesus was on his way, the crowds of people pressed together around him.
43 Now a woman was there who had been bleeding for twelve years [1] and could not be healed by anyone. 44 She came behind Jesus and touched the edge of his coat, and immediately her bleeding stopped. 45 Jesus said, "Who was it who touched me?"
When all denied it, Peter said, "Master, the crowds of people are all around you and they are pressing in against you."
46 But Jesus said, "Someone did touch me, for I know that power has gone out from me." 47 When the woman saw that she could not escape notice, she came trembling and fell down before him. In the presence of all the people she declared why she had touched him and how she had been immediately healed. 48 Then he said to her, "Daughter, your faith has made you well. Go in peace."
49 While he was still speaking, someone came from the synagogue leader's house, saying, "Your daughter is dead. Do not trouble the teacher any longer."
50 But when Jesus heard this, he answered Jairus, "Do not be afraid; only believe, and she will be healed." 51 When he came to the house, he allowed no one to enter with him, except Peter and John and James, and the father of the child and her mother. 52 Now all were mourning and wailing for her, but he said, "Do not weep; she is not dead but asleep." 53 But they began to mock him, knowing that she was dead. 54 But he took her by the hand and called out, saying, "Child, get up!" 55 Her spirit returned, and she rose up immediately. He ordered them to get her something to eat. 56 Her parents were astonished, but he ordered them to tell no one what had happened.
Several times in this chapter Luke changes his topic without marking the change. You should not try to make these rough changes smooth.
Jesus made a storm stop by speaking to it, he made a dead girl alive by speaking to her, and he made evil spirits leave a man by speaking to them. (See: miracle)
The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth (Luke 8:4-15).
These verses give background information about Jesus's preaching while traveling.
This phrase is used here to mark a new part of the story.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases"
One of the "certain women."
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Mary, whom people called Magdalene ... Jesus had driven out seven demons"
Two of the "certain women"
Joanna was Chuza's wife, and Chuza was Herod's manager. "Joanna, the wife of Herod's manager, Chuza"
"financially supported Jesus and his twelve disciples"
Jesus tells the parable of the soils to the crowd. He explains its meaning to his disciples in 8:11:15.
"coming to Jesus"
"A farmer went out to scatter some seed in a field" or "A farmer went out to scatter some seeds in a field"
"some of the seed fell" or "some of the seeds fell"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people walked on it" or "people walked on them"
This idiom can be translated simply as "birds" or as "birds flew down and" to keep the sense of "sky."
"ate it all" or "ate them all"
"each plant became dry and shriveled up" or "the plants became dry and shriveled up"
"it was too dry" or "they were too dry." The cause can also be stated. Alternate translation: "the ground was too dry"
Jesus finishes telling the parable to the crowd.
The thorn plants took all the nutrients, water, and sunlight, so the farmer's plants could not grow well.
"grew a harvest" or "grew more seeds"
This means a hundred times more than the seeds that were sown.
Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "ears to hear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" or "If you are willing to listen, listen" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus begins to speak to his disciples.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has given to you the knowledge of ... God" or "God has made you able to understand ... God"
These are truths that have been hidden, but that Jesus is now revealing them.
"for other people." This refers to the people who rejected the teaching of Jesus and did not follow him.
"though they see, they will not perceive." This is a quote from the prophet Isaiah. Some languages may need to state the object of the verbs. Alternate translation: "though they see things, they will not understand them" or "though they see things happen, they will not understand what they mean"
"though they hear, they will not understand." This is a quote from the prophet Isaiah. Some languages may need to state the object of the verbs. Alternate translation: "though they hear instruction, they will not understand the truth"
Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parable that he told in Luke 8:5-8.
"The seed is the message from God"
"The seeds that fell along the path are those." Jesus tells what happens to the seeds as it relates to people. Alternate translation: "The seeds that fell along the road represent people" or "In the parable, the seeds that fell along the road represent people"
Jesus speaks of the seeds showing something about people as if the seeds were the people. Alternate translation: "show what happens to people who"
Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's minds or inner beings. Alternate translation: "the devil comes and takes away the message of God from their inner thoughts"
In the parable this was a metaphor of a bird snatching away the seeds. Try to use words in your language that keep that image.
This is the devil's purpose. Alternate translation: "hearts because the devil thinks, 'They must not believe and they must not be saved.'" or "hearts so it will not be that they believe and God saves them."
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"The seeds that fell among the thorns represent people" or "In the parable the seeds that fell among the thorns represent people"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the cares and riches and pleasures of this life choke them"
things that people worry about
"the things in this life that people enjoy"
This metaphor refers to the way weeds cut off light and nutrients from plants and keep them from growing. Alternate translation: "as weeds prevent good plants from growing, the cares, riches, and pleasures of this life keep these people from becoming mature"
"they do not bear ripe fruit." Mature fruit is a metaphor for good works. Alternate translation: "so like a plant that does not produce mature fruit, they do not produce good works"
"the seed that fell on the good soil represents the people" or "in the parable the seed that fell on the good soil represents the people"
"hearing the message"
Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or intentions. Alternate translation: "with an honest and good desire"
"produce fruit by enduring patiently" or "produce fruit by continued effort." Fruit is a metaphor for good works. Alternate translation: "like healthy plants that produce good fruit, they produce good works by persevering"
Jesus continues with another parable.
This marks the beginning of another parable.
This double negative can be written as a positive statement. Alternate translation: "everything that is hidden will be made known"
This double negative can be written as a positive statement. Alternate translation: "and everything that is secret will be made known and will come into the light"
It is clear from the context that Jesus is talking about understanding and believing. This can be stated clearly and changed to active form. Alternate translation: "whoever has understanding will be given more understanding" or "God will enable those who believe the truth to understand even more"
It is clear from the context that Jesus is talking about understanding and believing. This can be stated clearly and changed to active form. Alternate translation: "whoever does not have understanding will lose even what understanding he thinks he has" or "God will cause those who do not believe the truth not to understand even the little that they think they have understood"
These were Jesus's younger brothers—the sons of Mary and Joseph who were born after Jesus. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were technically his half-brothers. This detail is not normally translated.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People told him" or "Someone told him"
"and they want to see you"
This metaphor expresses that the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were as important to him as his own family was. Alternate translation: "Those who hear the word of God and obey it are like a mother and brothers to me"
"the message God has spoken"
Jesus and his disciples use a boat to cross Lake Genneseret. The disciples learn more about Jesus's power through the storm that arises.
This is the lake of Genneseret, which is also called the Sea of Galilee.
This expression means they began to travel across the lake in their sailboat.
"as they went"
"began to sleep"
"A storm of very strong winds began" or "Very strong winds suddenly began to blow"
The strong winds caused high waves which pushed water over the sides of the boat. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "the winds caused high waves that started to fill up their boat with water"
spoke sharply to
"the violent waves"
"the wind and the waves stopped" or "they became still"
Jesus rebukes them mildly because they do not trust him to take care of them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should have faith!" or "You should trust me!"
This question expresses shock and confusion over how Jesus is able to control the storm. Alternate translation: "What kind of man is this? He commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him!"
Jesus and his disciples come ashore at Gerasa, where Jesus removes many demons from a man.
Gerasenes were people from the city called Gerasa.
"on the other side of the lake from Galilee"
"a man from the city of Gerasa"
The man had demons; it was not the city that had demons. Alternate translation: "a certain man from the city, and this man had demons"
"who was controlled by demons" or "whom demons controlled"
This is background information about the man who had demons.
"he had not worn clothes"
These are places where people put dead bodies, possibly caves or small buildings that the man could use for shelter.
"When the man who had the demon saw Jesus"
"he screamed" or "he shrieked"
"lay down on the ground before Jesus." He did not fall accidentally.
"he said loudly" or "he shouted out"
This idiom means "Why are you bothering me?"
This is an important title for Jesus.
"many times it had taken control of the man" or "many times it had gone into him." This tells about what the demon had done many times before Jesus met the man.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "though the people had bound him ... and guarded him"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the demon would make him go"
Translate this with a word that refers to a large number of soldiers or people. Some other translations say "Army." Alternate translation: "Battalion" or "Brigade"
"kept begging Jesus"
This is supplied as background information to introduce the pigs.
"was nearby eating grass on a hill"
The word "so" is used here to explain that the reason the demons came of out the man was because Jesus had told them that they could go into the pigs.
ran very fast
"the herd ... drowned." No one caused the pigs to drown once they were in the water.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"saw the man whom the demons had left"
"sane" or "behaving normally"
"sitting at the feet" here is an idiom that means "sitting humbly nearby" or "sitting in front of." Alternate translation: "sitting on the ground in front of Jesus"
It may be helpful to state explicitly that they were afraid of Jesus. Alternate translation: "they were afraid of Jesus"
"those who had seen what had happened"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus had healed the man whom demons had possessed" or "Jesus had healed the man whom demons had controlled"
"that area of the Gerasenes" or "the area where the Gerasene people lived." See how you translated this in 8:26 Luke 8:26
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they were very afraid"
This is not the last thing that Jesus did in that place, so this can also be stated as "in order to return" or "to go back."
The destination can be stated. Alternate translation: "returned across the lake"
The events in these verses happened before Jesus left in the boat. It may be helpful to state this clearly at the beginning. Alternate translation: "Before Jesus and his disciples left, the man" or "Before Jesus and his disciples set sail, the man"
"your household" or "your family"
"tell them everything about what God has done for you"
When Jesus and his disciples return to Galilee on the other side of the lake, he heals the 12-year-old daughter of the ruler of the synagogue as well as a woman who has been bleeding for 12 years (8:43-48).
"the crowd joyfully greeted him"
"one of the leaders at the local synagogue" or "a leader of the people who met at the synagogue in that city"
Possible meanings are 1) "bowed down at Jesus' feet" or 2) "lay down on the ground at Jesus' feet." Jairus did not fall accidentally. He did this as a sign of humility and respect for Jesus.
"was about to die"
Some translators may need to first say that Jesus had agreed to go with Jairus. Alternate translation: "So Jesus agreed to go with him. As he was on his way"
"the people were crowding tightly around Jesus"
This introduces a new character in the story.
"had a flow of blood." She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for it. Some cultures may have a polite way of referring to this condition.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but no one could heal her"
"touched the fringe of his robe." Jewish men wore tassels on the edges of their robes as a part of their ceremonial dress as commanded in God's Law. This is likely what she touched.
By saying this, Peter was implying that anyone could have touched Jesus. This implicit information can be made explicit if necessary. Alternate translation: "there are many people crowding around you and pressing in against you, so any one of them might have touched you"
It may be helpful to distinguish this intentional "touch" from the accidental touches of the crowd. Alternate translation: "Someone deliberately touched me"
Jesus did not lose power or become weak, but his power healed the woman. Alternate translation: "I know that healing power went out from me" or "I felt my power heal someone"
"that she could not keep secret what she had done." It may be helpful to state what she did. Alternate translation: "that she could not keep it a secret that she was the one who had touched Jesus"
"she came trembling with fear"
Possible meanings are 1) "bowed down in front of Jesus" or 2) "lay down on the ground at Jesus's feet." She did not fall accidentally. This was a sign of humility and respect for Jesus.
"In the sight of all the people"
This was a kind way of speaking to a woman. Your language may have another way of showing this kindness.
"because of your faith, you have become well." The abstract noun "faith" could be stated as an action. Alternate translation: "because you believe, you are healed"
This idiom is a way of saying, "Goodbye" and giving a blessing at the same time. Alternate translation: "As you go, do not worry anymore" or "May God give you peace as you go"
"While Jesus was still speaking to the woman"
This refers to Jairus (Luke 8:41).
This statement implies that Jesus will not be able to do anything to help now that the girl is dead.
This refers to Jesus.
"she will be well" or "she will live again"
"When they came to the house." Jesus went there with Jairus. Some of Jesus's disciples also went with them.
This double negative emphasizes that Peter and the others were the only ones whom Jesus allowed to enter. This could be stated positively. Alternate translation: "he allowed only Peter ... mother to enter with him"
This refers to Jairus.
This was the normal way of showing grief in that culture. Alternate translation: "all the people there were showing how sad they were and crying loudly because the girl had died"
"laughed at him because they knew the girl"
"Jesus took hold of the girl's hand"
"Her spirit returned to her body." The Jews understood that life was the result of the spirit coming into a person. Alternate translation: "She started breathing again" or "She came back to life" or "She became alive again"
This could be stated differently. Alternate translation: "not to tell anyone"
1 He called the twelve together and gave them power and authority to drive out all demons and to cure diseases. 2 He sent them out to preach the kingdom of God and to heal the sick. 3 He said to them, "Take nothing for your journey—no staff, no wallet, no bread, no money, and no extra tunic. 4 Whatever house you enter, stay there until you leave. 5 Wherever they do not receive you, when you leave that town, shake off the dust from your feet as a testimony against them." 6 Then they departed and went through the villages, proclaiming the gospel and healing everywhere.
7 Now Herod the tetrarch heard about all that was happening, and he was perplexed, because it was said by some that John had risen from the dead, 8 and others said that Elijah had appeared, and still others that one of the prophets of long ago had risen. 9 Herod said, "I beheaded John. Who is this about whom I hear such things?" And so he tried to see him.
10 When the apostles returned, they told him everything they had done. Then he took them with him, and they went away privately to a town called Bethsaida. 11 But when the crowds heard about this, they followed him. He welcomed them and spoke to them about the kingdom of God, and he cured those who needed healing. 12 Now the day was about to come to an end, and the twelve came to him and said, "Send the crowd away that they may go into the surrounding villages and countryside to find lodging and food, because we are here in an isolated place."
13 But he said to them, "You give them something to eat."
They said, "We have no more than five loaves of bread and two fish—unless we go and buy food for all these people."
14 (There were about five thousand men.) He said to his disciples, "Have them sit down in groups of about fifty each." 15 So they did this, and made the people sit down. 16 Taking the five loaves and the two fish, he looked up to heaven, he blessed them and broke them into pieces, and he gave them to the disciples to set before the crowd. 17 They all ate and were satisfied, and what was left over was picked up—twelve baskets of broken pieces.
18 It came about while Jesus was praying by himself, the disciples were with him. He questioned them, saying, "Who do the crowds say that I am?"
19 They answered, "John the Baptist. But others say Elijah, and others say that one of the prophets from long ago has risen."
20 Then he said to them, "But who do you say that I am?"
Peter answered, "The Christ of God."
21 But he warned and instructed them to tell this to no one, 22 saying, "The Son of Man must suffer many things and be rejected by the elders and chief priests and scribes, and he will be killed and on the third day be raised." 23 Then he said to them all, "If anyone wants to come after me, he must deny himself and take up his cross daily and follow me. 24 Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it. 25 What profit is there for a person to gain the whole world and yet lose or forfeit himself? 26 Whoever is ashamed of me and my words, of him will the Son of Man be ashamed when he comes in his own glory and the glory of the Father and of the holy angels. 27 But truly I say to you, there are some standing here who will not taste death before they see the kingdom of God."
28 Now about eight days after Jesus said these words, he took with him Peter and John and James and went up on the mountain to pray. 29 As he was praying, the form of his face was changed, and his clothes became brilliant white. 30 Behold, two men were talking with him, Moses and Elijah, 31 who appeared in glory, talking with him about his departure, which he was about to bring to completion in Jerusalem. 32 Now Peter and those who were with him were heavy with sleep, but when they became fully awake, they saw his glory and the two men who were standing with him. 33 As they were going away from Jesus, Peter said to him, "Master, it is good for us to be here. Let us make three shelters, one for you, one for Moses, and one for Elijah." (He did not know what he was saying.) 34 As he was saying this, a cloud came and overshadowed them, and they were afraid as they entered into the cloud. 35 A voice came out of the cloud, saying, "This is my Son, the one who is chosen; listen to him." 36 When the voice had spoken, Jesus was found alone. They kept silent and told no one in those days anything of what they had seen.
37 Now on the next day, when they came down from the mountain, a large crowd met him. 38 Behold, a man from the crowd cried out, saying, "Teacher, I beg you to look at my son, for he is my only child. 39 You see, a spirit takes control over him and he suddenly screams; it causes him to have convulsions so that he foams at the mouth. It hardly ever leaves him and it bruises him badly. 40 I begged your disciples to force it out, but they could not."
41 Jesus answered and said, "You unbelieving and perverse generation, how long must I be with you and put up with you? Bring your son here." 42 While the boy was coming, the demon threw him to the ground and shook him with convulsions. But Jesus rebuked the unclean spirit and healed the boy, and gave him back to his father. 43 Then they were all amazed at the greatness of God. While they all were marveling at everything he was doing, he said to his disciples, 44 "Let these words go deeply into your ears: The Son of Man will be betrayed into the hands of men." 45 But they did not understand this statement. It was hidden from them, so they could not know its meaning, and yet they were afraid to ask about this statement.
46 Then an argument started among them about which of them would be the greatest. 47 But Jesus, knowing the reasoning in their hearts, took a little child and put him by his side 48 and said to them, "Whoever welcomes this child in my name, welcomes me; and whoever welcomes me, welcomes the one who sent me. For whoever is least among you all is the one who is great."
49 John answered, "Master, we saw someone forcing out demons in your name and we prevented him, because he does not follow along with us." 50 "Do not stop him," Jesus said, "because whoever is not against you is for you."
51 When the days drew near for him to be taken up, he set his face to go to Jerusalem. 52 He sent messengers on ahead of him, and they went and entered into a Samaritan village to prepare everything for him. 53 But the people there did not welcome him because he had set his face to go to Jerusalem. 54 When the disciples James and John saw this, they said, "Lord, do you want us to command fire to come down from heaven and destroy them?" 55 But he turned and rebuked them, 56 and they went on to another village.
57 As they were going along the road, someone said to him, "I will follow you wherever you go."
58 Jesus said to him, "Foxes have holes, and birds in the sky have nests, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head." 59 Then he said to another, "Follow me."
But he said, "Lord, first let me go and bury my father."
60 But he said to him, "Leave the dead to bury their own dead. But as for you, go and proclaim far and wide the kingdom of God."
61 Then someone else said, "I will follow you, Lord, but first let me say goodbye to those in my home."
62 Jesus replied to him, "No one who puts his hand to the plow and looks back is fit for the kingdom of God."
No one knows for sure what the words "kingdom of God" here refer to. Some say it refers to the reign of God on earth, and others say it refers to the gospel message that Jesus died to pay for his people's sins. It is best to translate this as "to preach about the kingdom of God" or "to teach them about how God was going to show himself as king."
God had promised the Jews that the prophet Elijah would return before the Messiah came, so some people who saw Jesus do miracles thought Jesus was Elijah (Luke 9:9, Luke 9:19). However, Elijah did come to earth to speak with Jesus (Luke 9:30). (See: prophet and christ and elijah)
The term "kingdom of God" is used in this chapter to refer to a kingdom that was still in the future when the words were spoken. (See: kingdomofgod)
Scripture often speaks of God's glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Luke says in this chapter that Jesus's clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God's Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: glory and fear)
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. An example in this chapter is: "Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it." (Luke 9:24).
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
This word appears several times in this chapter and means different things. When Jesus says, "If someone receives a little child like this in my name, he also is receiving me, and if someone receives me, he is also receiving the one who sent me" (Luke 9:48), he is speaking of people serving the child. When Luke says, "the people there did not receive him" (Luke 9:53), he means that the people did not believe in or accept Jesus. (See: believe)
Jesus reminds his disciples not to depend on money and their things, gives them power, and then sends them out to various places.
These two terms are used together to show that the twelve had both the ability and the right to heal people. Translate this phrase with a combination of words that include both of these ideas.
Possible meanings are 1) "every demon" or 2) "every kind of demon."
sicknesses
"sent them to various places" or "told them to go"
"Jesus said to the twelve." It may be helpful to state that this happened before they went out. Alternate translation: "Before they left, Jesus said to them"
"Do not take anything with you" or "Do not bring anything with you"
large stick that people use for balance when climbing or walking on uneven ground, as well as for defense against attackers
a bag a traveler uses for carrying what he needs on a journey
This is here used as a general reference to "food."
"Any house you enter"
"remain there" or "temporarily live in that house as a guest"
"until you leave that town" or "until you leave that place"
"Here is what you should do in any town where people do not receive you: When you leave"
To "shake off the dust from your feet" was an expression of strong rejection in that culture. It showed they did not want even the dust of that town to remain on them.
"they left the place were Jesus was"
"healing wherever they went"
Verses 7-9 interrupt the story to give information about Herod.
The word "Now" marks a pause in the main story. Here Luke tells background information about Herod.
This refers to Herod Antipas, who was the ruler of one-fourth of Israel.
unable to understand, confused
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "some people said"
The word "said" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "still others said that one of the prophets of long ago had risen"
Herod assumes that it is impossible for John to rise from the dead. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "It cannot be John because I had his head cut off. So who is this man"
Herod's soldiers would have carried out executions. Alternate translation: "I commanded my soldiers to cut off John's head"
Though the disciples return to Jesus and they go to Bethsaida to spend time together, the crowds follow Jesus for healing and to listen to his teaching. He performs a miracle to provide bread and fish to the crowds as they return home.
"apostles came back to where Jesus was"
This refers to the teaching and healing that they did when they went to the other cities.
This is the name of a city.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"the day was about to end" or "it was near the end of the day." The end of the day was at sunset. Alternate translation: "it was almost sunset"
This was a place far away from where people lived. Alternate translation: "a remote place" or "a place where no one lives"
A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked.
If "unless" is difficult to understand in your language, you could make a new sentence. "two fish. In order to feed all these people, we would have to go and buy food"
"about 5,000 men." This number does not include the women and children who might have been present.
"Tell them to sit down"
"50 each"
"This" refers to what Jesus told them to do Luke 9:14. They told the people to sit down in groups of about fifty people.
"Jesus took the five loaves of bread"
This refers to looking up, toward the sky. The Jews believed that heaven was located above the sky.
This refers to the loaves of bread and the fish.
"to pass out to" or "to give to"
This idiom means they ate enough food so they were not hungry. Alternate translation: "they had as much as they wanted to eat"
Jesus is praying, with only his disciples near him, and they begin to talk about who Jesus is. Jesus tells them that he will soon die and resurrect and urges them to follow him even if it becomes very hard to do that.
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new event.
"praying alone." The disciples were with Jesus, but he was praying personally and privately by himself.
It may be helpful to restate part of the question here. Alternate translation: "The crowds say you are John the Baptist"
It may be helpful to clarify how this answer relates to Jesus's question. Alternate translation: "that you are one of the prophets from long ago and have risen"
"has come back to life"
"Then Jesus said to his disciples"
The combination of "warned" and "instructed" is a hendiadys that means "strongly warned" or "strictly instructed." Alternate translation: "he strongly warned them" or he strictly instructed them"
"not to tell anyone." or "that they should not tell anyone." This could be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "them, 'Do not tell anyone.'"
"People will cause the Son of Man to suffer greatly"
Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man ... and I will"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject him"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they will kill him"
"three days after he dies" or "on the third day after his death"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will make him alive again" or "he will live again"
"Jesus said"
This refers to the disciples who were with Jesus.
Coming after Jesus represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: "be my disciple" or "be one of my disciples"
"must not give in to his own desires" or "must forsake his own desires"
"carry his cross and follow me every day." The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. To follow Jesus represents obeying him. Alternate translation: "must obey me every day even to the point of suffering and dying"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The implied answer to this question is that it is not good. Alternate translation: "It will not benefit someone at all to gain the whole world and yet lose or forfeit himself."
"to get everything in the world"
"ruin himself or give up his life"
"what I say" or "what I teach"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Son of Man will also be ashamed of him"
Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man ... when I come in my own glory"
This is an important title for God.
Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he will say next.
"some of you who are standing here will not taste death"
Jesus was speaking to the people he was talking about. Alternate translation: "before you see"
"Taste death" is an idiom that means "die." This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "will see the kingdom of God before they die" or "will see the kingdom of God before you die"
Eight days after Jesus tells his disciples that some would not die before they saw the kingdom of God, Jesus goes up the mountain to pray with Peter, James, and John, who all fall asleep while Jesus is changed to a dazzling appearance.
This refers to what Jesus said to his disciples in the preceding verses.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The word "Behold" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: "Suddenly"
This phrase gives information about how Moses and Elijah looked. Some languages would translate it as a separate clause. Alternate translation: "and they appeared in glorious splendor" or "and they were shining brightly"
"his leaving" or "how Jesus would leave this world." This was a polite way of talking about his death. Alternate translation: "his death"
This word is used here to mark a pause in the main story. Here Luke tells about Peter, James, and John.
This idiom means "very sleepy."
This refers to the brilliant light that surrounded them. Alternate translation: "they saw brilliant light coming from Jesus" or "they saw very bright light coming out of Jesus"
This refers to Moses and Elijah.
"As Moses and Elijah were going away"
simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep
"While Peter was saying these things"
These adult disciples were not afraid of clouds. This phrase indicates that some kind of unusual fear came over them with the cloud. Alternate translation: "they were terrified"
This can be expressed in terms of what the cloud did. Alternate translation: "the cloud surrounded them"
It is understood that the voice could only have belonged to God. Alternate translation: "God spoke to them from the cloud"
This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God.
This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: "the one I have chosen" or "I have chosen him"
This is information that tells what happened after the story as a result of the events in the story itself.
The first phrase refers to their immediate response, and the second refers to what they did in the following days.
The next day after Jesus's dazzling appearance, Jesus heals a demon-possessed boy that the disciples were unable to make better.
The word "behold" alerts us to the new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. English uses "There was a man in the crowd who"
The phrase "You see" introduces us to the evil spirit in the man's story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: "There is an evil spirit that"
"foam comes out of his mouth." When a person has a seizure, he can have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to form around his mouth.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"Jesus answered by saying"
Jesus says this to the crowd that has gathered, and not to his disciples.
"corrupt generation"
Here "you" is plural. Jesus uses these questions to express his sadness that the people do not believe. They can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "I have been with you so long, yet you do not believe. I wonder how long I must put up with you."
Here "your" is singular. Jesus is speaking directly to the father who addressed him.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus performed the miracle, but the crowd recognized that God was the power behind the healing.
"everything Jesus was doing"
This is an idiom that means they should pay attention. Alternate translation: "Listen carefully and remember" or "Do not forget this"
This can be stated with an active clause. Here "hands" refers to power or control. Alternate translation: "Someone will betray the Son of Man and put him under the control of men"
Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. The word "hands" is a synecdoche for the people whose hands they are or a metonym for the power that uses those hands. You may need to make explicit who these men are. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man will be betrayed into the hands of men" or "The Son of Man will be betrayed into the power of his enemies" or "I, the Son of Man will be betrayed to my enemies"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God hid the meaning from them"
The disciples begin to argue about who will be the most powerful among them.
"among the disciples"
Here "hearts" is a metonym for their minds. Alternate translation: "knowing the reasoning in their minds" or "knowing what they were thinking"
This refers to a person doing something as a representative of Jesus. Alternate translation: "because of me"
This metaphor could also be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: "in my name, it is like he is welcoming me"
"God, who sent me"
"the one whom God considers to be most important"
"In reply, John said" or "John replied to Jesus." John was responding to what Jesus had said about being the greatest. He was not answering a question.
John speaks of himself but not Jesus, so "we" here is exclusive.
This means the person was speaking with the power and authority of Jesus.
This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "Allow him to continue"
Some modern languages have sayings that mean the same thing. Alternate translation: "if a person does not keep you from working, it is as if he were helping you" or "if someone is not working against you, he is working with you"
It is now obvious that Jesus has decided to go to Jerusalem.
Here "be taken up" implies that Jesus will be taken up to heaven. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When the time was coming for him to go up heaven" or "When it was almost time for him to leave this world"
This idiom means he "firmly decided." Alternate translation: "made up his mind" or "decided"
This means to make arrangements for his arrival there, possibly including a place to speak, a place to stay, and food.
"did not want him to stay"
The Samaritans and the Jews hated each other. Therefore the Samaritans would not help Jesus on his journey to Jerusalem, the Jewish capital.
"saw that the Samaritans did not receive Jesus"
James and John suggested this method of judgment because they knew that this was how the prophets such as Elijah had judged people who rejected God.
"Jesus turned and rebuked James and John." Jesus did not condemn the Samaritans as the disciples expected.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This was not one of the disciples.
Jesus responds with a proverb to teach the man about being Jesus's disciple. Jesus implies that if the man were to follow him, that man too might not have a home. Alternate translation: "Foxes have holes ... nowhere to lay his head. So do not expect that you will have a home"
These are land animals similar to small dogs. They sleep in a den or a burrow in the ground.
"birds that fly in the air"
Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, have ... my head"
"nowhere to rest my head" or "nowhere to sleep." Jesus exaggerates to emphasize that he has no permanent home and that people did not often invite him to stay with them.
Jesus continues to talk with the people along the road.
By saying this Jesus is asking the person to become his disciple and to go with him.
It is unclear whether the man's father has died and he will bury him immediately, or if the man wants to stay for a longer amount of time until his father dies so he can bury him then. The main point is the man wants to do something else first before he follows Jesus.
"before I do that, let me go"
Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Possible meanings of "the dead" are 1) it is a metaphor for those who will soon die, or 2) it is a metaphor for those who do not follow Jesus and are spiritually dead. The main point is that a disciple must not let anything delay him from following Jesus.
This refers to dead people in general. Alternate translation: "the dead people"
"I will join you as a disciple" or "I am ready to follow you"
"before I do that, let me tell my people at my home that I am leaving"
Jesus responds with a proverb to teach the man about being his disciple. Jesus means that a person is not suitable for the kingdom to God if he focuses on people in his past instead of following Jesus.
Here "puts his hand to" something is an idiom that means the person starts to do something. Alternate translation: "No one who starts to plow his field"
Anyone who is looking back while plowing cannot guide the plow where it needs to go. That person must focus on looking forward in order to plow well.
"useful for the kingdom of God" or "suitable for the kingdom of God"
1 Now after these things, the Lord appointed seventy [1] others, and sent them out two by two ahead of him to every town and place where he himself was about to go. 2 He said to them, "The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few. Therefore ask the Lord of the harvest to send out laborers into his harvest. 3 Go on your way. See, I send you out as lambs in the midst of wolves. 4 Do not carry a money bag, or a traveler's bag, or sandals, and greet no one on the road. 5 Whatever house you enter, first say, 'May peace be on this house!' 6 If a son of peace is there, your peace will rest upon him, but if not, it will return to you. 7 Remain in that same house, eating and drinking what they provide, for the laborer is worthy of his wages. Do not move around from house to house. 8 Whatever town you enter, and they receive you, eat what is set before you 9 and heal the sick that are there. Say to them, 'The kingdom of God has come close to you.' 10 Whenever you enter a town and they do not receive you, go out into its streets and say, 11 'Even the dust from your town that clings to our feet we wipe off against you! But know this: The kingdom of God is near.' 12 I say to you that on that day it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that town. 13 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! If the mighty works which were done in you had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago, sitting in sackcloth and ashes. 14 But it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the judgment than for you. 15 You, Capernaum, do you think you will be exalted to heaven? No, you will be brought down to Hades. 16 The one who listens to you listens to me, and the one who rejects you rejects me, and the one who rejects me rejects the one who sent me."
17 The seventy returned with joy, saying, "Lord, even the demons submitted to us in your name."
18 Jesus said to them, "I was watching Satan fall from heaven as lightning. 19 See, I have given you authority to tread on serpents and scorpions, and over all the power of the enemy, and nothing will in any way hurt you. 20 Nevertheless do not rejoice only in this, that the spirits submit to you, but rejoice even more that your names are engraved in heaven."
21 At that same hour he rejoiced greatly in the Holy Spirit and said, "I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth, because you concealed these things from the wise and understanding and revealed them to those who are untaught, like little children. Yes, Father, for so it was well pleasing in your sight. 22 "All things have been entrusted to me from my Father, and no one knows who the Son is except the Father, and no one knows who the Father is except the Son and those to whom the Son chooses to reveal him." 23 Then he turned around to the disciples and said privately, "Blessed are those who see the things that you see. 24 I say to you, many prophets and kings desired to see the things you see, and they did not see them, and to hear the things that you hear, and they did not hear them."
25 Behold, an expert in the law stood up so that he might test him, saying, "Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?"
26 Jesus said to him, "What is written in the law? How do you read it?"
27 He gave an answer and he said, "You will love the Lord your God with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your strength, and with all your mind, and your neighbor as yourself."
28 Jesus said to him, "You have answered correctly. Do this, and you will live." 29 But he, desiring to justify himself, said to Jesus, "Who is my neighbor?"
30 Jesus answered him and said, "A certain man was going down from Jerusalem to Jericho. He fell among robbers, who stripped him of his belongings, and beat him, and left him half dead. 31 By chance a certain priest was going down that way, and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. 32 In the same way, a Levite also, when he came to the place and saw him, passed by on the other side. 33 But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came to where he was. When he saw him, he was moved with compassion. 34 He approached him and bound up his wounds, pouring oil and wine on them. He set him on his own animal, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. 35 The next day he took out two denarii, and gave them to the host, and said, 'Take care of him, and whatever extra you spend, when I return, I will repay you.' 36 Which of these three do you think was a neighbor to him who fell among the robbers?"
37 He said, "The one who showed mercy to him."
Jesus said to him, "Go and do the same."
38 Now as they were traveling along, he entered into a certain village, and a certain woman named Martha welcomed him into her house. 39 She had a sister named Mary, who sat at the Lord's feet and heard his word. 40 But Martha was overly busy with preparing to serve a meal. She came up to Jesus and said, "Lord, do you not care that my sister left me to serve alone? Therefore tell her to help me."
41 But the Lord answered and said to her, "Martha, Martha, you are anxious and troubled about many things, 42 but only one thing is necessary. Mary has chosen what is best, which will not be taken away from her."
Harvest is when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Harvest can also refer to the food that is gathered. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God's kingdom. (See: harvest and faith)
A neighbor is anyone who lives nearby. The Jews helped their Jewish neighbors who needed help, and they expected their Jewish neighbors to help them. Jesus wanted them to understand that people who were not Jews were also their neighbors, so he told them a parable
Jesus sends out 70 more people ahead of him.
This word is used here to mark a new event in the story.
"70." Some versions say "seventy-two" or "72." You may want to include a footnote that says that.
"sent them out in groups of two" or "sent them out with two people in each group"
This was before the men actually went out. Alternate translation: "He had said to them" or "Before they went out he told them"
"There is a big crop, but not enough workers to bring it in." Jesus means there are many people ready to enter God's kingdom, but there are not enough disciples to go teach and help the people.
"Go to the cities" or "Go to the people"
Wolves attack and kill sheep. This metaphor therefore means that there are people who would attempt to harm the disciples that Jesus is sending out. The names of other animals could be substituted. Alternate translation: "when I send you out, people will want to harm you, as wolves attack sheep"
"Do not take with you a bag, a traveler's bag, or sandals"
"do not greet anyone on the road." Jesus was emphasizing that they should go quickly to the towns and do this work. He was not telling them to be rude.
This was both a greeting and a blessing. Here "house" refers to those who live in the house. Alternate translation: "May the people in this household receive peace"
The phrase "son of peace" here is a metaphor for a person who wants peace with God and with people. Alternate translation: "a peaceful person"
Here "peace" is described as a living thing that can choose where to stay. Alternate translation: "he will have the peace you blessed him with"
It may be helpful to restate the entire phrase. Alternate translation: "if there is no person of peace there" or "if the owner of the house is not a peaceful person"
Here "peace" is described as a living thing that can choose to leave. Alternate translation: "you will have that peace" or "he will not receive the peace you blessed him with"
Jesus was not saying that they should stay in the house all day, but that they should sleep at the same house every night they were there. Alternate translation: "Continue to sleep at that house"
This is a general principle that Jesus was applying to the men he was sending out. Since they would be teaching and healing the people, the people should provide them with a place to stay and with food.
Moving around from house to house means going to different houses. It can be made clear that he was talking about staying overnight at different houses. "Do not go sleep at a different house each night"
"if they welcome you"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "eat whatever food they give you"
This refers to sick people in general. Alternate translation: "the sick people"
The abstract noun "kingdom" can be expressed with the verbs "reign" or "rule." Possible meanings are 1) the kingdom of God will begin soon. Alternate translation: "God will soon rule everywhere as king" or 2) the activities of kingdom of God are happening all around you. Alternate translation: "The proof that God is reigning is all around you"
"and the people of the city reject you"
This is a symbolic action to show that they reject the people of the city. Alternate translation: "Just as you rejected us, we thoroughly reject you. We even reject the dust from your town that clings to our feet"
Since Jesus was sending these people out in groups of two, it would be two people saying this. So languages that have a dual form of "we" would use it.
The phrase "But know this" emphasizes the importance of what is said next. Alternate translation: "But be aware that the kingdom of God is near" or "But be sure of this: The kingdom of God is near"
The abstract noun "kingdom" can be expressed with the verbs "reign" or "rule." See how you translated a similar sentence in [Luke 10:8]
Jesus was saying this to the 70 people he was sending out. He said this to show that he was about to say something very important.
The disciples would have understood that this refers to the time of final judgment of sinners. Alternate translation: "judgment day"
"God will not judge Sodom as severely as he will judge that town." Alternate translation: "God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom"
Jesus speaks as if the people of the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida are there listening to him, but they are not.
Jesus is describing a situation that could have happened in the past but did not. Alternate translation: "If someone had performed the miracles for the people of Tyre and Sidon that I performed for you"
"the wicked people who lived there would have shown that they were sorry for their sins by sitting"
"wearing sackcloth and sitting in ashes"
It may be helpful to clearly state the reason for their judgment. Alternate translation: "But because you did not repent and believe in me even though you saw me do miracles, God will judge you more severely than he will judge the people of Tyre and Sidon"
"on that final day when God judges everyone"
Jesus now speaks to the people in the city of Capernaum as if they are listening to him, but they are not.
Jesus uses a question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride. The expression "exalted to heaven" means "greately exalted" or "honored." Alternate translation: "you will certainly not go up to heaven!" or "God will not honor you!"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you will go down to Hades" or "God will send you to Hades"
The comparison can be clearly stated as a simile. Alternate translation: "When someone listens to you, it is as if they were listening to me"
The comparison can be clearly stated as a simile. Alternate translation: "when someone rejects you, it is as if they were rejecting me"
The comparison can be clearly stated as a simile. Alternate translation: "when someone rejects me, it is as if they were rejecting the one who sent me"
This refers to God the Father, who appointed Jesus for this special task. Alternate translation: "God, who sent me"
Some languages will need to say that the seventy actually went out first, as the UDB does. This is implicit information that can be made explicit.
You may want to add a footnote: "Some versions have '72' instead of '70.'"
Here "name" refers to Jesus's power and authority.
Jesus used a simile to compare how God was defeating Satan when his 70 disciples were preaching in the towns to the way lightning strikes.
Possible meanings are 1) fall as quickly as lighting strikes, or 2) fall down from heaven as lightning strikes downward. Since both meaning are possible, it may be best to keep the image.
"authority to trample on snakes and crush scorpions." Possible meanings are 1) snakes and scorpions are a metaphor for evil spirits. Alternate translation: "the right to defeat evil spirits" or 2) this refers to actual snakes and scorpions.
This implies that they would do this and not be injured. Alternate translation: "walk on snakes and scorpions, which will not hurt you,"
Scorpions are small animals with two claws and a poisonous stinger on their tail.
"I have given you authority to crush the power of the enemy" or "I have given you authority to defeat the enemy." The enemy is Satan.
"do not rejoice only because the spirits submit to you" can also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "rejoice that your names are written in heaven even more than you rejoice that the spirits submit to you"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has written your names in heaven" or "your names are on the list of people who are citizens of heaven"
"that same time"
This is an important title for God.
The phrase "heaven" and earth" represents everything that exists. Alternate translation: "Master over everyone and everything in heaven and earth"
This refers to Jesus's previous teaching about the authority of the disciples. It may be best to simply say "these things" and let the reader determine the meaning.
The words "wise" and "understanding" are nominal adjectives that refer to people with these qualities. Because God had concealed truth from them, these people were not actually wise and understanding, even though they thought they were. Alternate translation: "from people who think they are wise and have understanding"
This refers to those who may not have much education but who are willing to accept Jesus's teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. Alternate translation: "people who may have little education, but who listen to God as little children do"
"for it pleased you to do this"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My Father has handed everything over to me"
These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus.
This double negative emphasizes that the Father is the only one who knows. Alternate translation: "The only one who knows who the Son is, is the Father"
The word that is translated as "knows" means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way.
Jesus is referring to himself in the third person.
This double negative emphasizes that the Son is the only one who knows. Alternate translation: "The only one who knows who the Father is, is the Son"
"whoever the Son desires to show the Father to"
The word "privately" indicates that he was alone with his disciples. Alternate translation: "Later, when he was alone with his disciples, he turned to them and said"
This probably refers to the good works and miracles that Jesus was doing. Alternate translation: "How good it is for those who see the things that you see me doing"
This implies that Jesus was not yet doing those things. Alternate translation: "but they could not see them because I was not doing them yet"
This probably refers to the teaching of Jesus. Alternate translation: "the things that you have heard me say"
This implies that Jesus was not yet teaching. Alternate translation: "but they could not hear them because I had not yet started to teach"
Jesus replies with a story to a Jewish teacher who wants to test Jesus.
This alerts us to a new event and a new person in the story.
This is an idiom that probably here means "began to act." Your language may have a different way of showing that the expert in the law had been present, listening to Jesus, and was now beginning to act. He was not necessarily sitting before he "stood up" and began to speak.
"challenge Jesus"
Jesus is not seeking information. He uses these questions to test the Jewish teacher's knowledge. Alternate translation: "Tell me what Moses wrote in the law and what you think it means."
This can be asked in active form. Alternate translation: "What did Moses write in the law?"
"What have you read in it?" or "What do you understand it to say?"
The man is quoting what Moses wrote in the law.
Here "heart" and "soul" are metonyms for a person's inner being. These four phrases are used together to mean "completely" or "earnestly."
This simile can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: "love your neighbor as much as you love yourself"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"But the expert in the law wanted to find a way to justify himself, so he said" or "But wanting to appear righteous, the expert in the law said"
The man wanted to know whom he was required to love. Alternate translation: "Whom should I consider to be my neighbor and love as I love myself?" or "Which people are my neighbors that I should love?"
Jesus answers the man by telling a parable. Alternate translation: "In response, Jesus told him this story"
This introduces a new character in the parable.
"He was surrounded by robbers, who" or "Some robbers attacked him. They"
"took everything he had" or "stole all his things"
This idiom means "almost dead."
This was not something that any person had planned.
This expression introduces a new person in the story, but does not identify him by name.
"and when the priest saw the injured man." A priest is a very religious person, so the audience would assume that he would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be stated as "but when he saw him" to call attention to this unexpected result.
It is implied that he did not help the man. Alternate translation: "he did not help the injured man but instead walked past him on the other side of the road"
The Levite served in the temple. He would be expected to help his fellow Jewish man. Since he did not, it may are helpful to state that. Alternate translation: "a Levite ... the other side and did not help him"
This introduces a new person in the story without giving his name. We know only that he was from Samaria.
The Jews despised the Samaritans and would have assumed that he would not help the injured Jewish man.
"When the Samaritan saw the injured man"
"he felt sorry for him"
He would have put the oil and wine on the wounds first. Alternate translation: "he put wine and oil on the wounds and wrapped them with cloth"
Wine was used to clean the wound, and oil was probably used to prevent infection. This can be stated. Alternate translation: "pouring oil and wine on them to help heal them"
"his own pack animal." This was an animal that he used to carry heavy loads. It was probably a donkey.
"two day's wages." "Denarii" is the plural of "denarius."
"the innkeeper" or "the person who took care of the inn"
This could be reordered. Alternate translation: "when I return, I will repay you whatever extra amount you spend"
This could be written as two questions. Alternate translation: "What do you think? Which of these three men ... robbers?"
"showed himself to be a true neighbor"
"to the man whom the robbers attacked"
"The expert in the law said, 'The one who showed mercy to him.'"
Here "do the same" refers to showing mercy to others. Alternate translation: "In the same way, go and show mercy to anyone else who needs help" or "In the same way, go and help everyone you can"
Jesus comes to Martha's house, where her sister Mary listens to Jesus with great attention.
This word is used here to mark a new event.
"as Jesus and his disciples were traveling along"
This introduces the village as a new location, but does not name it.
This introduces Martha as a new character. Your language may have a way of introducing new people.
This was the normal and respectful position for a learner at that time. Alternate translation: "sat on the floor near Jesus"
This refers to everything that Jesus taught while at Martha's house. Alternate translation: "listened to the Lord teach"
"very busy" or "too busy"
Martha is complaining that the Lord is allowing Mary to sit listening to him when there is so much work to do. She respects the Lord, so she uses a rhetorical question to make her complaint more polite. Alternate translation: "it seems like you do not care ... alone."
Jesus repeats Martha's name for emphasis. Alternate translation: "Dear Martha" or "You, Martha"
Jesus is contrasting what Mary is doing with what Martha is doing. It may be helpful to make this explicit. Alternate translation: "the only thing that is really necessary is to listen to my teaching" or "listening to my teaching is more necessary than preparing a meal"
Possible meanings are 1) "and I will not take this opportunity away from her" or 2) "and she will not lose what she has gained as she was listening to me"
1 It happened one day that Jesus was praying in a certain place. When he had finished, one of his disciples said to him, "Lord, teach us to pray just as John taught his disciples."
2 Jesus said to them, "When you pray say,
'Father, may your name be honored as holy.
May your kingdom come.
3 Give us our daily bread each day.
4 Forgive us our sins,
as we forgive everyone who is in debt to us.
Do not lead us into temptation.'"
5 Jesus said to them, "Which of you will have a friend, and will go to him at midnight, and say to him, 'Friend, lend to me three loaves of bread, 6 since a friend of mine just came in from the road, and I do not have anything to set before him'? 7 Then the one inside who answered him may say, 'Do not bother me. The door is already shut, and my children, along with me, are in bed. I am not able to get up and give bread to you.' 8 I say to you, even if he does not get up and give bread to you because you are his friend, yet because of your shameless persistence, he will get up and give you as many loaves of bread as you need. 9 I also say to you, ask, and it will be given to you; seek, and you will find; knock, and it will be opened to you. 10 For every asking person receives; and the seeking person finds; and to the person who knocks, it will be opened. 11 Which father among you, if your son asks for a fish, will give him a snake instead of a fish? [1]12 Or if he asks for an egg, will you give a scorpion to him? 13 Therefore, if you who are evil know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your Father from heaven give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him?"
14 Now Jesus was driving out a demon that was mute. When the demon had gone out, the man who had been mute spoke, and the crowd was amazed. 15 But some of the people said, "By Beelzebul, the ruler of demons, he is driving out demons." 16 Others tested him and sought from him a sign from heaven.
17 But Jesus knew their thoughts and said to them, "Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and a house divided against itself falls. 18 If Satan is divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand? For you say I cast out demons by Beelzebul. 19 If I drive out demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your followers drive them out? Because of this, they will be your judges. 20 But if I drive out demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come to you. 21 When a strong man who is fully armed guards his own palace, his possessions are safe, 22 but when a stronger man overcomes him, the stronger man takes away the armor in which the man trusted and plunders the man's possessions. 23 The one who is not with me is against me, and the one who does not gather with me scatters. 24 When an unclean spirit has gone away from a man, it passes through waterless places and looks for rest. Finding none, it says, 'I will return to my house from which I came.' 25 Having returned, it finds the house had been swept clean and put in order. 26 Then it goes and takes along with it seven other spirits more evil than itself and they all come in to live there. Then the final condition of that man becomes worse than the first."
27 It happened that, as he said these things, a certain woman raised her voice above the crowd and said to him, "Blessed is the womb that bore you and the breasts that nursed you."
28 But he said, "Rather, blessed are they who hear the word of God and keep it."
29 As the crowds were increasing, Jesus began to say, "This generation is an evil generation. It seeks a sign, though no sign will be given to it except the sign of Jonah. 30 For just as Jonah became a sign to the Ninevites, so too the Son of Man will be a sign to this generation. 31 The Queen of the South will rise up at the judgment with the men of this generation and condemn them, for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and see, someone greater than Solomon is here. 32 The men of Nineveh will stand up at the judgment with this generation of people and will condemn it, for they repented at the preaching of Jonah, and see, someone greater than Jonah is here.
33 No one, after lighting a lamp, puts it in a hidden place or under a basket, but on a lampstand, so that those who enter may see the light. 34 Your eye is the lamp of the body. When your eye is good, the whole body is filled with light. But when your eye is bad, your body is full of darkness. 35 Therefore, watch out that the light in you is not darkness. 36 If then your whole body is full of light, not having any member in darkness, then your whole body will be like when a lamp shines its brightness on you."
37 When he had finished speaking, a Pharisee asked him to eat with him at his house, so Jesus went in and reclined. 38 The Pharisee was surprised that Jesus did not first wash before dinner. 39 But the Lord said to him, "Now then, you Pharisees clean the outside of cups and bowls, but the inside of you is filled with robbery and evil. 40 You senseless men! Did not the one who made the outside also make the inside? 41 Give what is inside as alms, and then all things will be clean for you.
42 "But woe to you Pharisees, because you tithe mint and rue and every other garden herb, but you neglect justice and the love of God. It is necessary to act justly and love God, without failing to do the other things also. 43 Woe to you Pharisees, for you love the front seats in the synagogues and respectful greetings in the marketplaces. 44 Woe to you, for you are like unmarked graves that people walk over without knowing it."
45 One of the experts in the law said to him, "Teacher, what you say insults us too." 46 Jesus said, "Woe to you, teachers of the law! For you put people under burdens that are hard to carry, but you do not touch the burdens with one of your own fingers. 47 Woe to you, because you build tombs for the prophets, and it was your ancestors who killed them. 48 So you are witnesses and you consent to the works of your ancestors, for they indeed killed them and you build their tombs. 49 For this reason also, God's wisdom said, 'I will send to them prophets and apostles, and they will persecute and kill some of them.' 50 As a result, this generation will be charged for all the blood of the prophets shed since the foundation of the world, 51 from Abel's blood to the blood of Zechariah, who was killed between the altar and the temple. Yes, I say to you, this generation will be held responsible. 52 Woe to you experts in the law, because you have taken away the key of knowledge; you do not enter in yourselves, and you hinder those who are entering."
53 After Jesus left there, the scribes and the Pharisees opposed him and argued with him about many things, 54 lying in wait to catch him in something he might say.
The ULB sets the lines in 11:2-4 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a special prayer.
When Jesus's followers asked him to teach them how to pray, he taught them this prayer. He did not expect them to use the same words every time they prayed, but he did want them to know what God wanted them to pray about.
Jonah was an Old Testament prophet who was sent to the Gentile city of Nineveh to tell them to repent. When he told them to repent, they repented. (See: prophet and sin and repent)
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: righteous)
The Pharisees would wash themselves and the things they ate with. They would even wash things that were not dirty. The law of Moses did not tell them to wash these things, but they would wash them anyway. This was because they thought that if they obeyed both the rules that God had made and some rules that God had not made, God would think that they were better people. (See: lawofmoses and clean)
The is the beginning of the next part of the story. Jesus teaches his disciples to pray.
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
"Jesus said to his disciples"
Jesus is commanding the disciples to honor the name of God the Father by addressing him as "Father" when praying to him. This is an important title for God.
"cause everyone to honor your name." "Name" often refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: "may all people honor you"
The action of God ruling over everyone is spoken of as if it were God himself. Alternate translation: "May you come and rule over everyone"
Jesus continues to teach his disciples how to pray.
This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add something such as "please" to it to make this clear. Alternate translation: "Please give us"
Bread was an inexpensive food that people ate every day. It is used here to refer to food in general. Alternate translation: "the food we need each day"
These are imperatives, but they should be translated as requests, rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add something such as "please" to them to make this clear. Alternate translation: "Please forgive us ... Please do not lead us"
"Forgive us for sinning against you" or "Forgive our sins"
"since we also forgive"
"who has sinned against us" or "who has done wrong things to us"
This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Lead us away from temptation"
Jesus continues to teach his disciples about prayer.
"let me borrow three loaves of bread" or "give me three loaves of bread and I will pay you later." The host does not have any food ready to give to his guest.
Bread is a food that people in Israel commonly ate. If people in your community do not know what bread is, you may translate it with a more general expression for food. Alternate translation: "some food"
Jesus finishes asking a question that begins in verse 5.
Jesus finishes asking the question that begins with the words "Which of you will have a friend" in verse 5. The whole question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Suppose you have a friend and will go to him at midnight and say to him, 'Friend, lend to me three loaves of bread, since a friend ... to set before him.'"
It is implied that the visitor has come far from his home. Alternate translation: "was traveling and just came to my house"
"any food ready to give him"
"It is not convenient for me to get up"
Bread is a food that people in Israel commonly ate. If people in your community do not know what bread is, you may translate it with a more general expression for food. Alternate translation: "give you some food"
Jesus was speaking to the disciples. The word "you" is plural.
Bread is a food that people in Israel commonly ate. If people in your community do not know what bread is, you may translate it with a more general expression for food. Alternate translation: "give you some food ... give you as much food"
Jesus addresses the disciples as if they were the ones asking for bread. Alternate translation: "give bread to him because he is ... his ... him ... he needs"
The phrase can be reworded to eliminate the abstract noun "persistence." Alternate translation: "because you persist shamelessly" or "because you boldly continue to ask him"
Jesus gives these commands to encourage his disciples to pray continually. Some languages may also require more information with these verbs. Use the form of "you" that would be most appropriate in this context. Alternate translation: "keep asking for what you need ... keep seeking what you need from God, and you will find it ... keep knocking on the door"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will give it to you" or "you will receive it"
To knock at a door is to hit it a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. It can also be translated using the way people in your culture show that they have arrived, such as "call out" or "cough" or "clap." Here, it means a person should keep praying to God until he answers.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will open the door for you" or "God will welcome you inside"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus finishes teaching his disciples about prayer.
Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. It could also be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "None of you fathers ... would ... a fish."
Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. It could also be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "And you would never give him a scorpion ... egg."
A scorpion is similar to a spider, but it has a tail with a poisonous sting. If scorpions are not known where you are, you could translate this as "poisonous spider" or "spider that stings"
"since you who are evil know" or "even though you are sinful, you know"
Jesus again uses a question to teach his disciples. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "you can be sure that ... will give ... him."
The author uses this word to mark the beginning of a new event.
It may be helpful to add extra information. Alternate translation: "Jesus was driving a demon out of a person" or "Jesus was making a demon leave a person"
The demon has power to prevent people from speaking. Alternate translation: "demon that caused the man to be unable to speak"
This word is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. When the demon comes out of the man, some of the people criticize Jesus, and that leads to Jesus teaching about evil spirits.
It may be helpful to add extra information. Alternate translation: "When the demon had gone out of the man" or "When the demon left the man"
"the man who had been unable to speak now spoke"
Jesus is accused of using Satan's power to drive a demon out of a mute man.
"He is driving out demons by the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of demons"
another name for Satan
"Other people tested Jesus." They wanted him to prove that his authority was from God.
"and asked him to give a sign from heaven" or "by demanding that he give a sign from heaven." This was how they wanted him to prove that his authority was from God.
Jesus begins to respond to the crowd.
"kingdom" here refers to the people in it. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If people of a kingdom fight among themselves, they will destroy their kingdom"
Here "house" refers to a family. Alternate translation: "if family members fight each other, they will ruin their family"
"crashes down and is destroyed." This image of the house collapsing refers to the destruction of a family when the members fight each other.
"Satan" here is referring to the demons who follow Satan as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: "If Satan and members of his kingdom are fighting among themselves"
Jesus uses a question to teach the people. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "If Satan ... his kingdom will not last." or "If Satan ... his kingdom will fall apart."
"For you say that it is by the power of Beelzebul that I make demons leave people." The next part of his argument can be stated explicitly: Alternate translation: "For you say that it is by the power of Beelzebul that I make demons leave people. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself"
"If I ... by whose power do your followers force demons to leave people?" Jesus uses a question to teach the people. The meaning of Jesus's question can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "If I ... then we must agree that your followers also drive out demons by Beelzebul's power. But you do not believe that it is true."
"your followers who cast out demons by God's power will judge you for saying that I cast out demons by Beelzebul's power"
The "finger of God" refers to God's power.
"this shows that God's kingdom has come to you"
Jesus begins a parable about a strong man who is defeated by a stronger man.
The "strong man" here is a metaphor for Satan.
Possible meanings of the word "palace" are 1) the entire premises of the "strong man" or 2) it refers to the courtyard of a palace and is a synecdoche for the palace. If you have a word for the house and other areas close to it that the strong man can constantly guard, you may want to use it here.
"no one can steal his things"
The stronger man in the parable is a metaphor for Jesus, who is stronger than Satan.
"removes the weapons and protection"
"steals his possessions" or "takes away anything that he wants"
This refers to any person or any group of people. "Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters" or "Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter"
"one who does not support me" or "one who does not work with me"
"works against me"
Jesus is referring to gathering disciples who follow him. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "anyone who does not cause people to come and follow me causes them to go away from me"
This refers to "desolate places" where the evil spirits wander.
"If the spirit does not find any rest there"
This refers to the person in which he used to live. Alternate translation: "the person in whom I used to live"
This metaphor speaks about the person as if he were a house that is swept clean, with things put in their places. It is implied that the house is still empty. This can be stated in active form with that information made explicit. Alternate translation: "finds that the person is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs, but has left empty" or "finds that the person is like a house that is clean and organized, but empty"
The word "first" refers to the condition of the man while he had the unclean spirit before it left him. Alternate translation: "worse than his condition was before the spirit left"
This is a break in Jesus's teachings. A woman speaks a blessing and Jesus responds.
This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
This idiom means "spoke loudly above the noise of the crowd"
The parts of a woman's body are used to refer to the whole woman. Alternate translation: "How good it is for the woman who bore you and nursed you at her breasts" or "How happy the woman who bore you and nursed you at her breasts must be"
"It is even better for those"
"hear the message God has spoken"
"and obey it"
Jesus continues teaching the crowd.
"As more people were joining the crowd" or "As the crowd was growing larger"
Here "generation" refers to the people in it. Alternate translation: "The people living at this time are evil people. They seek ... to them" or "You people living at this time are evil people. You seek ... to you"
The information about what kind of sign it seeks can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "It wants me to perform a miracle as proof that I have come from God"
This double negative emphasizes that the sign of Jonah is the only sign that will be given. Alternate translation: "The only sign that will be given to it is the sign of Jonah"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will not give it a sign"
"what happened to Jonah" or "the miracle that God did for Jonah"
This means that Jesus will serve as a sign from God for the Jews of that day in exactly the same way as Jonah served as a sign from God to the people of Nineveh.
Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, will"
"the people living today"
This refers to the Queen of Sheba. Sheba was a kingdom south of Israel.
"will appear"
This idiom means that she came from very far away. Alternate translation: "she came a very great distance" or "she came from a place very far away"
Jesus is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "I, who am greater than Solomon, am here"
It may be helpful to state explicitly that this refers to the ancient city of Nineveh. Alternate translation: "The men who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh"
This includes both men and woman. Alternate translation: "The people"
"the people of this time"
"for the people of Nineveh repented"
Jesus is speaking about himself. It may be helpful to explicitly state that they have not listened to him. Alternate translation: "even though I am greater than Jonah, you still have not repented"
Jesus begins a parable in which he speaks of his teaching as light that he wants his disciples to obey and share with others.
"hides it or puts in under a basket"
The understood subject and verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: "but a person places it on a lampstand" or "but a person puts it on a table"
Jesus continues his parable, in which he speaks of his teaching as light that he wants his disciples to obey and share with others. He speaks of people who do not know or accept his teaching as being in darkness.
In this part of the metaphor, the things they saw Jesus do provided understanding just as an eye provides light for the body. Alternate translation: "Your eye is like the lamp of the body"
The eye is a metonym for vision.
The body is a synecdoche for a person's life.
Here "eye" here is a metonym for vision. Alternate translation: "When your vision is good" or "when you see well"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the light will fill your whole body" or "you will be able to see everything clearly"
Here "eye" is a metonym for vision. Alternate translation: "When your vision is bad" or "when you see poorly"
"you will not be able to see anything"
Jesus continues his parable, in which he speaks of his teaching as light that he wants his disciples to obey and share with others. He speaks of people who do not know or accept his teaching as being in darkness.
"look carefully to make sure that what you think is light is not actually darkness"
Jesus ends his parable.
Jesus speaks of his teaching as light that he wants his disciples to obey and share with others. He speaks of people who do not know or accept his teaching as being in darkness.
"with none of its parts in darkness"
Jesus states the same truth he has just presented as a metaphor, but this time he uses a simile. He speaks of people who are full of truth as if they are a lamp that shines brightly.
Jesus finishes teaching the crowd, and a Pharisee invites Jesus to eat at his house.
The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event.
This refers to the Pharisee's house.
It was the custom at a relaxed meal such as this dinner for men to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. You might want to translate using the word your language uses for the way people's bodies are when they eat. Alternate translation: "sat down at the table"
The Pharisees had a rule that people must wash their hands in order to be ceremonially clean before God. Alternate translation: "wash his hands" or "wash his hands in order to be ritually clean"
Jesus begins to speak to the Pharisee using a metaphor. He compares the way they clean cups and bowls to how they clean themselves.
Washing of the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees.
This part of the metaphor contrasts the careful way they clean the outside of the dishes with the way they ignore their own internal condition.
This expression can refer to men or women, even though all of the Pharisees to whom Jesus was speaking to here were men.
Jesus uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees for not understanding that what is in their hearts matters to God. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "The one who made the outside also made the inside!"
This refers to what they should be doing with their cups and bowls. Alternate translation: "Give what is inside your cups and bowls as alms" or "Be generous to the poor"
"you will be completely clean" or "you will be clean both inside and outside"
"you give God one tenth of your mint and rue and other herbs from your garden." Jesus was giving an example of how extreme the Pharisees were in giving a tenth of their income.
These are herbs. People put just a little bit of these leaves into their food to give it flavor. If people do not know what mint and rue are, you can use the name of herbs they know or a general expression such as "herbs."
Possible meanings are 1) "every other vegetable" 2) "every other garden herb" or 3) "every other garden plant."
"to love God" or "love for God." God is the one who is loved.
"without failing" emphasizes that this should always be done. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "and to always do the other good things as well"
"the best seats"
"you like people to greet you with special honor"
Jesus finishes speaking to the Pharisees.
The Pharisees are like unmarked graves because they look ceremonially clean, but they cause people around them to become unclean.
These graves were holes dug in the ground where a dead body was buried. They did not have the white stones that people normally place over graves so that others would see them.
When the Jews walked over a grave, they would become ceremonially unclean. These unmarked graves caused them to accidentally do that. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "without realizing it and become ceremonially unclean"
Jesus begins to respond to a Jewish teacher.
This introduces a new character into the story.
Jesus's comments about the Pharisees also seemed to apply to the teachers of the Jewish laws.
Jesus makes it clear that he intended to condemn the actions of the teachers of the law along with the Pharisees.
"you put burdens on people that are too heavy and they cannot carry them." Jesus speaks about someone giving people many rules as if the person were giving them heavy things to carry. Alternate translation: "you burden people by giving them too many rules to follow"
Possible meanings are 1) "do anything at all to help people carry those burdens" or 2) "make any effort to carry those burdens yourselves."
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus is rebuking the Pharisees and teachers of the law. They know about the murder of the prophets, but do not condemn their ancestors for killing them. Alternate translation: "So, rather than denouncing them, you confirm and agree"
This refers back to the previous statement that the teachers of the law burdened people with rules.
"wisdom" is treated as if it was able to speak for God. Alternate translation: "God in his wisdom said" or "God wisely said"
"I will send prophets and apostles to my people." God had declared beforehand that he would send prophets and apostles to the ancestors of the Jewish audience to whom Jesus was speaking.
"my people will persecute and kill some of the prophets and apostles." God had declared beforehand that the ancestors of the Jewish audience to whom Jesus was speaking would persecute and kill the prophets and apostles.
God will hold the people to whom Jesus is speaking responsible for the murder of the prophets by their ancestors. Alternate translation: "God will hold this generation responsible for the deaths of all the prophets whom people have killed since the foundation of the world"
The "blood ... shed" refers to the blood that was spilled when the prophets were killed. Alternate translation: "for all the murders of the prophets"
The author speaks of the world as if it were a building set on a foundation. Alternate translation: "since the creation of the world" or "since God created the world"
This was probably the priest in the Old Testament who rebuked the people of Israel for idolatry. This was not the Father of John the Baptist.
This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the people killed"
Jesus finishes responding to the Jewish teacher.
Jesus speaks about life in God's kingdom as if it were in a house that the teachers will neither enter nor allow others to enter. This means the teachers do not truly know God, and they prevent others from knowing him as well by teaching about scripture things that are not true. Alternate translation: "you have made it impossible for people to know how to live in God's kingdom; you do not want to live in it yourselves, and you keep others from knowing"
Possible meanings are 1) "the key that opens the door to knowledge," in which case "knowledge" is what is behind the door, or 2) "the key, which is the knowledge of how to open the door," in which case Jesus is not telling what is behind the door.
"you yourselves do not go in to get knowledge"
This is the end of the part of the story where Jesus eats at the Pharisee's house.
"After Jesus left the Pharisee's house"
The scribes and Pharisees did not argue in order to defend their views, but to try to trap Jesus so they could accuse him of breaking the law of God.
The scribes and Pharisees hoped Jesus would say something wrong so that they could accuse him of breaking God's law. They did not want to learn from him.
The writer speaks of the Pharisees as if they were thieves hiding by the side of a road waiting for someone to come by whom they could overpower and rob. In this case, they were waiting for Jesus to say something for which they could accuse him. Alternate translation: "waiting and hoping to accuse him"
1 In the meantime, when many thousands of the people were gathered together so much that they trampled on each other, he began to say to his disciples first of all, "Beware of the yeast of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy. 2 But there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and nothing hidden that will not be known. 3 So whatever you have said in the darkness will be heard in the light, and what you have spoken in the ear in the inner rooms will be proclaimed upon the housetops. 4 I say to you, my friends, do not be afraid of those who kill the body, and after that they have no more that they can do. 5 But I will warn you about whom to fear. Fear the one who, after he has killed, has authority to throw you into hell. Yes, I say to you, fear him. 6 Are not five sparrows sold for two small coins? Yet not one of them is forgotten in the sight of God. 7 But even the hairs of your head are all numbered. Do not fear. You are more valuable than many sparrows. 8 I say to you, everyone who confesses me before men, the Son of Man will also confess before the angels of God, 9 but he who denies me before men will be denied before the angels of God. 10 Everyone who speaks a word against the Son of Man, it will be forgiven him, but to him who blasphemes against the Holy Spirit, it will not be forgiven. 11 When they bring you before the synagogues, the rulers, and the authorities, do not worry about how you will speak in your defense, or what you will say, 12 for the Holy Spirit will teach you in that hour what you should say."
13 Then someone from the crowd said to him, "Teacher, tell my brother to divide the inheritance with me."
14 Jesus said to him, "Man, who appointed me a judge or a mediator over you?" 15 He said to them, "Watch that you keep yourselves from all greedy desires, because a person's life does not consist of the abundance of his possessions." 16 Then Jesus told them a parable, saying, "The field of a rich man yielded abundantly, 17 and he reasoned with himself, saying, 'What will I do, because I do not have a place to store my crops?' 18 He said, 'This is what I will do. I will tear down my barns and build bigger ones, and there I will store all of my grain and other goods. 19 I will say to my soul, "Soul, you have many goods stored up for many years. Rest easy, eat, drink, be merry."' 20 But God said to him, 'Foolish man, tonight your soul is required of you, and the things you have prepared, whose will they be?' 21 That is what someone is like who stores up treasure for himself and is not rich toward God."
22 Jesus said to his disciples, "Therefore I say to you, do not worry about your life, what you will eat; or about your body, what you will wear. 23 For life is more than food, and the body is more than clothes. 24 Think about the ravens, that they do not sow or reap. They have no storeroom or barn, but God feeds them. How much more valuable you are than the birds! 25 Which of you by being anxious can add a cubit to his lifespan? 26 If then you are not able to do such a very little thing, why do you worry about the rest? 27 Think about the lilies—how they grow. They do not labor, neither do they spin. Yet I say to you, even Solomon in all his glory was not clothed like one of these. 28 If God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today, and tomorrow is thrown into the oven, how much more will he clothe you, O you of little faith! 29 Do not seek what you will eat and what you will drink, and do not be anxious. 30 For all the nations of the world seek these things, and your Father knows that you need them. 31 But seek his kingdom, and these things will be added to you. 32 Do not fear, little flock, because your Father is very pleased to give you the kingdom. 33 Sell your possessions and give alms. Make for yourselves purses which will not wear out—treasure in the heavens that does not run out, where no thief comes near, and no moth destroys. 34 For where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.
35 "Keep your loins girded and your lamps lit, 36 and be like people waiting expectantly for their master when he returns from the marriage feast, so that when he comes and knocks, they may immediately open the door for him. 37 Blessed are those servants whom the master will find watching when he comes. Truly I say to you, he will gird himself to serve and have them sit down at the table, and he will come and serve them. 38 If the master comes in the second watch of the night, or if even in the third watch, and finds them ready, blessed are those servants. 39 But understand this, that if the master of the house had known the hour the thief was coming, he would not have let his house be broken into. 40 You also must be ready, because the Son of Man is coming at an hour that you do not expect."
41 Peter said, "Lord, are you telling this parable only to us, or also to everyone?"
42 The Lord said, "Who then is the faithful and wise manager whom his lord will set over his other servants to give them their portion of food at the right time? 43 Blessed is that servant whom his lord finds doing that when he comes. 44 Truly I say to you that he will set him over all his property. 45 But if that servant says in his heart, 'My lord delays his return,' and begins to beat the male servants and female servants and to eat and drink and to become drunk, 46 the lord of that servant will come in a day when he does not expect and in an hour that he does not know and will cut him in pieces and appoint a place for him with the unfaithful. 47 That servant, having known his lord's will and not having prepared or done according to his will, will be beaten with many blows. 48 But the one who did not know and did what deserved a beating, he will be beaten with a few blows. But everyone who has been given much, from them much will be required, and the one who has been entrusted with much, even more will be asked.
49 "I came to cast fire upon the earth, and how I wish that it were already kindled. 50 But I have a baptism to be baptized with, and how I am distressed until it is completed! 51 Do you think that I came to bring peace on the earth? No, I tell you, but rather division. 52 For from now on there will be five in one house divided—three people against two, and two people against three. 53 They will be divided, father against son and son against father, mother against daughter and daughter against mother, mother-in-law against her daughter-in-law and daughter-in-law against mother-in-law."
54 Jesus was saying to the crowds also, "When you see a cloud rising in the west, immediately you say, 'A shower is coming,' and so it happens. 55 When a south wind is blowing, you say, 'There will be a scorching heat,' and it happens. 56 Hypocrites, you know how to interpret the appearance of the earth and the heavens, but how is it that you do not know how to interpret the present time? 57 Why do you not judge what is right for yourselves? 58 For when you go with your adversary before the magistrate, on the way make an effort to be reconciled with him so that he does not drag you to the judge, and so that the judge does not deliver you to the officer, and the officer does not throw you into prison. 59 I say to you, you will never come out from there until you have paid the very last bit of money."
No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit's work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: blasphemy and holyspirit)
God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.
Jesus knew that those who did not choose to follow him would hate those who did choose to follow him. He also knew that most people love their families more than they love anyone else. So he wanted his followers to understand that following and pleasing him had to be more important to them than having their family love them (Luke 12:51-56).
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
Jesus begins to teach his disciples in front of thousands of people.
This is probably while the scribes and Pharisees were looking for a way to trap him. The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event.
This is background information that tells the setting of the story.
"a very great crowd"
This is probably an exaggeration to emphasize that so many people were crowded close together that they would step on each other. Alternate translation: "they were stepping on each other" or "they were stepping on one another's feet"
"Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them"
Just as yeast spreads through a whole lump of bread dough, their hypocrisy was spreading through the whole community. Alternate translation: "Guard yourself against the hypocrisy of the Pharisees, which is like yeast" or "Be careful that you do not become hypocrites like the Pharisees. Their evil behavior influences everyone just as yeast affects a lump of dough"
The word "But" connects this verse to the previous verse about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees.
"everything that is hidden will be shown." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will find out about everything that people do secretly"
This means the same thing as the first part of the sentence in order to emphasize its truth. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will learn about everything that others try to hide"
Here "darkness" is a metonym for "night" which is a metonym for "private. And "light" is a metonym for "day" which is a metonym for "public. The phrase "will be heard" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whatever you have said privately at night, people will hear it in the daylight"
whispered
"in a closed room." This refers to private speech. Alternate translation: "in privacy" or "secretly"
"will be shouted loudly." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will proclaim"
Houses in Israel had flat roofs, so people could go up and stand on top of them. If readers would be distracted trying to imagine how people would get up on the house tops, this could also be translated with a more general expression, such as "from a high place so that everyone will be able to hear."
Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, in this case, to speak about not being afraid.
"they cannot cause any more harm"
The phrase "the one" refers to God. This could be reworded. Alternate translation: "Fear God who, after ... has authority" or "Fear God, because after ... he has authority"
"after he kills you"
This is a general statement about God's authority to judge people. It does not mean this will happen to the disciples. Alternate translation: "has authority to throw people into hell"
Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. Alternate translation: "You know that five sparrows are sold for only two small coins."
very small, seed-eating birds
This could be stated in active form and in positive form. Alternate translation: "God never forgets any of them" or "God indeed remembers every sparrow"
This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God knows even how many hairs are on your head"
The reason for the fear is not stated. Possible meanings are 1) "Do not be afraid of what will happen to you" or 2) "So do not be afraid of people who could hurt you."
"You are worth more to God than many sparrows"
Jesus readdresses his audience to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, in this case, to speak about confession.
What is confessed can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "whoever tells others that he is my disciple" or "anyone who acknowledges before others that he is loyal to me"
Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man"
"I will deny before the angels of God that I know anyone who denies me" or "I, the Son of Man will deny before the angels of God that I know anyone who denies me"
"claims that he does not know me" or "claims that he is not my disciple"
where people can hear
"will be treated as though I do not know him" or "will be treated as if he is not my disciple"
"Everyone who says something bad about the Son of Man"
"he will be forgiven." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will forgive him for that"
"speaks evil against the Holy Spirit"
This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: "but he ... God will not forgive him" or "but he ... God will consider him guilty forever"
It is not stated who brings them into judgment.
"into the synagogues to question you before the religious leaders"
It may be necessary to combine these into one statement. Alternate translation: "other people who have power in the country"
"at that time" or "then"
This is a break in Jesus's teachings. A man asks Jesus to do something and Jesus responds to him.
In that culture, inheritances came from the father, usually after the father had died. You may need to make explicit that the speaker's father had probably died. Alternate translation: "share my father's property with me now that our father is dead"
Possible meanings are 1) this is simply a way to address a stranger or 2) Jesus is rebuking the man. Your language might have a way of addressing people in either of these ways. Some people do not translate this word at all.
Jesus uses a question to rebuke the man. Alternate translation: "no one appointed me a judge or mediator over you." or "I am not your judge or mediator."
This word refers to the man and his brother and so is plural.
The word "them" here probably refers to the whole crowd of people. Alternate translation: "And Jesus said to the crowd"
"guard yourself from every form of greed." Alternate translation: "do not allow yourself to love having things" or "do not let the urge to have more things control you"
This is a general statement of fact. It does not refer to any specific person. Some languages have a way of expressing that.
"how many things he owns" or "how much wealth he has"
Jesus continues his teaching by telling a parable.
Jesus was probably still speaking to the entire crowd.
"grew a very good harvest"
This question reflects what the man was thinking to himself. Alternate translation: "I do not know what to do, because I do not have any place big enough to store all my crops!"
buildings where farmers store the crops they have harvested
"all of my grain and the other good things that I own"
"I will say to myself, 'I have ... years. Rest ... merry.'" or "I will tell myself that I have ... years, so I can rest ... merry."
"many good things" or "many possessions"
Jesus quotes how God responds to the rich man, as he finishes telling his parable.
The "soul" refers to the life of a person. Alternate translation: "you will die tonight" or "I will take your life from you tonight"
"who will own what you have stored up?" or "who will have what you prepared?" God uses a question to make the man realize that he would no longer possess those things. Alternate translation: "the things that you have prepared will belong to someone else!"
"saves up valuable things"
has not used his time and possessions for the things that are important to God
Jesus continues teaching his disciples in front of the crowd.
"For that reason" or "Because of what this story teaches"
"I want to tell you something important" or "you need to listen carefully to this"
"about your body and what you will wear" or "about having enough clothes to put on your body"
This is a general statement of value. Alternate translation: "life is more important than the food you eat"
"your body is more important than the clothes you wear"
This refers either to 1) crows, a kind of bird that eats mostly grain, or 2) ravens, a kind of bird that eats the flesh of dead animals. Jesus's audience would have considered the ravens worthless since the Jewish people could not eat these types of birds.
These are places where food is stored.
This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus emphasizes the fact that people are much more valuable to God then birds.
Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "None of you can make your life any longer by being anxious!"
This is a metaphor because a cubit is a measure of length rather than of time. The image is of a person's life stretched out as if it were a board, a rope, or some other physical object.
the length from a man's elbow to the end of his fingers
Jesus uses another question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "Since you cannot do even this small thing, you should not worry about the other things."
"Think about how the lilies grow."
Lilies are beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for lily, you can use the name of another flower like that or translate it as "flowers"
The process of making thread or yard for cloth is called "spinning." It may be helpful to make this explicit. Alternate translation: "neither do they make thread in order to make cloth" or "and they do not make yarn"
"Solomon, who had great wealth, was" or "Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes, was"
"If God clothes the grass in the field like that, and it" or "If God gives the grass in the field such beautiful clothing, and it." God making the grass beautiful is spoken of as if God were putting beautiful clothes on the grass. Alternate translation: "If God makes the grass in the field beautiful like this, and it"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone throws it into a fire"
This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus emphasizes that he will certainly take care of people even better than he does the grass. This could be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "he will certainly clothe you even better"
"Do not focus on what you will eat and drink" or "Do not greatly desire more to eat and drink"
Here "nations" refers to "unbelievers." Alternate translation: "all people of other nations" or "all the unbelievers in the world"
This is an important title for God.
"focus on God's kingdom" or "greatly desire God's kingdom"
"these things also will be given to you." "These things" refers to food and clothing. This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will also give you these things"
Jesus is calling his disciples a flock. A flock is a group of sheep or goats that a shepherd cares for. As a shepherd cares for his sheep, God cares for Jesus's disciples. Alternate translation: "small group" or "dear group"
This is an important title for God.
It may be helpful to state what they receive. Alternate translation: "give alms from the money you earn from the sales"
The purses and treasure in the heavens are the same thing. They both represent God's blessing in heaven.
This is the result of giving to the poor. Alternate translation: "In this way you will make for yourselves"
"money bags that will not get holes in them"
"does not diminish" or "does not become less"
"thieves do not come near"
"moths do not destroy"
A "moth" is a small insect that eats holes in fabric. You may need to use a different insect, such as an ant or termite.
"your heart will be focused on where you store your treasure"
Here "heart" refers to a person's thoughts.
Jesus begins to tell a parable.
These words are a metaphor for being ready to do hard work. People in Jesus's culture wore long flowing robes. They would tuck these robes into their belts to keep them out of the way while they worked. Alternate translation: "Always be ready to serve" or "Be dressed and ready to serve"
This is a metaphor or metonym for staying awake at night and another metaphor for always being ready to work, even when it would otherwise be time to rest. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "keep your lamps burning"
Jesus commands the disciples to be ready for him to return the same way servants should be ready for their master to return.
If your language has a word for one person waiting and looking for someone he expects will come soon, you may want to use it here.
"returns home from a marriage feast"
This refers to the door of the master's house. It was the responsibility of his servants to open it for him.
"How good it is for"
"whose master finds them waiting for him when he returns" or "who are ready when the master returns"
Because the servants have been faithful and ready to serve their master, the master will now reward them by serving them.
"he will tuck in his robe to serve." If people are not familiar with robes, this can also be translated in a more general way. Alternate translation: "he will dress himself to serve"
The second watch was between 9:00 p.m. and midnight. Alternate translation: "late at night" or "just before midnight"
The third watch was from midnight to 3:00 a.m. Alternate translation: "or if he comes very late at night"
"had known when"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he would not have let the thief break into his house"
The similarity between a thief (Luke 12:39) and the Son of Man is that people do not know when either one will come, so they need to be ready. Jesus is not saying that he himself is a thief.
Jesus is talking about himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, am coming"
Here there is a stop in the story as Peter asks Jesus a question about the previous parable.
Jesus begins to tell another parable.
Jesus uses a question to answer Peter's question indirectly. He expected those who wanted to be faithful managers to understand that the parable was about them. Alternate translation: "I said it for everyone who is ... right time."
Jesus tells another parable about how servants should be faithful while they wait for their master to return.
"whom his lord puts in charge of his other servants"
"How good it is for that servant"
"if his lord finds him doing that work when he comes back"
This expression means they should pay special attention to what he is about to say.
"will put him in charge of all his property"
This refers to the servant whose lord has put him in charge of the other servants.
Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "thinks to himself"
"My master will not return soon"
The words that are translated here as "male servants and female servants" are normally translated as "boys" and "girls." They may indicate that the servants were young or that they were dear to their master. If your language can shorten this phrase to "male and female servants," you may want to do so here.
The words "day" and "hour" form a merism of time that refers to any time, and the words "expect" and "know" have similar meanings, so the two phrases here are parallel to emphasize that the coming of the lord will be a total surprise to the servant. However, the phrases should not be combined unless your language has no different words for "know" and "expect" or "day" and "hour." Alternate translation: "at a time when the servant is not expecting him"
Possible meanings are 1) this is an exaggeration for the master dealing out harsh punishment toward the slave, or 2) this describes the manner in which the servant will be executed and buried as punishment.
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "But as for the servant who knows his lord's will does not prepare or do according to it, the master will beat him with many blows"
"what his master wanted him to do ... it"
Jesus finishes telling the parable.
Both the servant who knows the master's will and the servant who does not know it are punished, but the words that begin with "That servant" (verse 47) show the servant who intentionally disobeyed his master was punished more severely than the other servant.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "They will require more of anyone who has received much" or "The master will require more of everyone he has given much to"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the master will ask even more of the one ... much" or "the master will require even more of the one ... much"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the one to whom the master has given much property to take care of" or "the one to whom the master has given much responsibility"
Jesus continues to teach his disciples.
"I came to throw fire on the earth" or "I came to set the earth on fire." Possible meanings are 1) Jesus has come to judge people or 2) Jesus has come to purify believers or 3) Jesus has come to cause division among people.
This exclamation emphasizes how much he wants this to happen. Alternate translation: "I wish very much that it was already lit" or "how I wish that it had already begun"
Here "baptism" refers to what Jesus must suffer. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: "I must go through a baptism of terrible suffering" or "I must be overwhelmed by suffering as a person being baptized is covered by water"
The word "but" is used to show that he cannot cast the fire on the earth until after he goes through his baptism.
This exclamation emphasizes how distressed he was. Alternate translation: "I am terribly distressed and will be so until I complete this baptism of suffering"
Jesus asks a question to let them know that he is going to correct their wrong understanding. You may need to supply the words "I came" that are omitted in the second sentence. Alternate translation: "You think that I came to bring peace on the earth, but I tell you I did not. Instead, I came to bring division"
"hostility" or "discord"
It may be helpful to state that this refers to people. Alternate translation: "there will be five people in one house"
"will oppose ... will oppose"
"will oppose"
Jesus begins to speak to the crowd.
This condition normally meant rain was coming in Israel.
"Rain is coming" or "It is going to rain"
This condition normally meant hot weather was coming in Israel.
"the earth and the sky"
Jesus uses a question to rebuke the crowd. Jesus uses this question to convict them. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "you should know how to interpret the present time."
Jesus uses a question to rebuke the crowd. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "You yourselves should discern what is right."
"on your own initiative"
Jesus presents a situation here that continues through verse 59. This may be a parable to teach Jesus's hearers that they need to repent of their sins before God condemns them on the day of judgment. Alternate translation: "If when you go ... prison"
Though Jesus is talking to a crowd, the situation he is presenting is something that a person would go through alone. So in some languages the word "you" would be singular.
"be reconciled with your adversary"
This refers to the magistrate, but the term here is more specific and threatening.
"does not take you"
This is the end of the situations that begins in verse 58.
"the entire amount of money that your adversary demands"
1 At that time, some people there told him about the Galileans whose blood Pilate mixed with their own sacrifices. 2 Jesus answered and said to them, "Do you think that these Galileans were more sinful than all the other Galileans because they suffered in this way? 3 No, I tell you. But if you do not repent, all of you will perish in the same way. 4 Or those eighteen people in Siloam on whom a tower fell and killed them, do you think they were worse sinners than other men in Jerusalem? 5 No, I say. But if you do not repent, all of you will also perish."
6 Jesus told this parable, "Someone had a fig tree planted in his vineyard and he came and looked for fruit on it but found none. 7 The man said to the gardener, 'Look, for three years I have come and tried to find fruit on this fig tree and found none. Cut it down. Why let it waste the ground?'
8 "The gardener answered and said, 'Sir, leave it alone this year while I dig around it and put manure on it. 9 If it bears fruit next year, good; but if it does not, cut it down!'"
10 Now Jesus was teaching in one of the synagogues during the Sabbath. 11 Behold, a woman was there who for eighteen years had a spirit of weakness. She was bent over and was not able to straighten up completely. 12 When Jesus saw her, he called to her and said, "Woman, you are freed from your weakness." 13 He placed his hands on her, and immediately she was made straight again and glorified God.
14 But the synagogue ruler was indignant because Jesus had healed on the Sabbath. So the ruler answered and said to the crowd, "There are six days in which it is necessary to labor. Come and be healed then, not on the Sabbath day."
15 The Lord answered him and said, "Hypocrites! Does not each of you untie his ox or his donkey from the stall and lead it to drink on the Sabbath? 16 So too this daughter of Abraham, whom Satan bound for eighteen long years, should her bonds not be untied on the Sabbath day?" 17 As he said these things, all those who opposed him were ashamed, but the whole crowd was rejoicing over all the glorious things he did.
18 Then Jesus said, "What is the kingdom of God like, and what can I compare it to? 19 It is like a mustard seed that a man took and threw into his garden, and it grew into a big tree, and the birds of heaven built their nests in its branches."
20 Again he said, "To what can I compare the kingdom of God? 21 It is like yeast that a woman took and mixed with three measures of flour until all the flour was leavened."
22 Then Jesus traveled through the towns and villages, teaching and making his way toward Jerusalem. 23 Someone said to him, "Lord, are only a few people to be saved?"
So he said to them, 24 "Struggle to enter through the narrow door, because, I say to you, many will try to enter, but will not be able to enter. 25 Once the owner of the house gets up and locks the door, then you will stand outside and pound the door and say, 'Lord, Lord, let us in.'
"He will answer and say to you, 'I do not know you or where you are from.'
26 "Then you will say, 'We ate and drank in front of you and you taught in our streets.'
27 "But he will reply, 'I say to you, I do not know where you are from. Get away from me, all you workers of unrighteousness!' 28 There will be crying and the grinding of teeth when you see Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and all the prophets in God's kingdom, but you are thrown out. 29 They will come from the east, west, north, and south, and be seated at a table in the kingdom of God. 30 Know this, those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last."
31 In that same hour, some Pharisees came and said to him, "Go and leave here because Herod wants to kill you."
32 Jesus said, "Go and tell that fox, 'Look, I cast out demons and perform healings today and tomorrow, and the third day I will reach my goal.' 33 In any case, it is necessary for me to continue on today, tomorrow, and the following day, since it is not acceptable for a prophet to be destroyed outside of Jerusalem. 34 Jerusalem, Jerusalem, who kills the prophets and stones those sent to you. How often I desired to gather your children the way a hen gathers her brood under her wings, but you did not desire this. 35 See, your house is abandoned. I say to you, you will not see me until you say, 'Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.'"
The people and Jesus speak about two events that they knew about but about which no one today knows anything except what Luke has written (Luke 13:1-5). Your translation should tell only what Luke tells.
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in this chapter: "those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last" (Luke 13:30).
Jesus is still speaking in front of the crowd. Some people in the crowd ask him a question and he begins to respond. This continues the story that begins in Luke 12:1.
This phrase connects this event to the end of chapter 12, when Jesus was teaching a crowd of people.
Here "blood" refers to the death of the Galileans. They were probably killed while they were offering their sacrifices. This could be stated explicitly as in the UDB.
Pilate probably ordered his soldiers to kill people rather than doing it himself. Alternate translation: "whom Pilate's soldiers killed as they were sacrificing animals"
"Were these Galileans more sinful ... way?" or "Does this prove that these Galileans were more sinful ... way?" Jesus uses this question to challenge the understanding of the people. He answers the question in verse 3.
Jesus answers the question he asked in 13:2. Jesus explains that the Galileans who were killed were not more sinful than other Galileans.
Here "I tell you" emphasizes "no." Alternate translation: "They certainly were not more sinful" or "You are wrong to think that their suffering proves that they were more sinful"
"all of you also will die." The phrase "in the same way" means they will experience the same result, not that they will die by the same method.
die
This is Jesus's second example of people who suffered. Alternate translation: "Or consider those" or "Think about those"
"18 people"
This is the name of an area in Jerusalem.
Jesus uses this question to challenge the understanding of the people. He answers the question in 13:4. Alternate translation: "does this prove that they were more sinful ... Jerusalem?"
The crowd assumed that they died in this terrible way because they were especially sinful. This could be explicitly stated. Alternate translation: "they died because they were worse sinners"
"other people." The word here is the general term for a person.
Jesus answers the question he asked in 13:4. Alternate translation: "They certainly did not die because they were more sinful"
die
Jesus begins to tell the crowd a parable to explain his last statement, "But if you do not repent, all of you will also perish."
The owner of a vineyard had another person plant a fig tree in the vineyard.
Possible meanings are 1) this was a garden where grapes were grown, or 2) this was a garden where fruit trees were grown. Alternate translation: "garden" or "orchard"
The man uses a question to emphasize that the tree is useless and the gardener should cut it down. Alternate translation: "Do not let it waste the ground."
"do not do anything to the tree" or "do not cut it down"
"put manure in the soil." Manure is animal dung. People put it in the ground to make the soil good for plants and trees. Alternate translation: "put fertilizer on it"
Jesus finishes telling his parable. This is the end of the story that began in Luke 12:1.
It may be helpful to state what will happen. Alternate translation: "If it has figs on it next year, good; we can allow it to keep growing"
The servant was making a suggestion; he was not giving a command to the owner. Alternate translation: "tell me to cut it down" or "I will cut it down"
Verses 10-11 give background information about the setting of this part of the story and about a crippled woman who is introduced into the story.
The author uses this word to mark the beginning of a new event.
"on a Sabbath day." Some languages would say "a Sabbath" because we do not know which particular Sabbath day it was.
The word "behold" here alerts us to a new person in the story.
"18 years"
"an evil spirit that made her weak"
"Woman, you are healed from your disease." This can be expressed with an active verb: Alternate translation: "Woman, I have set you free from your weakness"
By saying this, Jesus healed her. This can be expressed with a sentence that shows that he was causing it to happen, or by a command. Alternate translation: "Woman, I now free you from your weakness" or "Woman, be freed from your weakness"
"He touched her"
This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "she was able to stand up straight again"
"was very angry"
"said" or "responded"
This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "let someone heal you during those six days"
"on a Sabbath day." Some languages would say "a Sabbath" because we do not know which particular Sabbath day it was.
"The Lord responded to the synagogue ruler"
Jesus speaks directly to the synagogue ruler, but the plural form includes the other religious rulers also. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "You and your fellow religious leaders are hypocrites"
Jesus uses a question to get them to think about something they already knew. Alternate translation: "Every one of you unties his ox or his donkey from the stall and leads it to drink on the Sabbath."
These are animals that people care for by giving them water.
"on a Sabbath." Some languages would say "a Sabbath" because we do not know which particular Sabbath day it was.
This is an idiom that means, "descendant of Abraham"
Jesus compares people tying animals to the way Satan restricted the woman with this disease. Alternate translation: "whom Satan kept crippled by her illness" or "whom Satan bound with this disease"
"18 long years." The word "long" here emphasizes that eighteen years was a very long time for the woman to suffer. Other languages may have other ways of emphasizing this.
Jesus uses a question to tell the synagogue rulers that they are wrong. Jesus speaks about the women's disease as if it were ropes that bound her. This can be translated as an active statement. Alternate translation: "it is right to release her from the bonds of this illness ... day."
"When Jesus said these things"
"the glorious things Jesus was doing"
Jesus begins to tell a parable to the people in the synagogue.
Jesus uses two questions to introduce what he is about to teach. Alternate translation: "I will tell you what the kingdom of God is like and what I can compare it to."
This is basically the same as the previous question. Some languages can use both questions, and some would use only one.
Jesus compares the kingdom to a mustard seed. Alternate translation: "The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed"
A mustard seed is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If this seed is not known, the phrase can be translated with the name of another seed like it or simply as "a small seed."
"planted in his garden." People planted some kinds of seeds by throwing them so that they scattered in the garden.
The word "big" is an exaggeration that contrasts the tree with the tiny seed. Alternate translation: "a very large shrub"
"birds of the sky." Alternate translation: "birds that fly in the sky" or "birds"
Jesus uses another question to introduce what he is about to teach. Alternate translation: "I will tell you another thing to which I can compare to the kingdom of God."
Jesus finishes speaking to the people in the synagogue. This is the end of this part of the story.
Jesus compares the kingdom of God to yeast in bread dough. Alternate translation: "The kingdom of God is like yeast"
Only a little bit of yeast is needed to make a lot of dough rise. This can be made clear, as it is in the UDB.
This is a large amount of flour, since each measure was about 13 liters. You may need to use a term that your culture uses to measure flour. Alternate translation: "a large amount of flour"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will God save only a few people?"
Jesus responds to a question by using a metaphor about entering God's kingdom.
"Work hard to go through the narrow doorway." Jesus is speaking about the entrance to God's kingdom as if it were a small doorway to a house. Since Jesus is talking to a group, the "you" implied in this command is plural.
The fact that the door is narrow implies that it is difficult to go through it. Translate it in a way to keep this restrictive meaning.
It is implied that they will not be able to enter because of the difficulty of entering. The next verse explains the difficulty.
Jesus continues to talk about entering into God's kingdom.
"After the owner"
This refers to the owner of the house with the narrow door in the previous verses. This is a metaphor for God as the ruler of the kingdom.
Jesus was talking to a crowd. The form of "you" is plural. He is addressing them as if they will not enter through the narrow door into the kingdom.
"hit on the door." This is an attempt to gain the owner's attention.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"Go away from me"
These actions are symbolic acts, indicating great regret and sadness. Alternate translation: "crying and grinding of teeth because of your great regret"
Jesus continues to speak to the crowd as if they will not enter into the kingdom of heaven.
"but you yourselves will have been thrown outside." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but God will have forced you outside"
This means "from every direction."
It was common to speak of the joy in God's kingdom as a feast. Alternate translation: "they will feast in the kingdom of God"
Jesus continues to talk about entering into God's kingdom. This is the end of this conversation.
Being first represents being important or honored. Alternate translation: "will be the most important ... will be the least important" or "God will honor ... God will shame"
This is the next event in this part of the story. Jesus is still on his way towards Jerusalem when some Pharisees speak to him about Herod.
"Right at that time" or "Soon after Jesus finished speaking"
Translate this as a warning to Jesus. They were advising him to go somewhere else and be safe.
Herod would order people to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: "Herod wants to send his men to kill you"
Jesus was calling Herod a fox. A fox is a small wild dog. Possible meanings are 1) Herod was not much of a threat at all 2) Herod was deceptive.
"Nevertheless" or "However" or "Whatever happens"
The Jewish leaders claimed to serve God and that Jerusalem was their holy city, but it was in Jerusalem that their ancestors had killed many of God's prophets, and Jesus knew that they would kill him there also. This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: "it is only in Jerusalem that it is acceptable for prophets to be destroyed" or "even though you think you are serving God and Jerusalem is your holy city, you disobey God by killing his prophets, and in doing so you defile Jerusalem"
"to be killed"
Jesus finishes responding to the Pharisees. This is the end of this part of the story.
Jesus speaks as if the people of Jerusalem are there listening to him. Jesus says this twice to show how sad he is for them.
If it would be strange to address the city, you can make it clear that Jesus was really addressing the people in the city: "you people who kill the prophets and stone those sent to you"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those God has sent to you"
"I so often desired." This is an exclamation and not a question.
The people of Jerusalem are described as her "children." Alternate translation: "to gather your people" or "to gather the people of Jerusalem"
This describes how a hen protects her young from harm by covering them with her wings.
This is a prophecy about something that would happen soon. It means that God has stopped protecting the people of Jerusalem, so enemies can attack them and drive them away. Possible meanings are 1) God will abandon them. Alternate translation: "God will abandon you" or 2) their city will be empty. Alternate translation: "your house will be abandoned"
"you will not see me until the time comes when you will say" or "the next time you see me, you will say"
Here "name" refers to the Lord's power and authority.
1 It happened one Sabbath, when he went into the house of one of the leaders of the Pharisees to eat bread, that they were watching him closely. 2 Behold, there in front of him was a man who was suffering from edema. 3 Jesus asked the experts in the Jewish law and the Pharisees, "Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath, or not?" 4 But they kept silent. So Jesus took hold of him, healed him, and sent him away. 5 He said to them, "Which of you who has a son or an ox that falls into a well on the Sabbath day will not immediately pull him out?" 6 They were not able to give an answer to these things.
7 When Jesus noticed how those who were invited chose the seats of honor, he spoke a parable, saying to them, 8 "When you are invited by someone to a wedding feast, do not sit down in the place of honor, because someone may have been invited who is more honored than you. 9 When the person who invited both of you arrives, he will say to you, 'Give this other person your place,' and then in shame you will proceed to take the lowest place. 10 But when you are invited, go and sit down in the lowest place, so that when the one who has invited you comes, he may say to you, 'Friend, go up higher.' Then you will be honored in the presence of all who sit at the table with you. 11 For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted."
12 Jesus also said to the man who had invited him, "When you give a dinner or a banquet, do not invite your friends or your brothers or your relatives or your rich neighbors, as they may also invite you in return, and you will be repaid. 13 But when you give a banquet, invite the poor, the crippled, the lame, and the blind, 14 and you will be blessed, because they cannot repay you. For you will be repaid in the resurrection of the just."
15 When one of them who sat at the table with Jesus heard these things, he said to him, "Blessed is he who will eat bread in the kingdom of God!"
16 But Jesus said to him, "A certain man prepared a large dinner and invited many. 17 At the dinner hour, he sent his servant to say to those who were invited, 'Come, because everything is now ready.'
18 "They all alike began to make excuses. The first said to him, 'I have bought a field, and I must go out and see it. Please excuse me.'
19 "Another said, 'I have bought five pairs of oxen, and I am going to try them out. Please excuse me.'
20 "Then another man said, 'I have married a wife, and therefore I cannot come.'
21 "The servant came and told his master these things. Then the master of the house became angry and said to his servant, 'Go out quickly into the streets and lanes of the town and bring in here the poor, the crippled, the blind, and the lame.'
22 "The servant said, 'Master, what you commanded has been done, and yet there is still room.'
23 "The master said to the servant, 'Go out into the highways and hedges and compel them to come in, that my house may be filled. 24 For I say to you, none of those men who were invited will taste my dinner.'"
25 Now large crowds were going with him, and he turned and said to them, 26 "If anyone comes to me and does not hate his own father, mother, wife, children, brothers and sisters, and even his own life, he cannot be my disciple. 27 Whoever does not carry his own cross and come after me cannot be my disciple. 28 For which of you who desires to build a tower does not first sit down and count the cost to calculate if he has what he needs to complete it? 29 Otherwise, when he has laid a foundation and is not able to finish, all who see it will begin to mock him, 30 saying, 'This man began to build and was not able to finish.' 31 Or what king, as he goes to encounter another king in war, will not sit down first and take advice about whether he is able with ten thousand men to fight the other king who comes against him with twenty thousand men? 32 If not, while the other army is still far away, he sends a delegation and asks for conditions of peace. 33 So therefore, any one of you who does not give up all his possessions cannot be my disciple. 34 Salt is good, but if the salt has lost its taste, how can it be made salty again? 35 It is of no use for the soil or even for the manure pile. It is thrown away. He who has ears to hear, let him hear."
Verse 3 says, "Jesus asked the experts in the Jewish law and the Pharisees, 'Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath, or not?'" Many times, the Pharisees got angry with Jesus for healing on the Sabbath. In this passage, Jesus dumbfounds the Pharisees. It was normally the Pharisees who tried to trap Jesus.
Many times in this chapter Luke changes from one subject to another without marking the changes.
Jesus told the parable in Luke 14:15-24 to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy. But people will refuse to be part of it. (See: and kingdomofgod)
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in this chapter: "for everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted" (Luke 14:11).
It is the Sabbath, and Jesus is at a Pharisee's house. Verse 1 gives background information for the event that follows.
This indicates a new event.
"to eat" or "for a meal." Bread was an important part of a meal and is used in this sentence to refer to a meal.
They wanted to see if they could accuse him of doing anything wrong.
The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. English uses "There in front of him was a man"
Edema is swelling caused by water building up in parts of the body. Some languages may have a name for this condition. Alternate translation: "was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water"
"Does the law permit us to heal on the Sabbath, or does it forbid it"
The religious leaders refused to answer Jesus's question.
"So Jesus took hold of the man who suffered from edema"
Jesus uses a question because he wanted them to admit that they would help their son or ox, even on the Sabbath. Therefore, it was right for him to heal people even on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: "If one of you has a son or an ox ... you would surely pull him out immediately."
They knew the answer and that Jesus was right, but they did not want to admit that he was correct. Alternate translation: "They had nothing to say"
Jesus continues to speak to the guests at the house of the Pharisee who had invited him to a meal.
It may be helpful to identify these people, and to state this in active form. Alternate translation: "those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal"
"the seats for honored people" or "the seats for important people"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When someone invites you"
These occurrences of "you" are singular. Jesus is speaking to the group as if to each individual person.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because the host may have invited a person who is more important than you are"
These occurrences of "you" and "your" are singular. Jesus is speaking to the group as if to each individual person.
This occurrence of "you" refers to the two people who want the same seat of honor.
"you will feel ashamed and"
"the least important place" or "the place for the least important person"
Jesus continues speaking to the people at the Pharisee's house.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when someone invites you"
"the seat meant for the least important person"
"move to a seat for a more important person"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then the one who invited you will honor you"
"who tries to look important" or "who takes an important position"
"will be shown to be unimportant" or "will be given an unimportant position." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will humble"
"who chooses to look unimportant" or "who takes an unimportant position"
"will be shown to be important" or "will be given an important position." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will exalt"
Jesus continues speaking at the Pharisee's house, but addresses his host directly.
"the Pharisee who had invited him to his house for a meal"
"you" is singular because Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisee that invited him.
This probably does not mean they can never invite these people. More likely it means they should invite others as well. Alternate translation: "do not only invite" or "do not always invite"
"because they might"
"invite you to their dinner or banquet"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "in this way they will repay you"
Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisee who had invited him to his home.
It may be helpful to add "also" since this statement is probably not exclusive. Alternate translation: "also invite the poor"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will bless you"
"they cannot invite you to a banquet in return"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will repay you"
This refers to the final judgment. Alternate translation: "when God brings the righteous people back to life"
One of the men at the table speaks to Jesus and Jesus responds to him by telling a parable.
This introduces a new person.
The man was not talking about a specific person. Alternate translation: "Blessed is anyone" or "How good it is for everyone"
The word "bread" is used to refer to the whole meal. Alternate translation: "he who will eat at the meal"
Jesus begins telling a parable.
The reader should be able to infer that the man probably had his servants prepare the meal and invite the guests.
This phrase is a way of referring to the man without giving any specific information about his identity.
"invited many people" or "invited many guests"
"At the time for the dinner" or "When the dinner was about to begin"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those he had invited"
All of the people who were invited gave the servant excuses about why they could not come to the banquet.
Jesus continues telling his parable.
"to say why they could not come to the dinner"
The reader should be able to infer that these people spoke directly to the servant whom the master had sent out
"Please forgive me" or "Please accept my apology"
The reader should be able to infer that these people spoke directly to the servant whom the master had sent out
Oxen were used in pairs to pull farming tools. Alternate translation: "10 oxen to work in my fields"
He wanted to use the oxen and see how well they worked together pulling farm tools.
The reader should be able to infer that these people spoke directly to the servant whom the master had sent out
Use an expression that is natural in your language. Some languages may say "gotten married" or "taken a wife."
"became angry with the people he had invited"
"invite in here to eat the dinner"
It may be necessary to state clearly the implied information that the servant did what the master commanded him. Alternate translation: "After the servant went out and did that, he came back and said"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I have done what you commanded"
This refers to roads and paths outside of the city. Alternate translation: "the main roads and paths outside of the city"
"demand that they come in"
The word "them" refers to anyone the servants find. "compel anyone you find to come in"
"so that people may fill my house"
Jesus finishes his parable.
The word "you" is plural, so it is unclear to whom it is addressed.
The word here for "men" means "male adults" and not just people in general.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom I invited"
"will enjoy the dinner I have prepared"
Jesus begins to teach the crowds that were traveling with him.
Here, "hate" is an exaggeration for the lesser love people are to show to people other than Jesus. Alternate translation: "If anyone comes to me and does not love me more than he loves his father ... he cannot be my disciple" or "Only if a person loves me more than he loves his own father ... can he be my disciple"
This could be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Only he who carries his own cross and comes after me can be my disciple" or "If anyone wants to be my disciple, he must carry his own cross and follow me"
Jesus does not mean every Christian must be crucified. The Romans often made people carry their own crosses before they crucified them as a sign of their submission to Rome. This metaphor means they must submit to God and be willing to suffer in any way to be Jesus's disciples.
Jesus continues to explain to the crowd that it is important to count the cost of being a disciple.
Jesus uses this question to prove that people count the cost of a project before they begin it. Alternate translation: "If a person wanted to build a tower, he would certainly first sit down and determine if he had enough money to complete it."
This may have been a watchtower. "a tall building" or "a high lookout platform"
It may be helpful to give more information. Alternate translation: "If he does not first count the cost"
"when he has built a base" or "when he has completed the first part of the building"
It is understood that he was not able to finish because he did not have enough money. This could be stated. Alternate translation: "does not have enough money to be able to finish"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus continues to explain to the crowd that it is important to count the cost of being a disciple.
Jesus used this word to introduce another situation where people count the cost before making a decision.
Jesus uses another question to teach the crowd about counting the cost. Alternate translation: "you know that a king ... would sit down first and take counsel ... men."
Possible meanings are 1) "think carefully " or 2) "listen to his advisors."
"10,000 ... 20,000"
It may be helpful to restate the information given in the previous verse. Alternate translation: "If he realizes that he will not be able to defeat the other king"
"terms to end the war" or "what the other king wants him to do in order to end the war"
This can be stated with positive verbs. Alternate translation: "only those of you who give up all your possessions can be my disciples"
"leave behind all that he has"
"Salt is useful." Jesus is teaching a lesson about those who want to be his disciple.
Jesus uses a question to teach the crowd. Alternate translation: "it cannot be made salty again." or "no one can make it salty again."
Jesus finishes teaching the crowd.
People use manure to fertilize gardens and fields. Salt without taste is so useless it is not even worth mixing with manure. Alternate translation: "compost heap" or "fertilizer"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone just throws it away"
Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "ears to hear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Luke 8:8]
Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Luke 8:8]
1 Now all the tax collectors and other sinners were coming to Jesus to listen to him. 2 Both the Pharisees and the scribes grumbled to each other, saying, "This man welcomes sinners, and even eats with them."
3 Jesus spoke this parable to them, saying, 4 "Which one of you, if he has a hundred sheep and then loses one of them, will not leave the ninety-nine in the wilderness, and go after the lost one until he finds it? 5 Then when he has found it, he lays it across his shoulders and rejoices. 6 When he comes to the house, he calls together his friends and his neighbors, saying to them, 'Rejoice with me, for I have found my lost sheep.' 7 I say to you that even so, there will be joy in heaven over one sinner who repents, more than over ninety-nine righteous persons who do not need to repent.
8 Or what woman who has ten silver coins, if she were to lose one coin, would not light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she has found it? 9 When she has found it, she calls together her friends and neighbors, saying, 'Rejoice with me, for I have found the coin which I lost.' 10 Even so, I say to you, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner who repents."
11 Then Jesus said, "A certain man had two sons, 12 and the younger of them said to his father, 'Father, give me the portion of the wealth that falls to me.' So he divided his property between them. 13 Not many days later, the younger son gathered together all he owned and went to a country far away, and there he wasted all his wealth by living recklessly. 14 Now when he had spent everything, a severe famine spread through that country, and he began to be in need. 15 He went and hired himself out to one of the citizens of that country, who sent him into his fields to feed pigs. 16 He was longing to eat the carob pods that the pigs ate because no one gave him anything. 17 But when the young son came to himself, he said, 'How many of my father's hired servants have more than enough bread, and I am here, perishing from hunger! 18 I will get up and leave here and go to my father, and will say to him, "Father, I have sinned against heaven and against you. 19 I am no longer worthy to be called your son; make me as one of your hired servants."' 20 So the young son got up and left and came toward his father. While he was still far away, his father saw him and was moved with compassion, and he ran and embraced him and kissed him. 21 The son said to him, 'Father, I have sinned against heaven and against you. I am no longer worthy to be called your son.'
22 "The father said to his servants, 'Bring quickly the best robe, and put it on him, and put a ring on his hand, and sandals on his feet. 23 Then bring the fattened calf and kill it. Let us feast and be merry! 24 For my son was dead, and now he is alive. He was lost, and now he is found.' Then they began to be merry.
25 "Now his older son was out in the field. As he came and approached the house, he heard music and dancing. 26 He called to one of the servants and asked what these things might be. 27 The servant said to him, 'Your brother has come home and your father has killed the fattened calf because he has received him in good health.'
28 "The older son was angry and would not go in, and his father came out and pleaded with him. 29 But the older son answered and said to his father, 'Look, these many years I slaved for you, and I never neglected a command of yours, and yet you never gave me a young goat that I might be merry with my friends, 30 but when your son came, who has devoured your living with prostitutes, you killed for him the fattened calf.'
31 "The father said to him, 'Child, you are always with me, and all that is mine is yours. 32 But it was proper for us to be merry and rejoice, for this brother of yours was dead, and is now alive; he was lost, and has now been found.'"
[Luke 15:11-32]
When the people of Jesus's time spoke of "sinners," they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. But Jesus told three parables
We do not know where this takes place; it simply occurs one day when Jesus is teaching.
This marks the beginning of a new event.
This is an exaggeration to stress that there were very many of them. Alternate translation: "many tax collectors"
"This man lets sinners into his presence" or "This man associates with sinners"
They were talking about Jesus.
The word "even" shows that they thought it was bad enough that Jesus allowed sinners to come to him, but it was worse that he would eat with them.
Jesus begins to tell several parables. These parables are situations about things that anyone could experience. They are not about particular people. The first parable is about what a person would do if one of his sheep was lost.
Here "them" refers to the religious leaders.
Jesus uses a question to remind the people that if any of them lost one of their sheep, they would certainly go looking for it. Alternate translation: "Each of you ... would certainly leave ... until he finds it."
Since the parable starts with "Which one of you," some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: "Which one of you, if you have a hundred sheep ... lose ... you find it"
"100 ... 99"
Since the parable starts in the previous verse with "Which one of you," some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: "Then when you have found it you will lay ... rejoice"
This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. This could be stated. Alternate translation: "lays it across his shoulders to carry it home"
Since the parable starts in the verse 4 with "Which one of you," some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: "When you come home you will call together your friends and your neighbors"
"When the owner of the sheep comes home" or "When you come home." Refer to the owner of the sheep as you did in the previous verse.
"in the same way" or "as the shepherd and his friends and neighbors would rejoice"
"everyone in heaven will rejoice"
Jesus uses sarcasm to say that the Pharisees were wrong to think that they did not need to repent. Your language may have a different way to express this idea. Alternate translation: "ninety-nine persons like you, who think they are righteous and do not need to repent"
"99"
Jesus begins telling another parable. It is about a woman with 10 sliver coins.
Jesus uses a question to remind the people that if they lost a silver coin, they would certainly look for it diligently. Alternate translation: "Any woman ... would certainly light a lamp ... and seek diligently until she has found it."
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"In the same way" or "Just as people would rejoice with the woman"
"when one sinner repents"
Jesus begins telling another parable. It is about a young man who asks his father for his part of the inheritance.
This introduces a new character in the parable. Some languages might say "There was a man who"
The son wanted his father to give it to him immediately. Languages that have a command form that means that they want it done immediately should use that form.
"the part of your wealth that you plan for me to receive when you die"
"between his two sons"
"packed his things" or "put his things in his bag"
"living without thinking about the consequences of his actions" or "living wildly"
This word is used here to mark a stop in the main story. Here Jesus explains how the younger son went from having plenty to being in need.
"a drought occurred there and the entire country did not have enough food"
"to lack what he needed" or "to not have enough"
The word "he" refers to the younger son.
"took a job with" or "began to work for"
"a man of that country"
"to give food to the man's pigs"
"wished very much that he could eat." It is understood that this is because he was very hungry. This could be stated. Alternate translation: "he was so hungry that he would have happily eaten"
These are the husks of beans that grow on the carob tree. Alternate translation: "carob bean pods" or "bean husks"
This idiom means he realized what the truth was, that he had made a terrible mistake. Alternate translation: "clearly understood his situation"
This is part of an exclamation, and not a question. Alternate translation: "All my father's hired servants have more than enough bread to eat"
This is a synecdoche for any kind and all kinds of food. Alternate translation: "food"
This is probably not an exaggeration. Jesus may have meant that the young man in his parable was actually starving then.
"dying" or "being destroyed"
This is an idiom that means he will begin to act. It does not mean that he was sitting or lying down when he said these words.
Jewish people sometimes avoided saying the word "God" and used the word "heaven" instead. Alternate translation: "I have sinned against God"
"I was once worthy to be called your son, but not now." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "You called me son in the past, but now I am not worthy for you to call me son"
"hire me as an employee" or "hire me and I will become one of your servants." This is a request, not a command. It may be helpful to add "please" as the UDB does.
"So he left that country and started going back to his father." The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, the young man was in need and had decided to go home.
This is an idiom that means he began to act. It does not mean that he had been sitting or lying down. See how you translated similar words in [Luke 15:18]
"While he was still far away from his home" or "While he was still far away from his father's house"
"had pity on him" or "loved him deeply from his heart"
The father did this to show his son that he loved him and was glad that the son was coming home. If people think that it is strange or wrong for a man to embrace or hug and kiss his son, you can substitute a way that men in your culture show affection to their sons. Alternate translation: "welcomed him affectionately"
Jewish people sometimes avoided saying the word "God" and used the word "heaven" instead. See how you translated this in [Luke 15:18]
This can be stated in active form. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Luke 15:18]
"the best robe in the house." Alternate translation: "the best coat" or "the best garment"
A ring was a sign of authority that men wore on one of their fingers.
Wealthy people of that time wore sandals. However, in many cultures the modern equivalent would be "shoes."
A calf is a young cow. People would give one of their calves special food so that it would grow well, and then when they wanted to have a special feast, they would eat that calf. Alternate translation: "the best calf" or "the young animal we have been making fat"
The implied information that they were to cook the meat can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "kill it and cook it"
This metaphor speaks of the son being gone as if he were dead. Alternate translation: "it is as if my son were dead and became alive again" or "I felt like my son had died, but he is now alive"
This metaphor speaks of the son being gone as if he had been lost. Alternate translation: "It is as if I had lost my son and now I have found him" or "My son went to where I could not bring him back, but now he has returned home"
This word is used here to mark a stop in the main story. Here Jesus starts to tell about the older son in a new part of the story.
It is implied that he was out in the field because he was working there.
The word that is translated here as "servant" is normally translated as "boy." It may indicate that the servant was very young.
"what was happening"
A calf is a young cow. People would give one of their calves special food so that it would grow well, and then when they wanted to have a special feast, they would eat that calf. See how you translated this phrase in [Luke 15:23]
"your father has received your brother, and your brother is healthy" or "your brother is well and has returned to your father"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"for many years"
"I worked extremely hard for you" or "I worked as hard as a slave for you"
"never disobeyed any of your commands" or "always obeyed everything you told me to do"
A young goat was smaller and less expensive than a fatted calf. Alternate translation: "even a young goat"
"that son of yours." The older son refers to his brother this way in order to show how angry he is.
Food is a metaphor for money. After one eats food, the food is no longer there and there is nothing to eat. The money that the brother had received was no longer there and there was no more to spend. Alternate translation: "wasted all your wealth" or "thrown away all your money"
Possible meanings are 1) he assumed this is how his brother spent the money or 2) he speaks of prostitutes to exaggerate the sinfulness of his brother's actions in the "country far away"
A calf is a young cow. People would give one of their calves special food so that it would grow well, and then when they wanted to have a special feast, they would eat that calf. See how you translated this phrase in [Luke 15:23]
The word "him" refers to the older son.
"My dear child" or "My dear son." The father was addressing his son tenderly.
The father was reminding the older son that the one who just came home was his brother.
This metaphor speaks of the brother being gone as if he were dead. See how you translated this phrase in [Luke 15:24]
This metaphor speaks of the son being gone as if he had been lost. See how you translated this phrase in [Luke 15:24]
1 Jesus also said to the disciples, "There was a certain rich man who had a manager, and it was reported to him that this manager was wasting his possessions. 2 So the rich man called him and said to him, 'What is this that I hear about you? Give an account of your management, for you can no longer be manager.'
3 "The manager said to himself, 'What should I do, since my master is taking away my management job? I do not have strength to dig, and I am ashamed to beg. 4 I know what I will do, so that when I am removed from my management job, people will welcome me into their houses.'
5 "Then the manager called for each one of his master's debtors, and he asked the first one, 'How much do you owe to my master?' 6 He said, 'A hundred baths of olive oil.' He said to him, 'Take your bill, sit down quickly, and write fifty.'
7 "Then the manager said to another, 'How much do you owe?' He said, 'A hundred cors of wheat.' He said to him, 'Take your bill, and write eighty.'
8 "The master then commended the unrighteous manager because he had acted shrewdly. For the sons of this world are more shrewd in dealing with their own people than are the sons of light. 9 I say to you, make friends for yourselves by means of unrighteous wealth so that when it is gone, they may welcome you into the eternal dwellings.
10 "He who is faithful in very little is also faithful in much, and he who is unrighteous in very little is also unrighteous in much. 11 If you have not been faithful in using unrighteous wealth, who will trust you with true wealth? 12 If you have not been faithful in using other people's property, who will give you money of your own?
13 "No servant can serve two masters, for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and despise the other. You cannot serve God and wealth."
14 Now the Pharisees, who were lovers of money, heard all these things, and they ridiculed him. 15 He said to them, "You justify yourselves in the sight of men, but God knows your hearts. That which is exalted among men is detestable in the sight of God. 16 The law and the prophets were in effect until John came. From that time on, the gospel of the kingdom of God is preached, and everyone tries to force their way into it. 17 But it is easier for heaven and earth to pass away than for one stroke of a letter of the law to become invalid.
18 Everyone who divorces his wife and marries another commits adultery, and he who marries one who is divorced from her husband commits adultery.
19 "Now there was a certain rich man who was clothed in purple and fine linen and was enjoying every day his great wealth. 20 A certain beggar named Lazarus was laid at his gate, covered with sores, 21 and longing to eat what fell from the rich man's table. Even the dogs came and licked his sores. 22 It came about that the beggar died and was carried away by the angels to Abraham's side. The rich man also died and was buried, 23 and in Hades, being in torment, he lifted up his eyes and saw Abraham far away and Lazarus at his side. 24 So he cried out and said, 'Father Abraham, have mercy on me and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue, for I am in anguish in this flame.'
25 "But Abraham said, 'Child, remember that in your lifetime you received your good things, and Lazarus in like manner evil things. But now he is comforted here, and you are in agony. 26 Besides all this, a great chasm has been put in place, so that those who want to cross over from here to you cannot, and no one can cross over from there to us.'
27 "The rich man said, 'I beg you, Father Abraham, that you would send him to my father's house— 28 for I have five brothers—in order that he may warn them, so that it may not be that they come into this place of torment.'
29 "But Abraham said, 'They have Moses and the prophets; let them listen to them.'
30 "The rich man replied, 'No, Father Abraham, but if someone would go to them from the dead, they will repent.'
31 "But Abraham said to him, 'If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone rises from the dead.'"
Jesus begins telling another parable. It is about a master and the manager of his debtors. This is still the same part of the story and the same day that began in [Luke 15:3]
The last section was directed at Pharisees and scribes, though Jesus's disciples may have been part of the crowd listening.
This introduces a new character in the parable.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people reported to the rich man"
"foolishly managing the rich man's wealth"
The rich man uses a question to scold the manager. Alternate translation: "I have heard what you are doing."
"Set your records in order to pass on to someone else" or "Prepare the records you have written about my money"
The manager asks this question of himself, as a means of reviewing his options. Alternate translation: "I need to think about what I should do ... job."
This refers to the wealthy man. The manager was not a slave. Alternate translation: "my employer"
"I am not strong enough to dig the ground" or "I am not able to dig"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when I lose my management job" or "when my master takes away my management job"
This implies that those people will provide a job, or other things that he needs to live.
"the people who were in debt to his master" or "the people who owed things to his master." In this story the debtors owed olive oil and wheat.
"The debtor said ... The manager said to the debtor"
A bath is about 22 liters. Alternate translation: "I owe 2,200 liters of olive oil ... 1,100 liters"
"100 ... 50"
A "bill" is a piece of paper that tells how much someone owes.
"the manager said to another debtor ... The debtor said ... The manager said to the debtor"
A cor is about 220 liters. You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: "I owe 22,000 liters of wheat" or "I owe one hundred large baskets of wheat"
"write eighty cors of wheat." You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: "write 17,600 liters of wheat" or "write eighty large baskets of wheat"
"80"
Jesus finishes telling the parable about the master and the manager of his debtors. In verse 9, Jesus continues to teach his disciples.
The text does not say how the master learned of the manager's action.
"praised" or "spoke well of" or "approved of"
"he had acted cleverly" or "he had done a sensible thing"
This refers to those who, like the unrighteous manager, do not know or care about God. Alternate translation: "the people of this world" or "worldly people"
Here "light" is a metaphor for everything godly. Alternate translation: "the people of God" or "godly people"
"I" refers to Jesus. The phrase "I say to you" marks the end of the story and now Jesus tells the people how to apply the story to their lives.
The focus here is on using the money to help other people. Alternate translation: "make people your friends by helping them with worldly wealth"
Possible meanings are 1) Jesus uses hyperbole when he calls money "unrighteous" because it has no eternal value. Alternate translation: "by using money, which has no eternal value" or "by using worldly money" or 2) Jesus uses metonymy when he calls money "unrighteous" because people sometimes earn it or use it in unrighteous ways. Alternate translation: "by using even money that you earned dishonestly"
Possible meanings are 1) "the friends you helped with your money may welcome" or 2) "God and his angels may welcome"
This refers to heaven, where God lives.
"People who are faithful ... are also faithful ... people who are unrighteous ... are also unrighteous." This would include women.
"faithful even with small things." Make sure this does not sound like they are not very faithful.
"unrighteous even in small things." Make sure this does not sound like they are not often unrighteous.
See how you translated this in [Luke 16:9]
Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: "no one will trust you with true wealth." or "no one will give you true wealth to manage."
This refers to wealth that is more genuine, real, or lasting than money.
Jesus uses this question to teach the people. Alternate translation: "no one will give you wealth for yourself."
"A servant cannot"
It is implied that he cannot "serve two different masters at the same time"
These two clauses are essentially the same. The only significant difference is that the first master is hated in the first case, but the second master is hated in the second case.
"the servant will hate"
"love one very strongly"
"hold the other in contempt" or "hate the other"
This means essentially the same as "hate" in the previous clause.
Jesus was talking to a group of people, so languages that have a plural form of "you" would use that.
This is a break in Jesus teachings, as verse 14 tells us background information about how the Pharisees ridiculed Jesus. In verse 15, Jesus continues teaching and responds to the Pharisees.
This word marks a shift to the background information.
"who loved having money" or "who where very greedy for money"
"the Pharisees ridiculed Jesus"
"And Jesus said to the Pharisees"
"You make yourselves look good to other people"
Here "hearts" refers to the desires of people. Alternate translation: "God understands your true desires" or "God knows your motives"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Those things that men think are very important are things that God hates"
This refers to all of God's word that had been written up to that time.
"had authority" or "were what people needed to obey"
This refers to John the Baptist. Alternate translation: "John the Baptist came"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am teaching people about the good news of the kingdom of God"
This refers to the people who were listening to and accepting the teaching of Jesus. Alternate translation: "many people are doing everything they can to enter it"
This contrast could be stated in the reverse order. Alternate translation: "even the smallest stroke of the letter of the law will last longer than heaven and earth will exist"
A "stroke" is the smallest part of a letter. It refers to something in the law that may seem to be insignificant. Alternate translation: "than for even the smallest detail of the law"
"disappear" or "cease to exist"
"Anyone who divorces his wife" or "Any man who divorces his wife"
"is guilty of adultery"
"any man who marries a woman"
These verses give background information about the story Jesus begins to tell about the rich man and Lazarus.
As Jesus continues teaching the people he begins to tell a story. It is about a rich man and Lazarus.
This marks a shift in Jesus's speech as he begins to tell a story that will help people understand what he was teaching them.
This phrase introduces a person in Jesus's story. It is not clear if this is a real person or if it is simply a person in a story that Jesus tells in order to make a point.
"who wore clothing made with fine linen and purple dye" or "who wore very expensive clothes." Purple dye and fine linen cloth were very expensive.
"enjoyed eating expensive food every day" or "continued to spend much money, buying whatever he desired"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People had laid a certain beggar named Lazarus at his gate"
This phrase introduces another person in Jesus's story. It is not clear if this is a real person or simply a person in a story that Jesus tells in order to make a point.
"at the gate to the rich man's house" or "at the entrance to the rich man's property"
"with sores all over his body"
"wishing he could eat the scraps of food that fell"
The word "Even" here shows that what follows is worse than what has already been told about Lazarus. Alternate translation: "In addition to that, the dogs came" or "Worse yet, the dogs came"
The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Lazarus was too sick and weak to stop the dogs from licking his wounds.
This phrase is used here to mark an event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the angels carried him away"
This implies that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast, which was a customary style of feasting. The joy in heaven is often represented in the scriptures by the idea of a feast.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people buried him"
This implies that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast, which was the customary style of feasting. The joy in heaven is often represented in the scriptures by the idea of a feast.
"he went to Hades, where, suffering in terrible pain"
This idiom means "he looked up"
"the rich man called out to say" or "he shouted out to Abraham"
Abraham was the ancestor of all the Jews, including the rich man.
"please have pity on me" or "please be merciful to me"
"by sending Lazarus" or "and tell Lazarus to come to me"
This indicates the smallness of the amount requested. Alternate translation: "he may wet the tip of his finger"
"I am in terrible pain in this flame" or "I am suffering terribly in this fire"
The rich man was one of Abraham's descendants.
"fine things" or "pleasant things"
"in like manner received evil things" or "in like manner received things that caused him to suffer"
This refers the fact that they both received something while they lived on earth. It is not saying that what they received was the same. Alternate translation: "while he was living received"
"he is comfortable here" or "he is happy here"
"suffering"
"In addition to this reason"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has placed a huge ravine between you and us"
"a steep, deep and wide valley" or "a big separation" or "a huge ravine"
"those people who want to cross over the chasm ... cannot" or "if anyone wants to cross over ... he cannot"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"so that Lazarus may warn them"
"this place where we suffer torment" or "this place where we suffer terrible pain"
It is implied that Abraham refused to send Lazarus to the rich man's brothers. This could be stated. Alternate translation: "No, I will not do that, because your brothers have what Moses and the prophets wrote long ago"
This refers to their writings. Alternate translation: "what Moses and the prophets wrote"
"your brothers should pay attention to Moses and the prophets"
The rich man would like this to happen. Alternate translation: "if a person who has died would go to them" or "if someone who has died would go and warn them"
The expression "the dead" describes all dead people together in the underworld. Alternate translation: "from among all those who have died"
Jesus finishes telling the story about the rich man and Lazarus.
Here "Moses and the prophets" represent the things that they wrote. Alternate translation: "If they do not pay attention to what Moses and the prophets wrote"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "neither will a person who comes back from the dead be able to convince them" or "they will not believe even if a person comes back from the dead"
The words "the dead" speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them is to become alive again.
1 Jesus said to his disciples, "It is certain there will be stumbling blocks, but woe to that person through whom they come! 2 It would be better for him if a millstone were hung around his neck and he were thrown into the sea than that he should cause one of these little ones to stumble. 3 Watch yourselves. If your brother sins, rebuke him, and if he repents, forgive him. 4 If he sins against you seven times in the day, and seven times returns to you, saying, 'I repent,' you must forgive him!"
5 The apostles said to the Lord, "Increase our faith."
6 The Lord said, "If you had faith like a mustard seed, you would say to this mulberry tree, 'Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea,' and it would obey you. 7 But which of you, who has a servant plowing or keeping sheep, will say to him when he has come in from the field, 'Come immediately and sit down to eat'? 8 Will he not say to him, 'Prepare something for me to eat, and put a belt around your clothes and serve me until I have finished eating and drinking. Then afterward you will eat and drink'? 9 He does not thank the servant because he did the things that were commanded, does he? 10 Even so you also, when you have done everything that you are commanded, should say, 'We are unworthy servants. We have only done what we ought to do.'"
11 It came about that as he traveled to Jerusalem, he went along the border between Samaria and Galilee. 12 As he entered into a certain village, there he was met by ten men who were lepers. They stood far away from him 13 and they lifted up their voices, saying, "Jesus, Master, have mercy on us."
14 When he saw them, he said to them, "Go and show yourselves to the priests." As they went away they were cleansed. 15 When one of them saw that he was healed, he turned back, with a loud voice glorifying God. 16 He fell on his face at Jesus' feet, giving him thanks. Now he was a Samaritan. 17 Then Jesus said, "Were not the ten cleansed? Where are the nine? 18 Were there no others who returned to give glory to God, except this foreigner?" 19 He said to him, "Arise, and go. Your faith has made you well."
20 Being asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God would come, Jesus answered them and said, "The kingdom of God does not come with careful observing. 21 Neither will they say, 'Look, here it is!' or, 'There it is!' For look, the kingdom of God is within you."
22 He said to the disciples, "The days are coming when you will desire to see one of the days of the Son of Man, but you will not see it. 23 Then they will say to you, 'Look, there! Look, here!' But do not go out or run after them, 24 for as the lightning shines brightly when it flashes from one part of the sky to another part of the sky, so will the Son of Man be in his day. 25 But first he must suffer many things and be rejected by this generation. 26 As it happened in the days of Noah, even so will it also happen in the days of the Son of Man. 27 They ate, they drank, they married, and they were given in marriage until the day that Noah entered into the ark—and the flood came and destroyed them all. 28 In the same way, even as it happened in the days of Lot—they were eating and drinking, buying and selling, planting and building. 29 But in the day that Lot went out from Sodom, it rained fire and sulfur from heaven and destroyed them all. 30 After the same manner it will be in the day that the Son of Man is revealed. 31 In that day let him who is on the housetop not go down to get his goods out of the house, and in the same way let him who is in the field not return. 32 Remember Lot's wife. 33 Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it. 34 I tell you, in that night there will be two people in one bed. One will be taken, and the other will be left. 35 There will be two women grinding grain together. One will be taken, and the other will be left." 36[1]
37 They asked him, "Where, Lord?"
He said to them, "Where there is a body, there will the vultures also be gathered together."
Jesus used the lives of Noah and of Lot to teach his followers. Noah was ready for the flood when it came, and they needed to be ready for him to return, because he would not warn them when he came. Lot's wife loved the evil city she had been living in so much that God also punished her when he destroyed it, and they needed to love Jesus more than anything else,
Those who read your translation may need help so they can understand what Jesus was teaching here.
Jesus asked his disciples three questions (Luke 17:7-9) to teach them that even those who serve him well are righteous only because of his grace. (See: and grace and righteous)
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in this chapter: "Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it" (Luke 17:33).
Jesus continues teaching, but he directs his attention back to his disciples. This is still the same part of the story and the same day that began in Luke 15:3.
"Things that tempt people to sin will certainly happen"
"to anyone who causes the temptations to come" or "to any person who causes people to be tempted"
You may need to make explicit that Jesus is comparing the punishment for causing people to sin to being thrown into the sea. Alternate translation: "It would be better for him if a millstone were hung around his neck and he were thrown into the sea than that he should suffer the more severe punishment for causing one of these little ones to stumble" or "He would suffer less if a millstone were hung around his neck and he were thrown into the sea than if he should cause one of these little ones to stumble"
This was a terrible punishment. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "if they were to put a millstone around his neck and throw him into the sea" or "if someone were to put a heavy stone around his neck and push him into the sea"
The words "him," "his," and "he" refer to "that person" through whom things that cause people to sin come.
This is a very large, heavy circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Alternate translation: "a heavy stone"
This here refers to people whose faith is still weak. Alternate translation: "these people whose faith is small"
This was a way of referring to unintentional sin. Alternate translation: "to sin"
This is a conditional statement that talks about an event that will probably happen in the future.
"brother" is here used in the sense of someone with the same belief. Alternate translation: "a fellow believer"
"tell him strongly that what he did was wrong" or "correct him"
The number seven in the Bible is a symbol for completeness. Alternate translation: "many times in a day, and each time"
There is a brief break in Jesus's teachings as the disciples speak to him. Then Jesus continues teaching.
"Please give us more faith" or "Please add more faith to our faith"
A mustard seed is a very small seed. Jesus implies that they do not have even a small amount of faith. Alternate translation: "If you had faith that was even as small as a mustard seed, you" or "Your faith is not as big as a mustard seed—but if it were, you"
If this type of tree is not familiar, it may be helpful to substitute another type of tree. Alternate translation: "fig tree" or "tree"
These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Uproot yourself and plant yourself in the sea" or "Take your roots out of the ground, and put your roots down into the ocean"
"the tree would obey you." This result is conditional. It would happen only if they had faith.
Jesus asks his disciples a question to help them think about the role of a servant. This could be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "But none of you who ... sheep would say ... sit down to eat.'"
"a servant that plows your field or takes care of your sheep"
Jesus uses a second question explain how the disciples would actually treat a servant. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "He would certainly say to him ... eat and drink'"
"tie your clothes at your waist and serve me" or "dress up properly and take care of me." People would tie their clothes closely around their waist so that their clothes would not get in their way while they worked.
"Then after you serve me"
Jesus uses this question to show how people treat servants. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "He would not thank the servant ... commanded."
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things you commanded him to do"
"right?" or "is this not true?"
Jesus finishes teaching. This is the end of this part of the story.
Jesus was speaking to his disciples, so languages that have a plural form of "you" would use it.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God has commanded you"
This is an exaggeration to express that they did not do anything worthy of praise. Alternate translation: "We are ordinary slaves" or "We servants do not deserve your praise"
This begins the story of Jesus healing 10 men of leprosy.
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new event. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
"as Jesus and the disciples were traveling to Jerusalem"
This is the beginning of the background information and the setting of the story of Jesus healing the ten lepers.
This phrase does not identify the village.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "ten men who were lepers met him" or "ten men who had leprosy met him"
This was a respectful gesture, because lepers were not allowed to approach other people.
This is the end of the background information and the setting of the story of Jesus healing the ten lepers.
The idiom "to lift up one's voice" means to speak loudly. Alternate translation: "they called with loud voices" or "they called aloud"
They were specifically asking to be healed. Alternate translation: "please show us mercy by healing us"
Lepers were required to have the priests verify that their leprosy was healed. Alternate translation: "show yourselves to the priests so they can examine you"
When people were healed, they were no longer ceremonially unclean. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "they were healed of their leprosy and so became clean" or "they were cured of their leprosy"
"realized that he was healed" or "realized that Jesus had healed him"
"he went back to Jesus"
"and glorified God loudly"
"he knelt down and put his face close to Jesus' feet." He did this to honor Jesus.
The word "now" is used to mark a break in the main story. Here Luke tells background information about the man who returned to Jesus.
Jesus responded to what the man did, but he was speaking to the group of people around him. Alternate translation: "So Jesus said to the crowd"
This is the first of three rhetorical questions. Jesus used them to show the people around him how surprised and disappointed he was that only one of the ten men came back to glorify God. Alternate translation: "Ten men were healed." or "God healed ten men."
"Why did not the other nine come back?" This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "The other nine men should have come back, too."
This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "There were no others who returned to give glory to God, except this foreigner!" or "God healed ten men, yet only this foreigner came back to give glory to God!"
Samaritans had non-Jewish ancestors and they did not worship God in the same way that the Jews did.
This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus healing the 10 lepers.
"Because of your faith you have become well." The idea of "faith" can be expressed with the verb "believe." Alternate translation: "Because you believe, you are well again"
We do not know where this event takes place; it simply happens one day when Jesus is talking with the Pharisees.
This is the beginning of a new event. Some translations start it with "One day" or "Once." It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "One day the Pharisees asked Jesus, 'When will the kingdom of God come?'"
People thought that they would be able to see signs of the kingdom coming. The idea of signs can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "The kingdom of God does not come with signs that people can observe"
The idea of the noun "kingdom" can be expressed with the verb "rules." Alternate translation: "God rules within you"
Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who were hostile to him. Possible meanings are 1) the word "you" refers to people in general. Alternate translation: "the kingdom of God is within people" or 2) the word translated "within" means "among." Alternate translation: "the kingdom of God is among you"
Jesus begins to teach his disciples.
The idea of days days coming represents something being soon. Alternate translation: "A time is coming when" or "Soon"
"you will want very much to see" or "you will wish to experience"
This refers to the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: "one of the days when the Son of Man will rule as king"
Jesus is speaking about himself.
"you will not experience it"
This refers to seeking the Messiah. Alternate translation: "Look, the Messiah is over there! He is over here!"
The purpose of going out can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "do not go with them to look"
When lightning flashes, people can see it clearly. This is a metaphor for the way the Son of Man will appear: when he does, everyone will see him clearly. Alternate translation: "as the people can see lightning clearly when it flashes ... so they will clearly see the Son of Man"
This refers to the future kingdom of God. Alternate translation: "it will be like that on the day when the Son of Man comes to reign"
Jesus speaks of himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "so will I, the Son of Man, be"
"But first the Son of Man must suffer." Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people of this generation must reject him"
"As people were doing things ... even so people will be doing the same things"
The "days of Noah" refers to the time during Noah's life just before God punished the people of the world. Alternate translation: "when Noah was living"
The "days of the Son of Man" refers to the period just before the Son of Man will come. Alternate translation: "when the Son of Man is about to come"
People were doing ordinary things. They did not know or care that God was about to judge them.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "parents were allowing their daughters to marry men"
"the ship" or "the barge"
This does not include Noah and his family who were in the ark. Alternate translation: "destroyed all those who were not in the boat"
"the people of Sodom were eating and drinking"
"fire and burning sulfur fell from the sky like rain"
This does not include Lot and his family. Alternate translation: "destroyed all those who stayed in the city"
"It will be like that." Alternate translation: "In the same way people will not be ready"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when the Son of Man appears" or "when the Son of man comes"
Jesus is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, am revealed"
"whoever is on the housetop must not go down" or "if anyone is on his housetop, he must not go down." This is a statement of what people should not do, not a command to the hearers.
Their housetops were flat and people could walk or sit on them.
"his possessions" or "his things"
They are not to go back to the house to get anything. They are to flee quickly.
"Remember what happened to Lot's wife" This is a warning. She looked back toward Sodom and God punished her along with the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: "Do not do what Lot's wife did"
"People who try save their lives will lose them" or "Whoever tries to save his old way of life will lose his life"
"but people who lose their lives will save them" or "but whoever abandons his old way of life will save his life"
As Jesus continues to address his disciples, he emphasizes the importance of what he is telling them.
This refers to what will happen if he, the Son of Man, comes during the night.
The emphasis is not on these two people, but on the fact that some people will be taken away and the others will be left.
"couch" or "cot"
"One person will be taken and the other person will be left behind." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will take one person and leave the other" or "Angels will take one and leave behind the other"
The emphasis is not on these two women or their activity, but on the fact that some people will be taken away and the others will be left.
"grinding grain together"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The disciples ask Jesus a question about his teaching and he answers them.
"Lord, where will this happen?"
Apparently this is a proverb that means "It will be obvious" or "You will know it when it happens." Alternate translation: "As vultures gathering shows that there is a dead body, so these things show that the Son of Man is coming"
Vultures are large birds that fly together and eat the flesh of dead animals that they find. You could describe these birds this way or use the word for local birds that do this.
1 Then he spoke a parable to them about how they should always pray and not become discouraged, 2 saying, "In a certain city there was a judge who did not fear God and did not respect people. 3 Now there was a widow in that city, and she came often to him, saying, 'Help me get justice against my opponent.'
4 For a long time he was not willing to help her, but after a while he said to himself, 'Though I do not fear God or respect man, 5 yet because this widow causes me trouble, I will help her get justice, so that she does not wear me out by her constant coming.'" 6 Then the Lord said, "Listen to what the unjust judge says. 7 Now will not God also bring justice to his chosen ones who cry out to him day and night? Will he delay long over them? 8 I say to you that he will bring justice to them speedily. Even so, when the Son of Man comes, will he indeed find faith on the earth?"
9 Then he also spoke this parable to some who trusted in themselves that they were righteous and who despised other people, 10 "Two men went up into the temple to pray—the one was a Pharisee and the other was a tax collector. 11 The Pharisee stood and prayed these things about himself, 'God, I thank you that I am not like other people—robbers, unrighteous people, adulterers—or even like this tax collector. 12 I fast two times every week. I give tithes of all that I get.'
13 But the tax collector, standing at a distance, would not even lift up his eyes to heaven, but hit his breast, saying, 'God, have mercy on me, a sinner.' 14 I say to you, this man went back down to his house justified rather than the other, because everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, but everyone who humbles himself will be exalted."
15 The people were also bringing to him their infants so that he might touch them, but when the disciples saw it, they rebuked them. 16 But Jesus called them to him, saying, "Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them. For the kingdom of God belongs to such ones. 17 Truly I say to you, whoever will not receive the kingdom of God like a child will definitely not enter it."
18 A certain ruler asked him, saying, "Good teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?"
19 Jesus said to him, "Why do you call me good? No one is good, except God alone. 20 You know the commandments—do not commit adultery, do not murder, do not steal, do not testify falsely, honor your father and mother."
21 The ruler said, "All these things I have obeyed from the time I was a youth."
22 When Jesus heard that, he said to him, "One thing you still lack. You must sell all that you have and distribute it to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven—and come, follow me."
23 But when the ruler heard these things, he became extremely sad, for he was very rich. 24 Then Jesus, seeing him [1] said, "How difficult it is for those who are rich to enter the kingdom of God! 25 For it is easier for a camel to go through a needle's eye, than for a rich person to enter the kingdom of God."
26 Those hearing it said, "Then who can be saved?"
27 Jesus answered, "The things which are impossible with people are possible with God."
28 Peter said, "Well, we have left everything that is our own and have followed you."
29 Jesus then said to them, "Truly, I say to you that there is no one who has left house, or wife, or brothers, or parents, or children, for the sake of the kingdom of God, 30 who will not receive much more in this time, and in the age to come, eternal life."
31 After he gathered the twelve to himself, he said to them, "See, we are going up to Jerusalem, and all the things that have been written by the prophets about the Son of Man will be accomplished. 32 For he will be given over to the Gentiles, and will be mocked, and shamefully treated, and spit upon. 33 After whipping him, they will kill him, and on the third day he will rise again." 34 They understood none of these things, and this word was hidden from them, and they did not understand the things that were said.
35 It came about that, as Jesus approached Jericho, a certain blind man was sitting by the road begging, 36 and hearing a crowd going by, he asked what was happening. 37 They told him that Jesus of Nazareth was passing by. 38 So the blind man cried out, saying, "Jesus, Son of David, have mercy on me." 39 The ones who were walking ahead rebuked the blind man, telling him to be quiet. But he cried out all the more, "Son of David, have mercy on me."
40 Jesus stood still and commanded that the man be brought to him. Then when the blind man was near, Jesus asked him, 41 "What do you want me to do for you?"
He said, "Lord, I want to receive my sight."
42 Jesus said to him, "Receive your sight. Your faith has healed you." 43 Immediately he received his sight and followed him, glorifying God. All the people, when they saw this, gave praise to God.
Jesus told two parables (Luke 18:1-8 and Luke 18:9-14) and then taught that his followers were to be humble (Luke 18:15-17), to use everything they owned to help the poor (Luke 18:18-30), and to expect him to die soon (Luke 18:31-34). Then they all began to walk to Jerusalem, and Jesus healed a blind man (Luke 18:35-43).
People expected judges always to do what God said was right and to make sure that other people did what was right. But some judges did not care about doing right or making sure others did right. Jesus called this kind of judge unjust. (See: justice)
The Pharisees thought that they themselves were the best examples of righteous good people, and they thought that tax collectors were the most unrighteous sinners. (See: righteous and sin)
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
Jesus begins to tell a parable as he continues to teach his disciples. This is the same part of the story that began in [Luke 17:20]
"Then Jesus"
A new sentence could begin here (if the comma at the end of the previous verse is changed to a period): "He said"
Here "certain city" is a way to let the listener know that the narrative that follows takes place in a city, but the name of the city itself is not important.
"did not care about other people"
Jesus uses this phrase to introduce a new character to the story.
A widow is a woman whose husband has died and who has not remarried. Jesus's hearers would have thought of her as a person who had no one to protect her from those who wanted to harm her.
The word "him" refers to the judge.
"Give me a just ruling against"
"my enemy" or "the person who is trying to harm me." This is an opponent in a lawsuit. It is not clear whether the widow is suing the opponent or the opponent is suing the widow.
This refers here to "people" in general.
"bothers me"
"exhaust me"
"by continually coming to me"
Jesus has finished telling his parable and is now commenting about it to his disciples.
"Think about what the unjust judge just said." Translate this in a way that people will understand that Jesus has already told what the judge said.
This is the beginning of an explanation of the parable in Luke 18:1-5.
This word indicates that Jesus has ended the parable and has started explaining its meaning.
Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "God will also certainly bring ... night!"
"the people he has chosen"
Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "He will certainly not delay long over them!"
This is the end of the explanation of the parable in Luke 18:1-5 that began in Luke 18:7.
Jesus asks this question so that his hearers will stop thinking that God is slow to help those who call to him for justice and will understand that the real problem is that they do not truly have faith in God. Alternate translation: "when the Son of Man comes, you need to be sure that he will find that you truly have faith in him." or "when the Son of Man comes, he will find few on earth who believe."
Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man come, will I indeed find"
Jesus begins to tell another parable to some other people who were persuaded that they themselves were righteous.
"Then Jesus"
"to some people"
"who had convinced themselves that they were righteous" or "who thought they were righteous"
strongly disliked or hated
"into the temple courtyard"
The meaning of the Greek text of this phrase is not clear. Possible meanings are 1) "The Pharisee stood and prayed about himself in this way" or 2) "The Pharisee stood by himself and prayed."
Robbers are people who steal from other people by forcing the other people to give things to them, or by threatening to harm them if they refuse to give what the robbers ask for.
The Pharisees believed that tax collectors were as sinful as robbers, unrighteous people, and adulterers. This could be made explicit. Alternate translation: "and I am certainly not like this sinful tax collector, who cheats people"
"everything I earn"
Jesus finishes telling his parable.
"stood away from the Pharisee." This was a sign of humility. He did not feel worthy to be near the Pharisee.
To "lift up his eyes" means to look at something. Alternate translation: "look toward heaven" or "look upward"
This is a physical expression of great sorrow, and shows this man's repentance and humility. Alternate translation: "hit his breast to show his sorrow"
"God, please be merciful to me. I am a sinner" or "God, please have mercy on me even though I have committed many sins"
Jesus comments on what the parable teaches.
He was justified because God forgave his sin. Alternate translation: "God forgave the tax collector"
"rather than the other man" or "and not the other man." Alternate translation: "but God did not forgive the Pharisee"
With this phrase, Jesus switches from the story to state the general principle that the story illustrates.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will humble"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will greatly honor"
This is the next event in the part of the story which began in Luke 17:20. Jesus welcomes the children and talks about them.
This could also be translated as separate sentences: "touch them. But"
"the disciples tried to stop the parents from bringing their children to Jesus"
"Jesus told the people to bring their infants to him"
These two sentences have similar meaning and they are combined for emphasis. Some languages emphasize in a different way. Alternate translation: "You must certainly allow the children to come to me"
This could be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: "belongs to people who are like these little children"
"Surely I say to you." Jesus used this expression to emphasize the importance of what he was about to say.
God requires people to accept his rule over them with trust and humility. Alternate translation: "whoever wants to enter God's kingdom must receive it with trust and humility like a child"
This is the next event in the part of the story which began in Luke 17:20. Jesus begins to talk with a ruler about entering the kingdom of heaven.
This introduces a new character in the story. It only identifies him by his position.
"what do I need to do" or "what is required of me"
"receive life that does not end." The term "inherit" usually refers to the property that a man left to his children when he dies. Therefore, this metaphor may mean he understood himself to be a child of God and desired for God to give him eternal life.
Jesus asks the question because he knows that the ruler will not like Jesus's answer to the ruler's question in verse 18. Jesus does not expect the ruler to answer Jesus's question. Jesus wants the ruler to understand that Jesus's answer to the ruler's question comes from God, who alone is good. Alternate translation: "You know that no one is good, except God alone, so to call me good is to compare me with God"
This double negative emphasizes that God is the only one who is good. Alternate translation: "The only one who is good is God"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"All of these commandments"
"When Jesus heard the man say that"
"he answered him"
"You still need to do one more thing" or "There is one thing that you have not yet done"
"sell all your possessions" or "sell everything that you own"
"give away the money to the poor people"
"come with me as my disciple"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This is an exclamation, and not a question. Alternate translation: "It is so very hard ... kingdom of God!"
It is impossible for a camel to fit through the eye of a needle. Jesus was probably using hyperbole to mean it is extremely difficult for a rich man to enter God's kingdom.
The needle's eye is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed.
"The people who listening to Jesus said"
It is possible that they were asking for an answer. But it is more likely that they used the question to emphasize their surprise at what Jesus said. Alternate translation: "Then no one can be saved from sin!" or in active form: "Then God will not save anyone!"
"people cannot do are possible for God to do" or "people cannot do, God can do"
This phrase refers only to the disciples, and contrasts them with the rich ruler.
"we have given up" or "we have left behind"
"all our wealth" or "all our possessions"
Jesus uses this expression to stress the importance of what he is about to say.
This expression is intended to include not only the disciples, but also everyone else who has made the same sacrifices.
This is the end of the conversation about entering the kingdom of heaven.
This could be stated in positive form. First the words "there is not one who" in the previous verse
"in this present world"
"he will also receive eternal life in the age to come"
This is the next event in this part of the story that began in Luke 17:20. Jesus is talking to his disciples alone.
Jesus took the twelve disciples to a place away from other people where they could be alone.
This indicates a significant change in the ministry of Jesus as he goes to Jerusalem for the final time.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the prophets have written"
This refers to the Old Testament prophets.
Jesus speaks of himself as "the Son of Man." Alternate translation: "me, the Son of Man,"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will happen" or "will occur"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For the Jewish leaders will give him over to the Gentiles"
Jesus speaks of himself. Alternate translation: "I"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they will mock him, treat him shamefully, and spit on him"
Jesus speaks of himself. Alternate translation: "me ... me ... I"
This refers to the third day after his death. However, the disciples did not yet understand this, so it is best not to add this explanation when translating this verse.
This verse is not part of the main story, but rather a comment about this part of the story.
"They did not understand any of these things"
This refers to Jesus's description of how he would suffer and die in Jerusalem, and that he would rise from the dead.
This can be stated in active form, but it is not clear whether it is God or Jesus who hid the word from them. Alternate translation: "Jesus hid his message from them" or "God prevented them from understanding the meaning of what Jesus was telling them"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that Jesus said"
Jesus heals a blind man as he approaches Jericho. These verses give background information and information about the setting of the story.
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story.
"there was a blind man sitting." Here "certain" means only that the man is an important new participant in the story. Luke does not mention his name.
and hearing
It may be helpful to start a new sentence here after changing the comma at the end of the previous verse (verse 35) to a period. Alternate translation: "When he heard"
"People in the crowd told the blind man"
Jesus came from the town of Nazareth, which was located in Galilee.
"was walking past him"
This word marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, the crowd had told the blind man that Jesus was walking by.
"called out" or "shouted"
Jesus was a descendant of David, Israel's most important king.
"show me pity" or "show me compassion"
"The people who were walking at the front of the crowd"
"to be silent" or "not to shout"
This could mean that he cried out louder or that he cried out more persistently.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people to bring the blind man to him"
"to be able to see"
This is a command, but Jesus is not commanding the man to do anything. Jesus is healing the man by commanding him to be healed. Alternate translation: "You will now receive your sight"
These words are a metonym. It was because of the man's faith that Jesus healed the man. Alternate translation: "I have healed you because you have believed in me"
"giving glory to God" or "praising God"
1 Jesus entered and was passing through Jericho. 2 Behold, there was a man there named Zacchaeus. He was a chief tax collector and was rich. 3 He was trying to see who Jesus was, but could not see over the crowd, because he was small in height. 4 So he ran on ahead of the people and climbed up into a sycamore tree to see him, because Jesus was about to pass that way. 5 When Jesus came to the place, he looked up and said to him, "Zacchaeus, come down quickly, for today I must stay at your house." 6 So he hurried and came down and welcomed him joyfully. 7 When everyone saw this, they all complained, saying, "He has gone in to visit a man who is a sinner." 8 Zacchaeus stood and said to the Lord, "Look, Lord, the half of my possessions I give to the poor, and if I have cheated anyone of anything, I will restore four times the amount."
9 Jesus said to him, "Today salvation has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham. 10 For the Son of Man came to seek and to save the people who are lost."
11 As they heard these things, he continued speaking and told a parable, because he was near to Jerusalem, and they thought that the kingdom of God was about to appear immediately. 12 He said therefore, "A certain nobleman went into a far country to receive for himself a kingdom and then to return. 13 He called ten of his servants and gave them ten minas and said to them, 'Conduct business until I come back.'
14 "But his citizens hated him and sent a delegation after him, saying, 'We will not have this man reign over us.' 15 It happened when he returned, having received the kingdom, he commanded the servants to whom he had given the money to be called to him, that he might know what profit they had made by doing business.
16 "The first came before him, saying, 'Lord, your mina has made ten minas more.'
17 "The nobleman said to him, 'Well done, good servant. Because you were faithful in very little, you will have authority over ten cities.'
18 "The second came, saying, 'Your mina, lord, has made five minas.'
19 "The nobleman said to him, 'You take charge over five cities.'
20 "Another came, saying, 'Lord, here is your mina, which I kept safely in a cloth, 21 for I was afraid of you, because you are a demanding person. You take up what you did not put in, and you reap what you did not sow.'
22 "The nobleman said to him, 'By your own words I will judge you, you wicked servant. You knew that I am a demanding person, taking up what I did not put in, and reaping what I did not sow. 23 Then why did you not put my money in the bank, so that when I returned I would have collected it with interest?' 24 The nobleman said to them that stood by, 'Take away from him the mina, and give it to him that has the ten minas.'
25 "They said to him, 'Lord, he has ten minas.'
26 "'I say to you, that everyone who has will be given more, but from him that has not, even that which he has will be taken away. 27 But these enemies of mine, those who did not want me to reign over them, bring them here and kill them before me.'"
28 When he had said these things, he went on ahead, going up to Jerusalem.
29 It came about that when he came near to Bethphage and Bethany, to the mountain that is called Olives, he sent two of the disciples, 30 saying, "Go into the next village. As you enter, you will find a colt that has never been ridden. Untie it and bring it to me. 31 If anyone asks you, 'Why are you untying it?' say, 'The Lord has need of it.'" 32 Those who were sent went and found the colt just as Jesus had told them.
33 As they were untying the colt, the owners said to them, "Why are you untying the colt?"
34 They said, "The Lord has need of it." 35 They brought it to Jesus, and they threw their cloaks upon the colt and set Jesus on it. 36 As he went, they spread their cloaks on the road.
37 As he was now approaching the place where the Mount of Olives descends, the whole multitude of the disciples began to rejoice and praise God with a loud voice for all the mighty works which they had seen, saying,
38 "Blessed is the king who comes in the name of the Lord!
Peace in heaven and glory in the highest!"
39 Some of the Pharisees in the multitude said to him, "Teacher, rebuke your disciples."
40 Jesus answered and said, "I tell you, if these were silent, the stones would cry out."
41 When Jesus approached the city, he wept over it, 42 saying, "If only you had known in this day, even you, the things which bring you peace! But now they are hidden from your eyes. 43 For the days will come upon you when your enemies will build a barricade around you and surround you and press in on you from every side. 44 They will strike you down to the ground, and your children with you. They will not leave one stone upon another because you did not recognize the time of your visitation."
45 Jesus entered the temple and began to cast out those who were selling, 46 saying to them, "It is written, 'My house will be a house of prayer,' but you have made it a den of robbers."
47 So Jesus was teaching daily in the temple. The chief priests and the scribes were seeking to destroy him, as were the leaders of the people, 48 but they could not find a way to do it because all the people were listening to him intently.
After Jesus helped a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins
The Pharisees referred to a group of people as "sinners." The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony.
God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.
Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULB without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1-7 and Mark 11:1-7 and Luke 19:29-36 and John 12:14-15)
When a king would enter one of the cities he ruled, people would cut branches from trees and would take off the clothes that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him.
Jesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: righteous)
Verses 1-2 begin to give background information for the events that follow.
The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: "There was a man who was"
This is background information about Zacchaeus.
This verse completes the background information begun in [Luke 19:1-2]
"Zacchaeus was trying"
"because he was short"
The author has finished giving the background to the event and now begins to describe the event itself.
"a sycamore fig tree." It produces small round fruit about 2.5 centimeters across. Alternate translation: "a fig tree" or "a tree"
"the tree" or "where Zacchaeus was"
"So Zacchaeus hurried"
The Jews hated the tax collectors and did not think any good person should associate with them.
"Jesus has gone into the house of a sinner to visit him"
"an obvious sinner" or "a real sinner"
This refers to Jesus.
"return to them four times as much as I took from them"
It was understood that salvation comes from God. Alternate translation: "God has saved this household"
The word "house" here refers to the people living in the house or the family.
"this man too" or "Zacchaeus also"
Possible meanings are 1) "descendant of Abraham" and 2) "person who has faith as Abraham did."
Jesus is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, came"
"the people who have wandered away from God" or "those who by sinning have wandered away from God"
Jesus begins to tell a parable to the crowd. This verse gives background information about why Jesus tells the parable.
The Jews believed that the Messiah would establish the kingdom as soon as he came to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "that Jesus would immediately begin to rule over God's kingdom"
"A certain man who was a member of the ruling class" or "A certain man from an important family"
This is the image of a lesser king going to a greater king. The greater king would give the lesser king the right and authority to rule over his own country.
Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in Luke 19:11.
"The nobleman called." It may be helpful to state that the man did this before he left to receive his kingdom. Alternate translation: "Before he left, he called"
"gave each of them one mina"
A mina was 600 grams, probably of silver. Each mina was equal to 100 days' wages, what people would be paid for about four months' work, so ten minas would have been about three years' wages. Alternate translation: "ten valuable coins" or "a large amount of money"
"Trade with this money" or "Use this money in order to earn more"
"the people of his country"
"a group of people to represent them" or "several messengers"
This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
"after he had become king"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to come to him"
"how much money they had earned"
Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in Luke 19:11.
"The first servant"
"came before the nobleman"
It is implied that the servant was the one who caused the profit. Alternate translation: "I used your mina to make a profit of ten more minas"
A mina was 600 grams, probably of silver. Each mina was equal to 100 days' wages, what people would be paid for about four months' work. See how you translated this in [Luke 19:13]
"You have done well." Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval, such as "Good job."
This refers to the one mina, which the nobleman apparently did not consider to be a lot of money.
Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in Luke 19:11.
"The second servant"
It is implied that the servant was the one who caused the profit. Alternate translation: "Lord, I used your mina to make a profit of five more minas"
A mina was 600 grams, probably of silver. Each mina was equal to 100 days' wages, what people would be paid for about four months' work. See how you translated this in [Luke 19:13]
"You will have authority over five cities"
Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in Luke 19:11.
"Another servant came"
A mina was 600 grams, probably of silver. Each mina was equal to 100 days' wages, what people would be paid for about four months' work. See how you translated this in [Luke 19:13]
"wrapped in a cloth and stored away"
"a stern man" or "a man who expects a lot from his servants"
This was probably a proverb. A person who takes out of storage or out of a bank things that he did not put in is a metaphor for someone who benefits from other people's hard work. Alternate translation: "You take out what you did not put in" or "You are like a person who takes out what other people put in"
This was probably a proverb. A person who harvests food that someone else has planted is a metaphor for someone who benefits from other people's hard work. Alternate translation: "you are like a person who reaps the fruit of what other people sowed"
Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in Luke 19:11.
His "words" refer to all that he had said. Alternate translation: "Based on what you have said"
The nobleman was repeating what the servant had said about him. He was not saying that it was true. Alternate translation: "You say that I am a demanding person"
The nobleman uses a question to rebuke the wicked servant. Alternate translation: "you should have put my money ... interest."
"lent my money to a bank." Cultures that do not have banks might translate it as "let someone borrow my money."
A bank is a business that safely holds money for people. A bank lends that money to others for a profit. Therefore it pays an extra amount, or interest, to the people who keep their money in the bank.
"I could have collected that amount plus the interest it would have earned" or "I would have gained a profit from it"
Interest is money that a bank pays people who put their money in the bank.
Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in Luke 19:11.
The nobleman had become king. See how you translated this in Luke 19:12.
"the people who were standing near them"
A mina was 600 grams, probably of silver. Each mina was equal to 100 days' wages, what people would be paid for about four months' work. See how you translated this in [Luke 19:13]
"he already has ten minas!"
Jesus continues to tell the parable he began in Luke 19:11.
It can be stated clearly that the nobleman is speaking. Alternate translation: "And the nobleman replied, 'I say to you" or "But the nobleman said 'I tell you this"
It is implied that what he has is the money he earned by using his mina faithfully. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everyone who uses well what he has been given, I will give him more" or "to everyone who uses well what I have given him I will give more"
It is implied that the reason he does not have money is because he did not use his mina faithfully. Alternate translation: "from the person who does not use well what I have given him"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will take away from him"
Since the enemies were not right there, some languages would say "those enemies of mine."
This is the end of the part of the story about the nobleman and his servants. This verse tells us what Jesus does after this part of the story.
"When Jesus had said these things"
Jerusalem was higher than Jericho, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
Jesus approaches Jerusalem.
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new event. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
The word "he" refers to Jesus. His disciples were also traveling with him.
Bethphage is a village on the Mount of Olives, which is across the Kidron Valley from Jerusalem.
"the hill that is called the Mount of Olives" or "the hill that is called 'Olive Tree Mountain'"
"a young donkey" or "a young riding animal"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that no one has ever ridden"
The inner quote can also be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "If any one asks you why you are untying it, say"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The two disciples that Jesus sent"
"the owners of the colt"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"put their robes on the young donkey." Cloaks are outer robes.
"helped Jesus get up on and ride on the colt"
"people spread their cloaks." This is a sign of giving honor to someone.
"As Jesus was going near." Jesus's disciples were traveling with him.
"where the road goes down from the Mount of Olives"
"great things they had seen Jesus do"
They were saying this about Jesus.
Here "name" refers to power and authority. Also, "Lord" refers to God.
"May there be peace in heaven" or "We want to see peace in heaven"
"may there be glory in the highest" or "we want to see glory in the highest." The words "the highest" refer to heaven, which is a metonym for God, who lives in heaven. Alternate translation: "Let everyone give glory to God in the highest heaven"
"in the large crowd"
"tell your disciples to stop doing these things"
Jesus said this to emphasize what he would say next.
Jesus is describing something that could have happened but did not. Some translators may need to make it clear what Jesus was implying when he said this. Alternate translation: "I will not rebuke them, for if these people were to be silent"
"the stones would call out praises"
This refers to Jerusalem.
To weep over something means to weep because of something. The word "it" refers to the city of Jerusalem, but it represents the people who lived in that city. Alternate translation: "he cried about the people of Jerusalem"
Jesus expresses his sadness that the people of Jerusalem had missed the opportunity to be at peace with God.
The word "you" is singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if this would be unnatural in your language, you could use a plural form of "you" to refer to the people of the city.
"your eyes" refer to the ability to see. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you can no longer see them"
Jesus continues speaking.
What follows is the reason for Jesus's sadness.
This indicates that they will experience difficult times. Some languages do not talk about time "coming." Alternate translation: "in the future these things will happen to you: Your enemies" or "soon you will endure troublesome times. Your enemies"
The word "you" is singular because Jesus is speaking to the city as he would to a woman. But if this would be unnatural in your language, you could use a plural form of "you" to refer to the people of the city.
This refers to a wall to keep the people from getting out of the city.
Jesus is speaking to the people of the city as if he were speaking to the city itself as he would speak to a woman. He speaks of the people who live in the city as if they are the woman's children, and thus the city's children. To strike down a city is to destroy its walls and buildings, and to strike down its children is to kill those who live in it. Alternate translation: "They will completely destroy you and kill all who live in you" or "They will completely destroy your city and kill all of you"
"They will not leave any of the stones in place." Jesus uses hyperbole here to emphasize the extent of the devastation that enemies will cause in Jerusalem. The enemies will completely destroy the city, which is built of stones. Alternate translation: "They will destroy Jerusalem"
"you were not aware of" or "you were not grateful during"
The abstract noun "visitation" can be translated as a verb phrase. Alternate translation: "the time when God visited you" or "the time during which God was with you."
This is a "visit" by an overseer to make sure that things are going well with those over whom he is in charge, not a casual social visit.
This is the next event in this part of the story. Jesus enters the temple in Jerusalem.
You may need to make explicit that he first entered Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: "Jesus entered Jerusalem and then went to the temple courtyard"
Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building. Alternate translation: "went into the temple courtyard"
"throw out" or "force out"
This is a quotation from Isaiah. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The scriptures say" or "A prophet wrote these words in the scriptures"
The word "My" refers to God and "house" refers to the temple.
"a place where people pray to me"
Jesus speaks of the temple as if it were a place where thieves come together. Alternate translation: "a place where thieves hide"
This is the end of this part of the story. Verses 47-48 tell about ongoing action that continues after the main part of the story ends.
"in the temple courtyard" or "at the temple"
This hyperbole refers to killing Jesus. Alternate translation: "kill him"
"were paying close attention to what Jesus was saying"
1 It came about one day as Jesus was teaching the people in the temple and preaching the gospel that the chief priests and the scribes came to him with the elders. 2 They spoke, saying to him, "Tell us by what authority you do these things, or who it is who gave you this authority."
3 He answered and said to them, "I will also ask you a question, and you tell me. 4 The baptism of John: Was it from heaven or from men?"
5 They reasoned with themselves, saying, "If we say, 'From heaven,' he will say, 'Then why did you not believe him?' 6 But if we say, 'From men,' all the people will stone us, for they are persuaded that John was a prophet." 7 So they answered that they did not know where it came from.
8 Jesus said to them, "Neither will I tell you by what authority I do these things."
9 He told the people this parable, "A man planted a vineyard, rented it out to vine growers, and went into another country for a long time. 10 At the appointed time he sent a servant to the vine growers, that they should give him of the fruit of the vineyard. But the vine growers beat him, and sent him away empty-handed. 11 He then sent yet another servant and they also beat him, treated him shamefully, and sent him away empty-handed. 12 He also sent yet a third and they also wounded him, and threw him out. 13 So the lord of the vineyard said, 'What will I do? I will send my beloved son. Maybe they will respect him.'
14 "But when the vine growers saw him, they discussed among themselves, saying, 'This is the heir. Let us kill him, that the inheritance may be ours.' 15 They threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. What then will the lord of the vineyard do to them? 16 He will come and destroy these vine growers, and will give the vineyard to others."
When they heard it, they said, "May it never be!"
17 But Jesus looked at them, and said, "What is the meaning of that which is written:
'The stone that the builders rejected
has become the cornerstone'?
18 Every one who falls on that stone will be broken to pieces, and the one on whom it falls will be crushed."
19 So the scribes and the chief priests sought to lay hands on him in that very hour, for they knew that he had spoken this parable against them. But they were afraid of the people. 20 Watching him carefully, they sent out spies who pretended to be righteous, that they might find fault with his speech, so as to deliver him up to the rule and to the authority of the governor. 21 They asked him, saying, "Teacher, we know that you say and teach rightly, and are not partial to anyone, but you teach the truth about the way of God. 22 Is it lawful for us to pay taxes to Caesar, or not?"
23 But Jesus understood their craftiness, and said to them, 24 "Show me a denarius. Whose image and name is on it?"
They said, "Caesar's."
25 He said to them, "Then give to Caesar the things that are Caesar's, and to God the things that are God's." 26 They were not able to find fault with what he had said in front of the people, but marveling at his answer, they were silent.
27 When some of the Sadducees came to him, the ones who say that there is no resurrection, 28 they asked him, saying, "Teacher, Moses wrote to us that if a man's brother dies, having a wife, and being childless, the man should take the brother's wife, and raise up children for his brother. 29 There were seven brothers and the first took a wife, and died childless, 30 and the second as well. 31 The third took her, and in the same way the seven also left no children and died. 32 Afterward the woman also died. 33 In the resurrection then, whose wife will she be? For the seven had her as their wife."
34 Jesus said to them, "The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage. 35 But those who are regarded as worthy in that age to receive the resurrection from the dead will neither marry nor be given in marriage. 36 Neither can they die anymore, for they are equal to the angels and are sons of God, being sons of the resurrection. 37 But that the dead are raised, even Moses showed, in the place concerning the bush, where he calls the Lord the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob. 38 Now he is not the God of the dead, but of the living, because all live to him."
39 Some of the scribes answered, "Teacher, you have answered well." 40 For they did not dare ask him any more questions.
41 Jesus said to them, "How do they say that the Christ is David's son? 42 For David himself says in the Book of Psalms,
The Lord said to my Lord,
'Sit at my right hand,
43 until I make your enemies
your footstool.'
44 David therefore calls the Christ 'Lord,' so how is he David's son?"
45 In the hearing of all the people he said to his disciples, 46 "Beware of the scribes, who desire to walk in long robes and love special greetings in the marketplaces and chief seats in the synagogues and places of honor at feasts. 47 They also devour widows' houses, and for a show they make long prayers. Men like this will receive greater condemnation."
Some translations set poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to show that it is poetry. The ULB does this with the poetry in 20:17, 42-43, which is from the Old Testament.
When Jesus asked the Pharisees who gave John the authority to baptize (Luke 20:4), they could not answer because any answer they gave would give someone a reason to say that they were wrong (Luke 20:5-6). They thought that they would be able to say that Jesus was wrong when they asked him if people should pay taxes to Caesar (Luke 20:22), but Jesus gave them an answer that they had not thought of.
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son "Lord," that is, "master." However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants. In this passage, Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will himself be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. (Luke 20:41-44).
The chief priests, scribes, and elders question Jesus in the temple.
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story.
"in the temple courtyard" or "at the temple"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus responds to the chief priests, scribes, and elders.
"Jesus replied"
The words "I will ... ask you a question" are a statement. The words "you tell me" are a command.
Jesus knows that John's authority comes from heaven, so he is not asking for information. He asks the question so the Jewish leaders will have to tell what they think to all who are listening. This question is rhetorical, but you will probably have to translate it as a question. Alternate translation: "Do you think John's authority to baptize people came from heaven or from men" or "Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it"
"from God." Jewish people avoided referring to God by his name "Yahweh." Often they used the word "heaven" to refer to him.
"They discussed" or "They considered their answer"
"among themselves" or "with each other"
Some languages might prefer an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "If we say that John's authority is from heaven, he"
"From God." Jewish people avoided referring to God by his name "Yahweh." Often they used the word "heaven" to refer to him. See how these words are translated in [Luke 20:4]
"Jesus will say"
Some languages might prefer an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "if we say that John's authority is from men,"
"kill us by throwing stones on us." God's Law commanded that his people stone those of his people who mocked him or his prophets.
"So the chief priests, scribes and elders answered." The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, they had reasoned with themselves (Luke 20:5-6), and they did not have an answer they wanted to say.
This could be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "they said, 'We do not know where it came from.'"
"where John's baptism came from." Alternate translation: "where John's authority to baptize came from" or "who authorized John to baptize people"
"And I will not tell you." Jesus knew they were not willing to tell him the answer, so he responded in the same manner. Alternate translation: "Just as you will not tell me, I will not tell you"
Jesus begins to tell a parable to the people in the temple courtyard.
"allowed some vine growers to use it in exchange for payment" or "allowed some vine growers to use it and pay him later." Payment might be in the form of money or a portion of the harvest.
These are people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: "grape farmers"
"the time they had agreed to pay him." This would have been at the harvest time.
"some of the grapes" or "some of what they produced in the vineyard." It could also refer to the things they made from grapes or the money they earned by selling the grapes.
An empty hand is a metaphor for "nothing." Alternate translation: "sent him away without paying him" or "sent him away without the grapes"
"beat that servant"
"humiliated him"
Having an empty hand is a metaphor for having nothing. Alternate translation: "sent him away without paying him" or "sent him away without any grapes"
"even a third servant" or "yet another servant." The word "yet" hints at the fact that the landowner should not have had to send the second servant, but he went beyond that and sent a third servant.
"injured that servant"
"threw him out of the vineyard"
This question emphasizes that the vineyard owner thought carefully about what he was going to do. Alternate translation: "Here is what I will do:"
"when the farmers saw the owner's son"
They were not asking permission. The said this to encourage each other to kill the heir.
"The vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard"
Jesus uses a question to get his listeners to pay attention to what the owner of the vineyard will do. Alternate translation: "So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them."
Jesus finishes telling his parable to the crowd.
"May it never happen"
Jesus continues teaching the crowd.
"But Jesus stared at them" or "But he looked straight at them." He did this to hold them accountable to understand what he was saying.
Jesus uses a question to teach the crowd. Alternate translation: "You should be able to understand that which is written: 'The stone ... cornerstone.'"
"this scripture"
This is the first of three metaphors in a prophecy from the book of Psalms. This one refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use, but that God made the most important stone.
"The stone that the builders said was not good enough to use for building." In those days people used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings.
This refers to the religious rulers who are rejecting Jesus as Messiah.
"the chief stone of the building" or "the most important stone of the building"
This second metaphor speaks of people who reject the Messiah as if they fall over a stone and are injured.
This is a result of falling onto the stone. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will break up into pieces"
"the one that stone falls on." This third metaphor speaks about the Messiah judging those who reject him as if he were a large stone that would crush them.
In this verse, to "lay hands on" someone is to arrest that person. Alternate translation: "looked for a way to arrest Jesus"
"immediately"
This is the reason that they did not arrest Jesus right away. The people respected Jesus, and the religious leaders were afraid of what the people might do if they arrested him. Alternate translation: "they did not arrest him because they were afraid of the people"
"the scribes and chief priests sent spies to watch Jesus"
"because they wanted to accuse Jesus of saying something bad"
"Rule" and "authority" are two ways of saying that they wanted the governor to judge Jesus. It can be translated with one or both expressions. Alternate translation: "so that the governor would punish Jesus"
This is the beginning of the next event in the story. Some time has passed since Jesus was questioned in the temple by the chief priests. The spies are now questioning Jesus.
"The spies asked Jesus"
The spies were trying to deceive Jesus. They did not believe these things about Jesus.
"we" refers only to the spies.
Possible meanings are 1) "you tell the truth even if important people do not like it" or 2) "you do not favor one person over another"
This is part of what the spies were saying that they knew about Jesus.
They hoped that Jesus would say either "yes" or "no." If he said "yes," then the Jewish people would be angry with him for telling them to pay taxes to a foreign government. If he said "no," then the religious leaders could tell the Romans that Jesus was teaching the people to break the Roman laws.
They were asking about God's law, not about Caesar's law. Alternate translation: "Does our law permit us"
Because Caesar was the ruler of the Roman government, they could refer to the Roman government by Caesar's name.
"But Jesus understood how tricky they were" or "But Jesus saw that they were trying to trap him." The word "their" refers to the spies.
This is a Roman silver coin worth a day's wages.
Jesus uses a question to respond to those who were trying to trick him. Alternate translation: "Tell me, whose image and name do you see on it?"
"picture and name"
"Then Jesus said to them"
Here "Caesar" refers to the Roman government.
The word "give" is understood from the previous phrase. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: "and give to God"
This is the end of this event about the spies and the part of the story which began in Luke 20:1.
"The spies could not find anything wrong with what he said"
"but they were amazed at his answer and did not say anything"
We do not know where this takes place, though it possibly takes place in the temple courtyard. Jesus is talking with some Sadducees.
This phrase identifies the Sadducees as being the group of Jews that say that no one would rise from the dead. It does not imply that some Sadducees believed that there is a resurrection and some did not.
"if a man's brother dies when he has a wife but does not have children"
"the man should marry his dead brother's widow"
The Jews considered the first son born to a woman who married her dead husband's brother as if he were the son of the woman's first husband. This son inherited the property of his mother's first husband and carried on his name.
The Sadducees tell Jesus a short story in verses 29-32. This is a story they made up as an example. In verse 33, they ask Jesus a question about the story they told.
This may have happened, but it is probably a story that they made up to test Jesus.
"brother number one" or "the oldest"
"died without having any children" or "died, but did not have any children"
The Sadducees kept the story short by not repeating many of the details. Alternate translation: "the second married her and the same thing happened" or "the second brother married her and died without having any children"
"brother number two" or "the oldest brother who was still alive"
"The third married her"
"Brother number three" or "The oldest brother who was still alive"
The speakers kept the story short by omitting details. Alternate translation: "in the same way the rest of the seven brothers married her and died without having any children"
"all seven of the brothers" or "each of the seven brothers"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The Sadducees finish asking Jesus their question.
"When people are raised from the dead" or "When dead people become alive again." Some languages have a way of showing that the Sadducees did not believe that there would be a resurrection, such as "In the supposed resurrection" or "When dead people are supposedly raised from the dead."
Jesus begins to answer the Sadducees.
"The people of this world" or "The people of this time." This is in contrast with those in heaven or the people who live after the resurrection.
In that culture they spoke of men marrying women and women being given in marriage to their husband. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "get married"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people in that age whom God will consider to be worthy"
"to be raised from the dead" or "to rise from death"
From among all those who have died. The expression "the dead" describes all dead people together in the underworld. To receive resurrection from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
In that culture they spoke of men marrying women and women being given in marriage to their husband. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will not marry" or "will not get married." This is after the resurrection.
This is after the resurrection. Alternate translation: "They will not be able to die anymore"
"are children of God because he has brought them back from the dead"
Jesus finishes answering the Sadducees.
The word "even" is here because the Sadducees might not have been surprised that some scriptures say that the dead are raised, but they did not expect Moses to have written something like that. Alternate translation: "But even Moses showed that dead people rise from the dead"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God causes the dead to live again"
The implied information can be supplied. Alternate translation: "in the scripture about the burning bush, where he wrote about the Lord being"
"the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob." They all worshiped the same God.
This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Jesus explains how this story proves that people rise from the dead.
These two phrases have similar meaning. They are used together for emphasis. Some languages have different ways of showing emphasis. Alternate translation: "the Lord is the God of living people only"
"but the God of living people." Since these people died physically, they must still be alive spiritually. Alternate translation: "but the God of people whose spirits are alive, even though their bodies may have died"
"because in God's sight they all are still alive" or "because their spirits are alive in God's presence"
"Some of the scribes said to Jesus." There were scribes present when the Sadducees were questioning Jesus.
It is unclear if this refers to the scribes, or the Sadducees, or both. It is best to keep the statement general.
"they were afraid to ask him any more questions" or "they did not risk asking him any more questions." They understood that they did not know as much as Jesus did, but they did not want to say that. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "they did not ask him any more tricky questions because they feared that his wise answers would make them appear foolish again"
Jesus asks the scribes a question.
"Why do they say ... son?" Jesus uses a question to make the scribes think about who the Messiah is. Alternate translation: "Let's think about them saying ... son." or "I will talk about them saying ... son."
The prophets, the religious rulers, and the Jewish people in general knew that the Messiah was the son of David. Alternate translation: "everyone says" or "people say"
"King David's descendant." The word "son" is used here to refer to a descendant. In this case it refers to the one who would reign over God's kingdom.
This is a quotation from the book of Psalms which says "Yahweh said to my Lord." But the Jews stopped saying "Yahweh" and often said "Lord" instead. Alternate translation: "The Lord God said to my Lord" or "God said to my Lord"
David was referring to the Christ as "my Lord."
To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me"
The Messiah's enemies are spoken of as if they were furniture on which he would rest his feet. This was an image of submission. Alternate translation: "until I make your enemies like a footstool for you" or "until I conquer your enemies for you"
In the culture of that time, a father was more respected than a son. David's us of the title 'Lord' for the Christ implies that he was greater than David.
"so how can the Christ be David's son?" This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "and this shows that the Christ is not merely David's descendant"
Jesus now directs his attention to his disciples and speaks mainly to them.
"Be on guard against"
Long robes would show that they were important. Alternate translation: "who like to walk around wearing their important robes"
"They also eat up widows' houses." The scribes are spoken of as if they were hungry animals that eat up the widows' houses. The word "houses" is a synecdoche for both where the widow lives and all the possessions she puts in her home. Alternate translation: "They also take away from widows all their possessions"
"they pretend to be righteous and make long prayers" or "they make long prayers so that people will see them"
"They will receive a more severe judgment." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will certainly punish them very severely"
1 Jesus looked up and saw the rich men who were putting their gifts into the treasury. 2 He saw a certain poor widow putting in two mites. 3 So he said, "Truly I say to you, this poor widow put in more than all of them. 4 All of these gave gifts out of their abundance. But this widow, out of her poverty, put in all she had to live on."
5 As some spoke of the temple, how it was decorated with beautiful stones and offerings, he said, 6 "As for these things that you see, the days will come when not one stone will be left on another which will not be torn down." 7 So they asked him, saying, "Teacher, when will these things happen? What will be the sign when these things are about to happen?" 8 Jesus answered, "Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying, 'I am he,' and, 'The time is near.' Do not go after them. 9 When you hear of wars and riots, do not be terrified, for these things must happen first, but the end will not happen immediately."
10 Then he said to them, "Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. 11 There will be great earthquakes, and in various places famines and plagues. There will be terrifying events and great signs from heaven. 12 But before all of these things, they will lay their hands on you and will persecute you, delivering you over to the synagogues and prisons, bringing you before kings and governors because of my name. 13 It will lead to an opportunity for your testimony. 14 Therefore resolve in your hearts not to prepare your defense ahead of time, 15 for I will give you words and wisdom that all your adversaries will not be able to resist or contradict. 16 But you will be given over also by parents, brothers, relatives, and friends, and they will put some of you to death. 17 You will be hated by everyone because of my name. 18 But not a hair from your head will perish. 19 In your endurance you will gain your lives.
20 "When you see Jerusalem surrounded by armies, then recognize that its desolation is near. 21 Then let those in Judea flee to the mountains, let those who are in the city leave it, and those who are out in the country must not enter the city. 22 For these are days of vengeance, so that all the things that are written will be fulfilled. 23 Woe to those who are pregnant and to those who are nursing in those days! For there will be great distress upon the land, and wrath to this people. 24 They will fall by the edge of the sword, and they will be led captive into all the nations, and Jerusalem will be trampled by the Gentiles until the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled.
25 "There will be signs in the sun, in the moon, and in the stars, and on the earth. The nations will be in distress, anxious because of the roar of the sea and waves. 26 There will be men fainting from fear and from expectation of the things which are coming upon the world. For the powers of the heavens will be shaken. 27 Then they will see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory. 28 But when these things begin to happen, stand up and lift up your heads, because your redemption is coming near."
29 Jesus told them a parable, "Look at the fig tree, and all the trees. 30 When they sprout buds, you see for yourselves and know that summer is already near. 31 So also, when you see these things happening, recognize that the kingdom of God is near. 32 Truly I say to you, this generation will not pass away until all these things take place. 33 Heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will never pass away.
34 "But pay attention to yourselves, so that your hearts are not burdened with excessive drinking and drunkenness and the worries of life, and that day does not close on you suddenly 35 like a trap. For it will come upon everyone living on the face of the whole earth. 36 But be alert at all times, praying that you may be strong enough to escape all these things that will take place, and to stand before the Son of Man."
37 So during the days he was teaching in the temple, and at night he went out and stayed on the mountain that is called Olives. 38 All of the people came early in the morning to hear him in the temple.
Jesus told his disciples much about what would happen before he returned.
Jesus taught that before he returned many people would falsely claim to be him returning. It will also be a time when many people will hate Jesus's followers and even want to kill them.
The Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as "the times of the Gentiles," the time when the Gentiles would rule over the Jews.
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
Jesus begins teaching his disciples, but it is uncertain whether this occurs on the same day that the Sadducees question Jesus
You may need to make explicit what the gifts are. Alternate translation: "gifts of money"
The "treasury" means the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money as a gift to God.
This is a way of introducing a new character to the story.
"two small coins" or "two tiny copper coins." These were the least valuable of the coins people used then. Alternate translation: "two pennies" or "two small coins of little value"
This means that what Jesus was about to say was very important.
Jesus was talking to his disciples. The word "you" is plural.
God considers her gift, a small amount of money, more significant than the large amounts of money the men gave. Alternate translation: "the small gift of this widow is more valuable than the larger gifts of the rich men"
"have a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it"
"who has very little money"
Jesus switches from talking about the widow to teaching about the temple.
things people had given to God
This refers to the beautiful temple and its decorations.
"there will be a time when" or "someday"
Jesus uses hyperbole here to emphasize the extent of the devastation that enemies will cause to the temple. The enemies will completely destroy the temple, which is built of stones. Alternate translation: "when all these things will be destroyed" or "when enemies will destroy all of these things"
This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "every stone will be removed from its place and torn down"
A new sentence can be started here, and it can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "left on another. They will all be torn down" or "left on another. Enemies will tear down every stone"
"the disciples asked Jesus" or "Jesus's disciples asked him"
This refers to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple.
Jesus was talking to his disciples. The word "you" is plural. Alternate translation: "that you do not believe lies" or "that no one deceives you"
People coming in his name claim to represent him. Alternate translation: "claiming to be me" or "claiming to have my authority"
"I am the Christ" or "I am the Messiah"
"Do not believe them" or "Do not become their disciples"
Here "wars" probably refers to fighting between countries, and "riots" probably refers to people fighting against their own leaders or against others in their country. Alternate translation: "wars and rebellions" or "wars and revolutions"
"do not let these things terrify you" or "do not be afraid"
Possible meanings are: (1) The end of the era in which the disciples to whom Jesus spoke were in at the time. Alternate translation: "the end of the age" or (2) The end of the heavens and earth as we know them. Alternate translation: "the end of the world"
Implied word can be supplied here. Alternate translation: "will not happen immediately after the wars and riots" or "will not happen immediately after those things happen"
"Then Jesus said to his disciples." Since this is a continuation of Jesus speaking from the previous verse, some languages may prefer not to say "Then he said to them."
Here "nation" is a metonym for the people of the nation, and "rise against" is a metonym for attack. The word "nation" represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: "The people of one nation will attack the people of other nations" or "The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations"
This refers to ethnic groups of people rather than to countries.
The words "will rise" are understood from the previous phrase and mean attack. Alternate translation: "kingdom will rise against kingdom" or "the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms"
The words "there will be" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "there will be famines and plagues in many places" or "there will be times of hunger and diseases in different places"
"events that terrify people" or "events that cause people to be very afraid"
This refers to the terrible things that Jesus has said will happen.
"they will grab you." This expression refers to people exercising authority over the disciples. Alternate translation: "they will arrest you"
"people will" or "enemies will"
Jesus was talking to his disciples. The word "you" is plural.
The word "synagogues" is a metonym for the people in the synagogues, specifically the leaders. Alternate translation: "giving you over to the leaders of the synagogues" or "taking you to the synagogues so that the people there can do to you whatever they want to do"
"and delivering you over to the prisons" or "and putting you in prisons"
The word "name" is here used to refer to Jesus himself. Alternate translation: "because of me" or "because you follow me"
"for you to tell them your testimony about me"
"Because of this," referring to everything Jesus has said, beginning in [Luke 21:10]
Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's minds. Alternate translation: "make up your mind" or "decide firmly"
"not to figure out ahead of time what you will say in order to defend yourself against their accusations"
"wisdom that none of your adversaries will be able to resist or contradict"
"I will tell you what wise things to say"
These can be combined into one phrase. Alternate translation: "words of wisdom" or "wise words"
show to be false
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will give you over to the authorities"
"they will kill some of you." Possible meanings are 1) "the authorities will kill some of you" or 2) "those who deliver you up will kill some of you." The first meaning is more likely.
This can be translated in active form. The word "everyone" emphasizes how many people will hate the disciples, either through 1) exaggeration Alternate translation: "It will seem like you are hated by everyone" or "It will seem like everyone hates you" or 2) a generalization. Alternate translation: "You will be hated by most people" or "Most people will hate you"
"my name" here refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "because of me" or "because you follow me"
Jesus speaks of one of the smallest parts of a person. He is emphasizing that the whole person will not perish. Jesus had already said that some of them would be put to death, so some understand this to mean that they would not be harmed spiritually. Alternate translation: "But these things cannot really harm you" or "Even every hair on your head will be safe"
"By holding firm." This can be stated in the opposite way. Alternate translation: "If you do not quit"
"you will save yourselves"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "armies surrounding Jerusalem"
The word "desolation," which describes a place that is empty, is a metonym for Jerusalem after it has been destroyed and the Jews can no longer live there. Alternate translation: "that it will soon be destroyed" or "that they will soon destroy it"
run away from danger
This refers to the rural areas outside Jerusalem, and not to the nation. Alternate translation: "outside the city"
"enter Jerusalem"
"these are days of punishment" or "this will be the time when God will punish this city"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all the things that the prophets wrote in the scriptures long ago"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will happen"
"to mothers who are nursing their babies"
Possible meanings are 1) the people of the land will be distressed or 2) there will be physical disasters in the land.
"there will be wrath to the people at that time." God will bring this wrath. Alternate translation: "this people will experience God's anger" or "God will be very angry and will punish this people"
"They will be killed by the edge of the sword." Here "fall by the edge of the sword" represents being killed by enemy soldiers. Alternate translation: "Enemy soldiers will kill them"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "their enemies will capture them and take them to other countries"
The word "all" is an exaggeration to emphasize that they will be led into many countries. Alternate translation: "into many other countries"
Possible meanings are 1) the Gentiles will conquer Jerusalem and occupy it or 2) the Gentiles will destroy the city of Jerusalem or 3) the Gentiles will destroy the people of Jerusalem.
This metaphor speaks of Jerusalem as if the people of other nations was walking on it and crushing it down with their feet. This refers to domination. Alternate translation: "conquered by the Gentiles" or "destroyed by the other nations"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the period of the Gentiles has come to an end"
Here "the nations" refers to the people in them. Alternate translation: "The people of the nations will be distressed"
"distress because they will be anxious about the roar of the sea and its waves" or "distress, and the loud noise of the sea and its rough movements will frighten them." This seems to refer to unusual storms or disasters involving the seas.
"the things that will happen in the world" or "the things that will happen to the world"
This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "God will shake the sun, moon, and stars so they will not move in their normal ways" or 2) "God will trouble the powerful spirits in the heavens." The first is recommended.
Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: "me, the Son Man, coming"
"coming down in a cloud"
Here "power" probably refers to his authority to judge the world. Here "glory" may refer to a bright light. God sometimes shows his greatness with a very bright light. Alternate translation: "powerfully and gloriously" or "and he will be powerful and very glorious"
Sometimes when people are afraid, they crouch down in order to avoid being seen or hurt. When they are no longer afraid, they get up. Alternate translation: "stand up with confidence"
Lifting the head is a metonym for looking up. When they lift their heads up, they will be able to see their rescuer coming to them. Alternate translation: "look up"
God, who redeems, is spoken of as if he were the redemption that he causes. The word "redemption" is an abstract noun that can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "because God will soon redeem you"
God rescuing his people from those who want to harm them is spoken of as if he were buying back people who had become slaves because they could not pay their debts. Alternate translation: "rescue" or "salvation"
As Jesus continues teaching his disciples, he tells them a parable.
"When new leaves start to grow"
"summer is about to start." Summer in Israel follows the sprouting of fig tree leaves and is the time when the figs ripen. Alternate translation: "harvest time is ready to start"
The appearance of the signs that Jesus just described signal the arrival of the kingdom of God just as appearance of the leaves of the fig tree signal the arrival of summer.
"God will soon establish his kingdom." Alternate translation: "God will soon rule as king"
Jesus continues teaching his disciples.
This expression emphasizes the importance of what Jesus is about to say.
Possible meanings are 1) the generation that will see the first of the signs Jesus speaks of or 2) the generation Jesus is speaking to. The first is more likely.
This could be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "will still be alive when"
"Heaven and earth will cease to exist." The word "heaven" here refers to the sky and the universe beyond it.
"my words will never cease to exist" or "my words will never fail." Jesus uses "words" here to refer to everything he says.
This could be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "will remain forever"
The "heart" here refers to the mind and thoughts of the person. Alternate translation: "so that you are not occupied"
Jesus here speaks of the following sins as if they were a physical weight that a person had to carry.
"drinking too much wine and becoming drunk." Excessive drinking is the action, and intoxication is the effect of that action.
"the things you worry about as you live every day"
The rest of this sentence, "like a trap," is in verse 35. Just as a trap closes on an animal when the animal does not expect it, that day will happen when people do not expect it. Alternate translation: "that day does not happen when you are not expecting it, as when a trap closes suddenly on an animal" or "that day does not surprise you like a trap"
This refers to the day when the Messiah returns. Alternate translation: "the day when the Son of Man comes"
The first part of this statement, “that day does not close on you suddenly,” is in verse 34. Just as a trap closes on an animal when the animal does not expect it, that day will happen when people do not expect it. Alternate translation: “that day does not happen when you are not expecting it, as when a trap closes suddenly on an animal” or “that day does not surprise you like a trap”
"it will affect everyone" or "the events of that day will affect everyone"
The surface of the earth is spoken of as if it were the outward part of the face of a person. Alternate translation: "on the surface of the whole earth" or "on the entire earth"
Jesus finishes teaching his disciples.
"be ready for my coming"
Possible meanings are 1) "strong enough to endure these things" or 2) "able to avoid these things."
"these things that will happen." Jesus has just told them about terrible things that will happen, such as persecution, war, and captivity.
"to stand with confidence before the Son of Man." This probably refers to when the Son of Man judges everyone. A person who is not ready will be afraid of the Son of Man and will not stand with confidence.
This is the end of the part of the story that begins in [Luke 20:1]
"during the daytime he would teach" or "he would teach each day." The following verses tell about things that Jesus and the people did each day during the week before he died.
Only priests were allowed in the temple. Alternate translation: "at the temple" or "in the temple courtyard"
"at night he would go out of the city" or "he went out each night"
The word "all" is probably an exaggeration to emphasize that the crowd was very large. Alternate translation: "A very large number of people in the city" or "Almost everyone in the city"
"would come early each morning"
"to hear him teach in the temple courtyard"
1 Now the Festival of Unleavened Bread was approaching, which is called the Passover. 2 The chief priests and the scribes were seeking how they could put Jesus to death, for they were afraid of the people.
3 Then Satan entered into Judas, the one called Iscariot, who was one of the twelve. 4 Judas went to the chief priests and captains and discussed with them how he would betray Jesus to them. 5 They were glad and agreed to give him money. 6 He consented and looked for an opportunity to give him over to them away from the crowd.
7 Then came the day of unleavened bread, on which the Passover lamb had to be sacrificed. 8 So Jesus sent Peter and John, saying, "Go and prepare for us the Passover meal, so that we may eat it."
9 They said to him, "Where do you want us to make preparations?"
10 He answered them, "Look, when you have entered the city, a man bearing a pitcher of water will meet you. Follow him into the house that he goes into. 11 Then say to the master of the house, 'The Teacher says to you, "Where is the guest room, where I will eat the Passover with my disciples?"' 12 He will show you a large furnished upper room. Make the preparations there." 13 So they went, and found everything as he had said to them. Then they prepared the Passover meal.
14 When the hour came, he sat down with the apostles. 15 Then he said to them, "I have greatly desired to eat this Passover with you before I suffer. 16 For I say to you, I will not eat it again until it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God." 17 Then Jesus took a cup, and when he had given thanks, he said, "Take this, and share it among yourselves. 18 For I say to you, I will not drink of the fruit of the vine again until the kingdom of God comes." 19 Then he took bread, and when he had given thanks, he broke it, and gave to them, saying, "This is my body, which is given for you. Do this in remembrance of me." 20 He took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, "This cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you. 21 But pay attention. The hand of the one who betrays me is with me at the table. 22 For the Son of Man indeed goes as it has been determined. But woe to that man through whom he is betrayed!" 23 They began to discuss among themselves which one of them it might be who would do this.
24 Then there arose also a quarrel among them about which of them was considered to be greatest. 25 He said to them, "The kings of the Gentiles are lords over them, and the ones who have authority over them are called doers of good deeds. 26 But it must not be like this with you. Instead, let the greatest among you become like the youngest and the one who leads like the one who serves. 27 For who is greater, the one who sits at the table, or the one who serves? Is it not the one who sits at the table? Yet I am among you as one who serves. 28 But you are the ones who have continued with me in my trials. 29 I set you over a kingdom, even as my Father has set me over a kingdom, 30 that you may eat and drink at my table in my kingdom, and you will sit on thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel.
31 "Simon, Simon, be aware, Satan asked to have you, that he might sift you as wheat. 32 But I have prayed for you, that your faith may not fail. After you have turned back again, strengthen your brothers."
33 Peter said to him, "Lord, I am ready to go with you both to prison and to death."
34 Jesus replied, "I tell you, Peter, the rooster will not crow this day, before you deny three times that you know me."
35 Then Jesus said to them, "When I sent you out without a purse, a bag of provisions, or sandals, did you lack anything?"
They answered, "Nothing."
36 Then he said to them, "But now, the one who has a purse, let him take it, and likewise a bag of provisions. The one who does not have a sword should sell his cloak and buy one. 37 For I say to you, what is written about me must be fulfilled, 'He was counted with the lawless ones.' For what is predicted about me is being fulfilled."
38 Then they said, "Lord, look! Here are two swords."
He said to them, "It is enough."
39 Jesus went, as he often did, to the Mount of Olives, and the disciples followed him. 40 When they arrived, he said to them, "Pray that you do not enter into temptation." 41 He went away from them about a stone's throw, and he knelt down and prayed, 42 saying, "Father, if you are willing, remove this cup from me. Nevertheless not my will, but yours be done." 43 Then an angel from heaven appeared to him, strengthening him. 44 Being in agony, he prayed more earnestly, and his sweat became like great drops of blood falling down upon the ground. 45 When he rose up from his prayer, he came to the disciples and found them sleeping because of their sorrow 46 and asked them, "Why are you sleeping? Rise and pray, that you may not enter into temptation."
47 While he was still speaking, behold, a crowd appeared, with Judas, one of the twelve, leading them. He came near to Jesus to kiss him, 48 but Jesus said to him, "Judas, are you betraying the Son of Man with a kiss?"
49 When those who were around Jesus saw what was happening, they said, "Lord, should we strike with the sword?" 50 Then one of them struck the servant of the high priest, and cut off his right ear.
51 Jesus said, "That is enough!" He touched his ear, and healed him. 52 Jesus said to the chief priests, to the captains of the temple, and to elders who came against him, "Do you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs? 53 When I was daily with you in the temple, you did not lay your hands on me. But this is your hour, and the authority of darkness."
54 Seizing him, they led him away and brought him into the high priest's house. But Peter followed from a distance. 55 After they had kindled a fire in the middle of the courtyard and had sat down together, Peter sat in the midst of them. 56 A certain female servant saw him as he sat in the light of the fire and looked straight at him and said, "This man also was with him."
57 But Peter denied it, saying, "Woman, I do not know him."
58 After a little while someone else saw him, and said, "You are also one of them."
But Peter said, "Man, I am not."
59 After about an hour another man insisted and said, "Truly this man also was with him, for he is a Galilean."
60 But Peter said, "Man, I do not know what you are saying." Immediately, while he was speaking, a rooster crowed. 61 Turning, the Lord looked at Peter, and Peter remembered the word of the Lord, when he said to him, "Before a rooster crows today you will deny me three times." 62 Peter went outside and wept bitterly.
63 Then the men holding Jesus in custody mocked and beat him. 64 They put a cover over him and asked him, saying, "Prophesy! Who is the one who hit you?" 65 They spoke many other things against Jesus, blaspheming him.
66 As soon as it was day, the elders of the people gathered together, both chief priests and scribes. They led him into the Council 67 and said, "If you are the Christ, tell us."
But he said to them, "If I tell you, you will not believe, 68 and if I ask you, you will not answer. 69 But from now on, the Son of Man will be seated at the right hand of the power of God."
70 They all said, "Then you are the Son of God?"
Jesus said to them, "You say that I am."
71 They said, "Why do we still need a witness? For we ourselves have heard from his own mouth."
Luke 22:19-20 describes Jesus's last meal with his followers. At that time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate "the Lord's Supper," the "Eucharist," or "Holy Communion" to remember this meal.
Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than the ULB does. (See: covenant)
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
Judas agrees to betray Jesus. These verses give background information about this event.
This word is used here to introduce a new event.
The festival was called by this name because during the festival the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. Alternate translation: "festival when they would eat unleavened bread"
"was almost ready to begin"
"looking for an opportunity" or "thinking of ways in which"
The priests and scribes did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves, but they hoped to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: "they could get someone to put Jesus to death" or "they could get someone to kill Jesus"
Possible meanings are 1) "scared of what the people might do" or 2) "scared that the people would make Jesus king."
This is the beginning of the action in this part of the story.
What happened might have been similar to demon possession, but other demon-possessed people are obviously unable to control any of their own actions. Here Judas Iscariot seems to do everything he desires, but Satan was somehow at work in a special way. Whatever the intended meaning, Satan "entering" Judas Iscariot is a metaphor for Satan taking control of Judas Iscariot. Alternate translation: "Satan took control of Judas, the one called Iscariot"
"the leaders of the priests"
officers of the temple guards
"how he would help them arrest Jesus"
"The chief priests and captains were glad"
"to give Judas money"
"He agreed"
This is an ongoing action that continues after this part of the story ends.
"privately" or "when there was no crowd around him"
Jesus sends Peter and John to prepare for the Passover meal. This verse gives background information about the event.
"the day of bread without yeast." This was the day the Jews would take all bread made with yeast out of their homes. Then they would celebrate the Festival of Unleavened Bread for seven days.
Each family or group of people would kill a lamb and eat it together, so many lambs were killed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people had to kill a lamb for their Passover meal"
This is a general word meaning "make ready." Jesus was not necessarily telling Peter and John to do all the cooking.
Jesus was including Peter and John when he said "we." Peter and John would be part of the group of the disciples that would eat the meal.
The word "us" does not include Jesus. Jesus would not be part of the group that would prepare the meal.
"make preparations for the meal" or "prepare the meal"
"Jesus answered Peter and John"
Jesus used this word to tell them to pay close attention and to do exactly what he tells them.
"you will see a man carrying a pitcher of water"
"carrying a jar with water in it." He probably would be carrying the jar on his shoulder.
"Follow him, and go into the house"
The quote beginning with "Where is the guest room" is a direct quote of what Jesus, the teacher, wants to say to the master of his house. It can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Our teacher asks where the guest room is in which he ... his disciples." or "Our teacher says to show us the guest room where he ... us and the rest of his disciples."
This refers to Jesus.
"eat the Passover meal"
Jesus continues giving instructions to Peter and John.
"The owner of the house will show you"
"room upstairs." If your community does not have houses with rooms above other rooms, you may need to consider how to describe buildings in the city.
"So Peter and John went"
This is the next event in the part of the story about the Passover. Jesus and his disciples are sitting to eat the Passover meal.
"When it was time to eat the meal"
"Jesus sat down"
"I have wanted very much"
Jesus is referring ahead to his death. The word for "suffer" here means to go through an unusually difficult or painful experience.
Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he will say next.
This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) until the purpose of the Passover Festival is accomplished. Alternate translation: "until God fulfills it" or "until God completes the purpose of the Passover Festival" or 2) "until we celebrate the final Passover Festival"
"picked up a cup of wine"
"when he had given thanks to God"
"he said to his apostles"
They were to share the contents of the cup, and not the cup itself. Alternate translation: "share the wine in the cup among yourselves" or "each of you drink some of the wine from the cup"
This phrase is used to emphasize the importance of what Jesus will say next.
This refers to the juice that is squeezed from the grapes that grow on grapevines. Wine is made from fermented grape juice.
"until God establishes his kingdom" or "until God rules in his kingdom"
This bread did not have yeast in it, so it was flat.
"he ripped it" or "he tore it." He may have divided it into many pieces or he may have divided it into two pieces and given them to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression that would apply to either situation.
Possible meanings are 1) "This bread is my body" and 2) "This bread represents my body."
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "my body, which I will give for you" or "my body, which I will sacrifice for you"
"Eat this bread"
"in order to remember me"
The word "cup" refers to the wine in the cup. Alternate translation: "The wine in this cup" or "This cup of wine"
Here "blood, which is poured out" represents death. Jesus's death will establish the new covenant that God will make with his people. Alternate translation: "the new covenant that God will put into effect because I have shed my blood for you"
Jesus continues speaking to his apostles.
The hand here is a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Jesus speaks of Judas betraying him as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: "The person who is about to betray me" or "The man who is ready to betray me"
"For, indeed, the Son of Man will go" or "For the Son of Man will die"
Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, indeed go"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as God has determined" or "as God has planned"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But woe to the man who betrays the Son of Man" or "But how terrible it will be for that man who betrays the Son of Man"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"Then the apostles began to argue among themselves"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "was the most important" or "the people thought was most important"
"Jesus said to the apostles"
"rule forcefully over the Gentiles"
Their people probably did not think that those rulers did good to them. Alternate translation: "like to be called" or "call themselves"
Jesus continues teaching his apostles.
"you should not act like that"
Older people were respected in that culture. The leaders were usually older people and were called "elders." The youngest person would be the least likely to lead, and the least important. Alternate translation: "the least important"
Words from the phrase before this apply to this phrase. Alternate translation: "and let the one who leads become like the one who serves"
"a servant"
This connects Jesus's commands in verse 26 with this whole verse. It means that the most important person should serve because Jesus is a servant.
"For who is more important ... serves?" Jesus uses this question to begin to explain to the apostles who is truly great. Alternate translation: "I want you to think about who is greater ... serves."
"the one who is dining"
Jesus uses another question to teach the disciples. Alternate translation: "Of course the one who sits at the table is more important than the servant!"
"But I am with you to be a servant" or "But I am with you to show you how a servant acts." The word "yet" is here because there is a contrast between what people would expect Jesus to be like and what he really was like.
"have stayed with me as I have struggled" or "have stayed with me while Satan has tempted me"
Some languages may need to change the order. Alternate translation: "Just as my father has given a kingdom to me, I give a kingdom to you"
"I make you rulers in God's kingdom" or "I give you authority to rule in the kingdom" or "I will make you kings"
"just as my Father has given me authority to rule as king in his kingdom"
Kings sit on thrones. Sitting on a throne is a symbol of ruling. Alternate translation: "you will work as kings" or "you will do the work of kings"
Jesus speaks directly to Simon.
Jesus said his name twice to show that what he was about to say to him was very important.
The word "you" refers to all of the apostles. Languages that have different forms of "you" should use the plural form.
This means that Satan wanted to test the disciples to find something wrong. Alternate translation: "test you like someone passes grain through a sieve"
The word "you" here refers specifically to Simon. Languages that have different forms of "you" should use the singular form.
This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "that you will continue to have faith" or "that you will continue to trust me"
Here "turned back again" is a metaphor for starting to believe in someone again. Alternate translation: "After you start believing in me again" or "After you start serving me again"
"encourage your brothers to be strong in their faith" or "help your brothers believe in me"
This refers to the other disciples. Alternate translation: "your fellow believers" or "the other disciples"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The order of the parts of the verse can be reversed. Alternate translation: "you will deny three times that you know me before the rooster crows this day"
This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "the rooster will crow this day only after you deny" or "before the rooster crows today, you will deny"
Here, the crowing of the rooster refers to a certain time of day. Roosters often crow just before the sun appears in the morning. Therefore, this refers to dawn.
a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up
The Jewish day begins at sunset. Jesus was speaking after the sun had set. The rooster would crow just before morning. The morning was part of "this day." Alternate translation: "tonight" or "in the morning"
Jesus turns his attention back to speaking to all of his disciples.
Jesus uses a question to help the apostles remember how well the people provided for them as they traveled. Though this is a rhetorical question and Jesus is not asking for information, you should translate it as a question unless only a statement would cause the disciples to reply that they had lacked nothing.
Jesus is talking to his apostles, so the word "you" is plural.
A purse is a bag for holding money. Here it is used to refer to "money."
"travelers' bag" or "bag of food"
It may be helpful to some audiences to include more about the conversation. Alternate translation: "We did not lack anything" or "We had everything we needed"
"and let him also take a bag of provisions" or "and also a bag of provisions"
Jesus was not referring to a specific person who did not have a sword. Alternate translation: "If anyone does not have a sword, he should sell his cloak"
"coat" or "outer garment"
Jesus finishes speaking with his disciples.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what a prophet wrote about me in the scriptures"
The apostles would have understood that God would cause everything written in the scriptures to happen. Alternate translation: "God will fulfill" or "God will cause to happen"
Here Jesus is quoting the scriptures. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People counted him as a member of the group of lawless men"
"those who break the law" or "the criminals"
Possible meanings are 1) "For what the prophet predicted about me is about to happen" or 2) "For my life is coming to an end"
This refers to at least two of Jesus's apostles.
Possible meanings are 1) they have enough swords. "We now have enough swords." or 2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. "No more of this talk about swords."
Jesus goes to the Mount of Olives to pray.
"that you are not tempted" or "that nothing tempts you and causes you to sin"
"about the distance that someone can throw a stone." Alternate translation: "a short distance" or with an estimated measurement like "about thirty meters"
Jesus will bear the guilt of every person's sin on the cross. He prays to his Father, asking if there is another way.
This is an important title for God.
Jesus refers to what he will soon experience as if it were a cup of bitter liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: "allow me to not drink from this cup" or "allow me to not experience what is about to happen"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "However, do what is according to your will rather than what is according to my will"
"appeared to Jesus"
"encouraging him"
"He was suffering greatly, and so he prayed"
"he prayed more intensely"
"his sweat was falling to the ground like large drops of blood"
"When Jesus got up after praying, he" or "After praying, Jesus got up and he"
"saw that they were sleeping because they were tired from their sadness"
Possible meanings are 1) "I am surprised that you are sleeping now." or 2) "You should not be sleeping now!"
"so that you may not be tempted" or "so that nothing tempts you and causes you to sin"
The word "behold" alerts us to a new group in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: "there was a crowd that appeared"
Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not telling the crowd what to do. Alternate translation: "leading them to Jesus"
"to greet him with a kiss" or "to greet him by kissing him." When men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing to say that a man would kiss another man, you could translate it in a more general way: "to give him a friendly greeting."
Jesus uses a question to rebuke Judas for betraying him with a kiss. Normally a kiss is a sign of love. Alternate translation: "it is a kiss you are using to betray the Son of Man!"
Jesus is using this term to refer to himself. Alternate translation: "me, the Son of Man, with"
This refers to Jesus's disciples.
This refers to the priests and soldiers coming to arrest Jesus.
The question is about the type of fight they should engage in
"one of the disciples"
"struck the servant of the high priest with a sword"
"Do not do any more of that"
"touched the servant where his ear had been cut off"
"Do you come out with swords and clubs because you think I am a robber?" Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "You know that I am not a robber, yet you come out to me bringing swords and clubs."
"I was among you every day"
Only priests entered the temple. Alternate translation: "in the temple courts" or "at the temple"
In this verse, to lay hands on someone is to arrest that person. Alternate translation: "arrest me"
"this is the time for you to do whatever you want"
It may be helpful to repeat the reference to time. "Darkness" is a metonym for Satan. Alternate translation: "the time of the authority of darkness" or "the time when God is allowing Satan to do whatever he wants"
"led Jesus away from the garden where they had arrested him"
"into the courtyard of the high priest's house"
"some people had made a fire." The fire was to keep the people warm during the cool night. Alternate translation: "some people started a fire to keep warm"
This was the courtyard at the high priest's house. It had walls around it, but no roof.
"together with them"
He sat near the fire and its line shone on him.
"and she looked straight at Peter and said to the other people in the courtyard"
The woman was telling the people about Peter being with Jesus. She probably did not know Peter's name.
"But Peter said that it was not true"
Peter did not know the woman's name. He was not insulting her by calling her "woman." If people would think he was insulting her, you could use a culturally acceptable way for a man to address a woman he does not know, or you could leave out the word.
"You are also one of those who were with Jesus"
Peter did not know the man's name. He was not insulting him by calling him "Man." If people would think he was insulting him, you could use a culturally acceptable way for a man to address a man he does not know, or you could leave out the word.
"said insistently" or "said loudly"
Here "this man" refers to Peter. The speaker probably did not know Peter's name.
The man could probably tell Peter was from Galilee from the way he talked.
Peter did not know the man's name. He was not insulting him by calling him "Man." If people would think he was insulting him, you could use a culturally acceptable way for a man to address a man he does not know, or you could leave out the word. See how you translated this in Luke 22:58.
"I do not know what you are talking about." This expression means that Peter completely disagrees with the man. Alternate translation: "what you said is not true at all" or "what you said is completely false"
"while Peter was speaking"
Roosters often crow just before the sun appears in the morning. See how you translated a similar phrase in Luke 22:34.
"The Lord turned and looked at Peter"
"what Jesus had said" when Jesus had said that Peter would betray Jesus
Roosters often crow just before the sun appears in the morning. See how you translated a similar phrase in Luke 22:34.
The Jewish day started at sundown and continued to the next evening. Jesus had spoken the previous evening about what would happen shortly before dawn or at dawn. Alternate translation: "tonight"
"deny three times that you know me"
"Peter went out of the courtyard"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"They covered his eyes so that he could not see"
The guards did not believe that Jesus was a prophet. Rather, they believed that a real prophet would know who hit him even if he could not see. They called Jesus a prophet, but they were teasing him and showing him why they did not think that he was a prophet. Alternate translation: "Prove that you are a prophet. Tell us who hit you!" or "Hey prophet, who hit you?"
"Speak words from God!" The implied information is that God would have to tell Jesus who struck him since Jesus was blindfolded and could not see.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
It is now the next day and Jesus is brought before the council.
"At dawn the next morning"
Possible meanings are 1) "The elders had Jesus brought into the Council" or 2) "The guards led Jesus into the council of the elders." Some languages may avoid saying who led him by using the pronoun "they" or by using a passive verb: "Jesus was led into the council"
A new sentence can be started here if a period is put at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation: "The elders said to Jesus"
"Tell us if you are the Christ"
This was a way for Jesus to respond without giving them a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy. Alternate translation: "If I tell you, you will not believe me"
This was a way for Jesus to rebuke them without giving them a reason to convict him. These words, along with "If I tell you, you will not believe" (verse 67), show that Jesus did not believe that the council really wanted to know the truth.
Jesus continues speaking to the council.
"from this day" or "starting from today"
Jesus uses this phrase to refer to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, will"
To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "seated in the place of honor beside the power of God"
"the all-powerful God." Here "power" refers to his supreme authority.
The council asked this question because they wanted Jesus to explicitly confirm their understanding that he was saying he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: "So when you said that, did you mean that you are the Son of God?"
This is an important title for Jesus.
"Yes, it is just like you say"
They use a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: "We have no further need for witnesses!"
The phrase "his own mouth" refers to his speech. Alternate translation: "heard him say himself that he was the Son of God"
1 The whole company of them rose up and brought Jesus before Pilate. 2 They began to accuse him, saying, "We found this man misleading our nation, forbidding to give tribute to Caesar, and saying that he himself is Christ, a king."
3 Pilate asked him, saying, "Are you the King of the Jews?"
Jesus answered him and said, "You say so."
4 Pilate said to the chief priests and the multitudes, "I find no guilt in this man."
5 But they were insisting, saying, "He stirs up the people, teaching throughout all Judea, beginning from Galilee even to this place." 6 So when Pilate heard this, he asked whether the man was a Galilean. 7 When he learned that he was under Herod's authority, he sent Jesus to Herod, who himself also was at Jerusalem in those days.
8 When Herod saw Jesus, he was very glad, because he had wanted to see him for a long time. He had heard about him and he hoped to see some sign done by him. 9 Herod questioned Jesus in many words, but Jesus answered him nothing. 10 The chief priests and the scribes stood, vigorously accusing him. 11 Herod with his soldiers showed Jesus contempt and they mocked him. Then they dressed him in splendid clothes and sent him back to Pilate. 12 For Herod and Pilate had become friends with each other that very day, for before this they had been enemies with each other.
13 Pilate then called together the chief priests and the rulers and the crowd of people 14 and said to them, "You brought to me this man like a man who is misleading the people, and see, I, having questioned him before you, find no guilt in this man concerning those things of which you accuse him. 15 No, nor does Herod, for he sent him back to us, and see, nothing worthy of death has been done by him. 16 I will therefore punish him and release him." 17[1]18 But they cried out all together, saying, "Away with this man, and release to us Barabbas!" 19 Barabbas was a man who had been put into prison for a certain rebellion in the city and for murder. 20 Pilate addressed them again, desiring to release Jesus. 21 But they shouted, saying, "Crucify him, crucify him." 22 He said to them a third time, "Why, what evil has this man done? I have found no guilt deserving death in him. Therefore after punishing him, I will release him." 23 But they were insistent with loud voices, demanding for him to be crucified. Their voices convinced Pilate. 24 So Pilate decided to grant their demand. 25 He released the one they asked for who had been put in prison for rebellion and murder. But he delivered up Jesus to their will.
26 As they led him away, they seized one Simon of Cyrene, coming from the country, and they laid the cross on him to carry, following Jesus.
27 A great crowd of the people, and of women who grieved and mourned for him, were following him. 28 But turning to them, Jesus said, "Daughters of Jerusalem, do not weep for me, but weep for yourselves and for your children. 29 For see, the days are coming in which they will say, 'Blessed are the barren and the wombs that did not bear, and the breasts that did not nurse.'
30 Then they will begin to say to the mountains,
'Fall on us,' and to the hills, 'Cover us.' 31 For if they do these things while the tree is green, what will happen when it is dry?"
32 Other men, two criminals, were led away with him to be put to death.
33 When they came to the place that is called "The Skull," there they crucified him and the criminals—one on his right and one on his left. 34 Jesus said, "Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing." Then they cast lots, dividing up his garments.
35 The people stood watching while the rulers also were mocking him, saying, "He saved others. Let him save himself, if he is the Christ of God, the chosen one."
36 The soldiers also ridiculed him, approaching him, offering him vinegar, 37 and saying, "If you are the King of the Jews, save yourself." 38 There was also a sign over him, "This is the King of the Jews."
39 One of the criminals who was hanging there insulted him by saying, "Are you not the Christ? Save yourself and us."
40 But the other rebuked him, saying, "Do you not fear God, since you are under the same sentence of condemnation? 41 We indeed are here justly, for we are receiving what we deserve for our deeds. But this man did nothing wrong." 42 Then he said, "Jesus, remember me when you come into your kingdom."
43 Jesus said to him, "Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise."
44 It was now about the sixth hour, and darkness came over the whole land until the ninth hour 45 as the sun turned dark. Then the curtain of the temple was split in two. 46 Crying with a loud voice, Jesus said, "Father, into your hands I commit my spirit." Having said this, he died.
47 When the centurion saw what was done, he glorified God, saying, "Surely this was a righteous man." 48 When all the multitudes who came together to witness this sight saw the things that were done, they returned beating their breasts. 49 But all those who knew him, and the women who followed him from Galilee, stood at a distance, watching these things.
50 Behold, there was a man named Joseph, who was a member of the Council. He was a good and righteous man. 51 This man had not agreed with their plan and action. He was from Arimathea, a city of the Jews, and he was looking for the kingdom of God. 52 This man, approaching Pilate, asked for the body of Jesus. 53 He took it down, wrapped it in fine linen, and placed it in a tomb that was cut in stone, where no one had ever been laid. 54 It was the Day of the Preparation, and the Sabbath was about to begin. 55 The women who had come with Jesus out of Galilee followed and saw the tomb and how his body was laid. 56 They returned and prepared spices and ointments.
Then on the Sabbath they rested according to the commandment.
The ULB sets the last line of this chapter apart because it is more connected with chapter 24 than with chapter 23.
The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing evil because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing.
The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus's people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.
The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
Pilate was saying that he did not know of any reason why he should punish Jesus: Jesus had not broken any laws. Pilate was not saying that Jesus was perfect.
Jesus is brought before Pilate.
"All of the Jewish leaders" or "All the members of the Council"
This is an idiom that means that they began to act decisively.
To appear before someone means to enter into their authority. Alternate translation: "to be judged by Pilate"
"We" refers only the Council members, and not to Pilate of any other people nearby.
"causing our people to do things that are not right" or "causing trouble by telling lies to our people"
"telling them not to pay taxes"
Caesar represents the Emperor of Rome. Alternate translation: "to the Emperor"
"Pilate asked Jesus"
Possible meanings are 1) by saying this, Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: "Yes, as you said, I am" or "Yes. It is as you said" or 2) by saying this, Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: "You yourself have said so"
large groups of people
"I do not find this man guilty of anything"
"causes trouble among"
This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "all Judea. He began causing trouble in Galilee and now is causing trouble here"
"heard that Jesus began to teach in Galilee"
Pilate wanted to know from which area Jesus came because he wanted to have a lower-ranking government official judge Jesus. If Jesus were from Galilee, Pilate could have Herod judge Jesus because Herod had authority over Galilee.
This refers to Jesus.
"Pilate found out"
The passage does not state the implied fact that Herod was the ruler of Galilee. Alternate translation: "Jesus was under the authority of Herod because Herod ruled over Galilee"
"Pilate sent"
This refers to Herod.
"at that time"
"Herod was very glad"
"Herod had wanted to see Jesus"
"Herod had heard about Jesus"
Here the word "hope" means to expect that something one desires might happen. Alternate translation: "Herod expected that he might see some sign done by him"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to see him do some kind of sign" or "that he might see Jesus do some sign"
a miracle that would show that Jesus was more than a mere man
"Herod asked Jesus a lot of questions"
"did not reply" or "did not give Herod an answer"
"the scribes were standing there"
They were showing great anger and using strong words and accusing him of many things.
"Herod and his soldiers"
"put beautiful clothes on him." The translation should not imply that this was done to honor or care for Jesus. They did it to mock Jesus and to make fun of him.
The implied information is that they became friends because Herod appreciated Pilate allowing him to judge Jesus. Alternate translation: "Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had sent Jesus to Herod for judgment"
This information is enclosed in parentheses to show that it is background information. Use a format that your audience would understand.
"called the chief priests and the rulers and the crowd of people to come meet together"
It is not likely that Pilate asked a crowd to come. The crowd was probably still there waiting to see what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: "the crowd that was still there"
This refers to Jesus.
"saying that he"
"urging the people to act badly" or "trying to get the people to rebel against the government"
"I have questioned Jesus in your presence and." It is implied that they were witnesses to the proceedings. Alternate translation: "I have questioned Jesus with you here as witnesses, and I"
"do not think that he is guilty"
Pilate continues speaking to the Jewish leaders and to the crowd.
We can understand what Herod did not do from what Pilate said about himself in verse 14. Alternate translation: "Nor does Herod find guilt in this man" or "Even Herod thinks he is innocent"
"nor does Herod, because" or "nor does Herod. We know this because"
"Herod sent Jesus to return to us." The word "us" refers to Pilate, his soldiers, and the priests and scribes, but not those who were listening to Pilate.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he has not done anything to deserve a death sentence"
Because Pilate had found no fault in Jesus he should have released him without punishment. It is not necessary to try to make this statement fit logically into the translation. Pilate punished Jesus, whom he knew to be innocent, only because he was afraid of the crowd.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Verse 19 tells us background information about who Barabbas is.
"all the people in the crowd shouted"
"Take this man away! Release." They are asking him to have his soldiers kill Jesus. Alternate translation: "Take this man away and execute him! Release"
"us" refers to the crowd only, and not to Pilate and his soldiers.
This is background information that Luke gives about who Barabbas was.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the Romans had put in prison"
"trying to persuade the people of the city to rebel against the Roman government"
"spoke to them again" or "spoke again to the people in the crowd and to the religious rulers"
"because he wanted to set Jesus free"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"Pilate said to the crowd again, for the third time"
Pilate uses this question to cause the crowd to understand that Jesus is innocent. Alternate translation: "this man has not done anything wrong!"
"I have not learned of anything he has done for which I should put him to death"
As in Luke 23:16, Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment because he was innocent. However, he offered to punish Jesus to appease the crowd.
"I will set him free"
"the crowd insisted"
"with shouting"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for Pilate to have his soldiers crucify Jesus"
"The crowd kept shouting until they convinced Pilate"
"to do what the crowd requested"
Pilate released Barrabas from prison. Alternate translation: "Pilate freed Barabbas, whom the crowd had asked be released"
This is background information about where Barrabas was at that time. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the Romans had put in prison ... murder"
"Pilate commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus to them to do whatever the crowd wanted to do"
"While the soldiers led Jesus away from where Pilate was"
The Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Do not translate this in a way that indicates that Simon was arrested or had done anything wrong.
"a man named Simon, from the city of Cyrene"
"who was coming into Jerusalem from the countryside"
"put the cross on his shoulders"
"and he followed behind Jesus"
"A large crowd"
The woman were part of the large crowd, and not a separate crowd.
"mourned for Jesus"
This does not mean that they were Jesus's disciples. It simply means they were walking along behind him.
This indicates that Jesus turned to face the women and address them directly.
The "daughter" of a city means the women of the city. This was not rude. It was a normal form of address to a group of women from one location. Alternate translation: "You women who are from Jerusalem"
The person is a metonym for what happens to the person. Alternate translation: "do not weep about the bad things that will happen to me. Instead, weep because worse things will happen to you and to your children" or "you are weeping because bad things are happening to me, but you will weep even more when worse things happen to you and your children"
Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
This introduces the reason why the women of Jerusalem should weep for themselves.
"there will soon be a time"
"when people will say"
"women who have not given birth to children"
These clauses are used to more fully describe "the barren." Those women neither gave birth nor nursed children. It may be helpful to combine these together with "the barren." Alternate translation: "the women who have never given birth to children or nursed babies"
This can refer to either the Romans or the Jewish leaders, or to people in general.
at that time
Words are left out to keep the phrase short. Alternate translation: "they will say to the hills"
Jesus uses a question to help the crowd understand that people are doing bad things now in good times, so certainly they will do worse things in the bad times in the future. Alternate translation: "You can see that they are doing these bad things while the tree is green, so you can be sure that they will do worse things when the tree is dry."
The green tree is a metaphor for something that is good. If your language has a similar metaphor, you should use it here.
The dry wood is a metaphor for something that will be useful only to burn.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The soldiers led away with Jesus two criminals to execute them also"
"Two other men who were criminals" or "Two criminals." Luke avoids saying "other criminals" because Jesus was innocent, even though he was treated as a criminal. Luke calls the other two men criminals, but not Jesus.
The word "they" includes the soldiers, the criminals, and Jesus.
"the Roman soldiers crucified Jesus"
"they crucified one criminal on Jesus's right side and the other criminal on Jesus's left side"
The word "them" refers to those who were crucifying Jesus. Jesus speaks to his Father with compassion toward the men crucifying him.
This is an important title for God.
"because they do not understand what they are doing." The Roman soldiers did not understand that they were crucifying the Son of God. Alternate translation: "for they do not really know whom they are crucifying"
The soldiers participated in a type of gambling. Alternate translation: "they gambled"
"cast lots to decide who among the soldiers would take home each piece of Jesus's clothing"
"The people were standing there"
This refers to Jesus.
Luke records the ironic words of the rulers. The only way Jesus could save others was by dying instead of saving himself.
"Jesus should be able to save himself." They said this to mock Jesus. They did not believe he could save himself. Alternate translation: "We would like to see him prove who he is by saving himself from the cross"
"the one that God has chosen"
Jesus
"coming close to Jesus"
"offering Jesus vinegar to drink." Vinegar is a cheap drink that common people drink. The soldiers were mocking Jesus by giving a cheap drink to someone who claims to be a king.
The soldiers were mocking Jesus. Alternate translation: "We do not believe you are the King of the Jews, but if you are, prove us wrong by saving yourself"
"a placard at the top of Jesus's cross that stated"
The people who put this sign above Jesus were mocking him. They did not really think he was a king.
"reviled Jesus"
The criminal uses a question to mock Jesus. Alternate translation: "You claim to be the Christ. Save yourself" or "If you really were the Christ, you would save yourself"
The criminal did not really think that Jesus could rescue them from the cross.
"the other criminal rebuked him"
The criminal uses a question to scold the other criminal. Alternate translation: "You should fear God, because you are under the same sentence of condemnation."
"the government has condemned you to be punished in the same way"
These usages of "we" refer only to the two criminals, and not to Jesus or the other people.
"Truly we deserve this punishment"
This refers to Jesus.
"The criminal also said"
"think about me and treat me well"
To "come into" a kingdom means to begin to rule. Alternate translation: "begin to rule as king"
"Truly" adds emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: "I want you to know that today"
This is the place that righteous people go to when they die. Jesus was assuring the man that he would be with God and God would accept him. Alternate translation: "the place where the righteous people live" or "the place where people live well"
"about noon." This reflects the custom at the time of counting hours beginning with daybreak at 6 a.m.
"the entire land became dark"
"until 3 p.m." This reflects the custom at the time of counting hours beginning with daybreak at 6 a.m.
This does not refer to sundown. Rather, the light of the sun turned dark during the middle of the day. Use a term to describe the sun becoming dark rather than the sun going down.
"the curtain inside the temple." This was the curtain that separated the most holy place from the rest of the temple.
"the curtain of the temple was torn into two pieces." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God tore the temple curtain into two pieces"
"Shouting loudly." It may be helpful to show how this is related to the events of the previous verses. Alternate translation: "When that happened, Jesus shouted loudly"
This is an important title for God.
"The phrase "into your hands" refers to God's care. Alternate translation: "I entrust my spirit to your care" or "I give my spirit to you, knowing you will care for it"
"After Jesus said this"
"Jesus died"
This was the title for the Roman officer who was in charge of the other Roman soldiers. He supervised the crucifixion.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all the things that had happened"
"this man did nothing wrong" or "this man did not do anything wrong"
large groups of people
"who gathered together"
"see this event" or "observe what was happening"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what had happened"
"returned to their homes beating"
This was a symbol of sorrow and regret. Alternate translation: "hitting their own chests to show that they were sorrowful"
"traveled with Jesus"
"some distance away from Jesus"
"what happened"
The author begins to give background information about the man who buried Jesus's body.
The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: "There was a man who was"
"the Jewish Council"
The author finishes giving background information about the man who buried Jesus's body. It may be helpful to reorder some of the information in this verse and the previous verse with a verse bridge, as the UDB does.
What the decision was can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "with either the Council's decision to kill Jesus or with their action in killing him"
"a city in which most people were Jews"
"This man went to Pilate and requested the body of Jesus, to bury it."
"Joseph took Jesus's body from the cross." He probably had help, so this may be a synecdoche. Alternate translation: "Joseph and some helpers took it down"
"wrapped the body in a fine linen cloth." This was the normal burial custom at that time.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which someone had cut in a rock cliff"
This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "No one had ever before put a body in that tomb"
"the day when people got ready for the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath"
For the Jews, the day began at sunset. Alternate translation: "it was soon going to be sunset, the start of the Sabbath"
"who had traveled with Jesus from the region of Galilee"
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "walked along behind Joseph and the men who were with him; the women saw the tomb and how the men laid Jesus's body inside the tomb"
"The women went to the houses where the women were staying"
Because they had had no time to honor Jesus by putting fragrant spices and ointments on his body on the day he died, they were going to do it on the morning of the first day of the week. Alternate translation: "prepared spices and ointments to put on Jesus's body"
"the women did no work"
"according to the Jewish law" or "as the Jewish law required." According to the law, they were not allowed to prepare his body on the Sabbath.
1 Very early on the first day of the week, they came to the tomb, bringing the spices which they had prepared. 2 They found the stone rolled away from the tomb. 3 They entered in, but did not find the body of the Lord Jesus. 4 It happened that, while they were confused about this, suddenly, two men stood by them in bright shining garments. 5 As the women were terrified and bowed down their faces to the earth, they said to the women, "Why do you seek the living among the dead? 6 He is not here, but has been raised! Remember how he spoke to you when he was still in Galilee, 7 saying that the Son of Man must be delivered up into the hands of sinful men and be crucified, and on the third day rise again." 8 The women remembered his words 9 and returned from the tomb and told all these things to the eleven and all the rest. 10 Now Mary Magdalene, Joanna, Mary the mother of James, and the other women with them reported these things to the apostles. 11 But this message seemed like idle talk to the apostles, and they did not believe the women. 12 Yet Peter rose up and ran to the tomb, and, stooping and looking in, he saw the linen cloths by themselves. Peter then departed to his home, wondering what had happened.
13 Behold, two of them were going that very day to a village named Emmaus, which was sixty stadia from Jerusalem. 14 They discussed with each other about all the things that had happened. 15 It happened that, while they discussed and questioned together, Jesus himself approached and went with them. 16 But their eyes were prevented from recognizing him. 17 Jesus said to them, "What are these matters you two are discussing as you walk?" They stood there looking sad.
18 One of them, named Cleopas, answered him, "Are you the only person in Jerusalem who does not know the things which have happened there these days?"
19 Jesus said to them, "What things?"
They answered him, "The things concerning Jesus the Nazarene, who was a prophet, mighty in deed and word before God and all the people, 20 and how the chief priests and our rulers delivered him up to be condemned to death and crucified him. 21 But we hoped that he was the one who was going to redeem Israel. Yes, and what is more, it is now the third day since all these things happened. 22 But also, some women of our company amazed us, having been at the tomb early in the morning. 23 When they did not find his body, they came, saying that they had also seen a vision of angels who said that he was alive. 24 Some men who were with us went to the tomb, and found it just as the women had said. But they did not see him."
25 Jesus said to them, "O foolish men and slow of heart to believe in all that the prophets have spoken! 26 Was it not necessary for the Christ to suffer these things, and to enter into his glory?" 27 Then beginning from Moses and through all the prophets, Jesus interpreted to them the things concerning himself in all the scriptures.
28 As they approached the village to which they were going, Jesus acted as though he were going further. 29 But they compelled him, saying, "Stay with us, for it is toward evening and the day is almost over." So Jesus went in to stay with them. 30 It happened that, when he had sat down with them to eat, he took the bread, blessed it, and breaking it, he gave it to them. 31 Then their eyes were opened, and they knew him, and he vanished out of their sight. 32 They said one to another, "Was not our heart burning within us, while he spoke to us on the way, while he opened to us the scriptures?" 33 They rose up that very hour and returned to Jerusalem. They found the eleven gathered together and those who were with them, 34 saying, "The Lord is risen indeed, and has appeared to Simon." 35 So they told the things that happened on the way, and how Jesus was recognized by them in the breaking of the bread.
36 As they spoke these things, Jesus himself stood in the midst of them, and said to them, "Peace be to you." 37 But they were terrified and filled with fear and thought that they were seeing a spirit. 38 Jesus said to them, "Why are you troubled? Why do questions arise in your heart? 39 See my hands and my feet, that it is I myself. Touch me and see. For a spirit does not have flesh and bones, as you see me having." 40 When he had said this, he showed them his hands and his feet. 41 They still could not believe it because of joy, and they were amazed. Jesus said to them, "Do you have anything to eat?" 42 They gave him a piece of a broiled fish, 43 and he took it and ate it before them.
44 He said to them, "These are my words that I spoke to you when I was with you, that all that was written in the law of Moses and the Prophets and the Psalms must be fulfilled." 45 Then he opened their minds, that they might understand the scriptures. 46 He said to them, "Thus it is written, that the Christ should suffer and rise again from the dead on the third day. 47 Repentance and forgiveness of sins should be preached in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem. 48 You are witnesses of these things. 49 See, I am sending you what my Father promised. But remain in the city until you are clothed with power from on high."
50 Then Jesus led them out until they were near Bethany. He lifted up his hands and blessed them. 51 It happened that, while he was blessing them, he left them and was carried up into heaven. 52 So they worshiped him and returned to Jerusalem with great joy. 53 They were continually in the temple, blessing God.
The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 24:1) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
Most of Luke's original readers would have thought of women as less important than men, but Luke carefully shows that some women loved Jesus very much and had more faith than the twelve disciples had.
Luke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body (Luke 24:38-43).
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
Jesus told his followers that he would become alive again "on the third day" (Luke 18:33). He died on a Friday afternoon (before sunset) and became alive again on a Sunday, so he became alive again "on the third day" because the Jews said that the day began and ended at sunset, and they counted any part of the day as a day. Friday was the first day, Saturday was the second day, and Sunday was the third day.
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus's tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULB without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 28:1-2 and Mark 16:5 and Luke 24:4 and John 20:12)
The women (Luke 23:55) return to the tomb with spices to put on Jesus's body.
"Before dawn on Sunday"
"the women arrived at the tomb." These were the women spoken of in Luke 23:55.
This tomb was cut in the rock of a cliff.
These were the same spices they prepared in Luke 23:56.
"They saw that the stone was"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that someone had rolled the stone"
This was a large, cut, round stone big enough to completely block the doorway to the tomb. It required several men to roll it.
You can state explicitly that they did not find it because it was not there. Alternate translation: "the body of the Lord Jesus was not there"
Two angels appear and begin speaking to the women.
This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
"became very afraid"
"bowed low to the ground." This action expresses their humility and submission to the men.
The men use a question to mildly criticize the women for looking in a tomb for a living person. Alternate translation: "You are looking for a living person among dead people!" or "You should not be looking for someone who is alive in a place where they bury dead people!"
Here "you" is plural, referring to the women who came.
"but he has been made alive again." "Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to live again." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because God has made him alive again"
"Remember what"
The word "you" is plural. It refers to the women and possibly the other disciples in addition.
The angels finish speaking to the women.
This is the beginning of an indirect quote. It can also be translated with a direct quote, as in the UDB.
The phrase "must be" means this is something that would certainly happen because God had already decided that it would happen. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "it was necessary that they hand the Son of Man over to sinful men who would crucify him"
Here "hands" refers to power or control.
The Jews counted any portion of a day as a day. Therefore, the day Jesus was raised was the "third day" because it followed the day of his burial and the Sabbath day.
Here "words" refers to the statement that Jesus made. Alternate translation: "remembered what Jesus said"
The women go to tell the apostles about what they found at the tomb.
"the eleven apostles and all the rest of the disciples who were with them"
This is Luke's first reference to the "eleven" because there had always been twelve before. But Judas left the twelve and betrayed Jesus.
This word is used here to mark a stop in the main story. Here Luke gives the names of some of the women who came from the tomb and told the apostles what had happened there.
"But the apostles thought that what the women said was foolish talk"
This phrase contrasts Peter to the other apostles. He did not dismiss what the women said, but ran to the tomb to see for himself.
This is an idiom that means "began to act." Whether Peter was sitting or standing when he decided to act is not important. Alternate translation: "started out"
Peter had to bend over in order to see inside the tomb because tombs cut in solid rock were very low. Alternate translation: "bending himself at the waist"
"only the linen cloths." This refers to the cloths that had been wrapped around Jesus's body when he was buried in [Luke 23:53]
"went away to his home"
Two of the disciples are on their way to Emmaus.
The author uses this word to mark the beginning of a new event.
"two of the disciples"
"that same day." This refers to the day when the women found the tomb to be empty.
This is the name of a town.
"eleven kilometers." A "stadium" was 185 meters.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. It starts with Jesus approaching them. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
The word "himself" emphasizes the fact that the very Jesus they were talking about actually appeared to them. So far the women had seen the angels, but no one had seen Jesus.
"their eyes were kept from recognizing Jesus." The men's ability to recognize Jesus is spoken of as their eyes' ability to recognize him. This can be stated in active form. It is most likely that it was God who prevented them from recognizing Jesus. Alternate translation: "something happened to them so they could not recognize him" or "God prevented them from recognizing him"
"Jesus said to the two men"
This is the name of a man.
Cleopas uses this question to show his surprise that this man appears not to know about the things that have happened in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "You must be the only person ... days."
Here "you" is singular.
"What things have happened" or "What things have taken place"
This means that God caused Jesus to be mighty and that the people saw that he was mighty. Alternate translation: "a prophet to whom God gave power to do and teach great things that were amazing to all the people"
"gave him over"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "in order for the governor to put Jesus to death by crucifying him"
The two men continue responding to Jesus.
Here the word "hope" means "expect" or "think" that something might be true. By saying "we hoped" the two men show that they no longer think that Jesus is the one who will redeem Israel. Alternate translation: "But we thought that he might be the one"
The Romans ruled over the Jews. Alternate translation: "who would free the Israelites from our Roman enemies"
This introduces another reason why they believed Jesus would not free Israel. Alternate translation: "Now that does not seem possible because"
The Jews counted any portion of a day as a day. Therefore, the day Jesus was raised was the "third day" because it followed the day of his burial and the Sabbath day. See how you translated this in [Luke 24:7]
"since all the many actions that led up to the death of Jesus have taken place"
This introduces another reason why it the men did not understand what was happening concerning Jesus.
"in our group"
The women were the ones who were at the tomb.
"angels in a vision"
The two men finish responding to Jesus.
"they did not see Jesus"
Jesus is speaking to the two disciples.
Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind. Alternate translation: "your minds are slow to believe" or "you are slow to believe"
Jesus uses a question to remind the disciples about what the prophets said. Alternate translation: "It was necessary ... glory."
This refers to Jesus beginning to rule and to receive honor and glory.
Moses wrote the first books of the Bible. Alternate translation: "beginning with the writings of Moses"
"Jesus explained to them"
The two men understood from his actions that he was going on to another destination. Perhaps he kept walking on the road when they turned off to enter the gate into the village. There is no indication that Jesus deceived them with words.
You may need to make explicit what they compelled him to do. This is probably an exaggeration to show that they needed to speak with him for a long time before they could change his mind. The word "compel" means to use physical force, but it seems that they persuaded him using only words. Alternate translation: "they were able to persuade him to stay"
The Jewish day ended at sundown.
"Jesus entered the house"
"stay with the two disciples"
This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
This refers to bread made without yeast. It does not refer to food in general.
"gave thanks for it" or "thanked God for it"
Their "eyes" represent their understanding. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then they understood" or "Then they realized"
"they recognized him." These disciples had known him before his death.
This means that suddenly he was no longer there. It does not mean that he became invisible.
They use a question to emphasize how amazed they were about their encounter with Jesus. The intense feelings they had while talking to Jesus are spoken of as if they were a fire burning inside them. Alternate translation: "Our hearts were burning ... scriptures."
The two men were speaking to each other. The word "us" is dual inclusive for languages that make these distinctions.
Jesus did not open a book or scroll. "opened" refers to their understanding. Alternate translation: "while he explained the scriptures to us" or "while he enabled us to understand the scriptures"
The two men go to Jerusalem to the eleven disciples to tell them about Jesus.
"They" refers to the two men.
"got up" or "stood up"
This refers to Jesus's apostles. Judas was no longer included with them.
"and those people told the two men"
"So the two men told them"
This refers to Jesus appearing to them while they were on their way to the village of Emmaus.
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "how they recognized Jesus"
"when Jesus broke the bread" or "when Jesus tore the bread"
Jesus appears to the disciples. When the two men previously arrived at the house where the Eleven were, Jesus was not with them.
The word "himself" focuses on Jesus and the surprise of Jesus actually appearing to them. Most of them had not seen him after his resurrection.
"among them"
"May you have peace" or "May God give you peace!" The word "you" is plural.
"But" indicates a strong contrast. Jesus told them to be at peace, but they were very afraid instead.
"startled and afraid." These two phrases mean about the same thing, and are used together to emphasize their fear.
Here it refers to the spirit of a dead person.
Jesus uses a question to comfort them. Alternate translation: "Do not be frightened."
Jesus uses a question to mildly rebuke them. Jesus was telling them not to doubt that he was alive. The word "heart" is a metonym for a persons' mind. Alternate translation: "Do not doubt in your minds!" or "Stop doubting!"
Jesus asks them to confirm by touch that he is not a ghost. It may be helpful to combine and reorder these two sentences. Alternate translation: "Touch me and feel that I have flesh and bones that a ghost would not have"
This is a way of referring to the physical body.
It is understood that his hands and feet contained the nail marks from his crucifixion that would prove it was really Jesus. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "the wounds in his hands and his feet"
"They were so full of joy that they still could not believe it was really true"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus does this to prove that he has a physical body. Spirits would not be able to eat food.
"in front of them" or "while they were watching"
"when I was with you before"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God would fulfill all that was written ... Psalms" or "God would cause all that was written ... Psalms to happen"
The words "law of Moses," "the Prophets," and "the Psalms" are proper names for parts of the Hebrew Bible. This can be stated in active form and using common nouns. Alternate translation: "all that Moses wrote in the law, all that the prophets wrote, and all that the writers of the Psalms wrote about me"
To "open the mind" is an idiom that means to enable someone to understand. Alternate translation: "Then he enabled them to understand the scriptures"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This is what people long ago wrote"
In this verse the words "rise again" mean "come alive again." The words "the dead" speak of all dead people together in the underworld.
The Jews counted any portion of a day as a day. Therefore, the day Jesus was raised was the "third day" because it followed the day of his burial and the Sabbath day. See how you translated this in [Luke 24:7]
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Followers of the Christ should preach to people in all the nations that they need to repent and that they need God to forgive their sins through Jesus"
His "name" here refers to his authority. Alternate translation: "by the Christ's authority"
"all the ethnic communities" or "all the people groups"
"starting in Jerusalem"
Jesus continues speaking to the disciples.
"You are to tell others that what you saw about me is true." The disciples had observed Jesus's life, death, and resurrection and could describe to other people what he did.
"I will give you what my Father promised to give you." God had promised to give the Holy Spirit. The UDB makes this explicit.
This is an important title for God.
God's power will cover them in the same way that clothes cover a person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you receive power"
"from above" or "from God"
"Jesus led the disciples outside the city"
This was the action that priests performed when they blessed the people.
"It came about." This introduces a new event in the story.
"while Jesus was asking God to do good to them"
Since Luke does not specify who carried Jesus up, we do not know if it was God himself or one or more angels. If your language would have to specify who did the carrying, it would be better to use "went" instead, as the UDB does.
These verses tell us about the ongoing actions of the disciples as the story ends.
"the disciples worshiped Jesus"
"and then returned"
This is an exaggeration to express that they went into the temple courtyard every day.
Only priests were allowed into the temple building. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard"
"praising God"
1 Muchos han tratado de poner en orden una narrativa sobre aquellos asuntos que se han cumplido entre nosotros, 2 tal como nos lo han entregado a nosotros, quienes desde el principio han sido testigos y siervos del mensaje. 3 Pues, a mí también me pareció bueno habiendo investigado detalladamente el curso de todas las cosas desde el principio escribirlo en orden correcto para ti, excelentísimo Teófilo. 4 Esto es para que sepas la verdad sobre las cosas que se te han enseñado. 5 En los días de Herodes, rey de Judea, había un cierto sacerdote llamado Zacarías, del grupo de Abías. Su esposa era de las hijas de Aarón y su nombre era Elisabet. 6 Ambos eran justos ante Dios, obedeciendo todos los mandamientos y ordenanzas del Señor. 7 Pero no tenían hijo, porque Elisabet era estéril y ambos eran muy viejos en ese tiempo. 8 Aconteció que cuando oficiaba Zacarías en la presencia de Dios, cargando sus responsabilidades en el orden de su grupo. 9 según la costumbre de escoger qué sacerdote serviría, él había sido escogido entre muchos para entrar en el templo de Dios a quemar incienso. 10 Toda la multitud estaba afuera orando a la hora cuando el incienso era quemado. 11 Ahora un ángel del Señor apareció ante él, y se paró al lado derecho del altar de incienso. 12 Cuando Zacarías lo vio se asustó y temor cayó sobre él. 13 Pero el ángel le dijo a él: "No temas, Zacarías, porque tu oración ha sido escuchada. Tu esposa Elisabet concebirá un hijo. Y lo llamarás Juan. 14 Tendrás gozo y alegría y muchos se regocijarán en su nacimiento. 15 Él será grande a la vista del Señor. No deberá nunca beber vino ni bebida fuerte, y será lleno del Espíritu Santo desde el vientre de su madre. 16 Y muchos de los hijos de Israel se volverán al Señor su Dios. 17 Él irá delante del Señor en el espíritu y poder de Elías. Él hará esto para volver los corazones de los padres a los hijos, para que los desobedientes puedan caminar en la sabiduría del justo para preparar al pueblo para el Señor." 18 Zacarías dijo al ángel: "¿Cómo puedo saber esto? Pues yo soy un hombre viejo y mi esposa es muy vieja." 19 El ángel le contestó: "Yo soy Gabriel, quien se para en la presencia de Dios. Yo fui enviado a hablarte, a traer buenas noticias. 20 Y he aquí, te quedarás mudo estarás en silencio, sin hablar, hasta el día que estas cosas acontezcan. Esto es porque tú no creíste mis palabras, las cuales se cumplirán a su debido tiempo." 21 Mientras el pueblo estaba esperando por Zacarías. Ellos estaban sorprendidos que él pasara tanto tiempo en el templo. 22 Pero cuando él salió, no podía hablarles. Ellos se dieron cuenta que había tenido una visión mientras estaba en el templo. Él continuó haciéndoles señas y se mantuvo en silencio. 23 Sucedió que cuando el tiempo de servicio pasó, él fue a su casa. 24 Después de estos días, su esposa Elisabet concibió. Ella se recluyó por cinco meses. Ella dijo: 25 "Esto es lo que el Señor ha hecho por mí cuando me miró con favor en orden para quitar mi vergüenza ante la gente." 26 En el sexto mes, el ángel Gabriel fue enviado por Dios a una ciudad en Galilea llamada Nazaret, 27 a una virgen que estaba comprometida a un hombre llamado José. Él pertenecía a la casa de David, y el nombre de la virgen era María. 28 Él vino a ella y dijo: "Saludos, ¡tú quién eres muy favorecida! El Señor está contigo." 29 Pero ella estaba bien confundida por sus palabras y se preguntaba qué tipo de saludo podría ser éste. 30 El ángel le dijo: "No tengas miedo, María, porque has hallado gracia delante de Dios. 31 Y mira, tú concebirás en tu vientre y darás a luz un hijo. Lo llamarás 'Jesús'. 32 Él será grande y será llamado Hijo del Altísimo. Dios El Señor le dará el trono de su antepasado David. 33 Él reinará sobre la casa de Jacob para siempre y no habrá fin para su reino." 34 María le dijo al ángel: "¿Cómo sucederá esto, siendo que yo no me he acostado con ningún hombre?" 35 El ángel le contestó: "El Espíritu Santo vendrá sobre ti y el poder del Altísimo vendrá sobre ti. Así el santo que nacerá será llamado el Hijo de Dios." 36 Y mira, tu pariente Elisabet, también concibió un hijo en su vejez. Este es el sexto mes para ella, la que era llamada estéril. 37 Pues nada es imposible para Dios." 38 María dijo: "He aquí yo soy la sierva del Señor. Hágase conmigo de acuerdo con tu mensaje." Y el ángel la dejó. 39 Entonces María se levantó en aquellos días y rápidamente fue a la región montañosa, a una ciudad en Judea. 40 Entró a la casa de Zacarías y saludó a Elisabet. 41 Cuando Elisabet escuchó el saludo de María, el bebé en su vientre saltó y Elisabet fue llena del Espíritu Santo. 42 Ella alzó su voz y dijo: "Bendita eres tú entre las mujeres y bendito es el fruto de tu vientre. 43 ¿Y por qué me ha pasado esto que la madre de mi Señor venga a mí? 44 Pues mira, cuando la voz de tu saludo vino a mis oídos, el bebé en mi vientre saltó de alegría. 45 Y bendita es ella, quien creyó que habrá un cumplimiento de las cosas que le fueron dichas por el Señor." 46 María dijo: "Mi alma alaba al Señor 47 y mi espíritu se regocija en Dios mi Salvador. 48 Porque Él ha mirado la humilde condición de su sierva. Pues mira, desde ahora en adelante todas las generaciones me llamarán bendecida. 49 Pues Él quien es poderoso ha hecho grandes cosas por mí y su nombre es santo. 50 Su misericordia es de generación en generación para aquellos que le temen. Él ha hecho proezas con su brazo fuerte; 51 Él ha esparcido a los soberbios en los pensamientos de sus corazones. 52 Él ha derribado reyes de sus tronos y ha levantado a los humildes. 53 Él ha saciado a los hambrientos con cosas buenas, pero al rico lo ha dejado vacío. 54 Él ayudado a su siervo Israel, a fin de recordarles cómo mostró misericordia 55 (así como les dijo a sus padres) a Abraham y sus descendientes para siempre." 56 María se quedó con Elisabet cerca de tres meses y después regresó a su casa. 57 Ahora el tiempo ha llegado para Elisabet de parir su bebé y ella dio a luz a su hijo. 58 Sus vecinos y parientes escucharon que el Señor había mostrado su gran misericordioso con ella y se regocijaron. 59 Ahora ocurrió que al octavo día ellos llegaron a circuncidar al niño. Ellos lo llamarían "Zacarías", como el nombre de su padre. 60 Pero su madre respondió diciendo: "No. Él será llamado Juan." 61 Ellos le dijeron: "No hay nadie entre tus parientes que se llame por ese nombre." 62 Ellos hicieron señas a su padre preguntándole cómo él quería que fuese llamado. 63 Su padre pidió una tabla para escribir y escribió: "Su nombre es Juan." Todos ellos se sorprendieron con esto. 64 Inmediatamente su boca fue abierta y su lengua fue liberada. Él habló y alabó a Dios. 65 Temor sobrevino a todos los que vivían alrededor de ellos. Todas estas cosas fueron comentadas a través de toda la zona montañosa de Judea. 66 Y todos los que escucharon lo guardaron en sus corazones y dijeron "¿En qué se convertirá este niño?" Pues la mano del Señor estaba con él. 67 Su padre Zacarías fue lleno con el Espíritu Santo y profetizó, diciendo: 68 "Alabado sea el Señor, el Dios de Israel, porque Él ha venido a ayudar y Él ha redimido a su pueblo. 69 Él ha levantado un cuerno de salvación para nosotros en la casa de su siervo David, 70 tal como Él habló a través de la boca de sus santos profetas quienes vinieron en tiempos antiguos. 71 Él traerá salvación de nuestros enemigos y de la mano de todos quienes nos odian. 72 Él hará esto para mostrar misericordia a nuestros padres y para recordar su santo pacto, 73 el juramento que Él hizo a Abraham nuestro padre. 74 Él juró concedernos que nosotros, habiendo sido liberados de la mano de nuestros enemigos, le sirvamos sin temor, 75 en santidad y justicia ante Él todos nuestros días. 76 Sí, y tú, niño, serás llamado un profeta del Más Alto, pues tú irás delante del Señor para preparar su camino. 77 para dar conocimiento de salvación a su pueblo mediante el perdón de sus pecados. 78 Esto ocurrirá por la tierna misericordia de nuestro Dios, por la cual la aurora de lo alto vendrá a ayudarnos, 79 para brillar en aquellos que se sientan en oscuridad y en sombra de muerte. Él hará esto para guiar nuestros pies a los caminos de paz." 80 Ahora el niño crecía se hacía fuerte en espíritu y vivía en el desierto hasta el día de su aparición pública a Israel.
Lucas explica por qué le escribió a Teófilo.
"reportes" o "historias verdaderas"
En esta frase la palabra "nosotros" puede o no excluir a Teófilo.
El "nosotros" no incluye a Teófilo.
"dieron a nosotros" o entregaron a nosotros"
Puede que necesite especificar cuál es el mensaje. Traducción Alterna: "han servido a Dios al decirle a las personas Su mensaje" o "le han enseñado a las personas las buenas noticias acerca de Jesús"
"investigado cuidadosamente." Lucas fue cuidadoso al investigar lo que ocurrió exactamente. Probablemente él le habló a diferentes personas que vieron lo que ocurrió para asegurarse de que lo que escribió acerca de estos eventos era correcto.
Lucas dijo esto para demostrar honor y respeto hacia Teófilo. Esto puede significar que Teófilo era un oficial importante de gobierno. En esta sección, se debería usar el estilo que su cultura usa para dirigirse a las personas socialmente reconocidas (o importantes). Algunas personas pueden preferir también poner este saludo al comienzo y decir: "Para...Teófilo" o "Querido...Teófilo"
"honotable" o "noble"
Este nombre significa "amigo de Dios". Puede que describa el carácter de este hombre o puede que en realidad haya sido su nombre. Muchas traducciónes tienen esta palabra como un nombre. (Ver:|Translate Names)
El ángel profetiza del nacimiento de Juan.
Zacarías y Elisabet entran en el relato. Éstos versículos dan información de trasfondo sobre ellos.
"Durante el tiempo que el rey Herodes gobernaba sobre Judea".
"hubo un sacerdote particular" o "hubo un". Ésta es una manera de introducir un nuevo personaje en una historia. Considere como su idioma hace esto.
Se entiende que esto se refiere a los sacerdotes. Traducción Alterna: "división de sacerdotes" o "grupo de sacerdotes"
"quien era descendiente de Abías". Abías era un ancestro de este gupo de sacerdotes y todos ellos eran descendientes de Aarón, quien fue el primer sacerdote israelita.
"Su esposa era descendiente de Aarón". Esto significa que ella era de la misma línea de sacerdotes que Zacarías. Traducción Alterna: "Su esposa también era descendiente de Aarón" o "Zacarías y su esposa Elisabet, ambos descendieron de Aarón,".
"descendientes de Aarón"
"a la vista de Dios" o "en la opinión de Dios"
"Todo lo que el Señor había ordenado y requerido"
Esta palabra de contraste muestra que lo que le sigue aquí es lo contrario de lo que se espera. Las personas esperaban que si hacían lo que era correcto, Dios les permitiría tener hijos. Aunque esta pareja hizo lo que era correcto, ellos no tenían hijos.
Esta frase es usada para marcar un cambio en la historia, desde la información de trasfondo a la de los participantes.
"cuando era el turno de su grupo" o "cuando llegó el tiempo de que su grupo sirviera"
Esta oración nos da información acerca de los deberes sacerdotales.
"el método tradicional" o "su manera usual"
El sorteo era una piedra marcada que era lanzada o rodada en la tierra para poder ayudarlos a decidir algo. Los sacerdotes creían que Dios dirigía el sorteo para mostrarles cuál sacerdote Él quería que ellos escogieran. (Ver: bylot)
Los sacerdotes tenían que quemar incienso de aroma dulce como una ofrenda a Dios cada mañana y tarde en un altar especial dentro del templo.
"Un gran número de personas" o "Muchas personas".
El patio era el área encerrada que rodeaba el templo. Traducción Alterna: "afuera del edificio del templo" o "en las afueras del patio del templo".
"al tiempo establecido". No está muy claro si esto era la mañana o la tarde para la ofrenda de incienso.
Mientras Zacarías hacía su deber en el templo, un ángel de Dios vino a darle un mensaje.
Esta palabra marca el principio de la acción en la historia.
"de momento vino donde él" o "de momento estaba allí con Zacarías". Esto expresa que el ángel estaba presente con Zacarías y que no fue simplemente una visión.
Estas dos frases significan la misma cosa, y enfatiza cuán atemorizado estaba Zacarías.
"cuando Zacarías vió al angel". La fuente del miedo era la apariencia (aspecto) aterradora del ángel. Zacarías no había hecho nada malo.
Se describe al miedo como si fuese algo que atacó o dominó a Zacarías.
"Deja de tenerme miedo" o "Tú no tienes que tenerme miedo".
"Dios ha escuchado lo que tú pediste". Lo que sigue es implícito y se podría añadir: "y te la concederá". Dios no solamente escuchó lo que Zacarías había orado; sino que también Él iba a hacerlo.
"te dará un hijo" o "dará a luz a tu hijo"
"porque" o "En adición a esto"
Estas dos palabras significan la misma cosa y podrían combinarse si su idioma no tiene términos similares. Traducción Alterna: "muy alegre".
"a causa de su nacimiento"
"él será una persona muy importante para el Señor" o "Dios lo considerará muy importante". (UDB)
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "el Espíritu Santo le dará poder" o "el Espíritu Santo le guiará". Asegúrese que no suene similar a lo que un espíritu maligno puede hacerle a una persona.
Anteriormente personas habían sido llenas con el Espíritu Santo, pero ninguno había escuchado acerca de un bébe que no ha nacido siendo lleno con el Espíritu Santo.
Si en su idioma suena como si Zacarías no está incluido, esta frase puede traducirse como "muchos de ustedes, descendientes de Israel" o "muchos de ustedes, quienes son el pueblo de Dios". Si se hace este cambio, asegúrese de que "su Dios" sea cambiado también a "el Dios de ustedes" (plural)
"volverán de regreso" o "regresarán"
Él irá con anticipación para anunciarle a las personas que el Señor vendrá a ellos.
Aquí, el "rostro de" es una figura idiomática que se refiere a la presencia del Señor. Algunas veces se omite en la traducción. Traducción Alterna: "delante"
"con el mismo espíritu y poder que Elías tenía". La palabra "espíritu" se refiere ya sea al Espíritu Santo de Dios o a la actitud o manera de pensar de Elías. Asegúrese que la palabra "espíritu" no signifique fantasma o espíritu maligno.
"persuadir a los padres que vuelvan a cuidar de sus hijos" o "causar que los padres restauren su relación con sus hijos"
El corazón es expresado como si fuera algo que va en una dirección diferente. Esto se refiere a cambiar la actitud se alguien hacia algo.
"caminar" es una metáfora de la manera en que una persona vive y actúa. Traducción Alterna: "el desobediente actúe" o "el desobediente viva"
"las personas que no obedecen"
No está mencionado cómo ellos estarán preparados. Esta información implícita puede ser añadida. Traducción Alterna: "para prepararlos para crean en el mensaje del Señor" o "prepararlos para que obedezcan al Señor"
"¿Como puedo estar seguro que lo que tú dijiste ocurrirá?" Aquí, "saber" significa el aprender por experiencia, sugiriendo que Zacarías estaba pidiéndole una señal como prueba. Traducción Alterna: "¿Qué puedes hacer tú para probar que esto ocurrirá?"
Esto está expresado como un regaño a Zacarías. La presencia de Gabriel, viniendo directamente de Dios, debería ser suficiente prueba para Zacarías.
"quien sirve"
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Dios me envió a hablarte".
Aquí la palabra "mira" nos alerta a prestar atención a la información soprendente que le sigue.
Esto significa la misma cosa, y son repetidos para enfatizar lo completo de su silencio. Traducción Alterna: "completamente sin poder hablar" o "no puede hablar del todo".
"no cree lo que yo dije"
"al tiempo asignado"
Esto marca un cambio en la historia de lo que sucedió dentro del templo a lo que sucedió afuera.Traducción Alterna: "Durante el tiempo" o "Mientras el ángel y Zacarías estaban hablando".
Estas cosas probablemente ocurrieron al mismo tiempo, y las señales de Zacarías ayudaron al pueblo entender que él había tenido una visión. Podría ser de ayuda para tu audiencia cambiar el orden para mostrar Traducción Alterna: "Él se mantuvo haciendo señales a ellos y se mantuvo en silencio. Así que ellos se dieron cuenta que él tuvo una visión mientras estaba en el templo".
La temprana descripción indicó que Gabriel vino a Zacarías en el templo. El pueblo, sin saber que, asumió que Zacarías vió una visión.
esta frase mueve la historia adelante a cuando el servicio de Zacarías terminó.
Zacarías no vivió en Jerusalén, donde el templo estaba localizado. Él viajó a su ciudad de nacimiento.
Esta frase "estos días" se refiere a el tiempo mientras Zacarías estaba sirviendo en el templo. Es posible establecer esto más claramente. Traducción Alterna: "después que Zacarías volvió a casa de su servicio en el templo". (See: [[rc://*/tw/bible/other/biblicaltimeday]])
"la esposa de Zacarías"
"no dejó su casa" o "se quedó adentro por sí misma".
Esta frase se refiere a el hecho que el Señor permitió a ella que se embarazara.
Esto es una exclamación positiva. Ella era muy feliz con lo que el Señor había hecho por ella.
"para mirar con" es una figura idiomática que significa "para tratar" o "para lidiar con". Traducción Alterna: "me miró amablemente" o "tuvo pena sobre mí". (Ver:
Esto se refiere a la verguenza que ella sintió porque ella no podía tener hijos.
El ángel Gabriel anuncia a María que ella iba a ser la madre del Hijo de Dios.
"en el sexto mes del embarazo de Elisabet". Puede ser necesario establecer esto claramente si fuese confundido con el sexto mes del año.
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa: Traducción Alterna: "Dios le dijo al ángel Gabriel que fuese"
"Él perteneció a la misma tribu como David" o "Él era un descendiente del Rey David" (UDB)
"suplicó" o "prometió casarse". Los padres de María habían hecho una promesa para ella de casarse con José.
Esto introduce a María como un nuevo personaje en la historia.
"El ángel vino a María"
Esto era un saludo común. Significa: "regocijo" o "Ser Feliz".
"¡Tú quien ha recibido gran gracia!" o "¡Tú quien ha recibido especial bondad!"
"contigo" es una expresión idiomática que implica apoyo y aceptación. Traducción Alterna: "El Señor esta compalcido contigo".
María entendió el signficado de las palabras individuales, pero ella no entendió porqué el ángel dijo este gran saludo a ella.
El ángel no quiere que María tenga miedo de su apariencia, porque Dios lo envió con un mensaje positivo.
La expresión idiomática "para encontrar favor" significa ser positivamente recibido por alguien. La oración puede alterada para mostrar a Dios como el actor: Traducción alterna: "Dios ha decidido darte Su gracia" o "Dios esta mostrándote su bondad".
María tendrá "un hijo" quien será llamado "el Hijo del Más Alto" (UDB). Jesús es por lo tanto un hijo humano nacido de una madre humana, y el es también el Hijo de Dios. Éstos términos deben ser traducidos con mucho cuidado.
Los posibles significados son: 1) "personas lo llamarán" o 2) "Dios va a llamarlo".
Esto es un título importante para Jesús, el Hijo de Dios.
El trono representa la autoridad del rey para gobernar. Traducción Alterna: "le dió autoridad para gobernar como rey como su ancestro David hizo.
La frase negativa "sin final" enfatiza que continúa por siempre. Podría ser expresado como una frase positiva. Traducción Alterna: "su reinado nunca acabará".
A pesar que María no entendió como podría pasar, ella no dudó que iba a pasar. Traducción Alterna: "¿Cómo es esto posible?"
María usó esta cortés expresión para decir que ella no se había comprometido en actividad sexual. Traducción Laterna: "Yo soy una virgen".
EL proceso de la concepción de María comenzaría con el Espíritu Santo viniendo a ella.
"arrebatará" o "le pasará a".
Era el "poder" de Dios que supernaturalmente causaría que María concibiera en su vientre un hijo mientras ella era virgen aún. Asegúrese que esto no implique cualquier unión física o sexual-esto era un milagro.
"te cubrirá como una sombra"
"el santo niño" o "el bebé santo".
Posibles significados son: 1)"personas lo llamarán" o 2)"Dios lo llamará".
A pesar que la madre de Jesús, María, era humana, Dios supernaturalmente puso a Jesús dentro de ella como un niño. Por lo tanto, Dios era su padre, y Jesús era llamado el "Hijo de Dios".
Esto es un título importante para Jesús. (Ver:
esta expresión aquí enfatiza la importancia de la declaración sobre lo que Elisabet sigue.
Si tu necesitas establecer una relación específica, Elisabet era probablemente la tía o tía abuela de María.
" también se ha embarazado con un hijo, a pesar que ella era muy vieja" o "a pesar que ella es anciana, también se ha embarazado y tendrá un hijo." Asegúrese que no suene como si ambas, María y Elisabet, fueron de edad avanzada cuando ellas concibieron.
"el sexto mes de su embarazo"
"porque" o "Esto muestra que"
Los dobles negativos en esta afirmación puede ser expresado con términos positivos. Traducción Alterna: "Esto muestra que Dios puede hacer cualquier cosa". El embarazo de Elisabet era prueba de que Dio puede hacer cualquier cosa - hasta hacer que María quedase embarazada sin ella acostarse con un hombre.
María usa la misma expresión como el ángel para enfatizar cuán serio ella estaba acerca su decisión para someterse al Señor.
Escoge una expresión que muestra su humildad y obediencia al Señor. Ella no se jactó sobre ser sierva del Señor.
"Permite que esto me pase". María estaba expresando su disposición por las cosas que el ángel le había dicho que le iban van a pasar .
María va a visitar su pariente Elisabet quien iba a dar a luz a Juan.
Esta expresión idiomática significa que ella no solamente se levantó, pero también "se preparó" Traducción Alterna: "Empezó" o "se alistó"
"el área de la colina" o " la parte montañosa de Israel".
Esto implica que María terminó su viaje antes de ella ir a la casa de Zacarías. Traducción Alterna: "Cuando ella llegó, ella fue".
La frase es usada para marcar un nuevo evento en esta parte de la historia.
"en el vientre de Elisabet"
"se movió momentáneamente"
Estas dos frases significan la misma cosa, y son usadas para enfatizar cuán emocionada estaba Elisabet. Ellos pueden combinarse en una frase. TA: "exclamó en voz alta"..
Esta expresión idiomática significa "subió el volumen de su voz".
La figura idomática "entre las mujeres" significa "mas que cualquier otra mujer".
el bebé de María es comparado al fruto que una planta produce. Traducción Alterna: "el bebé en tu vientre" o "el bebe que tendrás"
Elisabet no estaba pidiendo infomación. Ella estaba mostrando cuán sorprendida y feliz estaba de que la madre del Señor viniese a ella. Traducción Alterna: "¡Cuán maravilloso es que la madre del Señor haya venido a mí!"
Esto se refiere a María. "Tu, la madre de mi Señor". (UDB)
Esta frase nos alerta a prestar atención a la sorprendente declaración de Elisabet que sigue.
Esta expresión significa "Yo escuché".
"Se movió momentáneamente con alegría" o "se volvió forzosamente porque el estaba feliz"
"tú, que has creído, eres bendecida" o "porque creíste, estas alegre"
"estas cosas pasarán en realidad" o "estas cosas se harán de verdad"
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "el mensaje que le dio el Señor" o "las cosas que el Señor le dijo"
María comienza un canción de alabanza al Señor su Salvador.
María esta utilizando un estilo de poesia donde ella establece la misma cosa en dos maneras sutiles diferentes. Si es posible, traducir estas dos palabras o frases sutiles que tienen el mismo significado.
Ambos "alma" y "espíritu" se refieren a la parte espiritual de la persona. María esta diciendo que su adoración viene desde lo profundo de su interior. Traducción Alterna: "Mi ser interior...mi corazón" o "Yo ... Yo"
"se ha sentido muy alegre sobre" o "estaba muy feliz sobre"
"Dios, el Único que me salva" o "Dios quien me salva"
"Porque Él"
"Miró con preocupación" o "se preocupó sobre"
"pobreza". La familia de María no era rica.
Esta frase llama la atención a la declaración que sigue.
"ahora y en el futuro"
"las personas en todas las generaciones"
"Dios, el Todopoderoso" (UDB)
Aquí "nombre se refiere a la completa persona de Dios. Traducción Alterna: "Él"
"la misericordia de Dios"
"de una generación a la próxima generación" o "por cada generación" o "a todas las personas en todo período de tiempo"
Aqui "su brazo" es una figura literaria
"perseguido en diferentes direcciones"
Esto es una expresión idiomática que se refiere a los mas profundos pensamientos, o mas íntimos pensamientos de una persona. Traducción Alterna: "pensamientos en su ser interno".
Un trono es una silla donde el gobernante se sienta, y es un símbolo de su autoridad. Si un príncipe es derribado de su trono, significa que él ya no tiene autoridad para reinar. Traducción Alterna: "Él ha tomado la autoridad de los príncipes" o "Él ha hecho que los gobernantes paren de gobernar".
El contraste entre estas dos acciones contrarias deben hacerse claras en la traducción si es posible.
"pobreza" La familia de María no era rica. ver como se tradujo esto en 1:48.
En esta imagen de palabras, personas que son importantes son más altos que las personas que son menos importantes. Traducción Alterna: " ha hecho personas humildes importantes" o "le ha dado honor a personas que otros no han honrado".
El contraste entre estos dos acciones opuestas debe de estar lo mas claro posible en la traducción.
Posible significados son : 1) " le ha dado al hambriento buena comida que comer" o 2) " le ha dado al que necesita cosas buenas."
La UDB reorganiza estos versos en versos puente para mantener información sobre Israel unida.
"El Señor ha ayudado"
Si los lectores confunden esto con el hombre llamado Israel, puede ser traducido como: "su siervo, la nación de Israel" o " Israel, sus siervos".
"a fin de"
Dios no puede olvidar. Cuando Dios "recuerda", es una expresión idiomática que significa los hechos de Dios sobre sus promesas anteriores. Ver:
"justamente como Él prometió a nuestros ancestros que haría." Ésta frase provee información de fondo sobre la promesa de Dios a Abraham. Traducción Alterna: "porque el prometió a nuestros ancestros que él sería misericordioso".(Ver:
"Los descendientes de Abraham"
Elisabet dió a luz (parió) su bebé y Zacarías pone nombre a su hijo.
"María volvió a su casa (la casa de María) o "María volvió a su propia casa".
Esta palabra marca el principio del próximo evento en la historia.
"los vecinos y parientes de Elisabet"
"ha sido muy amable con ella" (UDB)
"Ahora cuando el bebé tenía 8 días de nacido" o "Cuando, en el octavo día después que el bebé nació"
Esto probablemente se refiere a los amigos y parientes de Zacarías y Elisabet.
Esto era a menudo una ceremonia donde una persona circucidaba al bebé y los amigos estaban ahí para celebrar con la familia. Traducción Alterna: "la ceremonia de la circuncisión del bebé".
"Ellos iban a nombrarlo" o "ellos querían darle el nombre". Esto era la costumbre normal.
"el nombre de su padre"
"por ese nombre" o "por el mismo nombre"
Esto se refiere a las personas que estuvieron alli para la ceremonia de circuncisión.
"movido". O Zacarías estaba sin poder escuchar, al igual sin poder hablar, o las personas asumieron que él no podía escuchar.
"al papá del bebé"
"que nombre Zacarías quería darle al bebé"
Puede ser de ayuda para declarar como Zacarías "pidió", desde que él no pudo hablar. Traducción Alterna: "Su padre usó sus manos para mostrar a las personas que él quería que ellos le dieran una tabla de escribir.
"algo en el cual se usa para escribir"
"muy sorprendido" o "maravillado"
Estas dos frases son palabras de imágenes que juntas enfatizan que Zacarías de repente pudo hablar.
Estas frases también pueden ser expresadas en una forma activa. Traducción alterna: "Dios abrió su boca y liberó su lengua".
"Todos los que vivían cerca de Zacarías y Elisabet tenían miedo". "Seria de ayuda el establecer claramente que ellos estaban atónitos. Traducción Alterna: "Todos los que vivían alrededor de ellos estaban asombrados de que Dios le había hecho esto a Zacarías ".
Esto no se refiere solo a sus vecinos inmediatos pero a todos que vivieron en esa área.
La palabra "ellos" aquí se refiere a las cosas que habían pasado.
Esto se refiere a un gran grupo de personas que vivieron por Judea.
"pidiendo"
"¿Qué tipo de gran persona será este bebé cuando crezca?" También es posible que esta pregunta estaba destinada a ser una declaración de su sorpresa sobre lo que ellos habían escuchado sobre el bebé. Traducción Alterna: "¡Que gran hombre sera este niño!"
La frase "la mano del Señor" se refiere al poder del Señor." "El poder del Señor estaba con él" o "El Señor estaba trabajando en él poderosamente".
Zacarías dice lo que pasará a su hijo Juan.
esto puede expresarse en un forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "El Espíritu Santo llenó a su padre Zacarías."
El padre de Juan.
Considera las maneras naturales de introducir citas directas en tu lenguaje. Traducción Alterna: "profetizó y dijo" o "profetizó, y esto es lo que él dijo"
"Israel" aquí se refiere a la nación de Israel. La realción entre Dios e Israel puede establecerse más directa. Traducción Alterna: "el Dios que reina sobre Israel" o "el Dios al que Israel adora".
"el pueblo de Dios"
El cuerno de un animal es un símbolo de su poder para defenderse por sí mismo. El Mesías es expresado como si fuera el cuerno con el poder de salvar a Israel. Traducción Alterna: "alguien con el poder de salvarnos".
La "casa"de David aquí representa su familia, específicamente sus descendientes. Traducción Alterna: "en la familia de su siervo David" o "quien es un descendiente de su siervo David"
"como Dios dijo"
Dios permitió a los profetas hablar las palabras que él quiso que hablasen. El control de Dios puede ser declarado. Traducción alterna: "causó a sus santos profetas decir."
Esto habla de los profetas' mensajes como si ellos solo las bocas diciendo palabras. Traducción Alterna: en las palabras de"
"vivieron hace mucho tiempo"
Esto se refiere al rescate físico, más que a una salvación espiritual.
Estas dos frases significan básicamente la misma cosa y son repetidas para enfatizar cuan fuertemente sus enemigos estaban en contra de ellos.
puede resultar de ayuda reafirmar "salvación" aquí. Traducción Alterna: "Salvación de la mano de."
"poder" o "control." La palabra "mano" es asociada con el poder o control que las personas malas usaban contra el pueblo de Dios.
"ser misericordiosos" o " actuar de acuerdo a la misericordia"
aquí la palabra "recordar" significa para mantener un compromiso o completar algo.
Estas dos frases se refieren a la misma cosa. Ellas son repetidas para mostrar la seriedad de las promesas de Dios y Abraham.
"para hacerlo posible para nosotros"
Puede ser de ayuda para cambiar el orden de estas frases. Traducción Alterna: "que le serviremos sin miedo después que somos rescatados del poder de nuestros enemigos."
"mano" se refiere a el control o poder de una persona. Esto puede expresarse claramente. Traducción Alterna: "del control de nuestros enemigos."(Ver:
Esto se refiere al temor de sus enemigos. Traducción alterna: "sin tener miedo de nuestros enemigos".
Estos puede ser expresado como acciones. Traducción Alterna: "para vivir en una manera pura y hacer lo que es correcto"
Esto es una expresión idiomática "en su presencia" (Ver:
Zacarías usa esta frase para comenzar su mensaje directo a su hijo. Tu quizás tengas una manera similar de hablar directamente en tu lenguaje.
Las personas van a darse cuenta que él es un profeta. Esto puede ser expresado en una forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "las personas conocerán que tú eres un profeta."
"quien sirve al Más Alto". Esto se refiere a Dios. Traducción Alterna: "quien habla por el Dios Más Alto".
Esta expresión idiomática significa "ve delante del Señor" o "ven delante del Señor".
"para explicar salvación a su pueblo" o " así su pueblo podrá entender la salvación".
"a través del perdón de sus pecados". Esto puede expresarse en una forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "porque Dios los ha perdonado".
A través de estos versos "nosotros" incluye a todas las personas.
Puede que sea de ayuda expresar que la misericordia de Dios nos ayudó. Traducción Alterna: "porque Dios es compasivo y misericordioso con nosotros."
La luz suele ser una metáfora de la verdad. Aquí, la verdad espiritual el Salvador proveerá es expresada como si fuera la aurora lo que ilumina la tierra
"dar conocimiento" o "dar luz espiritual a"
Oscuridad es aquí una 'figura literaria (metáfora) para la ausencia de verdad espiritual. Aqui, personas sin verdad espiritual son expresadas como si ellos estuvieran sentados en la oscuridad. Traducción Alterna: "personas que no conocen la verdad" (Ver:
Estas dos frases trabajan juntas para enfatizar la profunda oscuridad espiritual de las personas antes que Dios muestre misericordia.
La sombra frecuentemente representa algo que puede suceder. Aquí, se refiere a al acercamiento de la muerte. Traducción Alterna: "quienes estan por morir."
Guiar los pies de una persona es lo mismo que guiar a la persona. Traducción Alterna: "guíanos" o "enséñanos."
"pies" es usado para representar la persona completa." Traducción alterna: "nosotros"
"el camino de paz" es una figura literaria (metáfora) para el camino de vida que causa que una persona a tenga paz con Dios. Traducción Alterna: "para vivir un vida pacífica" o "para caminar por el camino que guía a la paz". :
esto habla brevemente sobre los años de crecimiento de Juan.
Esta palabra es usada aquí para marcar una ruptura en el argumento aprincipal. Lucas se mueve rápidamente del nacimiento de Juan al principio de su ministerio como adulto.
"se volvió maduro espiritualmente" o "fortaleció su relación con Dios"
"vivió en el desierto". Lucas no dice a cual edad Juan comenzó a vivir en el desierto.
Esto no necesariamente marca un punto de pare. Juan continuó viviendo afuera en el desierto aún después de haber comenzado a predicar públicamente.
"cuando el comenzó a predicar en público "
Esto aquí es usado en el sentido general de "el tiempo" o "la ocasión".
1 En aquellos días, sucedió que César Augusto envió un decreto ordenando un censo de todas las personas viviendo en el mundo. 2 Este fue el primer censo hecho mientras Cirino era gobernador de Siria. 3 Así que todos se fueron a su propio pueblo para ser registrados para el censo. 4 José también partió de Galilea, desde la ciudad de Nazaret, a Judea, a la ciudad de David la cual es llamada Belén, porque él era un descendiente de la familia de David. 5 Él fue para registrarse juntamente con María, quien estaba comprometida con él y estaba encinta. 6 Aconteció que mientras estaban allí, vino el tiempo para que ella pariera su bebé. 7 Ella dio a luz un hijo, su hijo primogénito y lo envolvió en paños largos de tela y lo acostó en un pesebre, porque allí no había lugar para ellos en el mesón. 8 Allí había pastores de esa región que estaban quedándose en los campos, vigilando sus rebaños en la noche. 9 Un ángel del Señor se les apareció y la gloria del Señor brilló alrededor de ellos por lo que estaban terriblemente asustados. 10 Entonces el ángel les dijo a ellos: "No tengan miedo porque yo les traigo buenas noticias que les traerán gran gozo para todos. 11 ¡Hoy, un Salvador ha nacido para ustedes en la ciudad de David! ¡Él es Cristo el Señor! 12 Esta es la señal que le será dada, a ustedes, encontrarán al bebé envuelto en tiras de tela y acostado en un pesebre." 13 De repente, con el ángel, hubo un gran número del ejército celestial alabando a Dios y diciendo: 14 "Gloria a Dios en las alturas y paz en la tierra entre los hombres con quienes Él esté complacido." 15 Y sucedió que cuando los ángeles se habían ido al cielo, los pastores se dijeron unos a otros: "Vayamos ahora a Belén y veamos esto que ha sucedido, lo cual el Señor nos ha revelado". 16 Ellos se apresuraron allí y encontraron a María y a José y vieron al bebé acostado en el pesebre. 17 Después de haberlo visto, ellos le hicieron conocer lo que se había dicho sobre este niño. 18 Todos los que escucharon esto estaban asombrados de lo que le habían hablado los pastores. 19 Pero María seguía pensando sobre todas las cosas que ella había escuchado, atesorándolas en su corazón. 20 Los pastores regresaron, glorificando y alabando a Dios por todo lo que ellos habían escuchado y visto, tal y como se les había hablado a ellos. 21 Al octavo día, Él fue circuncidado, fue nombrado Jesús, el nombre que le había sido dado por el ángel antes de que Él fuese concebido en el vientre. 22 Cuando el número de días requeridos para la purificación de ellos había pasado, de acuerdo con la Ley de Moisés, José y María lo trajeron al templo en Jerusalén para presentarlo al Señor. 23 Como está escrito en la ley del Señor: "Cada varón que abra el vientre será separado para el Señor." 24 Así que ellos ofrecieron sacrificio de acuerdo con lo que decía la ley del Señor: "un par de tórtolas o dos pichonas". 25 He aquí, había un hombre en Jerusalén cuyo nombre era Simeón y este hombre era justo y devoto. Él estaba esperando la consolación de Israel y el Espíritu Santo estaba sobre él. 26 Había sido revelado, a él, por el Espíritu Santo, que él no vería muerte antes de ver al Cristo del Señor. 27 Dirigido por el Espíritu, Simeón entró al templo. Cuando los padres trajeron al infante Jesús, para hacer con Él de acuerdo a la costumbre de la ley, 28 él tomó al niño en sus brazos y alabó a Dios y dijo: 29 "Ahora deja que tu siervo parta en paz, Señor, de acuerdo con tu palabra. 30 Pues mis ojos han visto tu salvación, 31 la cual Tú has preparado en presencia de todos los pueblos. 32 Una luz para revelación a los gentiles, y gloria a tu pueblo Israel. 33 El padre y la madre del niño estaban asombrados por las cosas que fueron dichas concernientes a Él. 34 Simeón los bendijo y dijo a María su madre: "He aquí, este niño está escogido para la caída y levantamiento de muchos en Israel y una señal que es rechazada- 35 y una espada traspasará tu propia alma para que los pensamientos de muchos corazones puedan ser revelados." 36 Una profetisa llamada Ana estaba allí. Ella era la hija de Fanuel de la tribu de Aser. Ella era muy anciana. Había vivido con su esposo por siete años después de su virginidad 37 y fue una viuda por ochenta y cuatro años. Ella nunca dejó el templo, sino que servía con ayunos y oraciones, noche y día. 38 En esa misma hora, ella vino hacia ellos y comenzó a darle gracias a Dios y ella habló acerca del niño a todos los que habían estado esperando por la redención de Jerusalén. 39 Cuando terminaron todo lo que se les requería hacer de acuerdo a la ley del Señor, ellos regresaron a Galilea, a su propio pueblo de Nazaret. 40 El niño creció y se fortaleció, incrementando en sabiduría y la gracia de Dios estaba sobre Él. 41 Sus padres fueron cada año a Jerusalén para las fiestas de la Pascua. 42 Cuando Él tenía doce años, ellos otra vez subieron para el tiempo acostumbrado para la fiesta. 43 Después que ellos se habían quedado el número de días completo para la fiesta, comenzaron a regresar a su hogar. Pero el niño Jesús se quedó atrás en Jerusalén y sus padres no lo sabían. 44 Ellos se imaginaron que Él estaba con el grupo que estaba viajando con ellos, así que viajaron un día de jornada. Entonces comenzaron a buscarlo entre sus familiares y amigos. 45 Cuando no lo encontraron, regresaron a Jerusalén y comenzaron a buscarlo allí. 46 Sucedió que después de tres días, ellos lo encontraron en el templo, sentado en el medio de los maestros, escuchándolos y haciéndoles preguntas. 47 Todos los que le escucharon estaban maravillados de su entendimiento y sus respuestas. 48 Cuando ellos lo vieron, estaban asombrados. Su madre le dijo: "Hijo, ¿por qué nos has tratado de esta manera? Escucha, tu padre y yo hemos estado buscándote ansiosamente". 49 Él les dijo: "¿Por qué me están buscando? ¿Acaso no saben que Yo debo estar en la casa de mi Padre? 50 Pero ellos no entendieron lo que Él quiso decir con esas palabras. 51 Entonces Él regresó a su casa con ellos a Nazaret y fue obediente a ellos. Su madre atesoró todas estas cosas en su corazón. 52 Pero Jesús continuó creciendo en sabiduría y estatura e incrementando en favor para con Dios y los hombres.
Esto le da un transfondo para mostrar porque Maria y José se mudaron para el nacimiento de Jesús.
Esta palabra marca el comienzo de una nueva parte de la historia.
Esta frase es usada para mostrar que esto es el comienzo de una nueva cuenta. Si tu lenguaje tiene una manera de mostrar que esto es el comienzo de una cuenta y puedes usar eso. Algunas versiones no incluyen esta frase.
"Rey Augusto" o "Emperador Augusto." Augusto fue el primer emperador del imperio Romano.
Este mandato fue probablemente llevado a cabo por mensajeros a través del imperio. Traducción Alterna: "envió mensajeros con una orden de decreto. Ver:
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "que ellos pueden registrar todas las personas viviendo en el mundo" o "que ellos pueden contar todas las personas en el mundo y escribir sus nombres" Ver:
"la parte del mundo controlada por el gobierno Romano" o "los paises que estaban gobernados por el emperador Romano."
Quirinio fue nombrado para ser gobernador de Siria. Ver:
"todos comenzaron" o "todos fueron"
Esto se refiere a las cuidades donde los ancestros vivieron. La gente tal vez vivieron en diferentes cuidades. Traducción Alterna: "La cuidad donde sus ancestros vivieron"
"tener sus nombres escritos en el registro" o "ser incluido en la cuenta oficial"
El UDB arregla de nuevo estos dos versículos en un versículo puente para hacer mas fácil y acortar las oraciónes. Ver:
Esto introduce a José como un nuevo participante en la historia.
Esto es un transfondo de la informacion sobre la importancia de Belén. A pesar de ser un pueblo pequeño, el Rey David nació allí y había una profecía de que el Mesías nacería allí. Traducción Alterna: ''la cual era llamada la cuidad de David''
"porque José era descendiente de David"
Esto significa reportar a los oficiales asi que ellos puedan incluirlo en el conteo. Usar un término para un gobierno oficial un conteo si es posible.
María viajó con José desde Nazaret. Era probable que una mujer tambien fuera registrada, asi que María necesitaba viajar y ser registrada.
"su prometida" o "quien estaba comprometida a él.'' Una pareja comprometida era considerado legalmente casados, pero ellos no tendrian intimidad fisica entre ellos.
Esto dice del nacimiento de Jesús y el anuncio por los angeles a los pastores.
El UDB arregla estos versículos en un puente versículo en orden, para mantener juntos los detalles sobre el lugar donde ellos se quedaron. Ver:
Esta frase marca el principio del próximo evento en la historia.
"mientras María y José estuvieron en Belén"
"llegó el momento del nacimiento de su bebé''
Esto era la manera normal en que las madres protegían y cuidaban a sus bebés en esa cultura. Traducción Alterna: ''envolvían una manta tibia firmemente alrededor de él'' o ''lo envolvió cómodamente en una manta"
Esto es un tipo de caja o marco que la gente usaba para poner heno u otra comida para animales para comer. Era muy probable límpio y tal vez tenga algo suave y seco como heno que fuera cómodo para el bebé. Los animales regularmente se mantenían cerca de la casa para mantenerlos seguros y alimentarlos fácilmente. María y José se quedaron en un cuarto que era usado para animales.
''no habia espacio para ellos quedarse en una habitación." Esto es probable porque muchas personas estaban en Belén para registrarse. Lucas añade esto al transfondo de la información.
''un ángel del Señor" o "un ángel que servía al Señor''
''vino a los pastores''
La fuente de la luz brillante era la gloria del Señor, la cual apareció al mismo tiempo como el ángel.
''Parar de tener miedo''
''esto hará a todas las personas muy felices''
Algunos entienden que esto se refiere al pueblo judío. Otros entienden que se refiere a todas las personas.
Esto se refiere a Belén
Esto puedo ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: ''Dios te dará una señal'' o ''Verás esta señal de Dios''
''la prueba.'' Esto puede ser una señal para probar que el ángel estaba diciendo la verdad, o que podia ser una señal que ayudó a los pastores a que reconocieran al bebé.
Esto era una manera normal que las madres protegían y cuidaban a sus bebés en esta cultura. Traducción Alterna: ''Envuelto firmemente en una manta tibia'' o ''envuelto cómodamente en una manta.'' Ver como se tradujo esto en 2:6.
Esto era un tipo de caja o marco que las personas usaban para poner comida para que los animales puedan comer. Ver como tradujeron esto en 2:6.
La palabra ''ejército celestial'' aquí se puede referir literal a un ejército de ángeles, o también puede ser una figura literaria
''dar alabanza a Dios''
Posiblemente los significados son 1) ''Dar honor a Dios en los lugares altos'' o 2)''Dar el mas alto honor a Dios.
''que todas esas personas en quienes Dios tiene complacencia tengan paz"
Esta frase es usada para marcar el cambio que ocurrió en la historia que dice de lo que hicieron los pastores después que los ángeles se fueron.
''de los pastores''
''a otro''
Desde que los pastores estaban hablando unos a otros, lenguajes que tienen formas inclusivas para "vayamos" y "nos"
"Debemos" (UDB)
Esto se refiere al nacimiento del bebé, y no a la apariencia de los ángeles.
Esto es un tipo de caja o marco que las personas usan para el heno o para otra comida para que los animales puedan comer. Ver como tradujeron esto en 2.6.
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: ''lo que los angeles le dijeron a los pastores''
''el bebé''
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: ''que los pastores les dijeron''
Un tesoro es algo que es muy valioso o precioso. María consideraba las cosas que se le habia dicho sobre su hijo muy preciosas. Traducción Alterna: ''cuidadosamente recordándolas'' o ''alegremente recordándolas''
''de vuelta a los campos de ovejas''
Esto es bien similar a enfatizar cuan entusiasmado estaban por lo que Dios había hecho. Traducción Alterna: " hablando sobre alabar la grandeza de Dios'' Ver:
Las leyes que Dios le dió a los judios creyentes les dice como circuncidar a un niño y que sacrificio los padres tenían que ofrecer.
Esta frase muestra el tiempo pasado antes de este evento.
''era el día octavo de su nacimiento'' o ''el tenía ocho dias de nacido''
José y Maria le pusieron su nombre.
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: ''el nombre por el cual el ángel lo había llamado''
Esto muestra el tiempo pasado antes de este nuevo evento.
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: ''el número de días que Dios requería.
''para ellos estar ceremonialmente límpios.'' Tu también puedes expresar la función de Dios
''traerlo al Señor'' o ''traerlo a la presencia del Señor.'' Esto era una ceremonia de reconocimiento del Señor a reclamar el primogenito de los niños que eran varones.
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: ''Como Moisés escribio'' o ''Ellos hicieron esto porque Moisés escribío'' Ver:
''abrir la matriz'' es una expresión idiomática que se refiere al primer bebé que sale de la matriz. Esto se refiere a ambos tanto a animales como a personas. Traducción Alterna: ''Cada primogenio que es varón'' o ''Cada hijo primogenito''
''que es lo que la ley del Señor tambien dice'' Esto es un diferente lugar en la ley. Tambien se refiere a todos los hombres, sean primogenitos o no.
Cuando María y José estaban en el templo, ellos conocieron dos personas: Simeón, que alababa a Dios y les da la profecía sobre el niño y la profetiza Ana.
La palabra ''Mira'' nos alerta de una nueva persona en la historia. Nuestro lenguaje tiene una manera de hacer esto.
Estos términos abstractos pueden ser expresados como acciones. Traducción Altena: ''hacer lo que le agrada a Dios y obedecer las leyes de Dios.''
Esto señala las muchas maneras en que Israel tendrá consolación cuando venga el Mesías. Traducción Alterna: ''el que puede consolar a Israel.
''el Espirítu Santo estaba sobre el'' Dios estaba con él de manera especial y le dio sabiduria y dirreción a su vida.
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "El Espirítu Santo le mostró" o " El Espirítu Santo le dijo"
''el vería Mesías del Señor antes de morir''
En algunos lenguajes tal vez diga "fue''
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: ''Como el Espirítu Santo lo dirigió''
''en el patio del templo" Solo los sacerdotes podian entrar al edificio del templo.
''los padres de Jesús''
"La costumbre de la ley de Dios''
''Yo soy tu sirviente, dejame partir en paz." Simeón se referia a sí mismo.
Esta es una figura literaria
''como has dicho" o ''porque tu dijiste que yo haría''
Esta expresión significa, " Yo personalmente he visto'' o "Yo, mismo, he visto''
Esta expresión se refiere a la persona a quien le trae salvación - el infante Jesús - a quién Simeón esta agarrando. Traducción Alterna: ''el salvador a quien tu enviaste" o ''el que envió a salvar.
Dependiendo en como tu traduces la frase anterior, esto tal vez necesite ser cambiado a "quien tu."
"ha planificado'' o "causado que pasé''
Esta expresión literaria
Será necesario establecer lo que será revelado. ''que revela la verdad de Dios"
''el será la razón por la que la gloria vendrá al pueblo de Israel"
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: ''las cosas que Simeón dijo sobre él'' Ver:
''dijo a la madre del niño, María.'' Asegúrate que no suene como que María es la madre de Simeón.
Simeón usó esta expresión para decirle a María que lo que estaba por decirle era extremadamente importante para ella.
Las palabras ''caída'' y "levantamiento'' expresa alejarse de Dios y acercarse a Dios.Traducción Alterna: ''este niño causará a muchas personas en Israel alejarse de Dios o acercarse mas a Dios.
"por el mensaje de Dios que muchas personas resistirian''
Esta figura literaria
''corazones" se refiere a las personas. Traducción Alterna: '' los pensamientos de muchas personas serán revelados'' Ver:
Esto introduce a un nuevo participante a la historia.
''Fanuel'' es el nombre de un hombre. Ver:
"7 años''
''despues que se casó con el''
cuatro años - Posibles significados son: 1) ella ha sido vuida por 84 años o 2) ella es una viuda y ahora tiene 84 años.
Esto probablemenre es una exageración significa que ella pasó tanto tiempo en el templo que parecía que nunca lo dejó. Traducción Alterna: "estaba siempre en el templo'' o ''estaba a menudo en el templo''
"por abstenerse de comida en muchas ocasiones y ofrecer muchas oraciones.
"se acerco a ellos'' o ''fue donde Maria y José"
Aquí la palabra "redención" es usada para referirse a la persona quien lo hará. Traducción Alterna: ''el que redimirá a Jerusalén'' o ''la persona que traerá la bendición de Dios y el favor de vuelta a Jerusalén.
Maria. José y Jesús se fueron del pueblo de Belén y regresaron a la ciudad de Nazaret para su niñez.
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: ''que la ley del Señor le requeria que ellos hicieran"
Esta frase significa que ellos vivían en Nazaret. Asegúrese que no suene que ellos eran dueños de la cuidad.
''volviéndose mas sabio" o "aprendiendo lo que es sabio"
''Dios lo bendijó" o ''Dios estaba con el de una manera especial"
Cuando Jesús tenia 12 años, el va a Jerusalén con su familia. Mientras estuvo allí, él preguntó y contestó preguntas de los maestros del templo.
Este es el transfondo de la información.
"los padres de Jesús''
Jerusalén era el lugar más alto de Israel, así que era normal de los israelitas decir que subirían a Jerusalén.
''a la hora normal'' o ''como hacian cada año''
''cuando el tiempo completo de la celebración terminó" o "después de celebrar el banquete por el número de días requerido.
Esta era otra manera de llamar el Festival de la Pascua, desde que involucraba comer una comida ceremonial.
"ellos pensaron''
''ellos viajaron un día'' o ''ellos fueron tan lejos como las personas caminan en un día''
Esta frase se usa para marcar un evento importante en la historia. Si tu lenguaje tiene una manera de hacer esto, deberias considerar usarlo aquí.
Esto se refiere al patio alrededor del templo. Solo los sacerdotes eran permitidos en el templo. Traducción Alterna: ''en el patio del templo'' o "en el templo"
Esto no significa exactamente en el centro. Sino que significa "entre'' o "junto con'' o ''rodeado de''
"los maestros religiosos'' o ''los que enseñaban a las personas sobre Dios''
Ellos no podían entender como un niño de doce años sin ninguna educación religiosa podía contestar tan bien.
"cuanto el entendia'' o ''que el entendía mucho sobre Dios''
''en cuán bien él les contestaba'' o ''que él contestaba sus preguntas tan bien''
''cuando Maria y José encontraron a Jesús''
Esto es una forma indirecta de reprender porque él no habia vuelto con ellos en su regreso a la casa. Traducción Alterna: ''¡tu no debiste hacer esto!"
Esta palabra es comunmente usada para expresar el comienzo de algo nuevo o un evento importante. También puede ser usado para mostrar dónde la acción comienza. Si tu lenguaje tiene una frase que se use de esta manera, considera si seria natural usarla aquí.
Jesús usa dos preguntas para levemente reprender a sus padres, y comenzar a decirles que él tiene un propósito de Su Padre celestial que ellos no entienden. Traducción Alterna: ''Tu no necesitas estar preocupado por mi"
Jesús usa esta segunda pregunta para tratar de decirles a sus padres que ellos debieron saber del propósito en el cual su Padre celestial lo envió. Traducción Alterna: ''tu debiste saber ... casa"
A la edad de 12, Jesús, el Hijo de Dios, entendió que Dios era su padre real
Posiblemente los significados son: 1)"en la casa de mi Padre'' o 2) ''sobre el negocio de mi Padre." En ambos casos, cuando Jesús dice "Mi Padre". Él se estaba refiriendo a Dios Si quiso decir "casa" entonces Él se referia al templo. Si quiso decir "negocio" el se refería al trabajo que Dios le había otorgado hacer. Pero como el próximo versículo dice que los padres no entendían lo que Él les decía, seria mejor que el no explicara mas.
"Jesús volvío a casa con Maria y José"
"los obedecía'' o "era siempre obediente a ellos"
Estas cosas que Maria escuchó fueron expresadas como si fueran tesoros que ella cuidadosamente guardó y valoró. Traducción Alterna: ''cuidadosamente recordó todos estas cosas"
Esta expresión se refiere sus mas profundos, más personales pensamientos.
"se volvió sabio y fuerte." Esto se refería al crecimiento mental y físico.
Esto se refiere al crecimiento espiritual y social. Esto puede expresarse por separado. Traducción Alterna: "Dios lo bendijo mas y mas y a las personas le gustaba el mas y mas.
1 En el año quince del reinado de Tiberio César- mientras Poncio Pilato era gobernador de Judea, Herodes era tetrarca de Galilea, su hermano Felipe era tetrarca de la región de Iturea y Traconítide, y Lisanias era tetrarca de Abilene, 2 durante el sumo sacerdocio de Anás y Caifás- la palabra de Dios vino a Juan hijo de Zacarías, en el desierto. 3 Él fue a toda la región alrededor del Jordán, predicando un bautismo de arrepentimiento para el perdón de pecados. 4 Como está escrito en el libro del profeta Isaías: "UNA VOZ DE UNO LLAMANDO EN EL DESIERTO: 'TENGAN LISTO EL CAMINO DEL SEÑOR, HAGAN SUS CAMINOS DERECHOS. 5 TODO VALLE SERA RELLENADO Y TODA MONTAÑA Y COLINA SERA REBAJADO Y LOS CAMINOS TORCIDOS SERÁN HECHOS RECTOS Y LOS LUGARES DESIGUALES SERÁN CONSTRUIDOS EN CAMINOS 6 Y TODA CARNE VERÁ LA SALVACIÓN DE DIOS.'" 7 Entonces Juan dijo a las grandes multitudes que salían para ser bautizados por él: "¡Ustedes, generación de víboras!, ¿Quién les advirtió a huir de la ira que está por venir? 8 Por lo tanto, produzcan frutos que sean dignos de arrepentimiento y no comiencen a decir entre ustedes mismos: 'Nosotros tenemos a Abraham por nuestro padre', porque yo les digo que Dios es capaz de levantar hijos para Abraham de estas piedras. 9 Ahora el hacha ya ha sido puesta contra la raíz de los árboles. Así que todo árbol que no produce buen fruto es cortado y lanzado en el fuego." 10 Entonces la multitud le preguntaba: "¿Entonces qué debemos hacer?" 11 Él les contestó: "Si alguien tiene dos túnicas, debe compartir una con la persona que no tiene ninguna y el que tenga comida debe hacer lo mismo." 12 Los recaudadores de impuestos también vinieron para ser bautizados y ellos le dijeron: "Maestro, ¿qué debemos hacer?" 13 Él les dijo a ellos: "No cobren más dinero de lo que ustedes han sido ordenados a cobrar". 14 Algunos soldados también le preguntaron: "¿Y qué sobre nosotros? ¿Qué debemos hacer?" Él dijo: "No tomen dinero de nadie por la fuerza y no acusen a nadie falsamente. Estén contentos con sus salarios." 15 Ahora como la gente estaba ansiosa esperando que el Cristo viniera, todos se preguntaban en sus corazones sobre sí Juan, sería el Cristo. 16 Juan contestó diciendo a todos ellos: "En cuanto a mí, yo los bautizo a ustedes con agua, pero alguien viene que es más poderoso que yo y yo no soy digno ni siquiera de desatar las correas de Sus sandalias. Él los bautizará a ustedes con el Espíritu Santo y con fuego. 17 Su aventador está en Su mano para limpiar completamente su era y para recoger el trigo en Su granero. Pero Él quemará la paja con fuego que nunca puede ser apagado." 18 Con muchas otras exhortaciones, además, Juan predicaba buenas noticias a las personas. 19 Cuando Herodes el tetrarca fue reprendido por casarse con la esposa de su hermano, Herodías, y por todas las cosas malas que Herodes había hecho, 20 él añadió esto a sus crímenes: encerró a Juan en prisión. 21 Ahora vino a ser que, cuando todas las personas fueron bautizadas, Jesús también fue bautizado. Y mientras él estaba orando, los cielos se abrieron 22 y El Espíritu Santo bajó sobre Él en forma de paloma y una voz salió de los cielos: "Tú eres mi Hijo, a quien Yo amo. Yo estoy complacido contigo." 23 Cuando Jesús comenzó su ministerio, él era como de treinta años de edad. Él era el hijo (como se suponía) de José, el hijo de Elí, 24 el hijo de Matat, el hijo de Leví, el hijo de Melqui, el hijo de Jana, el hijo de José. 25 José era el hijo de Matatías, el hijo de Amós, el hijo de Nahúm, el hijo de Esli, el hijo de Nagai, 26 el hijo de Maat, el hijo de Matatías, el hijo de Semei, el hijo de José, el hijo de Judá. 27 Judá era el hijo de Joana, el hijo de Resa, el hijo de Zorobabel, el hijo de Salatiel, el hijo de Neri, 28 el hijo de Melqui, el hijo de Adi, el hijo de Cosam, el hijo de Elmodam, el hijo de Er, 29 el hijo de Josué, el hijo de Eliezer, el hijo de Jorim, el hijo de Matat, el hijo de Leví. 30 Leví era el hijo de Simeón, el hijo de Judá, el hijo de José, el hijo de Jonán, el hijo de Eliaquim, 31 el hijo de Melea, el hijo de Mainán, el hijo de Matata, el hijo de Natán, el hijo de David, 32 el hijo de Isaí, el hijo de Obed, el hijo de Booz, el hijo de Salmón, el hijo de Naasón. 33 Naasón era el hijo de Aminadab, el hijo de Admín, el hijo de Aram, el hijo de Esrom, el hijo de Fares, el hijo de Judá, 34 el hijo de Jacob, el hijo de Isaac, el hijo de Abraham, el hijo de Taré, el hijo de Nacor, 35 el hijo de Serug, el hijo de Ragau, el hijo de Peleg, el hijo de Heber, el hijo de Sala. 36 Sala era el hijo de Cainán, el hijo de Arfaxad, el hijo de Sem, el hijo de Noé, el hijo de Lamec, 37 el hijo de Matusalén, el hijo de Enoc, el hijo de Jared, el hijo de Mahalaleel, el hijo de Cainán, 38 el hijo de Enós, el hijo de Set, el hijo de Adán, el hijo de Dios.
Como dijo el profeta Isaías, Juan empieza a predicar las buenas noticias a las personas.
Estos versículos dan información de trasfondo para decir lo que está pasando cuando el primo de Jesús, Juan, empieza su ministerio.
"cuando Tiberio César había reinado quince años"
Estos son nombres de hombres.
Estos son nombres de territorios.
"mientras Anás y Caifás estaban sirviendo juntos como los sumos sacerdotes." Anás era el sacerdote principal, y los judíos continuaron reconociéndolo como tal, aún cuando los romanos nombraron a su yerno, Caifás, para reemplazarlo como sacerdote principal (sumo sacerdote).
"Dios habló Su palabra"
Estos términos "bautismo" y "arrepentimiento" pueden ser mencionados como acciones. Traducción Alterna: "y él predicó que la gente debía ser bautizada para mostrar que se estaban arrepintiendo"
El término "perdón" puede ser expresado como una acción. Traducción Alterna: "para que sus pecados sean perdonados" o "para que Dios perdone sus pecados." Ellos se arrepentirían para que Dios perdonara sus pecados.
El autor, Lucas, cita un pasaje de Isaías el profeta sobre Juan el Bautista.
Los versículos 4-6 son una cita de Isaías. Pueden ser expresados de manera activa. Traducción Alterna: "Esto ocurrió como el profeta Isaías había escrito en su libro" o "Juan cumplió las palabras que el profeta Isaías había escrito en su libro"
Esto puede ser expresado como una oración. Traducción Alterna: "La voz del que llama en el desierto es escuchada" o "Ellos escuchan el sonido de alguien llamando en el desierto."
Estas dos frases significan básicamente la misma cosa.
"Preparen el camino para el Señor." Hacer esto representa estar preparado para escuchar el mensaje del Señor cuando Él llegue. Las personas hacen esto al arrepentirse de sus pecados. Traducción Alterna: "Prepárense para escuchar el mensaje del Señor cuando Él venga" o "Arrepiéntanse y prepárense para la llegada del Señor"
"el sendero" o "la ruta"
Cuando las personas preparaban el camino para una persona importante que iba a venir, ellos cortaban los lugares altos y llenaban los lugares bajos para que el camino estuviera nivelado. Ésta parte de la figura literaria
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Ellos llenarán cada lugar bajo en el camino"
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna:"cada montaña y colina será nivelada" o "ellos nivelarán cada montaña y colina" o "ellos removerán cada lugar alto en el camino"
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "aprendan cómo Dios salva a las personas del pecado"
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "para que Juan los bautice a ellos"
En esta figura literaria
Él en realidad no estaba esperando que le respondieran. Juan estaba regañando a la gente porque ellos le estaban pidiendo que los bautizara para que Dios no los castigara, pero no querían dejar de pecar. Traducción Alterna: "Ustedes no pueden escapar de la ira de Dios así" o "Ustedes no pueden escapar de la ira de Dios con solo ser bautizados"
Aquí, la palabra "ira" se usa para referirse al castigo de Dios porque Su ira viene primero. Traducción Alterna: "del castigo que Dios está enviando" o "la ira de Dios, la cual Él está a punto de causar"
En esta figura literaria
"decirse a ustedes mismos" o "pensar"
"Abraham es nuestro ancestro" o "Nosotros somos los descendientes de Abraham." Si no está claro por qué dirían esto, también puedes añadir la información que se implica: "para que Dios no nos castigue."
Este expresión idiomática significa "crear hijos para Abraham" o "hacer que las personas se vuelvan descendientes de Abraham."
Juan probablemente se estaba refiriendo a las piedras a lo largo del río Jordán.
El hacha que está en posición para que pueda cortar las raíces de un árbol es una figura literaria
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "él corta todo árbol que no produce buen fruto"
"fuego" es también una figura literaria (metáfora) para castigo. Esto puede ser expresado de manera activa. Traducción Alterna: "lo lanza al fuego"
Juan empieza a responder la pregunta que las personas en la multitud le preguntaron.
"preguntándole a él y dijo" o "preguntándole a Juan"
"les respondió, diciendo" o "les respondió" o "dijo"
"compartir la comida adicional así como compartieron la túnica adicional" Esto se refiere a darle comida aquellos en necesidad. Traducción Alterna: "dale comida a alguien que no tiene ninguna"
Esto puede serexpresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "para Juan bautizarlos"
"Ya no pidan más dinero" o "Ya no exijan más dinero." Los recaudadores de impuestos estaban recogiendo más dinero del que debían. Ellos debían dejar de hacer eso.
Esto es pasivo para mostrar que la autoridad del recaudador de impuestos viene de Roma. Traducción Alterna: "de lo que los romanos les han autorizado a ustedes recoger"
"hombres sirviendo en el ejército"
"¿Y qué tal de nosotros los soldados? ¿Qué tenemos que hacer?" Juan no está incluido en la palabra "nosotros". Los soldados han implicado que Juan le había dicho a la multitud y al recaudador de impuestos lo que ellos tenían que hacer, así que ellos también querían saber lo que como soldados tenían que hacer.
Parece que los soldados estaban haciendo acusaciones falsas contra la gente para conseguir dinero. Esto puede ser expresado claramente. Traducción Alterna: "de la misma manera, no acusen a nadie falsamente para conseguir dinero de ellos" o "no digan que una persona inocente ha hecho algo ilegal."
"Estén satisfechos con su paga."
"porque la gente." Esto se refiere a la misma gente que vino donde Juan.
Esta expresión aquí significa "pensando en ellos silenciosamente"
La respuesta de Juan acerca de que una Persona más grande viene, implica claramente que Juan no es el Cristo. Podría ser de ayuda el expresar esto claramente a su audiencia, como lo hace la UDB: "No, no soy yo"
"yo bautizo usando agua" o "yo bautizo por medio de agua"
"no soy lo suficientemente importante ni tan siquiera para soltar las tiras de Sus sandalias." Desatar las tiras o correas de las sandalias era deber de un esclavo. Juan estaba diciendo que el que vendría es tan grande que Juan ni siquiera era merecedor de ser Su esclavo.
"zapatos hechos de cuero" o "chancletas de tiras de cuero"
Esta figura literaria
Aquí, la palabra "fuego" puede referirse a 1) juicio o 2) purificación. Es preferible que se quede como "fuego"
Juan habla de Cristo viniendo a juzgar como si Él fuese un agricultor que está listo para separar el grano de la paja. Traducción Alterna: "Él está sosteniendo un aventador porque está listo" o "Él está listo para juzgar así como un agricultor está listo para aventar el grano"
Esta es una herramienta para lanzar el trigo en el aire para separar el grano de trigo de la paja. El grano más pesado cae y la paja no deseada es soplada por el viento. Es similar a una horquilla (rastrillo).
El suelo de trillar es el lugar donde el trigo era almacenado en preparación para la trilla. El "limpiar" el piso significa terminar de trillar el grano. Traducción Alterna: "para terminar de trillar Su grano"
El trigo es la cosecha aceptable que se guarda y se almacena.
La paja no es útil para nada, así que la gente la quema.
La historia dice lo que le pasará a Juan pero aún no ha pasado en este tiempo.
"Con muchas fuertes insistencias"
Herodes era un tetrarca, no un rey. Él solo estaba limitado a gobernar sobre la región de Galilea.
"porque Herodes se casó con Herodías, la esposa de su propio hermano." Esto era malo porque su hermano aún estaba vivo. Esto puede ser expresado claramente. Traducción Alterna: "porque él se casó con la esposa de su hermano, Herodías, mientras su hermano aún vivía"
"él le dijo a sus soldados que pusieran a Juan en la cárcel"
Jesús comienza Su ministerio con Su bautismo
Esta frase marca el principio de un nuevo evento en la historia. Si su idoma tiene una manera de decir esto, pueder usarla aquí.
"mientras Juan había bautizado a toda la gente." La frase "toda la gente" se refiere a las personas que estaban presentes con Juan.
"Jesús fue bautizado por Juan." Algunas audiencias pueden confundir que Juan estaba bautizando cuando Herodes lo puso en prisión en el versículo anterior. Si es así, sería útil el decirles que esto ocurrió antes que Juan fuera arrestado. La UDB hace esto al decir: "pero antes que Juan fuera puesto en prisión" al principio de este versículo.
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Juan también bautizó a Jesús"
"el cielo se abrió" o "el cielo se hizo abierto." Esto es más que una simple apertura en las nubes, pero no está claro lo que significa. Posiblemente significa que un hueco se abrió en el cielo.
"el Espíritu Santo bajó sobre Jesús"
"en forma física el Espíritu Santo apareció como una paloma"
Dios, el Padre, le habla a Su Hijo ("a quien Yo amo"), Jesús es Dios el Hijo, mientras Dios el Espíritu desciende sobre Jesús. Las personas (trinidad) de Dios se aman los unos a otros y trabajan juntos como Padre, Hijo y Espíritu.
Este es un título importante para Jesús, el Hijo de Dios.
Lucas nombra los ancestros de Jesús a través de la línea de Su supuesto padre, José.
Esta palabra es usada aquí para marcar un cambio de la historia a la información de trasfondo sobre la edad de Jesús y Sus ancestros.
"de 30 años"
"Se pensaba que Él era el hijo de José" o "la gente asumía que Él era el hijo de José"
Considere cómo la gente normalmente enumera los ancestros en su idioma. Debería usar el mismo estilo a través de toda la lista. Posibles formatos son: 1) "quien era el hijo de Elí, quien era el hijo de Matat, quien era el hijo de Leví" o 2) "José era el hijo de Elí, Elí era el hijo de Matat, Matat era el hijo de Leví" o 3) "el padre de Elí era Matat, el padre de Matat era Leví"
Esto es una continuación de la lista de los ancestros de Jesús. Use el mismo formato que se usó en los versículos anteriores.
Esto es una continuación de la lista de los ancestros de Jesús. Use el mismo formato que se usó en los versos anteriores.
El nombre Salatiel puede ser una ortografía diferente al nombre Sealtiel (como algunas versiones lo tienen), pero la identificación es díficil.
Esto es una continuación de la lista de los ancestros de Jesús. Use el mismo formato que se usó en los versículos anteriores.
Esto es una continuación de la lista de los ancestros de Jesús. Use el mismo formato que se usó en los versículos anteriores.
Esto es una continuación de la lista de los ancestros de Jesús. Use el mismo formato que se usó en los versículos anteriores.
"Adán, creado por Dios" o "Adán, quien era de Dios" o "Adán, el hijo, podemos decir, de Dios"
1 Entonces Jesús, lleno del Espíritu Santo, regresó del Río Jordán y fue dirigido por el Espíritu al desierto 2 donde por cuarenta días Él fue tentado por el diablo. Él no comió nada durante esos días y al final de ese tiempo Él tenía hambre. 3 El diablo le dijo: "Si Tú eres el Hijo de Dios, manda que estas rocas se conviertan en pan." 4 Jesús le contestó "Escrito está: 'NO SÓLO DE PAN VIVIRÁ EL HOMBRE.'" 5 Entonces el diablo dirigió a Jesús a un lugar alto y mostró todos los reinos del mundo en un instante. 6 El diablo le dijo: "Te daré toda esta potestad y todo su esplendor, pues ellos me han sido dados a mí y yo puedo darlos a quien yo quiera. 7 Por lo tanto, si Tú te postras y me adoras, será tuyo." 8 Pero Jesús le contestó: "Escrito está: 'ADORARÁS AL SEÑOR TU DIOS Y LE SERVIRÁS SÓLO A ÉL.'' 9 Luego, el diablo dirigió a Jesús a Jerusalén y lo puso en el punto más alto del edificio del templo y le dijo: "Si Tú eres el Hijo de Dios, tírate de aquí. 10 Pues, escrito está: 'ÉL MANDARÁ A SUS ÁNGELES PARA CUIDAR DE TI, PARA PROTEGERTE', 11 y 'ELLOS TE LEVANTARÁN EN SUS MANOS, PARA QUE NO TROPIECE TU PIE CON PIEDRA.'" 12 Y contestándole, Jesús le dijo: "Está dicho: 'NO PONGAS AL SEÑOR TU DIOS A PRUEBA.'" 13 Cuando el diablo terminó de tentar a Jesús, se fue y lo dejó por un tiempo. 14 Luego Jesús regresó a Galilea en el poder del Espíritu y noticias sobre Él se esparcieron por todas las regiones de alrededor. 15 Él comenzó a enseñar en las sinagogas y era alabado por todos. 16 Él vino a Nazaret, la ciudad donde lo habían criado, y como era su costumbre, entró a la sinagoga en el día de reposo, como su costumbre, y se levantó a leer en voz alta. 17 El rollo del profeta Isaías le fue entregado. Abrió el rollo y encontró el lugar donde estaba escrito: 18 "EL ESPÍRITU DEL SEÑOR ESTÁ SOBRE MÍ, PORQUE ÉL ME HA UNGIDO PARA DECIR LAS BUENAS NUEVAS A LOS POBRES. ÉL ME HA ENVIADO A PROCLAMAR LIBERTAD A LOS CAUTIVOS Y A RECOBRAR LA VISTA A LOS CIEGOS, A LIBERTAR A AQUELLOS QUIENES ESTÁN OPRIMIDOS, 19 A PROCLAMAR EL AÑO FAVORABLE DEL SEÑOR." 20 Luego, enrolló el manuscrito, lo dio de vuelta al asistente y se sentó. Los ojos de todos en la sinagoga estaban fijos en Él. 21 Él comenzó a hablarles: "Hoy esta Escritura se ha cumplido en su presencia." 22 Todos fueron testigos de lo que Él dijo y todos estaban asombrados de las palabras con gracia que habían salido de su boca. Decían: "No es este el hijo de José," 23 Él les dijo: "Ciertamente ustedes citaran este refrán: "Médico, cúrate a ti mismo. Lo que sea que hayamos oído que tú hiciste en Capernaúm, haz lo mismo en tu ciudad." 24 Pero Él dijo: "Ciertamente les digo que, ningún profeta es bienvenido en su propia ciudad. 25 Pero Yo les digo en verdad, que había muchas viudas en Israel durante el tiempo de Elías, cuando el cielo se cerró por tres años y medio, cuando una hambruna vino sobre toda la tierra. 26 Pero Elías no fue enviado a ninguna de ellas, sino sólo a Sarepta en Sidón, a una viuda viviendo allí. 27 Y había muchos leprosos en Israel durante el tiempo del profeta Elías, pero ninguno de ellos fue sanado, excepto Naamán el Sirio." 28 Todas las personas en la sinagoga se llenaron de ira cuando escucharon estas cosas. 29 Se levantaron y lo forzaron a salir de la ciudad y lo dirigieron a la cumbre del monte en el cual su ciudad fue construida, para ellos poder tirarlo por el precipicio. 30 Pero Él pasó por en medio de ellos y fue a otro lugar. 31 Entonces Él bajó a Capernaúm, una ciudad en Galilea, y comenzó a enseñarles en el día de reposo. 32 Ellos estaban asombrados en su enseñanza, porque habló con autoridad. 33 Ahora, en la sinagoga, había un hombre que tenía el espíritu de un demonio inmundo y gritaba en alta voz: 34 " ¡Ah! ¿Qué tenemos nosotros que ver contigo, Jesús de Nazaret? ¿Has venido a destruirnos? ¡Yo sé quién eres Tú eres el Santo de Dios!" 35 Jesús reprendió al demonio, diciendo: "¡No hables y sal de él!" Cuando el demonio arrojó al hombre al suelo en medio de ellos, salió de él, y no lo dañó en ninguna manera. 36 Toda la gente estaba muy asombrada y continuaban hablando sobre eso los unos con los otros. Ellos dijeron: "¿Qué clase de palabras son éstas? Pues con autoridad y poder Él manda a los espíritus impuros y ellos salen." 37 Así que las noticias sobre Él comenzaron a esparcirse a todas partes de la región de alrededor. 38 Entonces Jesús salió de la sinagoga y entró a la casa de Simón. Ahora, la suegra de Simón estaba sufriendo con una fiebre alta y ellos suplicaron a Él en nombre de ella. 39 Así que, Él se inclinó sobre ella y reprendió la fiebre y la fiebre la dejó. Inmediatamente, ella se levantó y comenzó a servirles. 40 Cuando el sol se ponía, gente le trajeron a Jesús todos los que estaban enfermos con varias clases de enfermedades. Él ponía sus manos sobre ellos, sobre cada uno de ellos y los sanaba. 41 Demonios también salieron de muchos de ellos, gritando y diciendo: "¡Tú eres el Hijo de Dios!" Jesús reprendía los demonios y no los dejaba hablar porque ellos sabían que Él era el Cristo. 42 Cuando el alba vino, Él fue a un lugar solitario. Multitudes de gente lo estaban buscando y vinieron al lugar donde Él estaba. Ellos intentaron evitar que se alejara de ellos. 43 Pero Él les dijo: "Yo también debo predicar las buenas nuevas del reino de Dios a muchas otras ciudades, porque esta es la razón por la cual Yo he sido enviado aquí." 44 Entonces continuó predicando en la sinagogas por Judea.
El diablo se encuentra con Jesús para tratar de tentarlo a pecar, luego que Jesús ayuna por 40 días.
Esto se refiere a después que Juan bautizó a Jesús. Traducción Alterna: "Luego que Jesús fue bautizado"
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "el Espíritu Lo guió"
La mayoría de las versiones dicen que la tentación fue durante los cuarenta días. Para hacer esto claro, la UDB señala: "Mientras Él estuvo ahí, el diablo se mantuvo tentándolo" .
"40 días"
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "el diablo lo tentó a Él allí para que desobedeciera a Dios"
La palabra "Él" se refiere a Jesús.
El diablo reta a Jesús a que haga este milagro para probar que Él es "el Hijo de Dios"
El diablo sostiene una piedra en su mano o apunta a una piedra cercana.
El rechazo de Jesús hacia el reto del diablo está claramente implicado en Su respuesta. Puede ser útil el decir esto a su audiencia, como lo dice la UDB: 'Jesús respondió: 'No, Yo no haré eso'"
La cita es de los escritos de Moisés en el Antiguo Testamento. Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Moisés ha escrito en las escrituras"
La palabra "pan" se refiere a comida en general. La comida, en comparación con Dios, por sí misma no puede sustentar a una persona. Jesús cita las escrituras para decir por qué Él no convertirá la piedra en pan. Traducción Alterna: "La gente no vive solo de pan" o "No es solo la comida lo que hace vivir a una persona" o "Dios dice que hay cosas más importantes que la comida"
"una montaña alta "
"en un instante" o "instantáneamente"
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Los posibles significados son que "ellos" se refiere a: 1) la autoridad y el esplendor de los reinos o 2) los reinos. Traducción Alterna: "Dios me los ha dado a ellos"
Estas dos frases son muy similares. Ellas pueden ser combinadas. Traducción Alterna: "si Tú te arrodillas en adoración a mí"
"Yo te daré todos estos reinos, con su esplendor"
Este contraste implica que Jesús se negó a hacer lo que el diablo pidió. Puede ser de ayuda el decirle esto a su audiencia claramente. Traducción Alterna: "Pero Jesús respondió: 'No, Yo no te adoraré, porque está escrito'"
"Le contestó a él" o " Le respondió a él
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Moisés ha escrito en las escrituras"
Jesús estaba citando un mandamiento de las escrituras para decir por qué Él no adoraría al diablo.
Esto se refiere a la gente en el Antiguo Testamento que recibía la Ley de Dios. Puede usar la forma singular de 'TÚ' porque cada persona debía obedecerla, o puedes usar la forma plural de 'USTEDES porque toda la gente debía obedecerla.
La palabra "Él" se refiere al Señor Dios.
Esta era una esquina del techo del templo. Si alguien se caía de ahí, ellos estarían seriamente heridos o morirían.
El diablo está retando a Jesús a que pruebe que Él es el Hijo de Dios.
Este es un título importante de Jesús.
"salta hacia el suelo" o "lánzate desde aquí"
El diablo implica que su cita de los Salmos significa que Jesús no será lastimado si Él es el Hijo de Dios. Esto puede ser expresado claramente, como hace la UDB. Traducción Alterna: "Tú no serás lastimado, porque está escrito"
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "el escritor ha escrito"
"ÉL LE ORDENARÁ" "Él" se refiere a Dios. El diablo citó parcialmente de los Salmos en un intento de persuadir a Jesús a saltar del edificio.
Jesús le dice al diablo por qué Él no va a hacer lo que el diablo Le dijo que hiciera. Su negación a hacerlo puede ser expresada claramente. Traducción Alterna: "No, Yo no haré eso, porque está dicho"
Citas de Jesús de los escritos de Moisés en Deuteronomio. Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Moisés ha dicho" o "Moisés ha dicho en las escrituras"
Posibles significados son: 1) Jesús no debería probar a Dios saltando del templo, o 2) el diablo no debería tentar a Jesús a ver si Él es el Hijo de Dios. Es mejor traducir los versículos como están dichos, en vez de tratar de explicar el significado.
"hasta otra ocasión" o "hasta otro momento"
Esto no implica que el diablo tuvo éxito en su tentación--Jesús resistió cada intento. Esto puede ser expresado claramente. Traducción Alterna: "había terminado de intentar de tentar a Jesús" (UDB) o "dejó de intentar tentar a Jesús"
Jesús regresa a Galilea, enseña en la sinagoga, y le dice a la gente ahí que Él está cumpliendo las escrituras del profeta Isaías.
Esto comienza un nuevo evento en la historia.
"y el Espíritu estaba dándole poder." Dios estaba con Jesús de manera especial, permitiéndole hacer cosas que los humanos usualmente no hacían.
Esos que escucharon a Jesús le dijeron a otras personas acerca de Él, y entonces esas otras personas le dijeron a más gente sobre Jesús. Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "la gente extendió las noticias sobre Jesús" o "la peronas le dijeron a otras personas acerca de Jesús" o "el conocimiento sobre Él pasó de persona en persona"
Esto se refiere a las áreas o lugares alrededor de Galilea.
"todo el mundo decía grandes cosas acerca de Él" o "toda la gente hablaba bien acerca de Él
"donde Sus padres lo habían criado" o "donde vivió cuando era un niño" o "donde Él creció" (UDB)
"como Él hacía cada día de reposo." Era Su práctica usual el ir a la sinagoga el día de reposo.
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Alguien le dio a Él el rollo del profeta Isaías"
Esto se refiere al libro de Isaías, escrito en un rollo. Isaías había escrito las palabras muchos años antes, y alguien más los había copiado en un rollo.
"la parte del rollo con estas palabras". Esta oración continúa en el próximo versículo.
"El Espíritu Santo está Conmigo de manera especial." Cuando alguien dice esto, él está diciendo que habla las palabras de Dios.
En el Antiguo Testamento, el aceite ceremonial era derramado en una persona cuando se les daba poder y autoridad a hacer una tarea especial. Jesús usa esta figura literaria
"la personas pobres"
"decirle a las personas que están cautivos que pueden ser libres" o "liberar a los prisioneros de guerra"
"devolverle la vista a los ciegos" o "darle vista a los ciegos" o "hacer que los ciegos sean capaces de ver otra vez"
"liberar a aquellos que son tratados duramente"
"díganle a todos que el Señor está listo para bendecir a Su pueblo" o "anuncien que este es el año en que el Señor mostrará Su generosidad"
Un rollo era cerrado al enrollarlo como un tubo para proteger la escritura adentro de él.
Esto se refiere a un empleado de la sinagoga que trajo y guardó con mucho cuidado y reverencia los rollos que contenían las escrituras.
Esta expresión idiomática significa "estaban enfocados en Él" o "estaban mirándolo atentamente"
"esta escritura ha sido cumplida en la presencia de ustedes" Jesús estaba diciendo que Él estaba cumpliendo esa profecía con Sus acciones y palabras en ese mismo momento. Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Yo estoy cumpliendo lo que esta escritura dice ahora mismo mientras ustedes Me escuchan"
Esta expresión idiomática significa "mientras ustedes Me escuchan"
"sorprendidos por las palabras con gracia que Él estaba diciendo." Aquí "gracia" se puede referir a 1) qué tan bien o persuasivamente hablaba Jesús, o 2) que Jesús hablaba palabras sobre la gracia de Dios.
La gente pensaba que el padre de Jesús era José. José no era un líder religioso, así que se sorprendían que su Hijo pudiera predicar lo que decía. Traducción Alterna: ¡Éste es solo el hijo de José!" o "¡Su padre es solo José!" .
Nazaret es el pueblo en el que Jesús creció.
"Seguramente" o "Sin duda." Esta es una afirmación fuerte.
Si un médico no parece ser saludable, no hay razón para creer que él es verdaderamente un médico. Cuando las personas le dicen este proverbio a Jesús, ellos se refieren a que no creen que Él sea un profeta porque no parece uno.
Las gente de Nazaret no creía que Jesús podía ser un profeta por su baja reputación como Hijo de José. Ellos no creerían a menos que Lo vieran a Él haciendo milagros personalmente.
"Es verdaderamente cierto". Esta es una declaración enfática de lo que sigue.
Jesús hace esta declaración general para regañar a las personas. Él quiere decir que ellos están negándose a creer las noticias de Sus milagros en Capernaúm. Ellos pensaron que ellos ya sabían todo sobre Él.
"tierra natal" o "ciudad nativa" o "país en donde creció"
Jesús le recuerda a la gente, quienes Lo están escuchando a Él en la sinagoga, acerca de Elías y Eliseo, quienes eran profetas y a quienes ellos conocían.
"Les digo verdaderamente". Esta frase fue usada para enfatizar la importancia, verdad y exactitud de la declaración que sigue.
Una viuda es una mujer cuyo esposo ha muerto.
Las personas a quienes Jesús le estaba hablando hubieran sabido que Elías era uno de los profetas de Dios. Si sus lectores no saben eso, puede hacer explícita esta información implicita, como en la UDB. Traducción Alterna: "cuando Elías estaba profetizando en Israel"
Esto es una figura literaria
"una falta seria de comida." Una hambruna es un largo período de tiempo cuando las cosechas no producen suficiente comida para la gente.
"a una viuda que vivía allí" La gente viviendo en el pueblo de Sarepta eran gentiles, no judíos. La gente que estaba escuchando Jesús entendieron que la gente de Sarepata eran gentiles. Traducción Alterna: "una viuda gentil viviendo en Sarepta"
Un sirio es una persona del país de Siria. Las personas de Siria eran gentiles, no judíos. Traducción Alterna: "el gentil Naamán de siria"
Las personas de Nazaret estaban profundamente ofendidas de que Jesús haya citado las escrituras en donde Dios había ayudado a los gentiles en vez de a los judíos.
"Lo obligaron a salir del pueblo" o "Lo echaron fuera de la ciudad" (UDB)
"borde del precipicio"
"por entre medio de la multitud" o "entre la gente que querían matarlo." Aquí, la palabra "justo" es similar a la palabra "simplemente." Indica que nada se interpuso entre Él para caminar por entre la multitud molesta.
"se fue" o "se fue por Su camino." Jesús fue a donde Él había planeado ir en vez de a donde la gente quería obligarlo a ir.
Jesús va a Capernaúm, le enseña a la gente en la sinagoga allí, y le ordena a un demonio a que deje a un hombre.
"Luego Jesús." Esto indica un nuevo evento.
La frase "bajó" es usada aquí porque Capernaúm es más bajo en elevación que Nazaret.
"Capernaúm, otra ciudad en Galilea"
"grandemente sorprendido" o "impresionado" o "maravillado"
"Él hablaba como alguien con autoridad" o "Sus palabras tenían gran poder"
Esta frase es usada para marcar la introducción de un nuevo personaje en la historia; en este caso, un hombre poseído por un demonio.
"quien fue poseído por un demonio impuro" o "quien era controlado por un espíritu maligno" (UDB)
"gritaba en voz alta" o "él grito fuertemente"
Esta respuesta agresiva es una expresión idiomática que significa: "¿Qué tenemos en común?" o "¿Qué derecho tienes Tú de molestarnos?"
Esta pregunta se puede escribir como una declaración. Traducción Alterna: "¡Nosotros no tenemos nada que ver Contigo, Jesús de Nazaret!" o "¡No tienes derecho a molestarnos, Jesús de Nazaret!"
"Jesús regañó al demonio, diciendo" o "Jesús le dijo severamente al demonio"
Jesús le ordenó al demonio que dejara de controlar al hombre. Traducción Alterna: "déjalo en paz" o "ya no vivas más en este hombre"
La gente estaba expresando cuán impresionados ellos estaban de que Jesús tenía la autoridad de ordenarle a demonios dejar a una persona. Esto puede ser escrito como una declaración. Traducción Alterna: "¡Estas son palabras maravillosas!" o "¡Sus palabras son maravillosas!"
"Él tiene poder y autoridad para mandarle a los espíritus impuros"
Este es un comentario sobre lo que ocurrió después de la historia que fue causada por los eventos dentro de la historia misma.
"reportes sobre Jesús empezaron a extenderse" o "la gente empezó a extender las noticias sobre Jesús"
Jesús aún está en Capernaúm, pero ahora está en la casa de Simón, en donde sana a la suegra de Simón y a muchas personas.
Esto introduce un nuevo evento.
suegra - "la madre de la esposa de Simón"
Esto es una expresión idiomática que significa "estaba muy enferma con"
"su piel estaba muy caliente"
"le suplicaron a Jesús en favor de ella" Esto significa que ellos le pidieron a Jesús que la sanara de su fiebre. Esto puede ser expresado claramente. Traducción Alterna: "le pidió a Jesús que la sanara de su fiebre" o "le pidió a Jesús que la curara de su fiebre"
La palabra "entonces" deja claro que Él hizo esto porque la gente le rogaba en favor de la suegra de Simón.
"fue donde ella y se inclinó sobre ella"
"Le habló severamente a la fiebre" o "Le ordenó a la fiebre que la dejara" (UDB). Puede ser útil el establecer claramente lo que Él le dijo que hiciera la fiebre. Traducción Alterna: "ordenó que la piel de ella se enfriara" o "Ordenó que la enfermedad la dejara a ella"
Aquí, esto significa que ella empezó a preparar comida para Jesús y las otras personas en la casa.
"puso Sus manos en" o "tocó"
Esto implica que Jesús hizo que los demonios salieran de las personas poseídas por demonios. Esto puede ser expresado claramente. Traducción Alterna: "Jesús también obligó a demonios a salir"
Esto significa la misma cosa, y probablemente se refieren a gritos de miedo o enojo. Algunas traducciones solo usan un término. Traducción Alterna: "gritando"
Esto es un título importante para Jesús.
"Le habló a los demonios severamente"
"no les permitió"
Aunque la gente quería que Jesús se quedara en Capernaúm, Él va a predicar en otras sinagogas judías.
"Cuando salió el sol" o "Al amanecer"
"un lugar desierto" o "un lugar en el que no había gente"
"a la gente en muchas otras ciudades"
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "esta es la razón por la cual Dios me envió aquí"
Ya que Jesús había estado en Galilea, aquí el término "Judea" probablemente se refiere a la región entera donde los judíos vivían en aquel tiempo. Traduccióno Alterna: "donde los judíos vivían"
1 Ahora sucedió que, mientras las personas estaban amontonadas alrededor de Jesús escuchando la palabra de Dios, 2 Él estaba parado junto al lago de Genesaret. Él vio dos barcas a la orilla del lago. Los pescadores habían salido de ellas y estaban lavando sus redes. 3 Jesús se metió en una de las barcas, que era de Simón y le pidió que la alejara a una corta distancia de la orilla. Entonces Él se sentó y enseñó a las personas fuera de la barca. 4 Cuando terminó de hablar, le dijo a Simón: "Lleva la barca a aguas profundas y echa tus redes para pescar." 5 Simón le dijo: "Maestro, nosotros trabajamos toda la noche y nada hemos pescado, pero en tu palabra, yo echaré las redes." 6 Cuando lo hicieron, reunieron una cantidad muy grande de peces y sus redes se estaban rompiendo. 7 Entonces hicieron gestos a sus compañeros en las otras barcas para que vinieran y los ayudaran. Ellos vinieron y llenaron ambos barcos, así que comenzaron a hundirse. 8 Pero Simón Pedro, cuando vio esto, cayó de rodillas ante Jesús, diciendo: "Apártate de mí, porque soy un hombre pecador, Señor." 9 Pues él, y todos los que estaban con él, estaban asombrados por la pesca que ellos habían hecho. 10 Esto incluía a Jacobo (Santiago) y Juan, hijos de Zebedeo, quienes eran compañeros de Simón. Y Jesús dijo a Simón: "No tengas miedo, porque desde ahora serás pescador de hombres." 11 Cuando ellos trajeron sus barcas a tierra, dejaron todo y lo siguieron. 12 Sucedió, que mientras Él estaba en una de las ciudades, un hombre lleno de lepra estaba allí. Cuando el vio a Jesús, él cayó sobre su rostro y le imploró, diciendo: "Señor, si quieres, Tú puedes limpiarme" 13 Entonces Jesús extendió su mano y lo tocó, diciendo: "Yo quiero. Sé limpio." E inmediatamente la lepra lo dejó. 14 Él le dio instrucciones de no decirle a nadie, pero le dijo: "Ve por tu camino y muéstrate al sacerdote y ofrece un sacrificio por tu limpieza, de acuerdo con lo que Moisés mandó, para testimonio de ellos." 15 Pero la noticia sobre Él se difundió aún más lejos y grandes multitudes vinieron para escucharlo enseñar y para ser sanados de sus enfermedades. 16 Pero Él a menudo se retiraba a los lugares desiertos y oraba. 17 Y sucedió que uno de esos días en que Él estaba enseñando, y había allí Fariseos y maestros de la ley sentados quienes habían venido de diferentes pueblos de las regiones de Galilea y Judea y también de la ciudad de Jerusalén. El poder del Señor estaba con Él para sanar. 18 Ahora, vinieron algunos hombres, cargando en una camilla a un hombre que era paralítico y ellos buscaban traerlo al interior con el fin de acostarlo frente a Jesús. 19 Ellos no pudieron, por causa de la multitud, así que subieron a la azotea y bajaron al hombre a través de un hueco en el tejado, en su camilla, en medio de las personas, justo frente a Jesús. 20 Viendo su fe, Jesús dijo: "Hombre, tus pecados son perdonados". 21 Los escribas y los fariseos comenzaron a preguntar esto, diciendo: "¿Quién es éste que habla blasfemias? ¿Quién puede perdonar pecados, sino solamente Dios?" 22 Pero Jesús, percibiendo lo que ellos estaban pensando, contestó y dijo: "¿Por qué cuestionan esto en sus corazones? 23 ¿Qué es más fácil decir: 'Tus pecados son perdonados,' o decir: 'Levántate y camina?' 24 Pero para que ustedes sepan que el Hijo del Hombre tiene autoridad en la tierra para perdonar pecados, Yo te digo a ti: 'Levántate, toma tu camilla, y vete a tu casa.'" 25 Inmediatamente él se levantó frente a todos ellos, recogió la camilla donde él se acostaba; regresó a su casa, glorificando a Dios. 26 Todos estaban asombrados y glorificaban a Dios. Estaban llenos de miedo, diciendo: "Nosotros hemos visto cosas extraordinarias hoy." 27 Después que estas cosas pasaron, Jesús salió de allí y vio un colector de impuestos llamado Leví sentado en la tienda de los colectores de impuestos. Él le dijo: "Sígueme." 28 Así que Leví se levantó y lo siguió, dejando todo atrás. 29 Entonces Leví preparó un gran banquete para Jesús. Allí había muchos recaudadores de impuestos y otras personas quienes estaban reclinadas a la mesa y comiendo con ellos. 30 Pero los fariseos y los escribas se quejaban a sus discípulos, diciendo: "¿Por qué ustedes comen y beben con los recaudadores de impuestos y otras personas pecadoras? 31 Jesús les contestó: "Las personas que están en buena salud no necesitan un médico, sólo las personas que están enfermas necesitan uno. 32 Yo no vine a llamar a personas justas para arrepentirse, sino a llamar pecadores para arrepentirse." 33 Ellos le dijeron: "Los discípulos de Juan a menudo ayunan y oran y los discípulos de los fariseos hacen lo mismo. Pero tus discípulos comen y beben." 34 Jesús dijo a ellos: "¿Puede alguno hacer que los asistentes de la boda ayunen, mientras el novio está todavía con ellos? 35 Pero los días vendrán cuando el novio les será quitado, entonces en estos días ellos ayunarán." 36 Entonces Jesús también dijo una parábola a ellos: "Ningún hombre corta un pedazo de tela de una prenda nueva y la utiliza para arreglar una prenda vieja. Si hace esto, él desgarraría la prenda vieja pues el pedazo de ropa de la nueva se encojerá. 37 Además, ningún hombre pone un vino nuevo dentro de un odre viejo. Si él hace esto, el vino nuevo romperá los odres y el vino se derramaría y el odre se perdería. 38 Pero el vino nuevo debe ser puesto en odres nuevos. 39 Ningún hombre, después de beber vino viejo, desea el vino nuevo, porque dice: 'El viejo es mejor.'"
Jesús predica desde la embarcasión de Simon Pedro en el lago de Genesaret.
Esta frase aquí es usada para marcar el inicio de una nueva parte de la historia. Si tu lenguaje tiene una manera de hacer esto, puedes considerar usarla aquí. Traducción Alterna: "Ahora bien, sucedió"
Este es otro nombre para el Mar de Galilea. Galilea estaba al lado oeste del lago, y la tierra de Genesaret estaba en el lado este, así que era llamado por ambos nombres.
ellos lavaron sus redes para poder usarlos nuevamente para la pesca.
"el barco le pertenecía a Simón"
"le pidió a Simón a que moviera la barca lejos de la orilla"'
sentarse a enseñar era una posicion normal para un maestro.
"le enseñó a la gente mientras se sentaba en el bote." Jesús estaba en el bote a una corta distancia de la orilla y Él le hablaba a la gente que estaba en la orilla.
"Cuando Jesús terminó de enseñar a la gente"
"por Tu palabra" o "porque Tú me has dicho que haga esto"
Ellos estaban muy lejos de la orilla para llamarlos, así que hicieron gestos , probablemente alzando sus brazos.
"los botes empezaron a hundirse." La razón puede ser expresada claramente. Traducción Alterna: "los botes comenzaron a hundirse porque los peces eran muy pesados"
Posibles signifcados son: 1) "se arrodilló ante Jesús" o 2) "se inclinó a los pies de Jesús" o 3) "se acostó en el suelo a los pies de Jesús." Pedro no se cayó por accidente. Hizo esto en señal de humildad y respeto por Jesús.
Aquí, la palabra para "hombre" significa "varón adulto" y no a "ser humano" que es lo más general.
"el gran número de peces"
"compañeros de Simón en su negocio de pesca"
La imagen de atrapar peces es usada como figura literaria
Jesús sana a un leproso en una ciudad diferente que no es nombrada.
Esta frase marca un nuevo evento en la historia.
"un hombre que estaba cubierto de lepra." Esto introduce un nuevo personaje en la historia.
"él se arrodilló y tocó el suelo con su cara" o "él se inclinó hacia el suelo" (UDB)
"si Tú quieres"
"Tú me puedes limpiar" Se entiende que él le estaba pidiendo a Jesús que lo sanara. Esto puede ser expresado claramente. Traducción Alterna: "por favor, límpiame, porque Tú puedes hacerlo"
Esto se refiere a la limpieza ritual, pero se entiende que él está impuro por la lepra. Él verdaderamente le está pidiendo a Jesús que lo sane de su enfermedad. Esto puede ser expresado claramente. Traducción Alterna: "sáname de la lepra para poder estar límpio ... Sé sano"
"él ya no tenía lepra" (UDB)
Esto puede ser traducido como una cita directa: "No le digas a nadie." Hay información implicada que también puede ser expresada explícitamente. Traducción Alterna: "no le digas a nadie que has sido sanado."
La ley requería que una persona hiciera un sacrificio específico después que eran sanados. Esto le permitía a la persona estar ceremonialmente límpia, y poder participar otra vez de los rituales religiosos.
"como prueba de tu sanación"
Posibles significados son: 1) "a los sacerdotes" o 2) "a toda la gente."
"las noticias sobre Jesús.' Esto puede significar o "el reporte sobre Jesús sanando al hombre con lepra" o " el reporte sobre sobre Jesús' sanando personas."
"el reporte sobre Él fue aun mas lejos." Esto puede expresarse en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "la gente seguía diciendo las noticias sobre Él en otros lugares"
"lugares solitarios" o "lugares donde no había personas"
Un día mientras Jesús enseñaba en un edificio, ciertos hombres trajeron a un hombre paralítico a Jesús para que lo sanara.
Esta frase marca el principio de una nueva parte de la historia.
Estas son nuevas personas en la historia. Su idioma puede que tenga una manera de mostrar que estas son personas nuevas.
"colchón para dormir" o "cama" o "lecho"
"él mismo no podía moverse"
En algunos idiomas puede ser más natural reordenar esto. Traducción Alterna: "Pero a causa de la multitud de personas, ellos no pudieron encontrar una manera de traer el hombre adentro. Así que ..."
Esta claro que la razón de ellos no poder entrar era que la multitud era tanta que no había espacio para ellos.
Las casas tenían techos planos, y algunas casas tenían escaleras afuera para que fuera más fácil subir allí. Esto se puede expresar. Traducción Alterna: "ellos subieron al techo plano de la casa"
"directamente frente a Jesús" o "inmediatamente al frente de Jesús"
Se entiende que ellos creían que Jesús podía sanar al hombre paralítico. Esto se puede expresar. Traducción Alterna: "Cuando Jesús percibió que ellos creían que Él podía sanar al hombre, Jesús le dijo a él"
Esta es una palabra general que la gente usa cuando le habla a un hombre cuyo nombre no conocen. No fue grosero, pero tampoco mostró un respeto especial. Algunos idiomas pueden usar una palabra como "amigo" o "señor."
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "eres perdonado" o "Yo perdono tus pecados"
"discutir esto" o "razonar sobre esto." Lo que preguntaron puede ser expresado. Traducción Alterna: "discutir si Jesús tenía o no autoridad para perdonar pecados"
Esta pregunta muestra cuán asombrados y molestos ellos estaban por lo que Jesús dijo. Esto puede ser escrito como una declaración. Traducción Alterna: "Éste Hombre está blasfemando a Dios" o "Él blasfema a Dios al decir esto"
La información que se implica es que si una persona reclama que puede perdonar pecados, él dice que él es Dios. Esto puede ser escrito como una declaración clara. Traducción Alterna: "Nadie puede perdonar pecados, sino Dios solamente" o "Dios es el Único que puede perdonar pecados"
Esta frase indica que ellos estaban razonando silenciosamente, así que Jesús "percibió" o "entendió" en lugar de "escuchar" lo que ellos estaban pensando.
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Ustedes no deberían discutir acerca de esto en sus corazones" o "Ustedes no deberían dudar que Yo tengo autoridad para perdonar pecados"
Aquí, esta expresión quiere decir que ellos estaban pensando esto silenciosamente.
Jesús usa esta pregunta para conectar Su poder de perdonar con el milagro de sanación que Él está a punto de hacer. Puede ser expresado de manera activa. Traducción Alterna: "Es fácil decir: 'Tus pecados son perdonados,' pero solo Dios puede hacer que este hombre inválido 'Se levante y camine'"
La implicación que no se habla es esa cosa que es "más fácil decir porque nadie la sabrá," pero la otra cosa es "más díficil de decir porque todos la sabrán." La gente no podía ver si los pecados del hombre eran perdonados, pero todos ellos sabrían si él podría levantarse y caminar.
Jesús le estaba hablando a los escribas y fariseos.
Jesús se estaba refiriendo a Sí mismo.
Jesús le estaba diciendo esto al hombre paralítico.
'' En seguida" o ''Ahora mismo''
Puede ser de ayuda decir claramente que él estaba sano. Traducción Alterna: "¡El hombre fue sanado! Él se levantó."
''bien asustados'' o '' llenos de temor''
"cosas maravillosas" o "cosas extrañas"
Cuando Jesús deja la casa, Él llama a Leví, el recaudador de impuestos judío, a que Lo siga. Leví prepara una gran comida para Jesús, lo cual molesta a los fariseos y escribas.
La frase '' estas cosas'' se refiere a lo que sucede en los versículos anteriores. Esto señala un nuevo evento. ( Ver:|Introduction of a New Event)
"miró al recaudador de impuestos con atención" o "miró cuidadosamente a un recaudador de impuestos"
El "seguir" a alguien era un término que significaba el volverse su discípulo. Traducción Alterna: "Sé Mi discípulo" o "Ven, sígueme como tu maestro"
"dejó su trabajo como recaudador de impuestos"
Durante la comida, Jesús habla con los fariseos y los escribas.
'' en la casa de Leví''
El estilo griego de comer en un banquete era el acostarse en un asiento y apoyarse con el brazo izquierdo sobre algunas almohadas. Traducción Alterna: "comer juntos" o "comer a la mesa"
"a los discípulos de Jesús"
Los fariseos y los escribas hicieron esta pregunta para expresar su desaprobación de que los discípulos de Jesús estaban comiendo con pecadores. Traducción Alterna: "¡Ustedes no deberían comer con pecadores!"
Los fariseos y los escribas pensaban que la gente religiosa debía separarse a sí misma de la gente que ellos consideraban pecadores.
Jesús expresó esto como un proverbio.
"doctor en medicina'' o ''doctor''
Las palabras "necesitan un médico" se entienden de la frase anterior a ésta. Traducción Alterna: "solo aquellos que están enfermos necesitan uno"
Algunas personas pensaban que ellos eran justos. Jesús se refiere a ellos por la manera en que ellos pensaban de sí mismos, aunque Él sabía que ellos no eran justos. Traducción Alterna: "personas que piensan que son justos"
"Los líderes religiosos le dijeron a Jesús"
Jesús usó esta pregunta para hacer que las personas pensaran acerca de una situación que ya conocían. Esto puede ser escrito como una declaración. Traducción Alterna: "Nadie le dice a los invitados del novio que ayunen mientras él todavía está con ellos."
"invitados" o "amigos." Estos son los amigos quienes celebran con un hombre que se va a a casar.
Ayunar es una señal de tristeza. Los líderes religiosos entendían que los invitados de la boda no ayunarían mientras el novio está con ellos.
"pronto" o "algún día" (UDB)
Jesús se compara a Sí mismo con el novio y a los discípulos con los que asisten a la boda. Él no explicó la figura literaria
Jesús le cuenta una historia a los escribas y fariseos que estaban en la casa de Leví.
'' nadie rompe'' o '' La gente nunca rompe"' ( UDB)
''reparar''
Esta declaración hipotética explica la razón por la cual una persona en realidad no arreglaría una vestidura de esa manera.
'' no se podría parear con'' o '' no sería lo mismo que"
'' la gente nunca pone'' o '' nadie pone'' (UDB)
'' jugo de uva'' '' Esto se refire al vino que no se ha fermentado''
Estas eran bolsas o sacos hechos de pieles de animales. Podían ser llamadas también "bolsas de vino" o "bolsas hechas de piel" o "sacos hechos de piel"
Cuando el vino nuevo se fermenta y se expande, rompe las pieles viejas porque ellas ya no se estiran. La audiencia de Jesús entendería la información sobre los vinos fermentándose y expandiéndose.
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "el vino se saldría fuera de las bolsas"
"odres nuevos" o " bolsas nuevas de vino" o "nuevos recipientes de vino" Esto se refiere a bolsas nuevas de vino, sin usar.
Esta figura literaria
"vino que se ha fermentado"
Podría ser útil añadir: "y, por lo tanto, él no está dispuesto a probar el vino nuevo"
1 Ahora, sucedió en un día de reposo, que Jesús iba por unos campos sembrados y sus discípulos recogían las espigas, frotándolas entre sus manos y comiendo el grano. 2 Pero algunos de los fariseos decían: "¿Por qué hacen algo que no les es lícito hacer en el día del día de reposo?" 3 Jesús, contestándoles, dijo: "¿Ustedes aún no han leído lo que David hizo cuando tuvo hambre, él y los hombres quienes estaban con él? 4 Él entró a la casa de Dios y tomó el pan de la presencia y comió algunos de ellos y también dio algunos a los hombres que estaban con él para que comieran, aunque solo le era lícito a los sacerdotes comerlo." 5 Luego Él les dijo: "El Hijo del Hombre es Señor del día de reposo." 6 Sucedió en otro sábado, que Él entró a la sinagoga y enseñó a la gente de allí. Había allí un hombre cuya mano derecha estaba seca. 7 Los escribas y fariseos velaban de cerca para ver si Él sanaba alguien en el sábado, para que así ellos pudieran encontrar una razón para acusarlo. 8 Pero Él sabía lo que ellos estaban pensando y le dijo al hombre cuya mano estaba seca: "Levántate, y párate aquí en medio de todos." Así el hombre se levantó y estuvo allí de pie. 9 Jesús les dijo a ellos: "Yo les pregunto, ¿es lícito en el sábado hacer bien o hacer daño, para salvar una vida o para destruirla?" 10 Luego, miró alrededor a todos ellos y le dijo al hombre: "Extiende tu mano." Él lo hizo, y su mano fue restaurada. 11 Pero ellos estaban llenos de ira, y hablaban entre ellos sobre qué podrían hacerle a Jesús. 12 Pasó en esos días que Él salió al monte para orar. Él continuó orando a Dios toda la noche. 13 Cuando se hizo de día, Él llamó a sus discípulos y seleccionó doce de ellos, a quienes Él también llamó apóstoles. 14 Los nombres de los apóstoles eran Simón (a quien Él también llamó Pedro) y su hermano, Andrés, Jacobo (Santiago), Juan, Felipe, Bartolomé, 15 Mateo, Tomás, Jacobo (Santiago) el hijo de Alfeo, Simón, quién era llamado el Zelote, 16 Judas, el hijo de Jacobo (Santiago) y Judas Iscariote, quien se convirtió en un traidor. 17 Luego Jesús bajó del monte con ellos y se paró en un lugar llano, con una gran multitud de Sus discípulos y un gran número de gente de Judea, Jerusalén y de la costa del mar de Tiro y Sidón. 18 Ellos habían venido a escucharlo y ser sanados de sus enfermedades. Gente que estaba perturbada con espíritus impuros también fue sanada. 19 Todos en la multitud siguieron intentando tocarlo porque poder para sanar salía de Él y los sanaba a todos ellos. 20 Entonces Él miró a Sus discípulos, y dijo: "Bienaventurados son ustedes que son pobres, pues de ustedes es el reino de Dios. 21 Bienaventurados los que tienen hambre ahora, pues ustedes serán saciados. Bienaventurados son ustedes que ahora lloran, pues ustedes reirán. 22 Bienaventurados son ustedes cuando la gente los odie y cuando ellos los excluyan y los insulten, a causa del Hijo del Hombre. 23 Regocíjense en ese día y salten de gozo, porque ustedes seguramente tendrán una gran recompensa en el cielo, pues sus antepasados trataron los profetas en la misma manera. 24 Pero ¡ay de ustedes quienes son ricos!, pues ya han tenido su consuelo. 25 ¡Ay de ustedes quienes ahora están llenos!, pues tendrán hambre luego. ¡Ay de ustedes quienes ríen ahora!, pues se lamentarán y llorarán luego. 26 ¡Ay de ustedes!, cuando todos los hombres hablen bien de ustedes, pues así trataron sus antepasados a los falsos profetas. 27 Pero yo les digo a ustedes quienes están escuchando, amen a sus enemigos y hagan bien a quienes los odian. 28 Bendigan a quienes los maldicen y oren por quienes los maltratan. 29 Al que les golpee en una mejilla, ofrézcanle también la otra. Si alguien les quita su capa, no le retengas tampoco tu túnica. 30 Denle a todos los que le pidan. Si alguien les quita algo que es de ustedes, no le pidas que te lo devuelva. 31 Como ustedes quieren que la gente les hagan a ustedes, háganle igual a ellos. 32 Si ustedes solo aman a la gente que los aman, ¿qué mérito tiene esto para ustedes? Pues aún los pecadores aman a quienes los aman. 33 Si ustedes solamente hacen bien a las personas que les hacen bien, ¿qué mérito tiene esto para ustedes? Pues aún los pecadores hacen lo mismo. 34 Si ustedes solamente le prestan cosas a gente que ustedes esperan que se las devuelvan, ¿qué mérito tiene esto para ustedes? Aún los pecadores prestan a pecadores y esperan que le devuelvan la misma cantidad. 35 Pero amen a sus enemigos y háganles bien. Presten, no esperando nada devuelto y su recompensa será grande, y ustedes serán hijos del Altísimo, pues Él mismo es amable con los ingratos y la gente malvada. 36 Sean misericordiosos, tal como su Padre es misericordioso. 37 No juzguen y ustedes no serán juzgados. No condenen y no serán condenados. Perdonen a otros y serán perdonados. 38 Den, y se les dará a ustedes. Una cantidad generosa, compactada, remecida y derramada, será vertida en su regazo. Pues con la medida que ustedes midan, serán medidos ustedes." 39 Entonces Él también les dijo una parábola. "¿Puede un ciego guiar a otro ciego? Si lo hiciera, ambos caerían a un hoyo, ¿no es así? 40 Un discípulo no es mayor que su maestro, pero todos, cuando son completamente instruidos, serán como su maestro. 41 ¿Y por qué ustedes miran la paja que está en el ojo de tu hermano, pero no notan el tronco que está en sus propios ojos? 42 ¿Cómo puedes decirle a tu hermano: "Hermano, ¿déjame sacar la paja que está en tu ojo,” cuando tú mismo no ves el tronco que está en tu propio ojo? ¡Ustedes hipócritas! Primero saquen el tronco de sus propios ojos, y luego ustedes verán claramente para sacar la paja, que está en el ojo de su hermano. 43 Pues, no hay árbol bueno que produzca fruto malo, ni tampoco hay un árbol malo que produzca buen fruto. 44 Pues, cada árbol es conocido por el tipo de fruto que produce. Pues, la gente no recoge higos de un espino, ni recoge uvas de una zarza. 45 El hombre bueno, del buen tesoro de su corazón produce lo que es bueno, y el hombre malo, del tesoro malo de su corazón produce lo que es malo. Pues, de la abundancia de su corazón habla su boca. 46 ¿Por qué ustedes me llaman, "Señor, Señor”, y, sin embargo, ¿no obedecen las cosas que yo les digo? 47 Toda persona que viene a mí y escucha mis palabras y las obedece, yo les diré como es. 48 Él es como un hombre que construye una casa, que cavó profundo en la tierra y construyó el fundamento de la casa sobre roca sólida. Cuando vino una inundación, la corriente de las aguas fluyó contra esa casa, pero no pudo sacudirla, porque había sido bien construida. 49 Pero la persona que oye mis palabras y no las obedece, es como un hombre que construyó una casa sobre la tierra sin un fundamento. Cuando el torrente de agua dió contra esa casa, ésta inmediatamente colapsó, y la ruina de esa casa fue completa."
Jesús y sus discípulos caminaban a través de los campos de granos, mientras que unos fariseos cuestionaban las razones por las que los discípulos trabajaban en el día de reposo el cuál en las leyes de Dios, ha sido separado para Dios.
La palabra "ustedes" es plural y se refiere a los discípulos.
Esta frase es usada para marcar el inicio de una nueva parte de la historia. Si tu lenguaje tiene un modo de hacerlo, considera utilizarlo aquí..
En este caso, estas son largas secciones de tierra donde las personas han esparcido trigo para que crezca en más áreas.
Esta es la parte superior de la planta de grano, que es una especie de hierba grande. Sostiene el maduro, semillas comestibles de la planta.
Ellos hacían esto para separar las semillas de grano. Esto se puede decir claramente. Traducción Alterna:" Ellos las frotaban en sus manos para separar los granos de las cáscaras".
Ellos le hicieron esta pregunta para acusar a los discípulos de romper la ley. Se puede escribir en base a una declaración. Traducción Alterna: "Recoger granos en el día de Reposo es en contra de la ley de Dios!". .
Los fariseos consideraban que incluso la más mínima acción de frotar un puñado de granos era un trabajo ilegal. Esta señalado claramente. Traducción Alterna: "haciendo algo" .
Jesús reprende a los fariseos por no aprender de las escrituras. Esto puede ser escrito como una declaración. Traducción Alterna: "Deberías aprender de lo que has leído ... él" ó " Ciertamente has leído ... él. .
" el pan santo " ó " el pan que se le ofreció a Dios".
Jesús se refería a él mismo. Esto se puede expresar: Traducción Alterna: " Yo, hijo de hombre".
El título "Señor'' enfatiza Su autoridad sobre el día de Reposo.Traducción Alterna:" tiene la autoridad para determinar que es lo mejor para el pueblo en el día de Reposo!" (UDB)
Los escribas y los fariseos ven como Jesús sana a un hombre en el Día de Reposo.
Es ahora otro día de Reposo y Jesús esta en la sinagoga.
Esta frase es utilizada para marcar un nuevo evento en la historia.
Esto introduce un nuevo personaje en la historia.
La mano del hombre estaba dañada en un modo que no podía estirarla.Probabblemente fue doblada en casi un puño, haciendola parecer más pequeña y arrugada.
"estamos observando a Jesús cuidadosamente"
"porque querían encontrar"
"en frente de todos"(UDB). Jesús quería que el hombre se parara en donde todas las personas presentes lo pudieran ver.
"para los Fariseos"
Jesús quería corregir a los fariseos, entendiendo que estaba mal sanar en el Sábado. Él les preguntó esto como contraste entre haciendo el bien y el mal en orden a hacerlo obvio uno era legal y otro estaba mal. Traducción Alterna:" ¿qué acción permite la ley de Dios- hacer el bien y sanar, ó hacer daño y destruir una vida?"
"para ayudar a alguien ó para hacer daño a alguien".
"Estira tu mano" ó "alarga tu mano"
"Sanado"
Jesús elige doce apóstoles después que ora por toda la noche.
Esta frase es utilizada para marcar el inicio de una nueva parte de la historia.
"durante ese tiempo" ó "no mucho después" ó "un día cercano"
"Jesús salió"
" cuando era por la mañana" ó " El siguiente día"
"Él escogió doce discípulos"
" a quien también hizo apostoles" ó " Y él apuntó a los apostoles"
Esto implica información añadida al ULB escrito.
" el hermano de Simón, Andrés"
Posibles significados son 1) "el zelote" ó 2) "el celoso." El primer significado indica que él era parte del grupo de personas que querían liberar a los Judíos del Imperio Romano.Traducción Alterna: "patriota" ó "nacionalista". El segundo significado indica que era celoso de que Dios no fuera honrado.Traducción Alterna: "apasionado".
Puede ser necesario tener explicar lo que significa "traidor" en este contexto. Traducción Alterna: "traicionar a su amigo" ó " convirtió a su amigo en enemigo" (usualmente a cambio de dinero) ó exponer a un amigo al peligro contándole a los enemigos sobre él".
Aunque Jesús se dirigía especialmente a sus discípulos, había mucha gente alrededor que escuchaban lo que decía.
"con los doce que había escogido" ó "con sus doce apostoles".
Esto puede estar lícito en una forma activa.Traducción Alterna: "Para que Jesús los sane"
Esto puedeser expresado en forma activa.Traducción Alterna: "Jesús también sanó personas que tenían espíritus inmundos"
"molestadas por espíritus inmundos" ó "controlado por espíritus malignos"
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa.Traducción Alterna: " Él tenía el poder para sanar a las personas" ó "él usó su poder para sanar a las personas"
Esta frase es repetida tres veces.Cada vez, indica que Dios da favores a ciertas personas ó que sus situaciones son positivas ó buenas.
" Tú que eres pobre recibes el favor de Dios" ó "Ustedes que son pobres el beneficio"
Lenguajes que no tengan palabra para reino dirán," Dios es tu rey" ó "por que Dios es tu gobernante."
" El reino de Dios les pertenece". Esto puede significar 1)" tu perteneces al reino de Dios" ó 2) "tu tendrás autoridad en el reino de Dios".
" ustedes reirán con gozo" ó "ustedes serán alegres".
"Tu recibirás el favor de Dios" ó "Tu beneficio" ó "Cuan bueno es para ti"
"les rechacen"
"porque eres asociado con el Hijo de Hombre" ó "porque rechazaron al Hijo de Hombre"
"cuando hagan estas cosas" ó " cuando eso pase".
Esta expresión idiomática significa "ser extremadamente alegre"
"una gran pago" ó "buenos regalos".
" cuan terrible es para ustedes". Esta frase es repetida tres veces. Es lo opuesto a "bendito eres".Cada vez , indica que la ira de Dios es dirigida a las personas, ó que algo negativo o malo les espera.
"cuan terrible es para ti que eres rico" ó problemas vendrán a los ricos".
"que te comforta" ó "que te satisface" ó "que te hace felíz".
"cuyos estómagos estan llenos ahora" ó "quién comió mucho ahora"
"quién esta felíz ahora"
"Cuan terrible es esto para ustedes" o "cuan triste debes estar"
"cuando todos los hombres" o "cuando todos" (Ver:
"ellos también hablaron bien de los falsos profetas"
Jesús continúa hablando con sus discípulos y la multitud que lo escucha también.
Jesús ahora le comieza a hablar a toda la multitud, en lugar de solo a sus discípulos.
cada uno de estas órdenes o mandatos deben hacerse continuamente, no solo una vez.
Esto no significa que ellos debían amar solo a sus enemigos y no a sus amigos. Esto se puede decir. Traducción Alterna: "¡Ama a tus enemigos, no solamente a tus amigos!" (UDB)
Estas dos frases significan lo mismo, y juntas enfatizan el punto.
Dios es el que bendice. Esto puede ser expresado en forma explícita o sea, se puede explicar por sí solo. Traducción Alterna: "Pide a Dios que bendiga a aquellos" (UDB)
"los que habitualmente te maldicen"
"Si alguien te golpea o te hace daño"
"en un lado de tu cara"
Puede ser de ayuda el expresar que le hará el atacante a la persona. Traducción Alterna: "voltea tu cara para que pueda golpear la otra mejilla también"
"no le impidas tomar"
"Si alguien te pide algo, dáselo"
"no le exijas o no lo pidas
En algunos idiomas puede ser más natural revertir el orden. Traducción Alterna: "Debes hacer con las personas lo mismo que quieres que te hagan a ti" o "Trata a las personas de la forma en que quieres que te traten a ti"
"¿Qué recompensa recibirás?" o "¿Que elogio recibiras por hacer eso?" Esto puede ser escrito como una declaración. Traducción Alterna: "No recibirás ninguna recompensa por eso" o "Dios no te recompensará por eso"
La ley de Moisés ordenaba a los Judíos a no recibir intereses sobre el dinero que se prestaron unos a otros.
"recibirás una gran recompensa" o "recibirás un buen pago" u "obtendrás buenos regalos por eso"
Asegúrese traducir "hijos" con la misma palabra que su idioma usaría naturalmente para referirse a un hijo o niño.
Asegúrense que la palabra " hijos" esté en plural asi que no se confunda con el título de Jesús " El Hijo del Altísimo."
"personas que no le agradecen y que son malvadas"
Esto se refiere a Dios. Es mejor traducir "Padre" con la misma palabra que tu lenguaje naturalmente utilizaría para referirse a el padre humano.
"No juzguen a las personas" ó " No critiques a las personas" (UDB)
" y como resultado ustedes"
Jesús no dijo quién no juzgaría. Posibles significados son 1)" Dios no te juzgará" ó 2) "nadie te juzgará"
" No condenes a las personas"
Jesús no dijo quién no les condenará. Posibles significados son 1) "Dios no les condenara" ó 2) " nadie les condenará"
Jesús no dijo quién perdonará. Posibles significados son 1) "Dios te perdonará" ó 2) "las personas te perdonarán"
Jesús no dijo quien exactamente les iba a dar. Posibles significados son 1) "alguien les dará a ustedes" o 2) "Dios se los dará a ustedes"
El orden de esta oración puede ser invertido. Traducción alterna" Ellos pondrán en tu falda una cantidad generosa que ellos compactarán y mecerán juntos hasta que sea derramada. Jesús usa la figura literaria
"Una gran cantidad"
Jesús no dijo exactamente quien los mediría. Posibles significados son: 1) ellos medirán las cosas de vuelta a ustedes o 2) Dios medirá las cosas de vuelta para ustedes.
Jesús incluye algunos ejemplos para hacer Su punto.
Jesús usó esta pregunta para hacer que la gente piense sobre algo que ellos ya saben. Esto puede escribirse como una declaración .Traducción Altena: "Todos nosotros sabemos que una persona ciega no puede guiar a otra persona ciega"
La persona que es "ciega" es una figura lireraria
Algunos lenguajes podrían preferir: "si uno lo hiciera". Esta es una situación absurda que no es probable que ocurra en realidad.
Esto puede escribirse como una declaración. Traducción Alterna: "los dos caerían en un hoyo"
""Un discípulo no va a superar a su maestro." Posibles significados son: 1) "Un discípulo no tiene más conocimiento que su maestro" o 2) "Un discípulo no tiene más autoridad que su maestro".
"cada discípulo que ha sido bien enseñado" o "cada discípulo cuyo maestro le ha enseñado completamente"
Jesús usa esta pregunta para retar a la gente a prestar atención a sus propios pecados antes que prestar atención a los pecados de otra persona. Traducción Alterna: "no miren... pero ignores el tronco que hay en tu propio ojo"
Esta es una figura literaria
"pequeña mancha" (UDB) o "astilla" o "poco de polvo". Use una palabra para la cosa más pequeña que comúnmente cae en los ojos de una persona.
Aquí "hermano" se refiere a un compañero judío o a un compañero creyente en Jesús.
Esta es una figura literaria
"viga" o "tabla"
Jesús hace esta pregunta para retar a la gente a prestar atención a sus propios pecados antes de ellos prestar atención a los pecados de otra persona. Traducción Alterna: "Tú no deberías decir ... ojo"
La gente puede decir si un árbol es bueno o malo, y qué tipo de árbol es, por el fruto que este produce. Jesús usa esto como una figura literaria
"Porque hay". Esto indica que lo que sigue es la razón por la cual no debemos juzgar a nuestro hermano.
"árbol saludable"
"decayente" o "malo" o "sin valor"
La gente reconoce la clase de árbol por el fruto que da. Esto puede expresarse en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "la gente sabe el tipo de árbol" o "la gente reconoce un árbol"
una planta o arbusto que tiene espinas
una viña o arbusto que tiene espinas
Jesús compara los pensamientos de una persona con su tesoro bueno o malo. Los buenos pensamientos de la gente buena causan buenas acciones. Los pensamientos malvados de la gente malvada causa acciones malvadas.
La palabra "bueno" aquí se refiere a justicia y bondad moral.
La palabra "hombre" aquí se refiere a una persona, hombre o mujer. Traduccion Alterna: "una persona buena"
"las cosas buenas que guarda en su corazón" o "las cosas buenas que valora"
Producir lo que es bueno es una figura literaria (metáfora) para hacer lo que es bueno. Traducción Alterna: "hace lo que es bueno"
"las cosas malvadas que guarda en su corazón" o "las cosas malas que valora"
La frase "su boca" representa a la persona usando su boca. Traducción Alterna: "lo que piensa en su corazón afecta lo que dice con su boca" o "lo que valora en su corazón determina lo que dice con su boca"
Jesús compara a la persona que obedece Sus enseñanzas a un hombre que construye una casa sobre roca, donde estará a salvo de inundaciones.
La repetición de estas palabras indica que ellos regularmente llamaban a Jesús "Señor".
Puede ser más claro cambiar el orden de esta oración. Traducción Alterna: "Yo les diré a qué se parece cada persona que viene a Mí y escucha mis palabras y las obedece"
"cavó el fundamento de la casa suficientemente profundo para alcanzar la base de una roca sólida". Algunas culturas pueden no estar familiarizadas con construir en superficie de roca sólida, y pueden requerir usar otra imagen para un fundamento estable.
"base" o "soporte"
"superficie de roca sólida" Esta es la roca dura muy grande que está profundo, debajo de la tierra.
"agua que se mueve rápido" o "río"
"chocó contra"
Posibles significados son: 1) "causar que se mueva" o 2) "destruirla"
"porque el hombre la había construido bien"
Jesús compara a la persona que escucha pero no obedece Su enseñanza a un hombre que construye una casa sin un fundamento, así que esta caerá en una inundación.
"Pero" muestra un fuerte contraste con la persona anterior, que construyó con fundamento.
Algunas culturas pueden no conocer que una casa con un fundamento es más fuerte. Información adicional puede ser útil. Traducción Alterna: "pero él no cavó y construyó primero un fundamento"
"base" o "soporte firme"
"agua que se mueve rápido" o "río"
"chocó contra"
"se cayó" o "se derrumbó"
"esa casa fue destruida completamente"
1 Después que Jesús terminó todo lo que estaba diciéndole a la gente, entró a Capernaúm. 2 Ahora un centurión tenía un siervo, que era altamente preciado para él, estaba enfermo y a punto de morir. 3 Cuando el centurión escuchó acerca de Jesús, envió ancianos de los judíos, pidiéndole que viniera y sanara a su siervo. 4 Cuando ellos vinieron a Jesús, le pidieron encarecidamente, diciendo: "Él es digno de que hagas esto por él, 5 porque él ama a nuestra nación y es el que construyó la sinagoga para nosotros." 6 Así que Jesús continuó su camino con ellos. Pero cuando Él no estaba lejos de la casa, el centurión envió amistades para decirle: "Señor, no te molestes, porque no soy digno de que entres bajo mi techo. 7 Por esta razón ni siquiera me consideré digno de venir a ti, pero sólo di una palabra y mi siervo será sanado. 8 Pues yo también soy un hombre que está bajo autoridad, con soldados bajo mi mando. Le digo a éste: "Ve", y él va, y a otro, "Ven", y él viene, y a mi siervo, "Haz esto," y él lo hace." 9 Cuando Jesús escuchó esto, estaba asombrado de él y tornándose a la multitud que le seguía dijo: "Les digo, ni siquiera en Israel he hallado tal fe." 10 Y cuando aquellos que fueron enviados retornaron a la casa, ellos encontraron al siervo sano. 11 Algún tiempo después de eso Jesús fue a un pueblo llamado Naín, y sus discípulos y una gran multitud fue con Él. 12 Según Él se acercaba a puerta del pueblo, he aquí, un hombre que había muerto era cargado, el único hijo de su madre (quien era una viuda), y una gran multitud del pueblo estaba con ella. 13 Cuando el Señor la vio, fue profundamente movido a compasión por ella y le dijo: "No llores." 14 Entonces Él se acercó y tocó el marco de madera en el cual cargaban el cuerpo, y aquellos que lo cargaban se detuvieron. Él dijo: "Joven, a ti te digo, levántate." 15 El hombre muerto se sentó y comenzó a hablar y Jesús lo entregó a su madre. 16 Entonces el temor sobrevino a todos, y continuaron alabando a Dios, diciendo: "Un gran profeta se ha levantado entre nosotros", y "Dios ha cuidado a Su gente." 17 Esta noticia acerca de Jesús se esparció a través de toda Judea y las regiones vecinas. 18 Los discípulos de Juan le dijeron sobre todas estas cosas. 19 Entonces Juan llamó dos de sus discípulos y los envió al Señor para decir: "¿Eres tú el que habrá de venir, o hay algún otro que deberíamos esperar?" 20 Cuando ellos se acercaron a Jesús, le dijeron: "Juan el Bautista nos ha enviado para preguntarte: "¿Eres tú el que habría de venir o debemos esperar a otro? ´" 21 En esa hora Él sanó a mucha gente de enfermedades y aflicciones y de espíritus malignos, y a muchas personas ciegas le dio la vista. 22 Jesús contestó y les dijo: "Después de haber seguido su camino, informen a Juan lo que han visto y oído. Gente ciega está recibiendo la vista, gente coja está caminando, leprosos están siendo limpiados, gente sorda está escuchando, gente muerta está siendo regresada a la vida, y gente necesitada se les está diciendo las buenas nuevas. 23 La persona que no deja de creer en mí debido a mis acciones, es bendecida." 24 Después que los mensajeros de Juan se habían ido, Jesús comenzó a decir a las multitudes acerca de Juan: "¿Qué ustedes salieron a ver al desierto? ¿Una caña sacudida por el viento? 25 Pero ¿qué salieron a ver? ¿Un hombre vestido de vestiduras suaves? Miren, esos que visten con ropas espléndidas y viven en lujos, están en los palacios de reyes. 26 Pero ¿qué ustedes salieron a ver? ¿Un profeta? Sí, Yo les digo, y mucho más que un profeta. 27 Este es de quien se ha escrito: HE AQUÍ, ESTOY ENVIANDO A MI MENSAJERO DELANTE DE TU FAZ, QUIEN HA DE PREPARAR TU CAMINO DELANTE DE TI.' 28 Te digo, entre aquellos nacidos de mujer, ninguno es más grande que Juan. Sin embargo, la persona menos importante en el reino de Dios es mayor que él." 29 Cuando toda la gente escuchó esto, incluyendo a los recaudadores de impuestos, declararon que Dios es justo, habiendo sido bautizados con el bautismo de Juan. 30 Pero los fariseos y los expertos en la ley judía rechazaron el propósito de Dios para sí mismos, porque ellos no habían sido bautizados por Juan. 31 "¿A qué entonces, puedo yo comparar a la gente de esta generación? ¿Cómo son ellos? 32 Ellos son como niños jugando en el mercado, que se sientan y se llaman el uno al otro y dicen: "Nosotros tocamos la flauta para ustedes, y ustedes no bailaron. Nosotros cantamos una canción fúnebre, y ustedes no lloraron." 33 Pues Juan el Bautista no llegó comiendo pan ni bebiendo vino, y ustedes dicen: "Él tiene un demonio." 34 Vino El Hijo del Hombre que come y bebe y ustedes dicen: "¡Mira, Él es un hombre glotón y un borracho, un amigo de los recaudadores de impuestos y pecadores! 35 Pero la sabiduría es justificada por todos sus hijos." 36 Ahora, uno de los fariseos invitó a Jesús a comer con él. Así que después que Jesús entró a la casa del fariseo, se reclinó en la mesa a comer. 37 He aquí, había una mujer de la ciudad que era una pecadora. Cuando ella supo que Él estaba reclinado en la mesa de la casa del fariseo, trajo un jarro de alabastro con aceite perfumado. 38 Mientras, ella se paró detrás de Él, cerca de sus pies, llorando, comenzó a mojar sus pies con sus lágrimas, y los secó con los cabellos de su cabeza y besó sus pies, y los ungió con aceite perfumado. 39 Cuando el fariseo que había invitado a Jesús vio esto, él pensó para sí mismo, diciendo: "Si este hombre fuese un profeta, entonces sabría quién y qué tipo de mujer lo está lo está tocando sabría que ella es una pecadora." 40 Jesús respondió y le dijo: "Simón, tengo algo que decirte." Él dijo: "¡Dime, Maestro!" 41 Jesús dijo: "Cierto prestamista tenía dos deudores. Uno debía quinientos denarios y el otro cincuenta. 42 Cuando ellos no pudieron pagarle, él los perdonó a ambos. Así que, ¿cuál de ellos lo amará más?" 43 Simón le respondió y dijo: "Yo supongo que al que él le perdonó más." Jesús dijo: "Tú has juzgado correctamente." 44 Jesús se volvió a la mujer y le dijo a Simón: "Ves a esta mujer. Yo he entrado a tu casa. Tú no me distes agua para mis pies, pero ella con sus lágrimas ha mojado mis pies y los secó con sus cabellos. 45 Tú no me diste un beso, pero desde que llegué, ella no ha cesado de besar mis pies." 46 "Tú no ungiste mi cabeza con aceite, pero ella ha ungido mis pies con aceite perfumado. 47 Por tanto te digo, sus pecados, que eran muchos, han sido perdonados, pues ella amó mucho. Pero a quien poco se le perdona, ama poco." 48 Luego él le dijo a ella: "Tus pecados son perdonados." 49 Aquellos, reclinándose entre sí comenzaron a decirse: "¿Quién es Este que aun perdona pecados?" 50 Entonces Jesús dijo a la mujer: "Tu fe te ha salvado. Ve en paz."
Jesús entra a Capernaúm donde Jesús sana al siervo del centurión.
Esta expresión idiomática "diciéndole" enfatiza que él quería que escucharan lo que él decía. Traducción Alterna: " a las personas que le escuchaban a él" o " a las personas que escuchan"
Esto comienza un nuevo evento en la historia.
"a quien el centurión valorizaba" o " a quien él respetaba"
" le suplicó" o " le rogó"
"El centurión es digno"
"nuestra gente". Esto se refiere a las personas Judías.
con ellos
El negativo doble puede ser reemplazado. Traducción Alterna: "cerca de la casa"
El centurión le hablaba a Jesús educadamente. Traducción Alterna: "no te molestes en venir a mi casa" o "No quiero molestarte"
Esta expresión idiomática significa "ven a mi casa". Si tu idioma tiene una expresión idiómatica que signifique "ven a mi casa," considera si sería bueno usarlo aquí.
El sirviente
La palabra que se traduce aquí como "sirviente" es normalmente traducida como "niño" . Esto indica que el sirviente era bien joven o muestra el afecto del centurión por él.
" Yo también tengo alguien sobre mí que debo obedecer"
"bajo mi autoridad"
La palabra que es traducida aquí como "sirviente" es la palabra típica para un servidor.
" él estaba asombrado del centurión"
Jesús dijo esto para enfatizar el hecho sorprendente que les diría.
La implicación es que Jesús esperaba que las personas Judías tuvieran este tipo de fe, pero ellos no lo hicieron. El no esperaba que los Gentiles tuvieran esta fe, sin embargo este hombre la tuvo. Necesitas añadir esta información implícita.Traducción Alterna: "!No he encontrado ningún Israelita que confie en mí como este Gentil lo ha hecho!".
Se entiende que esas fueron las personas que el centurión envió. Esto puede ser expresado. Traducción Alterna: " las personas que el oficial Romano envió a Jesús"
Jesús fue a la ciudad de Naín, donde él sanó un hombre que había muerto.
el nombre de una ciudad
La palabra "he aquí" llama nuestra atención a la presentación del hombre muerto en la historia. Nuestro idioma puede tener una manera de hacer esto. Traducción Alterna: " había un hombre muerto que"
Esto se puede decir en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: " personas que llevaban fuera de la ciudad a un hombre que había muerto"
"El era el único hijo de su madre, y ella era una viuda". Esto es información de referencia sobre el hombre muerto y su madre.
una mujer cuyo esposo había muerto
" se sintió triste por ella"
"él se adelantó" o '' el se acercó al hombre muerto"
Esto era una camilla o cama usada para mover el cuerpo al lugar de sepultura. Esto no tiene que ser algo en el cual el cuerpo es sepultado. Otras traducciones podrían tener palabras menos comunes como " ataúd" o " féretro".
Jesús dijo esto para enfatizar su autoridad. Traducción Alterna: "!Escúchame!"
El hombre ya no estaba muerto; el ahora estaba vivo. Puede ser necesario establecer esto de forma clara. Traducción Alterna: " El hombre que había estado muerto"
Nos dice que pasó como resultado de que Jesús sanara al hombre que había estado muerto.
"el temor los llenó a todos." Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "todos se asustaron mucho "
Ellos se refirieron a Jesús, no a un profeta desconocido.
"ha venido a estar con nosotros" o "nos ha aparecido." Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Dios ha levantado un gran profeta entre nosotros"
Esta expresión idiomática significa "se preocupa por"
"Esta noticia" se refiere a las cosas que las personas decían en el versículo 16. Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Las personas espacieron esta noticia sobre Jesús" o "Las personas le hablaron a otros esta noticia sobre Jesús"
" Este reporte" o "Este mensaje"
Juan envió a dos de sus discípulos a preguntar a Jesús.
Esto introduce un nuevo evento en la historia.
"le dijeron a Juan"
"todas las cosas que Jesús estaba haciendo"
Esta oración se puede reescribir para que solo tenga una cita directa.Traducción Alterna: " los hombres dijeron que Juan el Bautista los envió para preguntarle, " ¿Eres tú el que vienes, o debemos esperar por otro?" o "los hombres dijeron, "Juan el Bautista nos envió para preguntarte si tú eres el que vendría, o si debemos esperar por otro" .
"debemos buscar a otro" o "debemos esperar a alguien más"
" En ese tiempo"
Puede ser útil reafirmar la sanación. Traducción Alterna: "él los sanó de los espíritus malignos" o Él liberaba a las personas de los espíritus malignos"
"les dijo a los mensajeros de Juan" o "les dijo a los mensajeros que Juan envió"
"díganle a Juan"
"gente pobre"
Esta negativa doble significa "que continúe"
"confiando completamente en mí"
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traucción Alterna: Dios bendecirá a la persona que no deje de creer en Mi por mis acciones"
Jesús comenzó a hablarle a la multitud sobre Juan el Bautista. El le hacía preguntas retóricas para dirigirlos a ellos a pensar sobre cómo era Juan el Bautista realmente.
Esto espera una respuesta negativa. "Salieron ustedes a ver una caña sacudida por el viento? !Por supuesto que no! También puede ser expresado como una respuesta.Traducción Alterna: "!Seguramente ustedes no han salido a ver una caña sacudida por el viento!"
Posibles significados a esta figura literaria son 1) una persona quien fácilmente cambia su mente, como las cañas son fácilmente movidas por el viento, o 2) una persona quien habla mucho pero no dice nada importante, como las cañas suenan cuando el viento sopla.
Esto también espera una respuesta negativa, ya que Juan vestía vestiduras ásperas. "¿Han salido a ver a un hombre vestido con vestiduras suaves? "!Por supuesto que no!" Esto también puede ser expresado como una oración. Traducción Alterna: "! Ustedes ciertamente no han salido a ver a un hombre vestido con vestiduras suaves!"
Esto se refiere a vestiduras costosas. Las vestiduras normales eran ásperas.Traducción Alterna: "vestido de vestiduras costosas"
Un palacio es una casa grande y costosa en la que vive un rey.
Esto nos dirige a una respuesta positiva. "¿Han salido ustedes a ver un profeta? "¡Por supuesto que sí!". Esto también se puede escribir como una oración. Traducción Alterna: "!Pero ustedes actualmente han venido a ver a un profeta!"
Jesús dijo esto para enfatizar la importancia de lo próximo que él les hablaría.
Esta frase significa que en verdad Juan era un profeta, pero que él era más grande que un típico profeta .Traducción Alterna: "no era un profeta común" o "mucho más importante que un profeta normal"
''Ese profeta es el profeta de quienes los profetas han escrito'' o ''Juan es del que los profetas escribieron hace mucho tiempo''
En este verso, Jesús está citando el profeta Malaquías y diciendo que Juan es el mensajero del cuál Malaquías habló.
Esta expresión idiomática significa "delante de ti'' o ''ir por delante de ti''
La palabra ''tu'' es singular porque Dios estaba hablando con el Mesías en la cita.
Jesús le estaba hablando a la multitud así que '''tu'' es plural. Jesús usó esta frase para enfatizar la verdad de lo sorprendente que iba a decir después.
''entre aquellos a quienes una mujer ha dado a luz.'' Esto es una figura literaria
''Juan es el más grande''
Esto se refiere a cualquiera que es parte de el reino que Dios establecerá.
El estado espiritual de las personas en el reino de Dios será más alto que el del pueblo antes de que se estableciera el reino. Traducción Alterna: ''estado espiritual más alto que Juan''
Lucas, el autor de este libro, comenta sobre como las personas respondieron a Juan y Jesús.
Este verso puede ser reordenado para ser más claro.Traducción Alterna: ''Cuando toda la gente que habían sido bautizados por Juan, incluyendo a los recaudadores de impuestos, escucharon esto, declararon que Dios es justo''
''ellos dijeron que Dios se ha mostrado justo'' o ''habían declarado que Dios había actuado como justamente''
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa.Traducción Alterna:''porque habían dejado que Juan los bautizará'' o ''porque Juan los había bautizado''
''rechazaron lo que Dios quería que hicieran'' o ''escogieron desobedecer lo que Dios les dijo''
Esto esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: ''ellos no dejaron que Juan los bautizara'' o ''ellos rechazaron el bautismo de Juan''
Jesús continúa hablándole a la gente sobre Juan el Bautista.
Jesús usó estas preguntas para introducir una comparación. Pueden ser escritas como una declaración. Traducción Alterna: ''A esto es que comparo esta generación, y como son ellos''
Estas son dos formas de decir que esto es una comparación.
Las personas que viven cuando Jesús habló.
Estas palabras son el principio de la comparación de Jesús. Jesús esta diciendo que las personas eran como niños que nunca estaban satisfechos con la manera que otros niños actuaban.
una área grande, al aire libre donde las personas venían a vender sus bienes
''pero ustedes no bailaron a la música
''pero ustedes no lloraron con nosotros''
Posibles significados son 1) ''ayunando frecuentemente '' o 2) ''no comer comida normal.''
Jesús estaba citando lo que las personas decían sobre Juan. Esto se puede establecer sin una cita directa. Traducción Alterna: ''tú dices que él tiene un demonio'' o ''tú lo acusas de tener un demonio''
Jesús esperaba que la gente entendiera que se estaba refiriendo a sí mismo. Traducción Alterna: ''Yo, el Hijo del Hombre''
Jesús estaba citando lo que las personas decían de él como el Hijo del Hombre. Esto puede ser expresado en forma indirecta.Traducción Alterna: "¡ustedes dicen que yo soy un hombre glotón y un borracho, un amigo de los recolectores de impuestos y pecadores!"
una persona que come mucha comida
Esto parece ser un proverbio que Jesús aplicó en esta situación. Probablemente significa que las personas sabias entendían que no se debía rechazar a Jesús ni a Juan. (Ver: [[rc://*/tw/bible/other/proverb]])
Un fariseo invita a Jesús a comer en su casa.
Era una costumbre en ese tiempo que los espectadores asistieran a cenas sin comer.
Esto marca el comienzo de una parte nueva en la historia e introduce al fariseo.
'''se sentó en la mesa para la comida.'' Era la costumbre en una comida relajada como esta cena que los hombres comieran cómodamente alrededor de la mesa.
La palabra ''he aquí'' nos alerta sobre un personaje nuevo en la historia. Tu lenguaje podría tener una manera de hacer esto.
''que tenía una manera de vivir pecadora'' o ''que tenía una reputación por vivir una vida pecadora.'' Pudo haber sido una prostituta.
''un jarro hecho de piedra suave.'' Alabastro es una piedra suave y blanca. Las personas guardaban cosas preciosas en jarros de alabastros.
''con aceite perfumado.'' El aceite tenía algo en el que hacía que tuviera un buen olor. Las personas se lo ponían o perfumaban sus ropas para que tuvieran buen olor.
''con su cabello'
''derramó aceite en ellos''
se dijó a sí mismo
El fariseo pensó que Jesús no era un profeta porque dejó que la mujer pecadora lo tocara. Traducción Alterna: ''Aparentemente Jesús no es un profeta, porque un profeta sabría que esta mujer que lo está tocando es una pecadora''
Simón asumió erróneamente que un profeta nunca permitiría a un pecador que lo tocara. Este hecho puede ser añadido . Traducción Alterna: ''es una pecadora y no permitiría que lo tocara''
Este era el nombre del fariseo que invitó a Jesús a su casa. Este no era Simón Pedro.
Para enfatizar lo que Él le va a decir a Simón el fariseo, Jesús le dice una historia.
''Dos hombres le debían dinero a cierto prestamista''
''500 días de salario.'' ''Denarri'' es el plural de ''denarius.'' Un ''denarri'' es una moneda de plata.
''50 días de salario''
''él perdonó sus deudas'' o ''él canceló sus deudas''
Simón era cuidadoso de su respuesta. Traducción Alterna: ''Probablemente''
''Tú tienes razón''
''Jesús frente a la mujer.'' Jesús dirigió la atención de Simón hacia la mujer volviéndose hacia ella.
Era una responsabilidad básica de un anfitrión de proveer agua y una toalla para los invitados para que se lavaran y secaran sus pies luego de andar en caminos polvorientos.
Jesús usa dos veces las frases para contrastar la falta de cortesía de Simón con las acciones extremas de gratitud de la mujer.
Esta mujer usó sus lágrimas en lugar de la falta de agua.
La mujer usó su cabello en lugar de la falta de una toalla.
Un buen anfitrión en aquella cultura recibiría a su invitado con un beso en la mejilla. Simón no hizo esto.
''ha continuado a besando mis pies''
La mujer besó los pies de Jesús en vez de su mejilla como símbolo de extremo arrepentimiento y humildad.
Jesús continúa contrastando la pobre hospitalidad de Simón con las acciones de la mujer.
''pusiste aceite en mi cabeza.'' Esta era la costumbre para darle la bienvenida a un invitado honrado. Traducción Alterna: "dame la bienvenida ungiéndome la cabeza con aceite''
Esta mujer honró grandiosamente a Jesús haciendo esto. Ella demostró humildad ungiendo sus pies en vez de su cabeza.
Esto enfatiza la importancia de la declaración que sigue.
Esto puede ser establecido en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Dios le ha perdonado sus muchos pecados''
Su amor era la evidencia de que sus pecados fueron perdonados. Algunos lenguajes requieren que el objeto de ''amor'' sea declarado. Traducción Altena: ''porque ella ama mucho a quien la perdonó'' o ''ella ama mucho a Dios''
''''a cualquiera que se le ha perdonado solo unas pocas cosas.'' En esta oración Jesús establece un principio general. Sin embargo, Él esperaba que Simón entendiera que le enseñaba muy poco amor.
''Luego le dijo a la mujer'' (UDB)
''Tú eres perdonada.'' Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: ''Yo perdono tus pecados''
''reclinándose juntos alrededor de la mesa'' o ''comiendo juntos''
Los líderes religiosos sabían que solo Dios podía perdonar pecados, y no creyeron que Jesús era Dios. Esta pregunta probablemente era un intento de acusación. Traducción Alterna: ''Quién piensa este hombre que es? ¡Sólo Dios puede perdonar pecados!'' o ''Por qué este hombre esta pretendiendo ser Dios quien puede perdonar pecado?''
''Por tu fe, has sido salvada.'' ''fe'' puede ser expresado como una acción. Traducción Alterna: ''Porque crees, eres salvada''
Esto es una manera de decir adiós y bendecir a la misma vez. Traducción Alterna: ''A medida que vayas, no te preocupes más nada'' o ''Que Dios te de paz a medida que avances'' (UDB)
1 Sucedió poco después que Jesús comenzó a viajar alrededor de diferentes ciudades y aldeas, predicando y proclamando las buenas nuevas del reino de Dios. Los doce fueron con Él, 2 como también ciertas mujeres que habían sido sanadas de malos espíritus y enfermedades: María que era llamada Magdalena, de la cual siete demonios habían sido expulsados, 3 Juana, esposa de Chuza, administrador de Herodes, Susana y muchas otras mujeres, quienes de sus posesiones proveían para sus necesidades. 4 Mientras una gran multitud se reunía, y la gente venían, a Él de pueblo en pueblo, Él contó una parábola: 5 "Un sembrador salió a sembrar su semillas. Mientras sembraba, algunas cayeron al lado del camino y fueron pisoteadas y las aves del cielo las devoraron. 6 Algunas cayeron sobre piedra y tan pronto crecieron se marchitaron, porque no tenían humedad. 7 Y algunas cayeron entre espinos, y los espinos crecieron juntos con las semillas y las ahogaron. 8 Pero algunas cayeron en buena tierra y produjo una cosecha que fue cien veces mayor." Después que Jesús había dicho estas cosas, Él exclamó: "El que tenga oídos para oír, que oiga." 9 Sus discípulos le preguntaron qué significaba esta parábola. 10 Él dijo: "El conocimiento de los secretos del reino de Dios les ha sido dado a ustedes, pero a otros yo les hablo en parábolas, para que 'VIENDO, NO VEAN, Y OYENDO, NO ENTIENDAN.' 11 Ahora esto es lo que la parábola significa: la semilla es la palabra de Dios. 12 Las que cayeron por el camino, son aquellos que han escuchado, pero entonces el diablo viene y les quita la palabra de su corazón, para que ellos no crean y sean salvos. 13 Las que están sobre la piedra, cuando escuchan la palabra, la reciben con gozo, pero ellos no tienen raíces; ellos creen por un momento y en el tiempo de la prueba se apartan. 14 Las semillas que cayeron entre los espinos, es gente que escuchan la palabra, pero según ellos siguen su camino, se ahogan con las preocupaciones, riquezas y placeres de esta vida, y su fruto no madura. 15 Pero las semillas que cayeron en terreno bueno, estas son aquellas que, escuchando con un corazón honesto y bueno, se agarran a ella con seguridad y producen fruto con su perseverancia. 16 Ahora, nadie cuando ha encendido una lámpara, la cubre con una vasija o la coloca debajo de una cama. Más bien, la coloca sobre un candelero, para que todo el que entre pueda ver la luz. 17 Pues nada está oculto, que no será dado a conocer, ni hay nada secreto, que no sea revelado y salga a la luz. 18 Así que escuchen atentamente, porque al que tiene, se le dará más, y al que no tenga, incluso lo que él piensa que tiene, le será quitado." 19 Entonces su madre y sus hermanos vinieron a Él, pero no pudieron acercarse a Él debido a la multitud. 20 Y le dijeron: "Tu madre y tus hermanos están parados afuera deseando verte." 21 Pero Jesús respondió y les dijo: "Mi madre y mis hermanos son aquellos que escuchan la palabra de Dios, y la cumplen." 22 Ahora, un día Él entró a una barca con sus discípulos y les dijo: "Vayamos al otro lado del lago." Entonces ellos zarparon. 23 Pero mientras navegaban, Él se durmió. Una terrible tormenta de viento vino sobre el lago, y su barco se estaba llenando de agua, y ellos estaban en peligro. 24 Entonces los discípulos de Jesús vinieron a Él y lo despertaron, diciendo: "¡Maestro, Maestro! ¡Estamos a punto de morir!" Él despertó y reprendió los vientos y las aguas embravecidas y ellas cesaron, y hubo una calma. 25 Entonces Él les dijo: "¿Dónde está su fe?" Y ellos tuvieron miedo y mientras estaban también asombrados, y se preguntaron unos a otros: "¿Quién es Éste, que manda aun a los vientos y las aguas, y ellos le obedecen?" 26 Ellos navegaron a la región de los Gadarenos, que está al cruzar el lago de Galilea. 27 Cuando Jesús desembarcó en tierra, él se encontró con cierto hombre de la ciudad que tenía demonios. Por un largo tiempo él no había vestido ropa, ni vivía en una casa, sino en las tumbas. 28 Cuando vio a Jesús, clamó y cayó delante de Él y dijo con una voz potente: "¿Qué tienes Tú conmigo Jesús, Hijo del Dios Altísimo? Yo te ruego, no me atormentes." 29 Pues Jesús había ordenado al espíritu impuro que saliera fuera del hombre. Pues muchas veces lo había poseído y aunque estaba atado con cadenas y grillos y mantenido en vigilancia, él rompía las cadenas y era dirigido por el demonio al desierto. 30 Entonces Jesús le preguntó: "¿Cuál es tu nombre?" Y él dijo: "Legión," porque muchos demonios habían entrado en él. 31 Ellos le seguían implorando que no los mandara al abismo. 32 Entonces, un hato de muchos cerdos estaba allí comiendo en la colina. Los demonios le imploraron que les permitiera entrar en ellos, y Él les dio permiso. 33 Así que los demonios salieron del hombre y entraron en los cerdos, y el hato avanzó bajando la colina empinada hacia el lago y se ahogaron. 34 Cuando los que estaban atendiendo los cerdos vieron lo que había pasado, huyeron y lo contaron en la ciudad y en los campos. 35 Entonces la gente salió a ver lo que había sucedido. Y cuando vinieron a Jesús y encontraron al hombre de quien los demonios habían salido, sentado a los pies de Jesús, vestido, y en su sano juicio, ellos tuvieron miedo. 36 Entonces aquellos que lo habían visto, les dijeron como el hombre que había sido controlado por demonios había sido sanado. 37 Entonces toda la gente de la región de los Gadarenos le pidieron a Jesús que se fuera de entre ellos, pues a ellos les sobrecogió gran temor. Así que Él entró en la barca para poder regresar. 38 El hombre de quien los demonios habían salido le rogó a Jesús que le permitiera ir con Él, pero Jesús lo despidió, diciendo: 39 "Regresa a tu casa y cuenta todas las cosas que Dios ha hecho contigo." El hombre siguió su camino, proclamando por toda la ciudad lo que Jesús había hecho por él. 40 Ahora, cuando Jesús regresó, la multitud le dio la bienvenida, porque todos lo estaban esperando. 41 He aquí, un hombre llamado Jairo, que era uno de los líderes de la sinagoga, vino y se arrodilló a los pies de Jesús y le imploró que fuera a su casa, 42 porque su única hija, una niña como de doce años de edad, se estaba muriendo. Mientras Jesús iba de camino las multitudes lo oprimían. 43 Entonces, allí se encontraba una mujer que había estado sangrando por doce años y había gastado todo su dinero en médicos, pero que no pudo ser sanada por ninguno de ellos. 44 Ella vino por detrás de Jesús y tocó el borde de su vestido, e inmediatamente su sangrado paró. 45 Jesús dijo: "¿Quién fue quien me tocó?" Cuando todos lo negaron, Pedro dijo: "Maestro, las multitudes te rodean y te oprimen." 46 Pero Jesús dijo: "Alguien sí me tocó, pues sé qué poder ha salido de mí." 47 Cuando la mujer vio que no podía escapar sin ser notada, vino temblando y cayó delante de Él. Ella declaró, en la presencia de toda la gente, porqué lo había tocado y cómo fue sanada inmediatamente. 48 Entonces Él le dijo: "Hija, tu fe te ha sanado. Ve en paz." 49 Mientras Él aún estaba hablando, alguien vino de la casa del líder de la sinagoga, diciendo: "Tu hija está muerta. No molestes más al Maestro." 50 Pero cuando Jesús escuchó esto, le dijo a Jairo: "No tengas miedo; sólo cree, y ella será sanada." 51 Cuando Él llegó sino a la casa, no permitió que nadie entrará, excepto Pedro, Juan y Jacobo (Santiago), y el padre de la niña y su madre. 52 Ahora, todos estaban lamentándose y gimiendo por ella, pero Él dijo: "No giman. Ella no está muerta, sino dormida." 53 Pero ellos se rieron de Él, sabiendo que ella estaba muerta. 54 Pero Él, tomando la niña de la mano, dio voces, diciendo: "Niña, levántate." 55 El espíritu de ella regresó, y ella se levantó inmediatamente. Él mandó que le dieran algo de comer. 56 Sus padres estaban asombrados, pero Él les mandó que no le dijeran a nadie lo que había sucedido.
Estos versículos dan información de trasfondo de Jesús predicando mientras viajaba.
Esta frase es usada para marcar una nueva parte de la historia
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "quién Jesús había libertado de espíritus malignos y sanado de enfermedades"
Tres de la mujeres mencionadas: María, Juana, y Susana
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Jesús había expulsado siete demonios"
Juana era esposa de Chuza, y Chuza era el administrador de Herodes. "Juana, esposa del administrador de Herodes, Chuza"
"apoyaron financieramente a Jesús y sus doce discípulos"
Jesús cuenta la parábola de los terrenos a la multitud. El le explica su significado a sus discípulos.
"viniendo a Jesús"
"Un sembrador salió a esparcir semillas en un campo"
"algo de la semilla cayó" ó "cayeron algunas semillas"
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "la gente caminaba en él"
Esta expresión idiomática puede ser traducida tan simple como "aves" ó como "aves volaron hacia abajo y" para mantener el sentido del "cielo".
"comieron todo"
"las plantas se secarón y se consumieron"
"estaban muy secas". La causa puede ser expresada. Traducción Alterna: "el terreno estaba muy seco"
Jesús terminó de contar la parábola a la multitud.
Las plantas de espinas tomaron todos los nutrientes, agua, y luz solar, para que las plantas del sembrador no puedieran crecer bien.
"creció un cultivo" ó "crecieron mas semillas"
Esto significa cien veces mas que las semillas que fueron sembradas.
Es mas natural en algunos lenguajes utilizar la segunda persona: "Tú que tienes oídos para oír, oiga"
"él debe oir bien" o él debe poner atención a lo que Yo digo"
Jesús comienza a hablarles a sus discípulos.
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Dios te ha dado el conocimiento de ... Dios" ó "Dios te ha hecho capaz de entender ... Dios"
Estas son verdades que estaban ocultas, pero ahora Jesús se las estaba revelando.
"para otras personas." Esto se refiere a personas que rechazaron la enseñanza de Jesús y no lo siguieron.
"aúnque vean, no percibirán." Esta es una cita del profeta Isaías. Algunos lenguajes necesitarian establecer el objecto de los verbos. Traducción Alterna: "aúnque ven cosas, ellos no las entenderán" ó " aúnque que ven cosas suceder, ellos no entenderan que significan"
"aúnque ellos oyen, ellos no entenderán". Esta es una cita del profeta Isaías. Algunos lenguajes necesitarian establecer el objeto de los verbos. Traducción Alterna: "aúnque ellos oyen instrución, ellos no entenderán la verdad"
Jesús comienza a explicar el significado de la parábola de los terrenos a sus discípulos.
"la semilla representa la palabra de Dios"
"las semillas que cayeron a largo del camino." Jesús habla de lo que acontece a las semillas como si estuviera hablando de las propias semillas. Traducción Alterna: "Que le pasa a las semillas a lo largo del camino" ó "La parte de la parábola de las semillas que cayeron a lo largo del camino"
Jesús habla de las semillas enseñando sobre las personas tal como si las semillas fueran las personas. Traducción Alterna: "enseña que pasa con las persona quien"
Esto significa que él causa que ellos se olviden de la palabra de Dios que habían escuchado.
En esta parábola esta es una figura literaria (metáfora) de un ave robando las semillas. trata de usar palabras en tu lenguaje que mantengan esta imagen. (Ver:
Como este es el propósito del diablo, puede ser traducido como: Traducción Alterna: "porque el diablo piensa, 'Ellos no deben creer y ellos no deben ser salvos''" ó "así que ellos no creerán con el resultado de que Dios los salvara"
"las semillas que cayeron en el camino lleno de rocas." Jesús habla sobre que pasa con las semillas como si se estuviera hablando mismas. Traducción Alterna: "Lo que les pasa a las semillas en tierra llena de rocas" ó "La parte de la parábola sobre las semillas que cayeron en tierra llena de rocas"
"cuando experimenten dificultades"
Esta expresión idiomática significa "ellos paran de creer" ó "ellos paran de seguir a Jesús"
Jesús habla sobre que pasa con las semillas como si se estuviera hablando a sí mismo. TA: "Que pasa con la semilla que cáe entre las espinas" ó "La parte de la parábola de las semillas que cayeron entre las espinas"
Jesús habla sobre las semillas enseñando como si las personas fueran las semillas. Traducción Alterna: "enseñales que le pasa a las persona que"
Esto puede estar establecido de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "las preocupaciones, las riquezas y los placeres de esta vida los ahogan"
"las cosas que preocupan a la gente "
"las cosas en esta vida que las personas disfrutan"
Esta metáfora refiere a la forma en la cual las malas hierbas cortan la luz y los nutrientes de las plantas y previenen que crezcan. Traducción Alterna: "tal como las malas hierbas previenen las plantas buenas a seguir creciendo, las preocupaciones, las riquezas, y los placeres de esta vida evitan que las personas se vuelvan maduras "
"ellos no dan frutos maduros." Frutos maduros es una metáfora para buenas obras. Traducción Alterna: "tal como una planta que no produce frutos maduros, ellos no producen buenas obras"
Jesús habla sobre que pasa con las semillas como si se estuviera hablando a sí mismo. Traducción Alterna: "Que pasa con las semillas que cayeron en buena tierra" ó "La parte de la parábola de las semillas que cayeron en buena tierra."
Jesús habla sobre las semillas como si la semilas fueran las personas. Ttraducción Alterna: "muestra que pasa con las personas que "
"producen fruto al soportar pacientemente" ó "producen fruto por esfuerzo continuo." Fruto es una metáfora para obras buenas. Traducción Alterna: "como plantas saludables que producen buen fruto, ellos producen buenas obras al perseverar"
Jesús continua con otra parábola luego termina hablandole a sus discípulos él enfatiza el rol de su familia en su trabajo.
Esto marca el comienzo de otra parábola.
Esta doble negativo puede escribirse como una declaración positiva. TA: "todo lo que esta oculto sera revelado"
Esta doble negativo puede escribirse como una declaración positiva. TA: "y todo lo que es secreto sera hecho conocido y se llevado a la luz"
Esta claro desde el contexto que Jesús esta hablando sobre entendimiento y creyendo. Esto puede ser establecido claramente y cambiada a forma activa. TA: "quienquiera que tenga entendimiento se le dara más entendimiento" ó "Dios capacitará a los que creen en la verdad a entender aun más"
Esta claro desde el contexto que Jesús esta hablando sobre el entendimiento y creyendo. Esto puede ser establecido claramente y cambia de manera activa. TA: "Pero cualquiera que no tenga entendimiento aún perdera el entendimiento que piensa que tiene " ó "Pero Dios causará a esos que no creen en la verdad a no entender aun ni un poco de lo que piensa que entienden"
Estos fueros los hermanos menores de Jesús -los otros hijos de María y Jose que nacieron antes de Jesús. Ya que el Padre de Jesús era Dios, y su padre era Jose, ellos eran tecnicamente medios - hermanos. Este detalle no es normalmente traducido.
Esto puede ser establecido en forma activa. TA: "Las personas le dijeron" ó "Alguien le dijo"
"y ellos te desean ver"
Esta metáfora expresa que las personas que venian a eschuchar a Jesús eran tan importante para el como su familia. TA: "Aquellos que escuchan la palabra de Dios y la obedecen son como una madre y hermanos para mi" ó "Aquellos que escuchan la palabra de Dios y la obedecen son tan importantes para mi como mi madre y hermanos"
Jesús y sus discípulos luegon usan un bote para cruzar el Lago Genesaret. Los discípulos aprenden más sobre el poder de Jesús a traves de la tormenta se levantó.
Este es el lago de Genesaret que también conocido como el mar de Galilea.
Esta expresión significa que ellos empezaron a navegar a traves del lago en su bote.
"como iban "
"dormía"
"una tormenta de vientos fuerte comenzo" ó "vientos muy fuertes de repente comenzaron a soplar"
Los vientos fuertes fueron causaron olas que empujaban el agua por los lado adentro del barco. Esto puede ser establecido claramente. TA: "los vientos causaron olas altas que emprezaron a llenar el barco de agua "
"habló bruscamente a "
"las olas violentas" (UDB)
"el viento y las olas pararon" ó "ellas se quedaron quietas"
Jesús estaba reprendiendolos levemente porque no confiában en él para cuidar de ellos. Esto puede ser escrito como una declaración. TA: "Deberías haber tenido fé" ó "Deberías haber confiádo en mi"
"¿Que tipo de hombre es Éste ...ellos le obedecen?" Esta pregunta expresa el choque y la confusión sobre como Jesús fue capaz de controlar la tormenta.
Esto puede ser el comienzo de una nueva oración: "El comanda"
Jesús y sus discípulos llegaron a tierra en Gadara donde Jesús remueve muchos demonios de un hombre.
Ganaderos son las personas que pertencián a la ciudad de Gadara.
"en el otro lado del lago de Galilea"
"un hombre de la ciudad de Gadara"
El hombre tenía demonios; no era la ciudad que tenía demonios. TA: "un cierto hombre de la ciudad, y este hombre tenía muchos demonios"
"que era controlado por demonios" ó "a quien los demonios controlan"
Esta es la información de fondo del hombre que tenía demonios
"el no tenía ropa puesta"
"Cuando el hombre que tenía el demonio vio a Jesús"
"él gritó" ó "él chilló "
"cayó al suelo delante de Jesús". El no cayó accidentalmente.
"'Él dijo altamente" ó "Él gritó"
Esta expresión idiómatica significa "¿Porque me estas molestando? "
Este es un importante título para Jesús.
"muchas veces había tomado el control del hombre" ó "muchas veces se le había entrado." Esto cuenta lo que había hecho el demonio antes de que Jesús conociera al hombre.
Esto puede ser establecido en forma activa. TA: "aunque las personas lo habían atado con las cadenas y los grillos y lo guardaban"
Esto puede ser establecido en forma activa. TA: "el demonio lo hacía salir" (UDB)
Traducir esto con una palabra que se refiere a un gran numero de soldados o personas. Algunas traducciones mencionan "Ejercito". TA: "Batallón" o "Brigada"
"seguían suplicandole a Jesús"
Esto es suplido como información de fondo para introducir a los cerdos. )
"esta cerca comiendo pasto en un colina"
La palabra "así que" es utilizada aquí para explicar la razón por la cual los demonios salieron del hombre fue porque Jesús les habiá dicho que podían ir dentro de los cerdos.
"vió al hombre del cual los demonios habían salidos "
"y sano" ó "comportandose normal"
"sentado a los pies" es una expresión idiómatica que significa "sentado humildemente cerca" ó "sentado al frente de " TA: "sentado en el suelo al frente de Jesús"
"ellos tuvieron miedo de Jesús"
"aquellos que habían visto lo que había acontecido"
Esto puede ser establecido en forma activa. TA: "Jesús había sanado al hombre que los demonios lo habían controlado"
"Esa area de los Gadarenos" ó "el area donde las personas Gadarenos vivían"
Esto puede ser establecido de forma activa. TA: "ellos estaban muy asustados"
La destinación puede ser establecida. TA: "volver al otro lado del lago"
Los eventos en estos versículos ocurrieron antes que Jesús dejára el bote. Puede ser útil establecerlo claramente desde el principio. TA: "Antes que Jesús y sus discípulos se fueran, el hombre" ó "Antes Jesús y sus discípulos zarparan, el hombre"
"tú hogar" ó "tú familia"
"y diles todo lo que Dios ha hecho para ti"
Cuando Jesús y sus discípulos regresaron a Galilea en el otro lado del lago, Él sana la hija de 12 años del maestro de la sinagoga, también a la mujer que llevaba sangrando por 12 años.
Estos versos nos dan información de fondo sobre Jairo.
''la multitud lo saludó alegremente''
''uno de los líderes en la sinagoga local'' o ''un líder de las personas que se reunían en la sinagoga en aquella ciudad"
Posibles significados son 1) ''doblegado a los pies de Jesús'' o 2)''acostados en el piso a los pies de Jesús.'' Jairo no se cayó accidentalmente. Él hizo esto como símbolo de humildad y respeto hacia Jesús.
''estaba a punto de morir''
Algunos traductores quizás necesiten decir primero que Jesús estaba de acuerdo en ir con Jairo. TA: ''Entonces Jesús estuvo de acuerdo en ir con él. Mientras iba de camino''
''la gente se amontonaba fuertemente alrededor de Jesús''
Esto introduce un personaje nuevo en la historia.
''tenía un flujo de sangre.'' Ella probablemente sangrando desde su matriz icluso cuando no era la hora normal para ello. Algunas culturas podrían tener una manera cortés para referirse a esta condición.
Esto puede ser establecido de forma activa. TA: ''pero ninguno de ellos la pudo curar'' o ''pero ninguno de ellos la pudo sanar''
''tocó la franja de su abrigo.'' Los hombres judíos llevaban borlas en los bordes de sus ropas como parte de su vestimenta ceremonial como lo ordenó la ley de Dios. Esto es probablemente lo que ella tocó.
Diciendo esto, Pedro estaba implicando que cualquiera pudo haber tocado a Jesús. Esta información implícita se puede hacer explícita si es necesario. TA: ''¡hay mucha gente amontonada y haciendo presión sobre ti, así que cualquiera te pudo haber tocado!
Puede ser de ayuda distinguir este "tocó'' intencional de los tocados intencionales de la multitud. TA: ''Yo sé que alguien deliberadamente me tocó''
Jesús no perdió poder ni se debilitó, sino que su poder sanó la mujer. TA: ''Yo sé que poder sanador salió de mí'' o ''Yo sentí que mi poder sanó a alguien''
''que ella no pudo mantener secreto lo que había hecho.'' Puede servir de ayuda establecer lo que ella hizo. TA: ''que ella no pudo mantener en secreto que ella había sido la que tocó a Jesús''
''ella vino temblando con miedo''
Posibles significados son 1) ''Ella se doblegó al frente de Jesús'' o 2) ''Ella se acostó en el piso a los pies de Jesús.'' Ella no se cayó accidentalmente. Esto era símbolo de humildad y respeto.
''en la vista de'' o ''entre''
Esto era una forma generosa de hablarle a una mujer. Tu lenguaje puede tener otra manera de demostrar esta generosidad.
''por tu fe, te has vuelto bien.'' ''fe'' se puede establecer como una acción. TA: ''porque crees, eres sanada''
Esta expresión idiomática es una manera de decir ''Adiós'' y dar una bendición a la misma vez. TA: ''Mientras vas, no te preocupes más" o ''Que Dios te de paz mientras avanzas''
''Mientras Jesús seguía hablando con la mujer''
Esto se refiere a Jairo. (Ver: 8:40)
Esta declaración implica que Jesús no era capaz de hacer algo para ayudar ya que la niña estaba muerta.
Esto se refiere a Jesús.
''ella estará bien'' o ''ella vivirá de nuevo'' (UDB)
"Cuando ellos vinieron a la casa." Jesús entró a la casa de Jairo y algunos de los discípulos entraron con Él.
Esto puede ser expresado positivamente. Traducción Alterna: "Jesús solamente le permitió a Pedro, Juan, Jacobo (Santiago) y al padre y la madre de la niña que entraran a la casa con Él"
Esto se refiere a Jairo.
Esta era la manera normal de mostrar duelo en esta cultura. Traducción Alterna: "todas las personas allí estaban llorando y demostrando con gritos y lamentos cuán tristes estaban porque la niña había muerto"
"porque ellos sabían que la niña estaba muerta" (UDB)
"Jesús agarró la mano de la niña"
"Nina pequeña, levántate"
"El espíritu de ella regresó su cuerpo." Los judíos entendían que la vida era el resultado del espíritu llegando a una persona. Traducción Alterna: "Ella regresó a la vida" o "Ella resucitó"
"aliento" o "vida"
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "que ellos le dieran algo de comer a ella"
Esto puede ser expresado diferente. Traducción Alterna: "que no dijeran"
1 Él llamó a los doce, y les dio poder y autoridad sobre los demonios y para curar enfermedades. 2 Él los envió a predicar el reino de Dios y curar a los enfermos. 3 Él les dijo: " No tomen nada para el viaje, ni bastón, ni bolso, ni pan, ni dinero, ni túnica extra. 4 En cualquier casa que entren, permanezcan allí hasta que salgan. 5 Dondequiera que no los reciban, cuando ustedes salgan de ese pueblo, sacudan el polvo de sus pies como testimonio contra ellos." 6 Entonces ellos salían e iban por las aldeas, proclamando la buena noticia y sanando por todas partes. 7 Ahora Herodes, el tetrarca, escuchó todo lo que estaba pasando y estaba perplejo, porque algunos decían que Juan el Bautista había resucitado de los muertos, 8 y era dicho que Elías había aparecido, y aún otros que un profeta de los antiguos había resucitado. 9 Herodes dijo: "Yo decapité a Juan, pero ¿quién es éste de quien oigo tales cosas?" Y él trató de verlo. 10 Cuando los apóstoles regresaron, ellos le dijeron a Jesús todo lo que habían hecho. Entonces Él los tomó aparte, y se fueron, a un pueblo llamado Betsaida. 11 Pero cuando la multitud escuchó sobre esto, lo siguieron. Él los recibió, y les habló sobre el reino de Dios, y Él sanó a aquellos que necesitaban sanidad. 12 Ahora, el día estaba por llegar a su fin, y los doce vinieron Él y dijeron: "Despide a la multitud para que ellos vayan a las aldeas y campos cercanos para que encuentren alojamiento y comida, porque estamos en un lugar aislado". 13 Pero Él les dijo: "Ustedes denles algo para comer." Ellos dijeron: "Nosotros no tenemos más que cinco panes y dos pescados, a menos que vayamos y compremos comida para todas estas personas". 14 (Había alrededor de cinco mil hombres.) Él les dijo a sus discípulos: "Hagan que se sienten en grupos como de cincuenta cada uno." 15 Así que lo hicieron, e hicieron a la gente sentarse. 16 Él tomando los cinco panes y los dos pescados; Él miró al cielo, los bendijo y los partió en pedazos, los dio a los discípulos para ponerlos frente a la multitud. 17 Todos ellos comieron y fueron satisfechos, y lo que sobró fue recogido, doce canastas. 18 Surgió, que mientras Jesús estaba orando a solas, los discípulos estaban con Él. Él les cuestionó, diciendo: "¿Quién dice las multitudes que soy Yo?" 19 Ellos contestaron: "Juan el Bautista. Pero otros dicen Elías, y otros dicen que eres uno de los profetas de los tiempos antiguos que ha resucitado." 20 Entonces Él les dijo: "Pero ¿quién dicen ustedes que soy Yo?" Pedro contestó: "El Cristo de Dios." 21 Pero Él les advirtió fuertemente, que no dijeran esto a nadie, 22 diciendo: "El Hijo del Hombre debe padecer muchas cosas y ser rechazado por los ancianos y principales sacerdotes y escribas, y será muerto y al tercer día resucitará". 23 Él les dijo a todos ellos: "Si alguno quiere seguirme, debe negarse a sí mismo, tomar su cruz cada día y seguirme. 24 Aquel que quiera salvar su vida la perderá, pero el que quiera perderla por Mi causa la salvará. 25 ¿De qué le sirve al hombre si gana todo el mundo, si se pierde o se destruye a sí mismo? 26 Aquel que quiera que se avergüence de mí y de mis palabras, el Hijo del Hombre se avergonzará de él cuando venga en su propia gloria, y la gloria del Padre y la de los santos ángeles. 27 Pero en verdad les digo, que hay algunos de ustedes de los que están aquí, que no probarán la muerte sin que vean el reino de Dios." 28 Ahora, cerca de ocho días después, Jesús habló estas palabras, tomó con Él a Pedro, Juan y Santiago, y subió a la montaña a orar. 29 Mientras Él oraba, la apariencia de su rostro cambió, y sus ropas se volvieron blancas resplandecientes. 30 He aquí, dos hombres estaban hablando con Él, Moisés y Elías, 31 quienes aparecieron en esplendor glorioso. Ellos hablaban de su partida, la cual Él estaba próximo a cumplir en Jerusalén. 32 Ahora Pedro y aquellos que estaban con Él, tenían mucho sueño pesado, pero cuando ellos estuvieron completamente despiertos, vieron Su gloria y a los dos hombres que estaban con Él. 33 Mientras ellos se alejaban de Jesús, Pedro le dijo: "Maestro, es bueno para nosotros estar aquí. Vamos a construir tres enramadas, una para ti, una para Moisés, y otra para Elías" (él no sabía lo que estaba diciendo.) 34 Mientras Él decía esto, una nube vino y los cubrió, y ellos se asustaron mientras entraron en la nube. 35 Una voz salió de la nube, diciendo: "Éste es mi Hijo, mi escogido; escúchenlo." 36 Cuando la voz hubo hablado, Jesús se encontró solo. Ellos guardaron silencio, y no dijeron a nadie en esos días nada de lo que ellos habían visto. 37 Ahora en el siguiente día, cuando ellos bajaron de la montaña, una gran multitud se reunió con Él. 38 He aquí, un hombre de la multitud gritó diciendo: "Maestro, te suplico que mires a mi hijo, porque es el único que tengo. 39 Mira, un espíritu toma control sobre él y de repente grita; le causa convulsiones y le sale espuma de su boca. A duras penas lo deja y lo maltrata gravemente. 40 Yo le supliqué a tus discípulos que se lo sacaran, pero ellos no pudieron." 41 Jesús contestó y dijo: "Ustedes generación incrédula y depravada, ¿por cuánto tiempo voy a tener que estar con ustedes y soportarlos? Trae a tu hijo aquí". 42 Mientras el muchacho se acercaba, el demonio lo tiró al piso y lo sacudió con convulsiones. Pero Jesús reprendió al espíritu inmundo y sanó al muchacho, y se lo devolvió a su padre. 43 Entonces ellos estaban todos asombrados por la grandeza de Dios. Mientras todos estaban todavía maravillándose de todo lo que Él estaba haciendo, dijo a sus discípulos: 44 "Permitan que estas palabras penetren profundamente en sus oídos: el Hijo del Hombre será entregado en manos de hombres." 45 Pero ellos no entendieron esta declaración. Estaba oculta a ellos, para que ellos no conocieran su significado. Todavía ellos tenían miedo de preguntar sobre esta declaración. 46 Entonces empezó una disputa entre ellos sobre cuál de ellos sería el más grande. 47 Pero Jesús, conociendo el razonamiento en sus corazones, tomó a un niño pequeño y lo puso a su lado, 48 y les dijo: "Quienquiera que recibe a este niño en mi nombre, me recibe a Mí; y quienquiera que me recibe a Mí, recibe a Quien me envió. Pues quien sea el más pequeño entre todos ustedes, es quien es el grande". 49 Juan contestó: "Maestro, vimos a uno sacando demonios en Tu nombre y se lo impedimos, porque él no nos sigue." 50 "No lo detengan" dijo Jesús: "porque aquel que quiera que no está contra ustedes, está por ustedes." 51 Cuando se acercaron los días en que Él había de subir al cielo, Él decidió firmemente ir a Jerusalén. 52 Él envió mensajeros delante de Él, y fueron y entraron a una aldea en Samaria para preparar todo para Él. 53 Pero la gente de allí, no le recibió porque Él iba a Jerusalén. 54 Cuando los discípulos Santiago y Juan vieron esto, ellos dijeron: "Señor, ¿quieres que ordenemos que baje fuego del cielo y los destruya?" 55 Pero Él se volvió y los reprendió, y 56 ellos siguieron a otra aldea. 57 Mientras ellos se dirigían a su destino, alguien le dijo: " Yo te seguiré donde quiera que Tú vayas" 58 Jesús le dijo: " LAS ZORRAS TIENEN GUARIDAS, Y LOS PÁJAROS DEL CIELO TIENEN SUS NIDOS, PERO EL HIJO DEL HOMBRE NO TIENE LUGAR DONDE DESCANSAR SU CABEZA." 59 Entonces Él le dijo a otro: "Sígueme." Pero él dijo: "Señor, permíteme primero ir a enterrar a mi padre." 60 Pero Él le dijo: "Deja que los muertos entierren a sus muertos. Pero en cuanto a ti, ve y proclama en todas partes el reino de Dios." 61 Entonces otra persona también dijo: "Yo te seguiré, Señor, pero primero permíteme decir adiós a aquellos que viven en mi casa." 62 Jesús le respondió: "Ninguno, que ha puesto su mano en el arado y mira para atrás, es apto para el reino de Dios."
Jesus les recuerda a sus discipulos a no depender de sus bienes materiales o dinero,les dio poder y los envio a varios lugares.
Estos dos terminos son usados juntos, para mostrar que los doce tienen la autoridad para sanar a la gente.
Posibles definiciones son 1 ("cada demonio" o 2) ""cada clase de demonio."
"enfermedades"
"Jesus les dijo a los doce." es de gran beneficio que esto suceda antes ir. AT; "Antes de ellos partir, Jesus les dijo"
"para tu viaje o cuando salgas de viaje." Ellos no podran llevar consigo nada para todo el viaje, mientras esten de sitio en sitio y vuelvan a estar con Jesus.
"barra" o "baston" El personal del equipo es un baston grande que se usa para dar un balance en las subidas o en los terrenos desnibelados. se puede usar para la defensa cuando son atacados.
el bolso que utiliza el viajero para llevar lo que ha de necesitar en su viaje.
Es aqui que se utiliza como referncia general para "comida".
"Alguna casa que entres"
"quedate alli" o "temporalmente vive en esa casa como huesped"
"hasta que salgas de ese pueblo" o "hasta que salgas de ese lugar"
"Esto es lo que debes hacer en lugares donde no eres recibido"
"sacudir el polvo de tus pies"es una expresion fuerte de rechazo enn esa cultura. Eso muestra que no desean ni tan siquiera el polvo de ese pueblo este en ellos.
"ellos salieron del lugar que Jesus estaba"
"donde quieran que fueron"
Estos versos interrumpen para dar informacion sobre Herodes.
Esta frase marca un descanso en la historia principal. Aqui Lucas habla de la informacion pasada de Herodes.
Esto se refiere a Herodes Antipas el cual fue uno de los cuatro que goberno a Israel.
"confuso"
Esta frase puede ser expresada en una forma activa. Traduccion Alterna: "algunas personas dicen...y otros dicen... y otros dicen"
Para Herodes es imposible que Juan vuelva de los muertos. Esto puede ser expresado claramente. Traduccion Alterna: "No puede ser Juan porque yo corte su cabeza. Quien es este hombre?
Los soldados de Herodes tubieron a cargo de la ejecucion. Traduccion Alterna: " Yo encomende a mis soldados a cortar lacabeza de Juan"
Aunque los discipulos regresan a Jesus y van a Betsaida para pasar un tiempo juntos, la multitud sigue a Jesus para ser sanados y escuhar sus ensenanzas. El multiplico los panes y los peces para ayudarlos a ellos aque regresaran a casa.
"regresa a donde Jesus estaba"
Esto es referido a lo acontecido en sanidades y ensenanzas que ellos hicieron al ir a otras ciudades.
Este es el nombre de la ciudad.
"el dia estaba por llegar a su fin " o estaba cerca de finalizar el dia"
Una barra de pan es una masa que tiene forma y se cocina al horno.
Si "a menos que" es dificil de entender en tu lenguaje, puedes podrias hacer esta nueva oracion. Traduccion Alterna : "en orden para alimentarlos a todos, nosotros necesitamos ir y comprar comida"
"alrededor de 5,000 hombres.En este numero no estan incluidos los ninos y las mujeres que estaban presentes.
"Diganles que se sienten"
"50 en cada grupo"
Pausa en la historia principal. Aquí Lucas nos ofrece información sobre Pedro, Santiago y Juan.
esta expresión sígnifica mucho sueño
esto se refiere a la luz brillante que brillo alrededor de ellos. Traducción Alterna: "ellos vieron una luz brillante que salía de Jesús" o "ellos vieron luces brillantes que salían de dentro de Jesús"
Esto se refiere a Moisés y Elías
"Mientras Moisés y Elías se alejaban"
"tiendas de campaña" o "cabaña"
"Mientras Pedro decía estas cosas,"
Estos discípulos adultos no estaban asustados de las nubes. Esta frase indica que algún tipo inusual de temor vino sobre ellos con la nube. Traducción Alterna: "ellos estaban aterrorizados"
Esto puede ser expresado en términos de qué hizo la nube. Traducción Alterna: "la nube los cubrió"
Esto es entendido que esa voz sólo pertenece a Dios. Traducción Alterna: "Dios les hablo a ellos desde la nube"
Este es un importante título para Jesus, el Hijo de Dios. Ver:Guidelines_sonofgodprinciples
Esto puede estar con una forma presente del verbo. Traducción Alterna: "El que yo he escogido" o "Yo lo he escogido a El"
Ésta es la información que nos dice que pasó después de la historia como un resultado de los eventos de la historia en sí.
la primera frase se refiere a su respuesta inmediata, y la segunda se refiere a que ellos hicieron en los días siguientes.
El día siguiente después que Jesús transfiguró en una luz brillante, Jesús libertó a un niño poseído de demonios que los discípulos no pudieron libertar.
La palabra he aquí nos alerta de una nueva persona en esta historia. Tu idioma puede hacer esto en diferente manera. El idioma inglés usa ""Había un hombre en la multitud que dijo"
La frase "Mira" nos presenta al espíritu de demonio en la historia del hombre. Tu idioma puede tener otra forma de hacer esto. Inglés usa "Aquí estaba un espíritu de demonio"
"espuma sale por su boca." Cuando una persona tiene un ataque epilectico, ellos pueden tener problemas para respirar o tragar. Esto causa espuma blanca alrededor de su boca.
"En respuesta Jesus dijo"
Jesus dijo esto a la multitud que estaba reunida, y no a sus discípulos.
"generación corrupta"
Aquí "tu" es plural. Jesus usa estas preguntas para expresar su tristeza por la incredulidad de la gente. Esto puede ser escrito como oración. Traducción Alterna: "Yo he estado con ustedes mucho tiempo, todavía ustedes no creen. Me pregunto cuanto tiempo mas debo soportarlos."
Aquí "tu" es singular. Jesús está hablando directamente al padre que se dirigió a el.
Jesus realizó el milagro, pero la multitud reconoció que Dios era el poder de la sanidad.
"todo lo que Jesús estaba haciendo"
Esta es una expresión que signífica que ellos deben prestar atención. Traducción Alterna: "Escucha cuidadosamente y recuerda" o "No olvides esto"
Esto puede ser presentado con una clausura activa. Aquí "manos" refiere al poder o control. Traducción Alterna: "ellos entragarán el hijo del hombre y lo pondrán bajo el control de los hombres"
Jesus esta hablando sobre si mismo en tercera persona. Traducción Alterna: "Yo, el Hijo del Hombre"
Jesus no identifica estos hombres aquí, pero convendría mantener esta información. Traducción Alterna: "a mis enemigos"
Esto se puede mantener en forma presente. Traducción Alterna: "Dios escondió el significado de ellos"
Una disputa que gira sobre el poder comienza entre los discípulo.
1 Ahora, después de estas cosas, el Señor señaló a otros setenta, y los envió de dos en dos, delante de Él, en cada pueblo y lugar donde Él mismo tenía destinado a ir. 2 Él dijo: "La cosecha es abundante, pero los obreros son pocos. Por lo tanto, pídanle al Señor de la cosecha que envíe obreros a su cosecha. 3 Vayan ustedes. Miren, Yo los envío como ovejas en medio de lobos. 4 No lleven bolsas de dinero, ni bolsas de viajero, ni sandalias, y no saluden a nadie en el camino. 5 En cualquier casa a que ustedes entren, primero digan: '¡Sea la paz en esta casa!' 6 Si una persona de paz está allí, tu paz reposará sobre él, pero si no, retornará a ustedes. 7 Manténganse en esa casa, comiendo y bebiendo lo que ellos provean, pues el obrero es digno de su salario. No se muevan de casa en casa. 8 En cualquier pueblo que ustedes entren, y ellos les reciban, coman lo que se ponga frente a ustedes, 9 y sanen a los enfermos que están en allí. Y díganle: "El reino de Dios se ha acercado a ustedes." 10 Cuando ustedes entren a un pueblo, y ellos no los reciban, vayan afuera por sus calles y digan: 11 '¡Hasta el polvo de su pueblo, que se pega a nuestros pies, nosotros nos lo sacudimos frente a ustedes! Pero sepan esto: que el reino de Dios se ha acercado.' 12 Yo les digo que el día del juicio será más tolerable para Sodoma que para ese pueblo. 13 ¡Ay de ti, Corazín! ¡Ay de ti, Betsaida! Si los milagros que fueron hechos en ustedes hubieran sido hechos en Tiro y Sidón, ellas se hubieran arrepentido hace mucho tiempo, sentándose en sacos y cenizas. 14 Pero será más tolerable para Tiro y Sidón en el juicio que para ustedes. 15 Y tú, Capernaúm, ¿piensas que serás exaltada hasta el cielo? No, tú descenderás hasta el Hades. 16 Aquel que los escuche a ustedes me escucha a Mí, y aquel que los rechace a ustedes me rechaza a mí, y aquel que me rechace a Mí, rechaza a Aquel que me envió." 17 Los setenta regresaron con regocijo, diciendo: "Señor, aun los demonios se sometieron a nosotros en Tu nombre." 18 Jesús les dijo: "Yo veía a Satanás descender del cielo como un relámpago. 19 Vean, Yo les he dado autoridad para pisar serpientes y escorpiones, y sobre todo el poder del enemigo, y nada, en ninguna manera les lastimará. 20 No obstante no se regocijen solo en esto, que los espíritus se someten a ustedes, sino regocíjense aún más, en que sus nombres estén escritos en el cielo." 21 Al mismo tiempo Él se regocijó grandemente en el Espíritu Santo, y dijo: "Te alabo, oh, Padre, Señor de los cielos y de la tierra, porque Tú ocultaste estas cosas de los sabios y entendidos, y las revelaste a aquellos quienes no saben, como a niños pequeños. Sí, Padre, porque así te a agradó." 22 "Todas las cosas han sido confiadas a Mí por mi Padre, y nadie sabe quién es el Hijo excepto el Padre, y nadie sabe quién es el Padre excepto el Hijo, y cualquiera a quien el Hijo escoja revelarlo." 23 Entonces volviéndose a los discípulos, Él dijo privadamente: "Benditos son aquellos que ven las cosas que ustedes ven. 24 Yo les digo, muchos profetas y reyes desearon ver las cosas que ustedes ven, y no las vieron, y escuchar las cosas que ustedes escuchan, y ellos no las escucharon." 25 He aquí, cierto maestro de la ley judía se levantó para probarlo, diciendo: "Maestro, ¿qué debo hacer para heredar la vida eterna?" 26 Jesús le dijo: "¿Qué está escrito en la ley? ¿Cómo lees?" 27 Respondiendo él dijo: "Tú debes amar al Señor tu Dios con todo tu corazón, con toda tu alma, con toda tu fuerza, y con toda tu mente, y a tu prójimo como a ti mismo." 28 Jesús le dijo: "Tú has contestado correctamente. Haz esto, y vivirás." 29 Pero el maestro, deseando justificarse a sí mismo, dijo a Jesús: "¿Y quién es mi prójimo?" 30 Respondiendo Jesús dijo: "Cierto hombre estaba descendiendo desde Jerusalén a Jericó. El cayó entre ladrones, quienes le despojaron de sus pertenencias, y lo golpearon, y lo dejaron medio muerto. 31 Por casualidad, cierto sacerdote estaba descendiendo por ese camino, y cuando lo vio, pasó por el otro lado. 32 Así mismo un levita, cuando él llegó al lugar y lo vio, pasó por el otro lado. 33 Pero cierto samaritano, mientras viajaba, vino a donde él estaba. Cuando lo vio, fue movido a compasión. 34 Él se acercó a él y vendó sus heridas, vertiendo aceite y vino sobre ellas. Él lo acomodó en su cabalgadura, y lo llevó a una posada, y cuidó de él. 35 El siguiente día sacó dos denarios, y se los dio al encargado del hospedaje, y dijo: 'Cuida de él y cualquier cosa extra que tú gastes, cuando yo regrese, te lo pagaré.' 36 ¿Cuál de estos tres, tú piensas, era un prójimo para el que cayó entre los ladrones?" 37 El maestro dijo: "Aquel quien mostró misericordia a él." Jesús le dijo: "Ve y haz lo mismo." 38 Ahora mientras ellos estaban viajando, Él entró en cierto pueblo, y una cierta mujer llamada Marta le dio la bienvenida en su casa. 39 Ella tenía una hermana llamada María, quien se sentó a los pies del Señor y escuchó Su palabra. 40 Pero Marta estaba demasiado ocupada preparándose para servir una comida. Ella se le acercó a Jesús y dijo: "Señor, ¿no te preocupa que mi hermana me dejó servir sola? 41 Por tanto, dile a ella que me ayude." Pero el Señor respondió y le dijo a ella: "Marta, Marta, tú estás ansiosa sobre muchas cosas, 42 pero solo una cosa es necesaria. María ha seleccionado lo que es mejor, la cual no será quitada de ella."
Jesús manda afuera 70 más gente al frente de Él . Esos 70 regresaron con gozo, y Jesús responde con alabanzas a su Padre Celestial .
Esta palabra es usada aquí para marcar un nuevo evento en la historia.
" 70''. Algunas Versiones dicen " ''setentaidós'' o "72''. Tú a lo mejor quieras incluir una nota que diga que.
''mándalos en grupos de dos" o "mándalos con dos personas en cada grupo''.
Esto fue antes de que el hombre actualmente fuera afuera. TA: " Esto fue lo que Él les dijo a ellos" o '' Antes que ellos salieran afuera Él les dijo a ellos''
Hay una cosecha grande, pero no hay suficientes obreros para traer". Jesús quiere decir que hay mucha gente preparada para entrar en el Reino del Señor, pero no hay suficiente discípulos para ir a enseñar y ayudar las personas.
'' Vete a las cuidades'' o ''vete a la gente"
Lobos atacan y mantan ovejas. Esta metáfora significa gente que trata de hacer daño a los discípulos que Jesús esta mandando. Los nombres de otro animales puede ser subtitulado. TA : "Cuando yo te mando afuera gente van a querer atacarte como lobos atacan a ovejas''
''No te lleves la bolsa de dinero contigo.
Jesús enfatizo que ellos rapidamente van para la cuidad y hacer este trabajo. Él no le estaba diciendo que fueran rudos.
Esto era un saludo y una bendición. Aqui ''casa'' se refiere a aquellos que viven en las casas. TA: ''Que las personas en esta casa reciban paz''
''una persona pacífica''. Esto es una persona que quiere paz con Dios y la gente.
''paz'' es descrito como una caso viva que puede escoger a donde se queda. TA: ''Él va a tener la paz con que tú lo bendices
puede ser útil refirmar la frase entera. TA: '''si no hay persona de paz allá afuera'' o "si el dueño de la casa no es una persona pacífica.
''paz'' es descrita como una cosa viva que puede escojer irse.TA: '' tu vas a tener esa paz'' o '' él no recivira la paz con que tú lo bendices.''
Jesús no estaba diciendo que ellos se quedaran todo el día en la casa, pero que ellos tenían dormir en la misma casa toda las noches que ellos estuvieran ahi. TA : '' Continúa durmiendo en la casa.
Esto es un principio general que Jesús estaba aplicando a los hombres que Él estaba mandando afuera.Como ellos iban a enseñar y sanando personas, la gente deben proveerle a ellos un lugar para quedarse y con comida.
moviéndote alredeor de casa en casa significa moviéntote a diferente casas. Puede ser claro que Él esta hablando de quedarse de noche en diferente casa. ''No vayas a dormir en diferente casas cada noche''
si ellos son bienvenidos por ti
Esto puede estar fijado en una forma activa. TA: "come cualquier como que te den.
'' las personas enfermas" m
el resumen sustantivo ''reino'' o ''regla''. Posiblemente significa: 1) el reino de Dios va a comenzar pronto.TA: ''Dios va a reinar a todos pronto como un rey''
''si la gente de la ciudad te rechazan"
Es una acción para enseñar que ellos rechazaron las personas de la cuidad. TA: " Solo como nos has rechazado, te rechazamos a fondo. Nosotros hasta rechazamos el polvo de tu ciudad que se aferra a nuestros pies''
Desde que Jesús estaba enviando estas personas en grupo de dos, serían dos personas diciendo esto. Así que los idiomas que tienen un doble de ''nostros'' se usaría.
La frase ''Pero saber esto'' presenta una advertencia. Significa ''¡Aunque nos hayas rechazado, no cambia el hecho que el reino de Dios está cerca!''
Jesús estaba diciendo esto a 70 personas que estaba enviando. Él dijo esto para demostrar que iba a decir algo muy importante.
Los discípulos hubieran entendido que esto se refería al tiempo del juicio final de los pecadores.
''Dios no juzgará Sodoma tan lígero como él juzgará aquella ciudad.'' TA: "Dios juzgará la gente de aquella ciudad más leve que como juzgará a la gente de Sodoma''
Jesús habló como si la gente de las ciudades de Corazín y Betsaida lo escucharan, pero no lo estaban haciendo.
Jesús está describiendo una situación que pudo haber sucedido antes pero no pasó. TA: ''Si alguien ha realizado los milagros para la gente de Tiro y Sidón que yo he realizado para ti"
"la gente malvada que vivió allí hubieran enseñado que estaban arrepentidos por sus pecados'' (UDB)
''vestidos de sacos y sentandos en cenizas''
Puede ser de ayuda claramente establecer la razón para su juicio. TA: ''Pero porque no te arrepentiste y confiaste en mí aunque me viste hacer milagros, Dios te juzgará mas ligeramente que lo hará con la gente de Tiro y Sidón''
"en ese último día cuando Dios juzga a todo el mundo" (UDB)
Jesús ahora habla a la gente en la ciudad de Capernaún como si le hubiesen estado escuchando, pero no lo estaban haciendo.
Jesús utiliza una persona para reprendar a la gente de Capernaún por su orgullo. TA: "¡tu ciertamente no irás al cielo!'' ó "¡Dios no te honrará!''
Esta expresión significa "grandemente exaltado.''
Esto puede ser establecido en forma activa. TA: "'tu bajarás hacia hades" ó ''Dios te enviará hacia hades''
La comparación puede ser claramente establecida como un símil. TA: ''Cuando alguien te escucha, es como si me escucharan a Mí"
La comparación puede ser claramente establecida como un símil. TA: ''cuando alguien te rechaza, es como si me están rechazando a Mí''
La comparación puede ser claramente establecida como un símil. TA: "cuando alguien me rechaza, es como si estuvieran rechazando al que me envió"
Esto refiere a Dios el Padre quien nombró a Jesús para su tarea especial. TA: ''Dios, quien me envió"
Algunos lenguajes necesitarán decir que los setenta de hecho salieron primero como el UDB hace. Esto es información implícita que puede ser covertida explícitamente.
Tu quizás querrás añadir una nota: "Algunas versiones tienen '72' en vez de '70.'''
Aquí "nombre'' refiere al poder y la autoridad de Jesús.
Jesús utilizó un símil para comparar como Dios estaba derrotando Satanás cuando sus 70 discípulos estaban predicando en las ciudades en el camino de los relámpagos.
Posibles significados son 1) cayó tan rápido como relámpagos, ó 2) cayó del cielo cuandoun rayo cae hacia abajo. Desde que ambos significados son posibles, sería mejor mantener la imagen.
''autoridad para pisar serpientes y aplastar escorpiones.'' Posibles significados son 1) se refiere a serpientes y escorpiones reales ó 2) serpientes y escorpiones son una metáfora para espíritus malignos. El UDB traduce esto refiriéndose a espíritus malignos: ''Te he dado el derecho de atacar espíritus malignos.''
Esto implica que ellos harían esto y no serían heridos. TA: ''camina en serpientes y escorpiones y ellos no te harán daño''
Escorpiones son animales pequeños con dos garras y un aguijón venenoso en su cola.
''Te he dado autoridad para aplastar el poder del enemigo'' ó ''Te he dado autoridad para vencer el enemigo.'' El enemigo es Satanás.
''no te regocijes solo porque los espíritus te sometan.''¡Esto puede ser establecido de manera positiva. TA: ''Alégrate que sus nombres estén escitos en el cielo mucho más que te alegras por los espíritus sometidos a ti!''
Esto puede ser establecido en forma activa. TA: ''Dios ha escrito sus nombres en el cielo" ó ''tus nombres están en la lista de personas que son ciudadanos del cielo''
Esto es un título importante para Dios.
"cielo'' y ''tierra'' representan todo lo que existe. TA: "Señor sobre todo en el cielo y en la tierra''
Esto refiere a las previas enseñanzas sobre la autoridad de los discípulos de Jesús. Será lo mejor simplemente decir ''estas cosas'' y dejarle al lector determinar el significado.
''de personas quienes son sabias y tienen comprensión.'' Porque Dios ha cubierto la verdad de ellos, estas personas no eran actualmente sabias y comprensivas, incluso ellos pensaban que eran. TA: "'de la gente que piensa que son sabios y educados''
Esto refiere a esos quienes no tienen mucha educación, pero quienes voluntariamente acceptan las enseñanzas de Jesús. TA: "personas que tienen poca educación, pero escuchan a Dios''
"como niños pequeños." Personas quienes saben que no son sabias y expertas están dispuestas ser enseñadas, como los niños están dispuestos.
''porque te agrada hacer esto''
Esto puede decirlo en forma activa. TA: "Mi Padre me ha entregado todo sobre Mí"
Estos son títulos importantes que describe la relación entre Dios y Jesús.
La palabra que está traducida como "sabe" significa saber por experiencia personal. Dios el padre conoce a Jesús de esta manera.
Jesús se refiere a sí mismo en tercera persona.
Esto significa que solo el Padre sabe quien es el Hijo.
"quienquiera que el Hijo quiera mostrarle al Padre"
La palabra "privadamente" indica que él estaba solo con sus discípulos. TA: "Luego, cuando él estaba solo con sus discípulos, él se volteó a ellos y dijo"
Esto probablemente se refiere a buenos trabajos y milagros que estaba haciendo Jesús. TA: "Que bueno es para aquellos quien ven las cosas que Tú me ves haciendo.
Esto implica que Jesús todavía no estaba haciendo estas cosas. TA: ''pero no pude verlos porque no los estaba haciendo a ellos todavía"
Esto probablemente se refería a las enseñanza de Jesús. TA: "las cosas que Tú me escuchaste decir"
Esto implica que Jesús no todavía estaba enseñando. TA: "pero no pude escucharlos porque you todavía no he empezado a enseñar"
Jesús responde con una historia a un maestro judío que quiere probar a Jesús.
Esto nos alerta a una nueva y una nueva persona en la historia.
"reto a Jesús"
Jesús no está buscando información. Él usa estas preguntas para probar el conocimiento del maestro judío. TA: "Dime que Moisés escribió en la ley"
Esto se puede preguntar en forma activa. TA: "¿Qué Moisés escribió en la ley?"
"¿Qué tú has leído en él?" o "¿Que tú entendistes decir?"
El hombre está citando que Moisés escribió en la ley.
Todo esto significa que una persona debe completamente amar a Dios con todo su ser.
Este símil puede ser establecido más claramente. TA: "ama tu vecino tanto como tú amas a ti mismo"
Esto se refiere a un miembro de la comunidad de una persona. TA: "tu conciudadano" o "la gente de tu comunidad"
''Pero el maestro quería encontrar una manera para justificarse a sí mismo, así que Él dijo" o "Pero queriendo aparecer justo, el Maestro dijo"
Jesús responde al hombre diciendo una parábola. TA: "En respuesta, Jesús le dijo este historia"
Puede ser útil añadir la información adicional. TA: "¿Y quién debería considerar ser mi vecino y ame como yo a mi mismo?" de "¿Cúales personas son mis vecinos que debería amar?"
Esto introduce a nuevas personajes en la parábola.
"Él estaba rodeado de ladrones" o "Algunos ladrones lo atacaron"
"tomó todo lo que tenía" o "robó todas sus cosas"
Esta expresión idiomática significa "casi muerto."
Esto no es algo que cualquiera persona tenía planeado.
Este expresión introduce una nueva persona en la historia, pero no lo identifica por nombre.
"cuando el sacerdote vio el hombre herido." Un sacerdote es una persona muy religiosa, así que la audiencia asumiría que él ayudaría al hombre herido. Ya que no lo hizo, esta frase podría ser declarada como "pero cuando él lo vio" para llamar atención a este resultado inesperado.
Esta implicado que él no ayudo al hombre.TA: "él no ayudo al hombre herido pero en cambio él paso por el otro lado del camino"
Los levitas sirvieron en el templo. Se esperaría que ayudara a su compañero. Ya que no lo hizo, puede ser útil indicar eso.TA: "él tampoco lo ayudo, pero en lugar pasó por el otro lado''
Esto introduce una nueva persona en la historia sin darle su nombre. Nosotros solo sabemos que él era de Samaria.
Los judíos despreciaron a los Samaritanos y habrían asumido que él no hubiese ayudado al hombre judío herido.
"Cuando el Samaritano vió al hombre herido"
"Él sintió pena por él"
Él hubiese puesto el aceite y el vino sobre las heridas. TA: "él puso vino y aceite sobre las heridas y las vendó con paño"
Vino fue utilizado para limpiar la herida, y aceite probablemente fue utilizado para prevenir infección. Esto puede ser fijado. TA: "vertiendo aceite y vino sobre ellas para ayudarlas sanar"
"su propio animal de carga." Esto fue un animal que él utilizaba para llevar cargas pesadas. Probablemente era un burro.
"dos días de salario." "Denarios" es el plural de "denario."
"el posadero" o "la persona quien tomó cuidado de la posada"
Esto puede ser reordenado. TA: "cuando yo regrese, te pagaré cualquier cantidad extra que tú gastes"
Esto puede ser escrito como dos preguntas. TA: ¿"Qué tú crees? ¿Cuál de estos tres hombres fue un prójimo... ladrones?"
"demostró ser un verdadero prójimo" (UBD)
"para el hombre quien los ladrones atacaron"
Puede ser de ayuda para dar más información. TA: "De la misma forma, tú tambien debes ir y ayudar a todos los que puedas"
Jesús viene a la casa de Marta donde su hermana María escucha a Jesús con gran atención.
Esta palabra es usada aquí para marcar un nuevo evento.
"mientras Jesús y sus discÍpulos estaban viajando a lo largo"
Esto introduce el pueblo como una nueva ubicación, pero no la nombra.
Esto introduce a Marta como un nuevo personaje. Tu lenguaje puede tener una forma de introducir a nuevas personas.
Esta era la posición normal y respetuosa para un aprendiz en ese tiempo. TA: "se sentó en el suelo cerca a Jesús"
Esto se refiere a todo lo que Jesús enseñó mientras en la casa de Marta. TA: "escuchó a las enseñanzas del Señor"
"Bien ocupada" o "muy ocupada"
Marta se estaba quejando de que el Señor estaba permitiéndole a María sentarse a escucharlo cuando había mucho trabajo que hacer. Ella respetaba al Señor, así que ella usó una pregunta retórica para hacer su queja más cortés. TA: "parece que no te importa... sola"
Jesús repite el nombre de Marta para énfasis. TA: "Querida Marta" o "Tú, Marta"
Jesús está contrastando lo que María está haciendo con lo que Marta está haciendo. Puede ser útil para hacer esto explícito. TA: "la única cosa que de verdad es necesaria es escuchar a mis enseñanzas" o "escuchando a mis enseñanzas es más necesario que preparar una comida"
Posibles definiciones son 1) "Yo no le quitaré esta oportunidad de ella" o 2) "ella no perderá lo que ella ha ganado mientras estaba escuchándome"
1 Sucedió que cuando Jesús estaba orando en cierto lugar, uno de sus discípulos dijo: "Señor, enséñanos a orar tal como Juan les enseñó a sus discípulos." 2 Jesús les dijo: "Cuando ustedes oren digan: 'Padre, santificado sea tu nombre. Venga tu reino. 3 Danos cada día nuestro pan. 4 Perdona nuestros pecados, así como nosotros perdonamos a quien está en deuda con nosotros. No nos dejes caer en tentación." 5 Jesús les dijo: "¿Quién de ustedes tendrá un amigo que va a medianoche, y le dice: ‘Amigo, préstame tres panes, 6 ya que un amigo que acaba de llegar del camino, y no tengo nada que ofrecerle’? 7 Entonces el que está adentro puede que le contesté: 'No me molestes. La puerta ya está cerrada, y mis hijos, junto a mí, están en cama. No estoy disponible para levantarme y darte pan.' 8 Yo les digo, que aun si él no se levanta y le da pan, porque es su amigo, debido a su persistencia se levantará, y le dará cuántos panes necesites. 9 Yo también les digo, pidan, y les será dado; busquen, y encontrarán; toquen, y se les abrirá. 10 Pues toda persona que pide recibe; y la persona que busca encuentra; y a la persona que toca, se le abre. 11 ¿Cuál padre entre ustedes, si su hijo le pide un pescado, le dará una serpiente en lugar de pescado? 12 ¿O si le pide un huevo, le dará un escorpión? 13 Por lo tanto, si ustedes quienes son malvados saben cómo darles buenas cosas a sus hijos, cuánto más, su Padre en los cielos, ¿les dará el Espíritu Santo a aquellos quienes se lo pidan?" 14 Más tarde, Jesús estaba sacando un demonio, y era mudo. Sucedió que cuando el demonio salió, el hombre mudo habló. ¡Las multitudes estaban asombradas! 15 Pero algunas de las personas dijeron: "Él echa fuera demonios por Belcebú, el gobernador de los demonios". 16 Otros lo probaron y buscaron de Él una señal del cielo. 17 Pero Jesús conocía sus pensamientos y les dijo: "Todo reino dividido contra sí mismo es desolado, y una casa dividida contra sí misma se cae. 18 Si Satanás está dividido contra sí mismo, ¿cómo su reino permanecerá? Pues ustedes dicen que yo saco demonios por Belcebú. 19 Si yo echo fuera demonios por Beelzebú, ¿por quién sus seguidores los echan fuera? Por esto, ellos serán sus jueces. 20 Pero si yo saco demonios por el dedo de Dios, entonces el reino de Dios ha llegado a ustedes. 21 Cuando un hombre fuerte, que está completamente armado vigila su casa, sus bienes están a salvo, 22 pero cuando un hombre más fuerte derrota, el hombre más fuerte le quita la armadura, y le roba las posesiones. 23 El que no está conmigo, está en contra de mí, y el que no recoge conmigo, desparrama. 24 Cuando un espíritu inmundo sale de un hombre, éste pasa a través de lugares secos y busca donde descansar. No encontrando ninguno dice: 25 'Voy a volver a la casa de donde vine.' Habiendo regresado, éste encuentra la casa barrida y puesta en orden. 26 Entonces va y trae con él siete espíritus más malvados que él mismo y todos ellos van a vivir allí. Luego, la condición final de ese hombre se vuelve peor que la primera." 27 Sucedió que, según Él decía estas cosas, cierta mujer alzó su voz por encima de la multitud y le dijo: "Bendito el vientre que te concibió y los pechos que te criaron". 28 Pero Él dijo: "Más bien, benditos son aquellos que escuchan la palabra de Dios y la guardan". 29 Mientras las multitudes reunían aún más personas, Él comenzó a decir: "Esta generación es una generación malvada. Busca una señal, aunque ninguna señal le será dada, excepto la señal de Jonás. 30 Pues, así como Jonás vino a ser una señal para los ninivitas, así también el Hijo del Hombre será una señal para esta generación. 31 La Reina del Sur se levantará en juicio contra los hombres de esta generación y los condenará, porque ella vino de los confines de la tierra para escuchar la sabiduría de Salomón, y vean, alguien mayor que Salomón está aquí. 32 Los hombres de Nínive se levantarán en el juicio contra esta generación y los condenarán, porque ellos se arrepintieron con la predicación de Jonás, y miren, Alguien mayor que Jonás está aquí. 33 Nadie, luego de encender una lámpara, la coloca en un lugar escondido o debajo de una canasta, sino sobre un candelabro para que todo el que entre pueda tener luz. 34 Su ojo es la lámpara del cuerpo. Cuando su ojo está bien, todo el cuerpo está lleno de luz. Pero cuando su ojo está mal, todo el cuerpo está lleno de obscuridad. 35 Por lo tanto, ten cuidado de que la luz que hay en ti, no sea oscuridad. 36 Si todo tu cuerpo está lleno de luz, sin ninguna parte en oscuridad, entonces estará iluminado como cuando una lámpara alumbra sobre ti". 37 Cuando Él terminó de hablar, un fariseo le pidió a Él que comiera en su casa, así que Jesús entró y se reclinó. 38 Y el fariseo se sorprendió de que Él primero no se lavó sus manos antes de cenar. 39 El Señor le dijo: "Ahora bien, ustedes los fariseos, limpian el exterior de los vasos y platos, pero el interior de ustedes está lleno de maldad. 40 ¡Ustedes hombres insensatos! ¿Acaso aquel que hizo el exterior no hizo también el interior? 41 Den al pobre de lo que está adentro, y luego todas las cosas serán limpias para ustedes. 42 Pero ¡ay de ustedes fariseos!, porque diezman la menta y la ruda y cualquier otra hierba de jardín, pero descuidan la justicia y el amor de Dios. Es necesario actuar justamente y amar a Dios, sin dejar de hacer las otras cosas también. 43 ¡Ay de ustedes fariseos!, porque ustedes aman los asientos principales de las sinagogas y los saludos respetuosos en las plazas. 44 ¡Ay de ustedes!, porque son como sepulcros que no se ven, que las personas caminan sobre ellos sin saberlo." 45 Y un cierto maestro de la ley le contestó y dijo: "Maestro, lo que dices también nos insulta." 46 Jesús dijo: "¡Y ay de ustedes, maestros de la ley! Porque cargan a los hombres con cargas difíciles de llevar, pero ustedes ni siquiera tocan esas cargas con uno de sus propios dedos. 47 ¡Ay de ustedes!, porque construyen tumbas conmemorando a los profetas, y sin embargo fueron sus antepasados quienes los mataron. 48 Así que son testigos y consienten las obras de sus antepasados, porque de hecho ellos mataron a los profetas, cuyas tumbas ustedes construyeron para conmemorarlos. 49 Por esta razón también, la sabiduría de Dios dijo: 'Les enviaré a ellos profetas y apóstoles, y los perseguirán y matarán algunos de ellos.' 50 Esta generación, entonces será hecha responsable por toda la sangre derramada por los profetas desde el inicio del mundo; 51 desde la sangre de Abel hasta la sangre de Zacarías, quien fue asesinado entre el altar y el santuario. Sí, les digo a ustedes, esta generación será hecha responsable. 52 ¡Ay de ustedes maestros de la ley!, porque ustedes han quitado la llave del conocimiento; ustedes mismos no entran, y entorpecen a aquellos que están entrando." 53 Después que Jesús se fue de ahí, los escribas y los fariseos se le opusieron y le discutían acerca de muchas cosas, 54 tratando de atraparlo en Sus propias palabras.
Este es el principio de la próxima parte de la historia. Jesús le enseña a los discípulos a orar.
Esta frase se usa aquí para marcar el comienzo de una nueva parte de la historia. Si tu lenguaje tiene una forma de hacer esto entonces puedes considerar usarlo aquí.
Sería más natural establecer que Jesús terminó de orar antes de que el discípulo hiciera la pregunta. AT: "Que Jesús estaba orando en un lugar en específico. Cuando Él terminó de orar, uno de" (UDB)
"Jesús le dijo a sus discípulos''
Jesus le está encomendando a los dicípulos a que honren el nombre de Dios el Padre al dirigirse a Él como "Padre" cuando le oramos a Él.
Este es un tÍtulo importante para Dios.
"causa que todos honren tu nombre." "Nombre'' muchas veses se refiere a la persona completa. TA: "que todas las personas te honren''
La acción de Dios gobernando sobre todo el mundo se habla como si fuera Dios mismo. TA: ''Que Tú vengas y reines sobre todos''
Jesús continúa enseñándole a sus dicípulos a orar
Estos son imperativos, pero deben ser traducidos como solicitud, en lugar de un comando. Puede ayudar si añades algo como "por favor'' a ellos para hacerlo claro. TA: ''Por favor dános... Por favor perdónanos ... por favor no nos dirijas''
El pan era una comida barata que las personas comían todos los días. En la manera que lo usan aquí se refiere a comida en general. TA: ''la comida que nesesitamos cada día''
''Perdónanos por pecar en contra de ti'' o ''Perdona nuestros pecados''
''ya que también perdonamos''
''quien a pecado encontra de nosotros'' o ''quien nos a echó el mal''
Esto puede estar establecido de forma positiva. TA: ''Aléjanos de la tentación
Jesús continúa enseñándole a los discípulos a orar
Jesús usó una pregunta para enseñarle a los discípulos. TA: ''Supongamos que uno de ustedes tiene'' o ''Supongamos que tienes''
''préstame tres pedazos de panes'' o '''dame tres pedazos de panes y te pagaré después." El anfitrión no tenía comida par sus invitados.
Está implicado que ellos están lejos de su casa. TA: ''estaba viajando y ya llegué a mi casa
''cualquier comida lista para darle''
''No es conveniente que me levante''
Jesús estaba hablando con los dicípulos. La palabra ''tu'' es plural.
Jesús se dirijio a sus discípulos como si ellos fueran los que estaban pidiendo pan. TA: ''dale pan a él porque él es tu amigo''
Esto se refiere al hecho de que la persona que pregunta por pan ignora el hecho que es inconveniente para su amigo tener que levantarse en medio de la noche para darle pan
Jesús dio estas órdenes para animar a sus discípulos a orar continuamente. Otros lenguajes pueden también pueden requerir mas información con estos verbos. Usa la forma de ''tu'' que más sentido tenga en el texto. TA: ''sigue pidiendo lo que nesesitas... sigue buscando lo que nesesitas de Dios... sigue tocando la puerta''
Esto se puede iniciar de forma activa. TA: '' Dios te lo dará'' o ''tá lo recibirás''
Al tocar la puerta se le da varias veces para que la persona que está adentro sepa que hay alguien afuera. También puede ser traducido a como las personas en tu cultura enseñan que han llegado, como ''llamar'' o ''toser'' o aplaudir.'' Aquí quiere decir que la persona debe seguir orándole a Dios hasta que Él te conteste.
Esto se puede iniciar en forma de acción. TA: ''Dios abrirá la puerta para ti'' o ''Dios te dará la bienvenida''
Jesus termina de enseñar a sus discípulos acerca de la oración.
Jesus usa preguntas para enseñar a sus discípulos. También puede estar escrito como una declaración. TA: "Ninguno de ustedes padres...un pez."
Jesus usa preguntas para enseñar a su discípulos. También puede estar escrito como una declaración. TA:"y tú nunca le darás una escorpión si él pregunta por un huevo"
"si tú que eres malvado sabes" o "aunque tú seas pecaminoso, tú sabes
"¿Cuánto más seguro es que tu padre en el cielo le dará al Espirítu Santo...a él?"Jesus otra vez usa una pregunta para enseñarle a su discípulos. Esto puede ser traducido como una declaración.TA: "Tú puedes estar seguro que tu padre del cielo le dará al Espirítu Santo... a él"
La escorpión es similar a una araña, pero tiene una cola con una picadora venenosa. Si las escorpiónes no son conocidas en donde tú estas, lo puedes traducir como "venenosa araña" o "araña que pica"
Esto es la próxima parte de la historia. Jesús es cuestionado después de que expulsa a un demonio de un hombre mudo.
puede ser útil añadir información extra .TA:"Jesús estaba expulsando a un demonio fuera de una persona" o " O Jesús estaba sacando al demonio de la persona"
Es poco probable que el demonio no pueda hablar. Este demonio aparentemente tenía el poder para prevenir a las personas de poder hablar"
Esta frase es usada aquí para marcar donde la acción empieza. Si tu lenguaje tiene una forma de hacer esto, puedes conciderar usándolo aquí. Cuando el demonio sale del hombre, algunas de las personas critican a Jesus, y eso lleva a Jesus enseñar sobre demonios malignos.
Puede ser util añadir información extra . TA:"cuando el demonio salio del hombre" o " cuando el demonio dejó al hombre"
"El hombre que no podía hablar ahora habló"
"El expulsa los demonios por el poder de Beelzebul, el gobernante de demonios"
Jesús comienza a responderle a la multitud.
"otras personas lo probaron." Querian que Él probara que su autoridad es de Dios.
"y le preguntó a él una señal del cielo" o " demandando una señal del cielo." Esto es como ellos querían que Él probara que su autoridad era de Dios.
"reino" aquí se refiere a las personas en Él. Esto también se puede declarar en forma activa.TA:"Si personas del reino pelean entre ellos mismos, destruirán su reino"
Aquí "casa" se refiere a una familia.TA: "Si familiares pelean con uno al otro, destruirán a su familia"
"se estrella y se destruye" Esta imagen de una casa colapsando se refiere a la destrucción de la familia cuando pelean entre sí
"Satanás" aquí se está refiriendo a los demonios que siguen a Satanás como satanás a sí mismo.TA:"Si Satanás y los miembros de su reino están peleando entre ellos mismos"
Jesus usa una pregunta para enseñarle a la gente. Esto puede ser traducido como declaración.TA: "Si Satanás...su reino no durará" o "Si Satanás... su reino se derrumbará"
"Porque dices que he echado fuera demonios por Beezebul que yo hago demonios dejar personas." La próxima parte de su argumento es declarado explícitamente: "Eso significa que Satanás se divide contra sí mismo"
"Si yo...¿por qué poderes tus seguidores obligan demonios dejar personas?" Jesús usa una pregunta para enseñarle a las personas. El significado de la pregunta de Jesús puede ser explícita.TA:" Si yo... entonces debemos estar de acuerdo en que sus seguidores también expulsan a los demonios por el poder de Beelzebul. Pero tú no crees que eso es real"
"Tus seguidores que expulsan demonios por el poder de Dios te juzgará por decir que expulsas demonios por el poder de Beelzebú.
El "dedo de Dios"se refiere al poder de Dios.
"Esto enseña que el reino de Dios a ido hacia ti"
"le roba las posesiones" o "le quita todo lo que él quiere"
"personas que no me apoyan" o "personas que no trabajan conmigo"
"trabaja en contra mío." Esto se refiere a esos que dijeron que Jesús estaba trabajando con satanás.
Jesús se está refiriendo a la reunión con los discípulos que lo siguen. Esto se puede afirmar explícitamente. TA: "Cualquiera que no haga que la gente venga y me siga hace que se alejen de mí"
esto se refiere a "lugares desolados" (UBD) donde los espíritus malignos vagan.
" si el espíritu no encuentra descansar ahí"
esto se refiere a la persona en la que solía vivir. TA: "¡la persona en quien solía vivir!"
Esta metáfora habla sobre la persona como si fueran una casa que se limpia y las cosas se ponen en su lugar. Esta implicado que la casa todavía vacía. Esto se puede declarar en forma activa con esa información explícita. TA "descubre que la persona es como una casa que alguien ha limpiado y puesto todo lo que pertenece en su lugar, pero la dejó vacía" o "descubre que la persona es como la casa limpia y organizada, pero vacía.
La información que falta se puede agregar. TA: "peor que su condición era antes de que el espíritu se fuera"
Esta es una ruptura en las enseñanzas de Jesús. Una mujer dice una bendición y Jesús responde.
La frase que se usó aqui es para marcar un evento importante en la historia. Si tu idioma tiene una forma de hacer esto, podrías considerar usar esto.
Esta expresión idiomática significa "habló por encima del ruido de la multitud."
La parteS del cuerpo de una mujer están acostumbradas a referirse a toda la mujer. TA: "lo bueno que es para la mujer que te tuvo y te cuida en sus pechos" o "¡que feliz debe ser la mujer que te tuvo y te cuida en su pecho!"
" es aun mejor para aquellos"
Jesús continúa enseñándole al público.
"a medida que más personas se unían a la multitud" o " a medida que la multitud crecía"
Aquí "generación" se refiere a las personas que viven en ella. TA: "las personas viviendo en este tiempo son malvadas" (UDB)
"quieren que les dé una señal" o "muchos de ustedes quieren que les de una señal". La información sobre qué tipo de señal puede hacerse explícita. TA: "Muchos de ustedes quieren hacer un milagro como prueba de que he venido de Dios"
Esto se puede afirmar en forma activa. TA: "Dios no le dará una señal"
"que le sucedió a Jonás" o "el milagro que Dios hizo por Jonás"
esto se refiere que Jesús servirá como una señal de Dios para los judíos de ese día en exactamente la misma manera en la cual Jonás sirvió como una señal de Dios para las personas de Nínive.
Jesús se refiere a el mismo
"las personas de hoy en día"
Esto se refiere a la reina de Saba. Saba era un reino en el sur de Israel.
"también se levantará y juzgará a la gente de este tiempo"
este expresión idiomática significa que ella vino desde muy lejos. TA: "ella vino de una gran distancia" o "ella vino de un lugar muy lejano"
puede ser útil declarar explícitamente que ellos no escucharon a Jesús. TA: "soy mayor que Salomón, pero ustedes no me han escuchado"
Jesús está hablando sobre el mismo. TA: "yo soy mayor que Salomón"
Puede ser útil afirmar explícitamente que esto se refiere a la ciudad antigua de Nínive. TA: "los hombres que vivían en la antigua ciudad de Nínive
incluye hombres y mujeres. TA: "
" las personas de este tiempo"
"porque ellos se arrepintieron"
puede ser útil declarar explícitamente que ellos no escucharon a Jesús. TA: "yo soy mayor que Jonás pero ustedes no se han arrepentido"
Jesús está hablando sobre sí mismo. TA: "yo soy mayor que Jonás"
Jesús termina enseñándole a la multitud.
Versos 33-36 son una metáfora donde Jesús habla sobre sus enseñansas como "luz" cual debería ser compartida con todos y actuar en consecuencia. Él habla sobre gente que no acepta sus enseñanzas como estar en "oscuridad".
"escóndelo o ponlo debajo de una cesta"
Puede ser servicial añadir la información. TA: "pero ellos lo ponen en un candelero" o "pero ellos lo ponen en una mesa"
En esta parte de la metáfora, las cosas que ellos vieron Jesús hacer, proveyó comprensión sólo como un ojo proporciona luz para el cuerpo.
El ojo es una metonimia para la visión.
El cuerpo es un sinédoque para la vida de una persona.
"eye" aquí es una metonimia para la visión. TA: "Cuando tu visión es buena" o "cuando ves bien"
Esto puede empezar en forma activa. TA: "la luz va a llenar tu cuerpo entero" o "tú vas a poder ver todo claro"
Aquí "ojo" es una metonimia para la visión" o "cuando tú ves mal"
"tú no podras ver nada"
"asegúrate que lo que tú piensas que es luz no sea oscuridad" o "asegúrate que tú sepas qué es luz, y que sepas qué es oscuridad"
Jesús dice la misma verdad que una símil. Él habla sobre gente que están llenas de verdad como si ellos fueran lámparas que brillan.
Este es el comienzo de la próxima parte de la historia. Jesús es invitado a comer en la casa de un fariseo.
Esto se refiere a la casa del fariseo.
"se sentó a la mesa." Era costumbre para una comida relajada como esta cena, que los hombres coman mientras estan recostados cómodamente alrededor la mesa.
Los fariseos tenían una regla que la gente debe lavarse las manos para poder ser ceremonialmente limpios ante Dios. TA: "lava sus manos" o "lava sus manos para ser ritualmente limpio"
Jesús empieza a hablar al fariseo usando una metáfora. Él compara la forma que ellos limpian tazas y cuencos a como ellos se limpian ellos mismos
Lavando el exterior de contenedores era parte de las prácticas ritules de los fariseos.
Esta parte de la metáfora contrasta la forma cuidadosa que ellos limpian el exterior de los platos con la forma que ellos ignoran sus propia condición interna.
Esta expresión puede referirse a los hombres y mujeres, aunque a todos los fariseos que Jesús les estaba hablando eran hombres.
Jesús usa preguntas para reprender a los fariseos por no entender que lo que está dentro del corazón le importa a Dios. Esto puede ser traducido como una declaración. TA: "¡El que hizo el exterior también hizo el interior!"
Esto se refiere a lo que ellos deberían estar haciendo con sus tazas y cuencos" o "Sé generoso con el pobre"
"tú seras completamente limpio" o "tú seras limpio dentro y afuera"
"tú le das a Dios una décima de tu menta y ruda, y otras hierbas de tu jardín." Jesús estaba dando un ejemplo de que tan extremo los fariseos eran en dar una décima de su ingreso.
Estos son hierbas. La gente se pone solo un poco de estas hojas en su comida para darle sabor. Si la gente no sabe que son mentas o rudas, puedes usar los nombres de hierbas que conozcan o una expresión general como "hierbas."
Significado posible son 1) "cualquier otro vegetal" 2) "cualquier otra hierba de jardín" 3) "cualquier otra planta de jardín."
"para amar a Dios" o "amor para Dios." Dios es el amado.
"sin dejar" enfatiza que esto siempre deberia ser hecho. Estopuede ser declarado en forma positiva. TA: "y siempre hace lo bueno también"
Jesús termina de hablarle a los fariseos.
''las mejores sillas'' o "las sillas de al frente"
''a ti te gusta que la gente te salude con honor especial." (UDB)
Los fariseos eran como marcas sin nombre porque ellas parecen ceremonialmente limpias, pero causaron que la gente alrededor de ellos se ensuciara. Traducción Alterna: "ustedes son como tumbas sin nombre que la gente camina sobre ellas sin saberlo"
Estos "sepulcros" o "tumbas" eran hoyos cavados en la tierra donde un cuerpo muerto era enterrado. Estas no tenían las piedras blancas que la gente normalmente ponía sobre las tumbas para que otros la pudieran ver. Traducción Alterna: "tumbas sin marcar"
Cuando los judíos caminaban sobre una tumba, ellos se convertían ceremonialmente limpios. Estas tumbas sin marcar causaron que ellos accidentalmente hicieran eso. Esto puede ser citado claramente. TA: ''sin realizarlo y convertirme ceremonialmente sucio.''
Jesús empieza a responderle a un maestro judío.
Esto introduce un nuevo personaje en la historia.
Los comentarios de Jesús sobre los fariseos también pareció aplicarle a los maestros de las leyes judías.
Jesús deja claro que Él intentó condenar las acciones de los maestros de la ley junto con los fariseos.
Tú pones cargas pesadas en personas para que ellos las cargan. Jesús habla sobre alguien dándole a la gente muchas reglas como si la persona le estuviese dando cosas pesadas para cargar. TA: ''ustedes cargan a la gente dándole a ellos muchas reglas para seguir.
Posibles significados son 1) "haz cualquier cosa para ayudar a personas cargar esas cargas" o 2) ''no hagas ningún fuerte para cargar esas cargas tu mismo.
"Así que son testigos y lo aprueban" Jesús está reprendiendo a los fariseos y a los maestros de la ley. Ellos sabían sobre el asesinato de los profetas, pero no condenaron a sus ancestros por matarlos a ellos. TA: "Así que, en lugar de denunciarlos a ellos, ustedes lo confirman y están de acuerdo"
Esto se refiere al segmento previo que los maestros de la ley sobre cargaron a las personas con reglas.
''sabiduría'' es tratada como si pudiese hablar por Dios. TA: ''Dios en su misericordia dijo'' o ''Dios sabiamente dijo''
''Yo mandaré profetas y apóstoles a mi pueblo.'' Dios había declarado de antemano que Él mandaría a profetas y aóstoles a los ancestros de la audiencia judía a quien Jesús le estaba hablando.
''mi gente va a perseguir y a matar a algunos de los profetas y apoóstoles.'' Dios declaró de antemano que los ancestros de la audiencia Judía a quien Jesús le estaba hablando perseguiría y mataría a los profetas y apóstoles.
La gente a quien Jesús le estaba hablando será hecha responsable por el asesino de los profetas por sus ancestros. TA: ''Entonces, Dios hará esta generación responsable por todas las muertes de los profetas que la gente ha matado.
La ''sangre... derramada" se refiere a la sangre derramada cuando ellos fueron matados. TA: ''el asesinato de los profetas''
Este probablemente era el sacerdote en el Antiguo Testamento el cual reprendió la gente de Israel por idolatría. Este no era el Padre de Juan el Bautista.
Esto podría estar citado en forma activa. TA: ''que la gente mató.
Jesús termina respondiéndole a los maestros Judíos.
Jesús habla sobre la verdad de Dios como si estuviese en una casa en cual los maestros se negaron a entrar y tampoco dejan a otros tener la llave para entrar. Esto significa que los maestros no conocen verdaderamente a Dios y previenen a otros de conocerlo a Él también.
Esto representa los medios de acceso, como a una casa o cuarto de almacenaje.
''tú, ustedes mismos no van adentro para adquirir sabiduría.
Este es el final de la parte de la historia donde Jesús comió en la casa de los fariseos. Estos versos le dicen al lector qué pasa luego que la parte central de la historia concluye.
''Después que Jesús se fue de la casa de los fariseos''
Los escribas y fariseos no discutieron para defender sus vistas, sino para tratar de atrapar a Jesús para poder acusarlo de haber roto la ley de Dios.
Esto significa que ellos querían a Jesús que dijera algo mal para que lo pudieran acusar.
1 Mientras tanto, cuando miles de personas estaban reunidas, tantos que se atropellaban unos a otros, Él empezó a decirles a sus discípulos primero que a todos: "Cuidado con la levadura de los fariseos, la cual es hipocresía. 2 Pero no hay nada oculto, que no sea revelado, y nada escondido, que no se sepa. 3 Así que cualquier cosa dicha en las tinieblas será escuchada en la luz, y lo que has hablado al oído en los cuartos de adentro, será proclamado desde las azoteas. 4 Yo les digo a ustedes mis amigos, no tengan miedo de aquellos quienes matan el cuerpo, y después de eso ellos no tienen nada más que hacer. 5 Pero les advertiré a ustedes acerca de a quién temer. Teman a aquel que, después de matar, tiene autoridad para tirarlos en el infierno. Sí, Yo les digo, témanle. 6 ¿No son vendidos cinco gorriones por dos pequeñas monedas? Todavía ninguno de ellos es olvidado a la vista de Dios. 7 Pero aún todos los cabellos de su cabeza son contados. No tengan miedo. Ustedes son más valiosos que muchos gorriones. 8 Yo les digo, quien me confiesa delante de los hombres, el Hijo del Hombre también le confesará ante los ángeles de Dios, 9 pero el que me niegue ante los hombres será negado ante los ángeles de Dios. 10 Cualquiera que hable una palabra en contra del Hijo del Hombre, le será perdonado, pero para aquel que blasfeme contra el Espíritu Santo, eso no le será perdonado. 11 Cuando los lleven ante las sinagogas, los gobernantes y las autoridades, no se preocupen acerca de cómo hablar en su defensa, o que dirán, 12 porque el Espíritu Santo les enseñará en esa hora qué deberán decir." 13 Entonces alguien de la multitud le dijo: "Maestro, dile a mi hermano que divida su herencia conmigo." 14 Jesús le dijo: "Hombre, ¿quién me hizo juez o mediador sobre ti?" 15 Y Él les dijo: "Velen que ustedes se guarden de todo deseo de avaricia, porque la vida de una persona no consiste en la abundancia de sus posesiones." 16 Luego Jesús les contó una parábola, diciendo: "La tierra de un hombre rico había producido abundantemente, 17 y él pensó dentro de sí, diciendo: '¿Qué haré, porque no tengo un lugar para guardar mis cosechas? 18 Él dijo: 'Esto es lo que haré. Destruiré mis graneros y construiré unos más grandes, y allí guardaré todos mis granos y otros bienes. 19 Yo le diré a mi alma: "Alma, tienes muchos bienes guardados para muchos años. Descansa tranquila, come, bebe, alégrate." 20 Pero Dios le dijo: 'Hombre necio, esta noche pedirán tu alma, y las cosas que has preparado, ¿de quién serán?' 21 Así es alguien que guarda tesoros para sí mismo y no es rico delante de Dios." 22 Jesús les dijo a sus discípulos: "Por tanto les digo a ustedes, no se preocupen por su vida, qué comerán, o acerca de sus cuerpos, qué vestirán. 23 Porque la vida es más que comida, y el cuerpo es más que la ropa. 24 Consideren los cuervos, ellos no siembran ni cosechan. Ellos no tienen cuarto para almacenar o granero, pero Dios los alimenta. ¡Cuánto más valiosos son ustedes que las aves! 25 ¿Y cuáles de ustedes por estar ansiosos pueden añadir una hora a sus años de vida? 26 Si después ustedes no son capaces de hacer ni las cosas más pequeñas, ¿por qué han de preocuparse por lo demás? 27 Consideren los lirios, cómo crecen. Ellos no laboran, ni siquiera hilan. Todavía les digo, que ni Salomón en toda su gloria no se vistió como uno de estos. 28 Si Dios viste así la hierba de los campos, la cual existe hoy, y mañana es tirada al horno, cuánto más los vestirá a ustedes, ¡oh ustedes hombres de poca fe! 29 No se preocupen por lo que han de comer, o lo que han de beber, y no estén ansiosos. 30 Porque toda la gente del mundo mira estas cosas, y su Padre sabe que ustedes necesitan estas cosas. 31 Pero busquen su reino, y todas estas cosas serán añadidas. 32 No tengan miedo, manada pequeña, porque a su Padre le ha complacido en darles el reino. 33 Vendan sus posesiones y repartan a los pobres. Háganse carteras las cuales no se gasten, tesoros en los cielos que no se agotan, donde ningún ladrón se acerque, y ninguna polilla destruye. 34 Porque donde sus tesoros estén, allí estarán también sus corazones. 35 Estén siempre preparados, y dejen que sus lámparas se mantengan encendidas, 36 y sean como las personas que están esperando que su maestro regrese de la boda, para que cuando él venga y toque, ellos inmediatamente abran la puerta para él. 37 Benditos son esos siervos, a quienes el señor les encontrará vigilando cuando él venga. Verdaderamente les digo que ceñirá su túnica en su correa, les hará sentar a la mesa, y vendrá y les servirá. 38 Si el señor viene en la segunda vigilia de la noche, o si aún en la tercera vigilia, y los encuentra listos, benditos serán esos siervos. 39 Más aún sepan esto, que si el señor de la casa supiera la hora en que el ladrón vendría, él no hubiera permitido que la casa fuera robada. 40 Estén preparados también, porque ustedes no saben la hora cuando el Hijo del Hombre venga." 41 Pedro dijo: "Señor, ¿estás diciendo esta parábola sólo a nosotros, o también a todos?" 42 El Señor dijo: "Pues, ¿quién es el fiel y sabio mayordomo a quien su señor pondrá por encima de sus otros siervos para darle su porción de comida en el tiempo correcto? 43 Bendito es ese siervo, a quien su señor encuentre haciendo eso cuando él venga. 44 Verdaderamente les digo que él lo pondrá a cargo de toda su propiedad. 45 Pero si ese siervo dice en su corazón: 'Mi señor retrasa su regreso,' y comienza a golpear a los siervos y siervas, y a comer y a beber, y a emborracharse, 46 el señor de ese siervo vendrá en un día cuando él no lo espera, y en una hora que él que no sabe, y lo castigará y señalará para él un lugar con los incrédulos. 47 Ese siervo, habiendo conocido la voluntad de su señor, y no habiendo preparado o hecho de acuerdo con su voluntad, será golpeado con muchos azotes. 48 Pero él que no sabía, e hizo cosas merecedoras de golpes, será golpeado con pocos azotes. Todo aquel a quien se le da mucho, mucho se le requiere, y a quien se le confía mucho, le pedirán aún más de él. 49 Yo vine para echar fuego sobre la tierra, y cómo deseo que ya estuviese encendido. 50 Pero tengo un bautismo para ser bautizado, y ¡como yo estoy afligido hasta que sea completado! 51 ¿Piensas que yo vine a traer paz a la tierra? No, yo les digo, pero en cambio división. 52 Pues de ahora en adelante serán cinco en una casa, tres personas contra dos, y dos personas contra tres. 53 Ellos estarán divididos: padre contra hijo, hijo contra padre, madre contra hija e hija contra madre; suegra contra nuera y nuera contra suegra." 54 Jesús también les decía a las multitudes: "Cuando ustedes ven una nube levantándose en el oeste, ustedes dicen inmediatamente: 'Viene lluvia' y así sucede. 55 Y cuando el viento del sur está soplando, ustedes dicen: 'Hará un calor abrasador' y así sucede. 56 Hipócritas, sí ustedes saben cómo interpretar las apariencias de la tierra y de los cielos, ¿cómo es que ustedes no saben cómo interpretar el tiempo presente? 57 ¿Por qué no juzgan lo que es correcto para ustedes mismos? 58 Porque cuando ustedes van con su adversario ante el magistrado, en el camino hacen un esfuerzo por resolver el asunto con él, para que él no los arrastre hasta el juez, y para que así el juez no les entregue al oficial, y el oficial no los tire en la cárcel. 59 Yo les digo, ustedes nunca saldrán de ahí hasta que hayan pagado lo más mínimo del dinero."
Esta es la proxima parte de la historia. Jesús comienza a enseñar, delante de miles de personas, a sus discipulos.
Mientras hacian eso.
Esto es información de fondo que explica el escenario de la historia.
"Una gran multitud".
Esto es una exageración para poder demostrar cuantas personas habian. TA: "Ellos se estaban pisando el uno al otro".
"Jesús comenzo hablando primero con sus discipulos y les dijo".
Igual que la levadura se propaga a través de un trozo entero de masa de pan, su hipocresia se propagaba a través de toda la comunidad. TA: "Protegese contra la hipocresia de los fariseos el cual es como levadura" o "Ten cuidado de no convertirse hipocritas como los fariseos. Su mal comportamiento influye a todos igual que la levadura afecta la masa de pan"
La palabra "Pero" connecta los versos a los versos previos que hablan sobre la hipocresia de los fariseos.
"Todo lo que esta escondido sera revelado." Esto se puede afirmar en forma activa. TA:"la gente aprenderá sobre todo lo que otros hacen en lo secreto".
Esto significa lo mismo que la primera parte de la oración, para enfatizar su verdad. Tambien se puede declarar como forma activa. TA: "la gente aprenderá sobre todo lo que otros tratan de ocultar".
. TA: "la gente oirá en la luz"
Esto se puede afirmar en forma activa. TA: "susurrado a otra persona"
"en un cuarto encerrado". Esto se refiere a discurso privado. TA: "en privado o secreto"
"sera gritado en voz alta". Esto se puede afirmar en forma activa. TA: "la gente proclamara"
Las casas en Israel tenian techos planos, para que la gente pudiera subir y pararse encima de ellos. Si los lectores se distraen tratando de imaginar cómo las personas se levantan en las cimas de las casas, esto tambien puede ser traducido con una expresión mas general, como "desde lugares altos donde todos podran escuchar."
Jesús se dirige a sus discipulos para marcar un cambio en su discurso a un nuevo tema, en este caso, para hablar sobre no tener miedo.
"ellos no pueden causar mas daño o "ellos no pueden hacerte mas daño".
La frase "aquel" se refiera a Dios. Esto se puede afirmar. TA: "Teman a Dios quien" o "Teman a Dios, porque"
"despues que el te mate"o "despues que el mate a alguien".
Esta es una declaración general de la autoridad de Dios para juzgar la gente. Esto no significa que le occurira a los discipulos. TA: "tiene la autoridad para tirar gente al infierno"
Jesús usa la pregunta para enseñarle a sus discipulos. TA: "ustedes saben que cinco gorriones son vendidos por solamente dos monedas pequeñas"
Esto se puede afirmar en forma activa. TA: "Dios nunca se olvida de ninguno de ellos"
Esto se puede afirmar en forma activa. TA: "Dios hasta sabe cuantos cabellos estan en tu cabeza"
La razon por el miedo no esta fijado. significados posible son 1) "No tengas miedo de lo que te puede pasar" o 2) Asi que no tengas miedo de personas que te pueden hacer daño.
"Tu vales mucho mas para Dios que muchos gorrione"
Jesús se dirige a sus discipulos para marcar un cambio en su discurso a un nuevo tema, en este caso, para hablar sobre la confession.
Lo que es confesado es afirmado clarmente. TA "quien diga a otros que son mis discipulos" o cualquiera que reconozca delante de otros que el es leal a mi."
Jesus se referia a si mismo. TA: "yo, el Hijo del Hombre"
"El que me niege ante las personas. "Lo que se niega se puede expresar claramente. TA: "quien se niega a reconocer a los demas que es mi discipulo" o "si alguien se niega a decir que es leal a mi"
No se ha establecido quien los trajo a juicio.
"dentro de la sinagoga a cuestionarte ante los líderes religiosos." (UDB)
Puede ser necesario combinar esto en una decalaración. TA: "otras personas quienes tienen poder en el país." (UDB)
"en ese tiempo" o "entonces"
Este es un receso en las enseñanzas de Jesús. Un hombre le preguntó a Jesús para hacer algo y Jesús le respondió.
Herencia viene de la cultura del padre. Esto se puede declarar. TA: "comparte los bienes de mi padre conmigo"
Posibles significados son 1) esto es simplemente un manera para dirigirse a un extraño o 2) Jesús esta reprendiendo al hombre. Tu idioma puede tener su manera para dirigirse a las personas con cualquiera de estas formas. Algunas personas no traducen esta palabra de ninguna manera.
Jesús usa una pregunta para reprender el hombre. TA: "Yo no soy tu juez o mediador." Algunos idiomas utilizan la manera plural para "tu" o "tus" (Ver:|Rhetorical Question and|Forms of You)
La palabra "les" probablemente se refiere a la multitud completa de personas. TA: "Y Jesús dijo a la multitud"
"protegete a ti mismo de todo tipo de avaricia." TA: "no te permitas a ti mismo amar teniendo cosas" o "no permitas el deseo de tener más cosas que te controlen"
Esto es una declaración general de hechos. No se refiere a cualquier persona específica. Algunos idiomas tienen una manera de expresar aquello.
"cuantas cosas tu posees" (UDB) o "cuantas riquezas él tiene"
Jesús continúa sus enseñanzas diciendo una parábola.
Jesús estaba probablemente quieto hablando hacia una multitud entera.
"creció una muy buena cosecha"
Esta pregunta refleja que el hombre estaba pensando para sí mismo. TA: "¡Yo no sé que hacer, porque yo no tengo un lugar suficientemente grande para guardar todas mis granos!"
edificios donde los agricultores guardan sus granos y comidas que ellos cultivan despues que se coseche.
"posesiones"
"Yo le diré a mi mismo"
El hombre esta hablando con él mismo. TA: "Yo tengo"
Jesús cita como Dios responde al hombre rico, al terminar de decir su parábola.
El "alma" se refiere a la vida de la persona. TA: "tú morirás esta noche" o "yo tomaré tu vida de ti esta noche"
"¿Quién se adueñará de lo que has guardado? o "¿Quién tendrá lo que has preparado? Dios utiliza una pregunta para hacer al hombre darse cuenta que ya no poseerá esas cosas. TA: "¡las cosas que has preparado le pertenecerá a otra persona!"
"almacena cosas valiosas"
"pobre"
El significado es que esta persona no ha estado preocupado con las cosas que son importantes para Dios, o que Dios recompenserá. TA: "en el punto de vista de Dios" o "en relación a Dios"
"enfócate en el reino de Dios" o "desea grandemente al reino de Dios"
"Estas cosas también serán dadas a ti." "Estas cosas" se refiere a comida o ropa. Esto puede ser declarado como forma activa. TA:"Dios te dará estas cosas"
Jesús estaba llamando a sus discípulos un rebaño. Un rebaño es un grupo de ovejas o cabras que un pastor cuida. Como un pastor cuida ovejas, Dios cuidará a los discípulos de Jesús. TA:"grupo pequeño" o "querido grupo"
Esto es un título importante para Dios.
Puede ser útil indicar lo que reciben. TA: "dales a los pobres el dinero que ganas con las ventas.
Los bolsos y los tesoros en los cielos son lo mismo. Los dos representan las bendiciones de Dios en los cielos.
Esto es el resultado de darle al pobre. TA: "De esta manera se harán ustedes mismos el favor."
"bolsas de dinero que no tendrán agujeros en ella"
"no disminuye" o " no se vuelve menos"
"Ladrones no se van cerca
"Las polillas no destruyen''
Una "polilla" es un pequeño insecto que hace agujeros en la tela. Tendás que usar un diferente insecto, como hormigas o termitas.
"tu corazón estará enfocado en donde tú almacenas tus tesoros.
Aquí "corazón" se refiere a los pensamientos de una persona.
Jesús empieza a decir una parábola.
La gente se vestía con túnicas largas. Ellos la metían dentro de su cinturón para que no estuviera en el medio cuando trabajan. TA:"mete tu ropa dentro de tu cinturón para que estés listo para servir" o " Este vestido y listo para servir"
Esto puede ser declarado de forma activa. TA:"deja tu lámpara quemando"
Esto compara los discípulos estando listos para el regreso de Jesús a sus siervos quienes estan listos para regresar a su maestro.
"regresa a casa de la fiesta de bodas"
Esto se refiere a la puerta de la casa del maestro. Era la responsabilidad de sus sirvientes abrirle la puerta.
"que tan bueno es para"
"Cuyo maestro los encuentra esperando por su regreso" o "quiénes estan listos para la venida de el maestro"
Porque los sirvientes han sido fieles y listos para servir al maestro, el maestro los rencompensará con él sirviéndonos"
En la segunda vigilancia fue entremedio de 9:00 p.m. y medianoche. TA: " tarde por la noche" o "justo antes de la media noche"
La tercera vigilancia era desde la medianoche hasta las 3:00 a.m. TA: "o si fuera bien tarde por la noche"
"había sabido cuando"
Esto se puede puede afirmar en forma activa. TA: "Él no habría dejado el ladrón entrar en su casa"
La única similaridad entre ladrón y hijo de hombre es que las personas no saben cuando cualquiera de las dos vendrá, así que tienen que estar listos.
"no se sabe a que hora"
Jesús estaba hablando de Él mismo. TA: "cuando yo, el hijo del hombre, vendrá"
En adición, también sabe" o " pero también debes acordarte"
En el verso 42, Jesús comienza a decir otra parábola.
En el verso 41, hay un receso en la trama al Pedro preguntarle a Jesús una pregunta sobre la parábola anterior.
Jesús usa una pregunta para contestar la pregunta de Pedro indirectamente. Él esperaba aquellos que querían ser mayordomos fieles para entender que la parábola era sobre ellos. TA: "Yo lo dije para todos que son...tiempo correcto"
Jesús les dice otra parábola sobre como los siervos deben de ser fieles mientras ellos esperan por el regreso de su amo.
"quien su señor pondrá a cargo de sus otros siervos"
"Cuan bueno es para ese siervo"
"si su señor lo encuentra haciendo su trabajo cuando él regrese"
Esta expresión significa que ellos deben de prestar atención a lo que él esta por decir.
"lo pondrá en mando de toda su propiedad"
Esto se refiere al siervo que su señor lo ha puesto a cargo de los otros siervos.
"corazón" aquí se refiere a la persona. TA: "piensa para sí mismo"
"Mi señor no regresará pronto"
La palabra que se traduce aquí es como "siervos y siervas" son normalmente traducidos como "hombre o mujer". Ellos pueden indicar que los siervos eran jovenes o que ellos eran cercanos a su señor.
"cuando el siervo no lo está esperando"
"en una hora en cuando él no lo esta esperando"
Posibles significados son 1) esto es una hipérbole por el señor repartiendo castigos crueles hacia los siervos, o 2) esto describe la manera en que los siervos serán ejecutados y enterrados como castigo.
Jesús termina diciendo la parábola.
"lo que su señor quería que hiciera"
"será golpeado muchas veces" o "será azotado muchas veces." Esto se puede declarar de manera activa. TA: "su señor le golpeará muchas veces" o "su señor lo castigará severamente"
Ambos siervos son castigados, pero estas frases muestran los siervos que intencionalmente desobedecen a su señor eran castigados más severos que los otros siervos.
Esto se puede declarar de manera activa. TA: "Ellos le requerirá más de aquellos que han recibido mucho" o "El señor requerirá más de todo aquel que le entregó mucho"
Estos puedes ser declarados de manera activa. TA: "él que el señor le ha dado mucha propiedad para cuidar" o " él que el señor le ha dado mucha responsabilidad"
Jesús continua enseñarle a sus discípulos.
"Yo vine a lanzar fuego on the earth" o "Yo vine a prender la tierra en fuego." Posibles significados son 1) Jesús ha venido para juzgar las personas o 2) Jesús ha venido para purificar creyentes o 3) Jesús ha venido para causar división entre las personas.
Este exclamación enfatiza cuanto el quiere que esto suceda. TA: "Yo deseo demasiado que ya esté encendido" o "cuanto yo deseo que hubiera ya comenzado" (Ver: gs_exclamations)
Aquí el "bautismo" se refiere a lo que Jesús debe sufrir. Así como las aguas cubren a las personas durante el bautismo, sufrimiento abrumará a Jesús. TA: "Yo debo ir por el bautismo del sufrimiento terrible"
La palabra "pero" se utiliza para enseñar que el no puede echar el fuego en la tierra hasta después que él atraviese el bautizmo.
Esta exclamación enfatiza cuan afligido él estaba. TA: "Yo soy terriblemente angustiado y seré hasta que complete este bautismo de sufrimiento"
Personas esperando al Mesias para que le traiga la paz de sus enemigos. Jesús no va ir hacer eso ahora hacer eso. TA:''Tu no deberia pensar que yo vine a traer paz sobre la tierra''
''pero yo vine a traer division'' o''gente va a dividir ellos mismos otros por que yo he venido.
''hostilidad'' o '' dicordia''
Este ejemplo es el tipo de divisiones que hay esta en la familias.
Sería bueno establecer que esto se refiere a personas. Traducción alterna: habrán cinco personas en una casa.
'' va oponer''
Jesus empieza a escapar a la multidud.
Esta condición normalente significa la lluvia viene para Israel.
'' La lluvia viene o ''Va a llover''( oración de enlace)
1 En ese tiempo, algunas personas allí le hablaron acerca de los galileos cuya sangre Pilato mezcló con sus propios sacrificios. 2 Jesús respondió y le dijo: "¿Ustedes piensan que estos galileos eran más pecadores que todos los demás galileos porque sufrieron de esta manera? 3 Yo les digo, que no. Pero si ustedes no se arrepienten, todos ustedes van a perecer de la misma manera. 4 O aquellas dieciocho personas en Siloé sobre las cuales cayó una torre y los mató, ¿ustedes piensan que ellos eran más pecadores que los otros hombres en Jerusalén? 5 No. Pero si ustedes no se arrepienten, todos ustedes también perecerán". 6 Jesús contó esta parábola: "Alguien tenía un árbol de higos plantado en su viñedo y vino y buscó frutos en él, pero no encontró ninguno. 7 El hombre le dijo al jardinero: 'Mira, por estos tres años yo he venido y he tratado de encontrar frutos en este árbol de higuera y no he encontrado ninguno. Córtalo. ¿Por qué dejarlo malgastar la tierra?' 8 El jardinero contestó y dijo: 'Déjalo solo por este año mientras yo cave alrededor de él y le pongo estiércol. 9 Y si produce fruto el próximo año, bien; pero si no, ¡córtalo!” 10 Ahora, Jesús estaba enseñando en una de las sinagogas durante el sábado. 11 He aquí, una mujer que por dieciocho años había tenido un espíritu maligno de debilidad, y estaba jorobada y no era capaz de enderezarse. 12 Cuando Jesús la vio, la llamó y le dijo: "Mujer, eres libre de tu debilidad". 13 Él puso sus manos sobre ella, e inmediatamente se enderezó y glorificó a Dios. 14 Pero el jefe de la sinagoga estaba indignado porque Jesús había sanado en sábado. Así que él dijo a la multitud: "Hay seis días en que es necesario trabajar. Vengan y sean sanados entonces, no en el sábado." 15 El Señor le respondió y dijo: "¡Hipócritas! ¿Acaso alguno de ustedes no desata su burro o vaca del establo y lo lleva a beber en el sábado? 16 ¿Pues también esta hija de Abraham, a quien Satanás amarró por dieciocho largos años, no deberían sus ligaduras ser sueltas en sábado?" 17 Y mientras decía estas cosas, todos esos que se oponían a Él estaban avergonzados, pero la muchedumbre entera estaba regocijándose por las cosas gloriosas que Él hacía. 18 Entonces Jesús dijo: "¿Cómo es el reino de Dios, y a que se le puede comparar? 19 Es como un grano de mostaza que un hombre tomó y arrojó en su jardín, y creció en un gran árbol, y las aves del cielo construyeron en él sus nidos". 20 Otra vez les dijo: "¿A qué puedo Yo comparar el reino de Dios? 21 Es como levadura que una mujer tomó y mezcló con tres medidas de harina hasta que creció." 22 Jesús visitó cada pueblo y villa de camino a Jerusalén y les enseñaba. 23 Alguien le dijo: "Señor, ¿son pocas las personas que serán salvadas?" Entonces Él les dijo: 24 "Luchen por entrar por la puerta estrecha, porque muchos van a tratar, y no lograrán entrar". 25 Una vez que el dueño de la casa se levanta y cierra la puerta, ustedes se pararán afuera y golpearán la puerta y dirán: 'Señor, Señor, déjanos entrar'. Y Él les responderá y les dirá: 'Yo no sé quiénes son ni de dónde vienen'. 26 Entonces ustedes dirán: 'Nosotros comimos y bebimos contigo y Tú enseñaste en nuestras calles.' 27 Pero Él les responderá: 'Yo les digo, yo no sé de dónde son. ¡Aléjense de Mí, malhechores!' 28 Habrá llanto y crujir de dientes cuando vean a Abraham, Isaac, Jacob y a todos los profetas del reino de Dios, pero ustedes, serán arrojados afuera. 29 Vendrán del este, oeste, norte y sur, y se sentarán a la mesa en el reino de Dios. 30 Y sepan esto, los últimos son los primeros y los primeros serán los últimos". 31 Poco después, algunos fariseos vinieron y le dijeron a Él: "Vete de aquí porque Herodes quiere matarte". 32 Jesús dijo: "Vayan y díganle a ese zorro: 'Miren, yo echo fuera demonios y haré sanidades hoy y mañana, y en el tercer día voy a alcanzar mi meta'. 33 Sin embargo, es necesario para Mí que continúe hoy, mañana y en el día siguiente, porque no es aceptable que maten a un profeta lejos de Jerusalén. 34 Jerusalén, Jerusalén, quien mata a los profetas y apedreas a los enviados a ti. Cuán a menudo he deseado reunir tus hijos, en la manera que una gallina reúne sus polluelos bajo sus alas, pero ustedes no desearon esto. 35 Miren, su casa está abandonada. Yo les digo, ustedes no me verán hasta que digan: 'Bendecido es Él que viene en el nombre del Señor'".
Jesús todavía esta hablando frente la multitud. Algunas personas en la multitud le hacen preguntas y el empieza a responder. Esta es la misma parte de la historia que empieza en 12:1.
Esta frase conecta este evento con el final de el capítulo 12 cuando Jesús estaba enseñandole a una multitud de personas.
Aquí "sangre" se refiere a la muerte de los Galileos. Ellos probablemente fueron matados mientras ofrecían sus sacrificios. Esto puede ser fijado explícitamente como en el UDB.
"¿Fueron estos Galileos más pecadores... manera?" o "Esto prueba que estos Galileos eran más pecaminosos... manera? Jesús usa esta pregunta para retar el entendimiento the las personas. TA: "Tu crees que estos Galileos eran más pecaminosos... manera" o "No piensen que estos Galileos eran más pecaminosos... manera"
Pilato probablemente ordenó a sus soldados matar personas en lugar de hacerlo él mismo. Traducción alterna: a quienes los soldados de Pilato matarán
Aquí "Yo te digo" enfatiza "no." TA: "Ellos ciertamente no eran más pecaminosos" o "Tu te equivocastes al pensar que su sufrimiento prueba que ellos son más pecaminosos"
"todos ustedes tambien morirán." La frase "de la misma manera" significa que ellos experimentarán el mismo resultado, no morirán por el mismo método.
"pierde tu vida" o "muere"
Este es el segundo ejemplo de Jesús sobre las personas que sufrieron. TA: "O considera aquellos" o "Piensa en aquellos"
"18 personas"
Este es el nombre de un área en Jerusalén.
"¿Esto prueba que ellos eran más pecaminosos... Jerusalén?" Jesús usa esta pregunta para retar el entendimiento de las personas. TA: "no piensen que ellos fueron más pecaminosos... Jerusalén"
La multitud asumía que ellos murieron de esta terrible manera porque ellos eran especialmente pecaminosos. Esto puede ser explícitamente fijado. TA: "ellos murieron porque ellos eran peores pecadores"
"otros hombres." La palabra aquí es el término general para una persona.
Aquí "Yo digo" enfatiza "No." Puede servir de ayuda para fijar claramente el punto de Jesús. TA: "Ellos ciertamente no murieron porque eran más pecaminosos" o "Tu te equivocastes al pensar que ellos eran más pecaminosos"
"pierde tu vida" o "muere"
Jesús empieza a decirle a la multitud una parábola para explicar su último declaración, "Pero si tu no te arrepientes, todos ustedes tambien perecerán."
"Una persona tenía un viñedo y un árbol de higos fue plantado en él.
El hombre usa una pregunta para enfatizar que el árbol es inútil y el jardinero debe cortarlo. TA: "No lo dejes malgastar en la tierra"
Jesús termina diciendo su parábola. Este es el fín de la parte de la historia que empieza en 12:1.
"No le hagas nada al árbol" o "No lo cortes"
"Ponle estiércol en la tierra." Estiércol es estiércol animal. Las personas lo ponen en el suelo para hacer buena la tierra para las plantas y los árboles. TA: "Ponle fertilizador"
Puede servir de ayuda para fijar lo que ocurrirá. TA: "Si tiene higos el año que viene, podemos permitirle seguir creciendo"
El siervo estaba dando una sugerencia; el no le estaba dando una orden al dueño. Traducción alterna: Yo lo cortaré o dime que lo corte.
"Mujer, tú eres sanda de tu enfermedad." Esto puede expresar con un verbo activo: AT: "Mujer, yo te eh librado de tus debilidades"
Diciendo esto, Jesús la sanó. Asi que puede ser expresado con una oración que enseña que él esta causando que suceda: "Mujer, se libre de tu debilidad"
"Él la tocó"
Esto puede ser declarado en forma activa. TA: "ella se paro derecha"
"estaba muy molesto"
"dijo" o "respondio"
Esta es la proxima parte de la hisroria. Jesus responde a las preguntas usando una metafora de entrar al reino de Dios
Esta es la información de transfondo que nos dice que Jesús había estado haciendo cuando este evento ocurrió
Esto puede ser citado de form activa. TA: ''¿Salvará Dios solo a unas pocas personas''?
''Trabaja fuerte para ir por la puerta estrecha.'' Jesús está hablando sobre la entrada al Reino de Dios como si fuese unna puerta chiquita de una casa. Como Jesús está hablándole a un grupo, el "tu'' implicado en este comando es plural.
El hecho que la puerta es estrecha implica que eso es muy difícil pasar por eso. Tradúcelo en una manera para mantener este significafo restringido.
Es implicado que ellos no van a poder entrar debido a la dificultad que es entrar. El próximo verso explica la dificultad.
Jesús continúa hablando sobre el entrar al reino de Dios.
''Cuando el dueño"
Esto se refiere al dueño de la casa con la puerta estrecha en los versos previos. Esto es una metáfora para Dios como el dueño del reino.
Jesús estaba caminando hacia una multitud. La forma ''tu'' es plural. Él está dirigiéndose a ellos como si ellos no fuesen a entrar por la puerta estrecha del reino.
''da en la puerta''. Esto es un intento para ganar la atención del dueño.
''Aléjate de mí''
''gente que hacer mal''
Jesús termina respondiendo a los fariseos. Este es el final de esta parte de la historia.
Jesús habla como si la gente de Jerusalén le escucharan. Jesús dijo esto dos veces para demostrar cuan triste estaba por ellos.
Sería extraño dirigirse a la ciudad, puedes aclarar que Jesús estaba dirigiendose a la gente de la ciudad: ''ustedes, los que matan a los profetas y apredean a los que los enviaron''
Esto puede ser establecido en forma activa. TA: '''esos que Dios te ha enviado''
''Yo frecuentemente deseé.'' Es una exclamación y no una pregunta.
La gente de Jerusalén son descritos como sus "niños.'' TA: "para reunir a tu gente'' ó ''para reunir la gente de Jerusalén''
Esto describe como una gallina protege su menor de daño por cubriéndolo con sus alas.
Posibles significados son 1) ''Dios te ha abandonado" ó 2) ''tu ciudad está vacía.'' Significa que Dios ha parado de proteger la gente de Jerusalén, para que los enemigos los ataquen y ahuyentarlos. Esto es una profesía sobre algo que puede pasar pronto. TA: ''tu casa será abandonada'' ó ''Dios te abandonará''
''no me verás hasta que el tiempo llegue cuando digas'' ó ''la próxima vez que me veas, dirás''
Aquí ''nombre'' se refiere al poder y autoridad del Señor.
1 Ocurrió un sábado, cuando Él fue a la casa de uno de los líderes de los fariseos para comer pan, que ellos le miraban de cerca. 2 He aquí, frente a Él había un hombre que estaba sufriendo de hidropesía. 3 Jesús les preguntó a los expertos en la ley judía y a los fariseos: "¿Es legal sanar en el sábado, o no?" 4 Pero se mantuvieron en silencio. Así que Jesús lo sostuvo, lo sanó y lo despachó. 5 Él les dijo a ellos: "¿Quién de ustedes tiene un hijo o un buey que cae en un pozo en el día del reposo, e inmediatamente no lo sacan?" 6 Ellos no fueron capaces de dar una respuesta a estas cosas. 7 Cuando Jesús notó cómo aquellos que fueron invitados escogieron los asientos de honor, Él conto una parábola, diciéndoles: 8 "Cuando ustedes estén invitados por alguien a un banquete de bodas, no se sienten en el lugar de honor, porque alguien que es más honorable que ustedes, pudo haber sido invitado. 9 Cuando la persona que los invitó a ambos llega, él les dirá a ustedes: 'Dale a esta otra persona tu lugar,' y entonces en vergüenza, ustedes procederán a tomar el lugar más bajo. 10 Pero cuando ustedes estén invitados, vayan y siéntense en el lugar más bajo, para que así cuando el que los invitó a ustedes venga, él les pueda decir: 'Amigo, vaya más arriba.' Entonces ustedes serán honrados en la presencia de todos los que se sentaron en la mesa con ustedes. 11 Porque todo aquel que se exalte a sí mismo será humillado, y el que se humilla a sí mismo será exaltado." 12 Jesús también le dijo al hombre que lo invitó: "Cuando tú des una comida o una cena, no invites a tus amigos o a tus hermanos o a tus parientes o a tus vecinos ricos, porque ellos pueden devolverte la invitación, y tú recibirás el pago de vuelta. 13 Pero cuando tú des un banquete, invita a los pobres, los cojos, los lisiados, y los ciegos, 14 y tú serás bendecido, porque ellos no pueden pagarte de vuelta. Pero tú serás recompensado en la resurrección de los justos." 15 Cuando uno de los que se sentó a la mesa con Jesús escuchó estas cosas, le dijo: "¡Bendito sea aquel quien coma pan en el reino de Dios!" 16 Pero Jesús le dijo: "Cierto hombre preparó una gran cena e invitó a muchos. 17 Cuando la cena fue preparada, Él envió a su sirviente a decir a aquellos quienes estaban invitados, 'Vengan, porque todo está listo ahora.' 18 Todos ellos a la vez comenzaron a dar excusas. El primero le dijo a él: 'He comprado un campo, voy afuera a verlo. Por favor excúseme.' 19 Y otro dijo: 'He comprado cinco yuntas de bueyes, y voy a probarlos. Por favor excúseme.' 20 Y otro hombre dijo: 'Me he casado, y por lo tanto no puedo ir.' 21 El sirviente vino y le dijo a su amo estas cosas. Entonces el amo de la casa se puso furioso y le dijo a su sirviente: 'Ve rápidamente por las calles y caminos del pueblo y trae aquí a los pobres, los lisiados, los ciegos y los cojos.' 22 El sirviente dijo: 'Amo, lo que tú ordenaste ha sido hecho, y aun así queda espacio.' 23 El amo dijo al sirviente: 'Ve a las carreteras y cercados y oblígalos a venir, que se llene mi casa. 24 Pues yo te digo, ninguno de aquellos hombres quienes fueron invitados probará mi cena.'" 25 Ahora grandes multitudes iban con Él, y Él se volvió y les dijo: 26 "Cualquiera que viene a Mí y no aborrece a su propio padre, madre, esposa, hijos, hermanos y hermanas, y hasta su propia vida, él no puede ser Mi discípulo. 27 Quien no cargue su propia cruz y me siga, no puede ser Mi discípulo. 28 Pues, ¿quién de ustedes, que desea construir una torre, no se sienta primero y cuenta el costo y calcula lo que tiene y necesita para completarlo? 29 De otra manera, cuando él haya puesto un fundamento y no sea capaz de terminar, todos quienes lo vean empezarán a burlarse de él, 30 diciendo: 'Este hombre empezó a construir y no ha sido capaz de terminar.' 31 O, ¿qué rey mientras va a encontrarse con otro rey en la guerra, no se sentará primero y tomará consejo para saber si es capaz de pelear con diez mil hombres con el otro rey que viene contra él con veinte mil hombres? 32 Y sino, mientras el otro ejército está aún lejos, envía a un embajador y pregunta por condiciones de paz. 33 Así entonces, cualquiera de ustedes que no deje todo lo que tenga no puede ser Mi discípulo. 34 La sal es buena, pero si la sal pierde su sabor, ¿cómo puede ser salada otra vez? 35 No sirve ni para el terreno o siquiera para la pila de estiércol. Se desecha. El que tenga oídos para oír, que escuche."
Esta es la siguiente parte de la historia. Es sábado y Jesús está en la casa del fariseo. El verso 1 dá información de fondo sobre el escenario de la historia.
Esto indica un nuevo evento.
''comer'' ó ''para una cena.'' Pan era una parte importante de la comida y se usa en esta oración refiriéndose a una comida.
Ellos querían ver si podían acusarlo por hacer nada malo.
La palabra ''mirad'' nos alerta a una nueva persona en la historia. Tu lenguaje quizás tendra una manera de hacer esto. Anglosajón usa "Delante de él había un hombre''
Edema es una hinchazón causada por la acumulación de agua en partes del cuerpo. Algunos lenguajes tienen un nombre para esta condición. TA: ''estaba sufriendo porque algunas partes de su cuerpo estaban hinchadas con agua''
''¿La ley nos permite sanar en el sábado, o es prohibido?''
El líder religioso se negó a contestar la pregunta de Jesús.
así que Jesús se apoderó del hombre que sufría de edema.
Jesús continua hablandole a las personas en las casas de los Fariseos.
Esto se puede establecer en forma activa. TA: ''Cuando alguien te invite a una sena''
''El asiento destinado para los menos importantes
'''Moverse a un asiento para una persona más importante
Esto se puede establecer en una forma activa. TA: ''Entonces el que te invito te honrara'' o ''Entonses los que se sienten a la mesa te honraran''
''quien trata de parecer importante'' o ''quien toma una posicion importante''
"se puso furios con las personas que él había invitado
"invita aquí para comer la cena"
Puede ser necesario para hacer una declaración clara que implica información que el siervo hizo lo que el señor lo mando hacer. TA: "Despues que el siervo salió e hizo eso, él regresó y dijo"
Esto puede declarar de manera activa. TA: "Yo hice lo que me ordenaste"
Jesús termina su parábola.
Esto se refiere a los camino y cercados fuera de la ciudad. TA: "camino principal y cercados fuera de la ciudad"
"demandar que ellos entren"
"así que las personas puedan llenar su casa"
La palabra "ti" es plural, así que no esta claro a quien se dirigió.
La palabra aquí para "hombres" significa "adultos masculino" y no personas en general.
Esto se puede declarar de manera activa. TA: "quien yo invité"
"disfrutará la cena que yo preparé"
1 Entonces todos los recaudadores de impuestos y otros pecadores estaban viniendo a Jesús para escucharlo a Él. 2 Ambos, los fariseos y los escribas murmuraban uno al otro, diciendo: "Este hombre les da la bienvenida a pecadores, y hasta come con ellos". 3 Jesús les habló esta parábola a ellos, diciendo: 4 "¿Cuál de ustedes, si tiene cien ovejas y entonces pierde una de ellas, no dejará las noventa y nueve en el desierto, y va detrás de la pérdida hasta que la encuentra? 5 Luego, cuando la encuentra, él la coloca entre sus hombros y se regocija. 6 Cuando va a su casa, junta a sus amigos y vecinos, diciéndoles: 'Regocíjense conmigo, pues he encontrado mi oveja perdida.' 7 Yo les digo aún más, habrá más alegría en el cielo cuando un pecador se arrepiente, que por noventa y nueve personas justas que no necesitan arrepentirse. 8 O, ¿qué mujer que tiene diez monedas de plata, si perdiera una moneda, no prendería una lámpara, barrería la casa, y buscaría diligentemente hasta que la encuentre? 9 Y cuando la encuentra, ella llama a todos sus amigos y vecinos, diciéndoles: 'Regocíjense conmigo, pues he encontrado la moneda que yo había perdido'. 10 Así les, hay gozo en la presencia de los ángeles de Dios por un pecador que se arrepiente". 11 Luego Jesús dijo: "Cierto hombre tenía dos hijos, 12 y el más joven le dijo a su padre: 'Padre, dame ahora toda la porción de bienes que me toca.' Así que él dividió sus propiedades entre ellos. 13 No muchos días más tarde, el más joven empacó todo lo que poseía y se fue para un país lejano, y él malgastó su dinero, comprando cosas que no necesitaba, y malgastando su dinero en una vida desenfrenada. 14 Entonces cuando hubo gastado todo, una gran hambruna ocurrió en ese país, y él empezó a pasar necesidad. 15 Él fue y solicitó trabajo a uno de los ciudadanos de ese país, quien lo envió a sus campos para cuidar cerdos. 16 Y él con gusto se hubiera comido las semillas de las algarrobas que los cerdos comían, pero nadie le daba nada de comer. 17 Pero cuando el joven volvió en sí, se dijo: '¡Cuántos sirvientes que mi padre contrata tienen suficiente comida, y yo estoy aquí, muriendo de hambre! 18 Me voy de aquí e iré a mi padre, y le diré a él: "Padre, he pecado contra el cielo, y contra ti. 19 Ya no soy digno de ser llamado tu hijo; hazme como uno de tus jornaleros". 20 Así que el hijo joven se marchó y vino hacia su padre. Mientras aún él estaba lejos, su padre lo vio, y sintió compasión, y corrió, y lo abrazó y lo besó. 21 El hijo le dijo: 'Padre, he pecado contra el cielo y contra ti. No soy digno de ser llamado tu hijo.' 22 El padre les dijo a sus sirvientes: 'Traigan rápido la mejor túnica, y póngala sobre él, y pongan un anillo en su mano, y sandalias en sus pies. 23 Luego traigan el becerro más gordo y mátenlo. ¡Celebremos con una fiesta! 24 Pues mi hijo había muerto, y ahora está vivo. Él estaba perdido, y ahora fue encontrado'. Y ellos comenzaron a celebrar. 25 Ahora su hijo mayor, estaba afuera en los campos, mientras venía y se acercaba a la casa, escuchó música y baile. 26 Él llamó a uno de los sirvientes y le preguntó, qué cosas son estas. 27 El sirviente le dijo: 'Tu hermano ha vuelto a casa y tu padre ha matado el becerro gordo, debido a que él ha regresado seguro'. 28 El hijo mayor estaba enojado, y no entró, su padre salió, y le suplicó. 29 Pero el hijo mayor le contestó y le dijo a su padre: 'Mira, por muchos años yo me esclavice para ti, y nunca rompí una de tus reglas, sin embargo, tú nunca me diste ni un cabrito para que yo pudiera celebrar con mis amigos, 30 pero cuando tu hijo, que lo ha gastado viviendo con prostitutas, tú mataste para él, el becerro gordo'. 31 El padre le dijo al hijo: 'Hijo, tú siempre estás conmigo, y todo lo mío es tuyo. 32 Pero era lo propio para nosotros festejar y estar contentos, pues tu hermano había muerto, y ahora está vivo; él estaba perdido y ahora fue encontrado'".
1 Jesús también les dijo a sus discípulos: "Había un cierto hombre rico quien tenía un administrador, y le fue informado que este administrador estaba derrochando sus posesiones. 2 Así que el hombre rico lo llamó y le dijo a él: '¿Qué es esto que he escuchado de ti? Dame un informe de lo que manejas, porque tú ya no puedes ser administrador.' 3 El administrador se dijo a sí mismo: "¿Qué debo hacer, ya que mi amo me está quitando mi trabajo de administrador? Yo no tengo fuerza para cavar, y me avergüenza mendigar. 4 Ya sé lo que voy a hacer, para cuando me quiten de mi trabajo de administrador, las personas me reciban en sus casas.' 5 Entonces el administrador llamó a cada uno de los deudores de su amo, y le preguntó al primero: "¿Cuánto le debes a mi amo?" 6 Él le dijo: 'Cien medidas de aceite de oliva'. Y él le dijo a él: 'Toma tu cuenta, siéntate rápido, y escribe cincuenta.' 7 Entonces el administrador le dijo al otro: '¿Y cuánto tú debes?' Él le dijo: 'Cien medidas de harina.' Él le dijo: 'Toma tu cuenta, y escribe ochenta.' 8 El amo elogió al administrador injusto porque había actuado con perspicacia. Es que los hijos de este mundo son más perspicaces con su propia gente que los hijos de la luz. 9 Les digo, háganse amigos por medio de la riquezas mundanas, para que cuando se terminen, les puedan dar la bienvenida en la morada eterna. 10 Ese quien es fiel en lo poco, también es fiel en lo mucho, y ese que es injusto en lo poco, también es injusto en lo mucho. 11 Si ustedes no han sido fieles usando las riquezas mundanas, ¿quién les confiará la verdadera riqueza? 12 Y si ustedes no han sido fieles usando el dinero de otras personas, ¿quién les dará dinero propio? 13 Ningún siervo puede servir a dos amos, pues odiará a uno y amará al otro, o igual le será devoto a uno y despreciará al otro. Ustedes no pueden servir a Dios y a la riqueza." 14 Ahora los fariseos, quienes amaban el dinero, escucharon todas estas cosas, y lo ridiculizaron. 15 Y Él les dijo: "Ustedes se justifican a los ojos de los hombres, pero Dios conoce sus corazones. Eso que es exaltado entre los hombres es detestable a los ojos de Dios. 16 La ley y los profetas estaban en efecto hasta que Juan llegó. De ese tiempo en adelante, el evangelio del reino de Dios es predicado, y todos tratan de forzar su entrada en él. 17 Pero es más fácil que pasen el cielo y la tierra, que una tilde de una letra de la ley se vuelva inválida. 18 Todo aquel que se divorcia de su esposa y se casa con otra, comete adulterio, y el que se casa con una divorciada, comete adulterio. 19 Ahora había un cierto hombre rico quien estaba vestido de púrpura y lino fino y disfrutaba de su gran riqueza cada día. 20 Un cierto mendigo llamado Lázaro estaba echado en su puerta, cubierto de llagas, 21 y él anhelaba ser alimentado con lo que se caía de la mesa del hombre, y además de eso, los perros venían y lamían sus llagas. 22 Sucedió que el mendigo murió y fue cargado por los ángeles hasta al lado de Abraham. El hombre rico también murió y fue sepultado, 23 y en el hades, estando en tormento, alzó sus ojos y vio a Abraham muy lejos y a Lázaro sobre su pecho. 24 Así que él gritó y dijo: 'Padre Abraham, ten misericordia de mí y envía a Lázaro, que él pueda mojar la punta de su dedo en agua y refrescar mi lengua, porque estoy en angustia en esta llama'. 25 Pero Abraham le dijo: 'Hijo, recuerda que en tu vida recibiste tus bienes, y Lázaro, cosas malas. Pero ahora él está confortado aquí y tú estás en agonía. 26 Además de todo esto, un gran abismo fue puesto, para que esos que quieren cruzar de aquí hacia ti no lo puedan lograr, y nadie sea capaz de cruzar de ahí hasta nosotros.' 27 El hombre rico dijo: 'Te ruego, Padre Abraham, que lo envíes a casa de mi padre, 28 porque tengo cinco hermanos, para que él pueda advertirles, de modo que no vengan a este lugar de tormento.' 29 Pero Abraham le dijo: "Ellos tienen a Moisés y los profetas; déjalos que los escuchen a ellos.' 30 El hombre rico respondió: 'No, Padre Abraham, pero si alguien fuera a ellos desde los muertos, ellos se arrepentirán.' 31 Pero Abraham le dijo: 'Si ellos no escuchan a Moisés y a los profetas, tampoco se persuadir aunque alguno se levante de los muertos.'''
Jesus comenzo a decir otra parabola. Es sobre un amo y su administrador de sus deudores. Esta es aun la misma parte de la historia y el mismo dia que comenzo en 15:3.
La ultima seccion fue dirigida a los Fariseos y Escribas, aunque los discipulos de Jesus quizas eran parte de la multitud que oia.
Esto presenta a un nuevo personaje en la parabola.
Esto puedo haber sido declarado en una forma activa. At: "la gente reporto al hombre rico ".
"gastando tontamente los bienes del hombre rico"
El hombre rico uso una pregunta para reganar al administrador. AT: " he oido lo que estas haciendo"
"Pon en orden tus archivos para pasarlos a otro" o "prepara lso archivos que has escrito de mi dinero
El adminstrador pregunto esto sobre si mismo, como una manera de revisar sus opciones. Traduccion Alterno: "Necesito pensar sobre que debo hacer...trabajo"
Esto se refiere al hombre rico. El administrador no era un esclavo. Traduccion Alterna: "my empleador"
"No soy lo suficientemente fuerte para cavar el suelo" o "No puedo cavar"
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traduccion Alterna: "cuando pierda mi trabajo administrativo" o "cuando mi amo me quite mi trabajo administrativo"
Esto implica que esas personas proveeran un empleo u otras cosas que el necesita para vivir.
"la gente en deuda con su amo" . En esta historia, los deudores debian aceite de oliva y trigo.
"El deudor dijo... Y el administrador dijo al deudor"
Esto era como 3,000 litros de aceite de oliva.
"100...50...80"
"el administrador dijo a otro deudor...El deudor dijo ... El administrador dijo al deudor"
Tu puedes convertir esto en una medida moderna. Traduccion Alterna: "veinte mil litros de trigo" o mil canastas de trigo"
Jesus termino de contar la parabola del amo y del administrador de sus deudores. En el verso 9, Jesus continuo ensenando a sus discipulos.
El texto no dice como el amo no supo de las acciones del administrador.
"alabo" o "hablo bien de " o "aprovo"
"el actuo inteligentemente" o "el hizo algo inteligente"
Esto se refiere a quienes como los administradores injustos que no saben o les importa sobre Dios. Traduccion Alterna: "la gente de este mundo" o "gente del mundo"
Esto se refiere a los justos que no tienen nada que ocultar. Traduccion Alterna: " la gente de la luz" o " la gente que vive en la luz"
"Yo" se refiere a Jesus. La frase "Yo te digo a ti" , marca el fin de la historia y ahora Jesus dice a la gente como aplicar la historia a sus vidas.
El enfoque aqui es en usar el dinero para ayudar a otras personas, no en la manera de como se obtuvo la riqueza de forma enganosa.
"Personas que son fieles." Esto incluiría mujeres.
"fiel aun en cosas pequeñas." Asegúrate que esto no suena como como que son muy fieles.
"injusto aun en cosas pequeñas." Asegúrate que esto no suene como que ellos no son usualmente injustos.
Posibles significados son 1) "dinero ganado de forma deshonesta" o 2) dinero ganado en actividades seculares. Vea cómo tradujo esto en el 16:8.
Jesús utiliza una pregunta para enseñar a las personas. Traducción alterna: "nadie confiará en ti con riqueza verdadera" o "nadie te dará riqueza verdadera para manejar"
Esto se refiere a riqueza que es más genuina, real o duradera que el dinero injusto.
Jesús utiliza esta pregunta para enseñar a las personas. Traducción alterna: " nadie te dará riqueza para tí mismo"
"un siervo no puede"
Está implícito que él no puede "servir a dos diferentes amos al mismo tiempo" (UDB)
Estas dos cláusulas son esencialmente las mismas. La única diferencia significativa es que el primer amo es odiado en la primera cláusula, pero el segundo amo es odiado en la segunda cláusula.
"el siervo odiará"
"dedicado." Esto significa esencialmente lo mismo que "amor" en la cláusula previa.
"mantener al otro en desprecio" o "odiar al otro"
Esto significa esencialmente lo mismo que "odiar" en la cláusula anterior.
Jesús estaba hablando a un grupo de personas, así que lenguajes que tiene una forma plural de "tú" deben utilizar dicha forma.
Esta es una pausa en las enseñanzas de Jesús, el versículo 14 nos muestra información de trasfondo sobre cómo los fariseos ridiculizaban a Jesús. En el versículo 15, Jesús continúa enseñando y responde a los fariseos.
Esta palabra marca un cambio a la información de fondo.
"quienes amaban el dinero" o "los que eran muy codiciosos por el dinero"
"los fariseos ridiculizaron a Jesús"
"Y Jesús dijo a los fariseos"
"Ustedes tratan de hacer que las personas los vean bien"
Aquí "corazones" se refiere a los deseos de las personas. Traducción alterna: "Dios entiende tus deseos reales" o "Dios conoce tus motivos"
Esto puede ser declarado de forma ativa: "Aquellas cosas que los hombres piensan que son muy importante"
"Dios odia" o "son cosas que Dios odia"
1 Jesús dijo a sus discípulos: "Es seguro que habrá cosas que nos llevan a pecar, pero ¡ay de aquel por medio de quien vienen! 2 Sería mejor para él si una piedra de molino fuera puesta alrededor de su cuello y fuera echado al mar, a que él causara a uno de estos pequeños tropezar. 3 Velen ustedes. Si tu hermano peca, repréndelo, y si se arrepiente, perdónalo. 4 Si peca contra ti siete veces al día, y siete veces vuelve a ti, diciendo: 'Me arrepiento', ¡debes perdonarlo!" 5 Los apóstoles dijeron al Señor: "aumenta nuestra fe." 6 El Señor les dijo: "Si tuvieras fe como una semilla de mostaza, tú dirías a este árbol de sicomoro: 'Sé desarraigado, y sé plantado en el mar', y te obedecería. 7 Pero ¿quién de ustedes, tiene un siervo arando o velando ovejas, le dice cuando haya vuelto del campo: 'Ven inmediatamente y siéntate a comer.'? 8 No le dirá él a éste: '¿Prepárame algo para yo comer, y pon un cinturón alrededor de tu ropa y sírveme hasta que yo haya terminado de comer y beber, entonces luego tú comerás y beberás’? 9 ¿Agradece al siervo porque éste hizo las cosas que se le mandaron? 10 Así también, cuando hayas hecho todo lo que te fue ordenado, debes decir: 'Somos siervos inútiles. Solamente hemos hecho lo que debíamos hacer.'" 11 Sucedió que mientras Él viajaba a Jerusalén, estaba viajando a través de las fronteras de Samaria y Galilea. 12 Mientras entraba a cierta aldea, allí se encontró con diez hombres que eran leprosos. Se pararon lejos de Él 13 y alzaron sus voces, diciendo: "Jesús, Maestro, ten misericordia de nosotros." 14 Cuando Él los vio, Él les dijo: "Vayan y muéstrense a los sacerdotes." Y sucedió que mientras iban, fueron limpiados. 15 Cuando uno de ellos vio que fue sanado, se tornó de vuelta, con voz fuerte glorificando a Dios. 16 Se postró a los pies de Jesús, dándole gracias. Él era samaritano. 17 Jesús contestándole, dijo: "¿No fueron limpios los diez? 18 ¿Dónde están los nueve? ¿No había otros que regresaran a dar gloria a Dios, excepto este extranjero?" 19 Él le dijo: "Levántate, y ve. Tu fe te ha sanado." 20 Siendo cuestionado por los fariseos sobre cuando el reino de Dios vendría, Jesús le contestó y dijo: "El reino de Dios no llegará con señales que puedan ser observadas. 21 Ni tampoco dirán: '¡Mira aquí!' o, '¡Mira allá!', porque el reino de Dios ya está entre ustedes." 22 Él dijo a los discípulos: "Los días vendrán cuando ustedes desearán ver uno de los días del Hijo del Hombre, pero no lo verán. 23 Entonces les dirán a ustedes: '¡Mira, allí! ¡Mira, aquí!' Pero no salgan o corran tras ellos, 24 pues como el relámpago aparece cuando resplandece de una parte del cielo a otra parte del cielo, así el Hijo del Hombre será en su día. 25 Pero primero, Él debe sufrir muchas cosas y ser rechazado por esta generación. 26 Como sucedió en los días de Noé, así también sucederá en los días del Hijo del Hombre. 27 Ellos comieron, tomaron, se casaron, y fueron dados en matrimonio, hasta el día que Noé entró al arca, y el diluvio llegó y los destruyó a todos. 28 Asimismo, como sucedió en los días de Lot, ellos comieron, bebieron, compraron, vendieron, sembraron, y edificaron. 29 Pero en el día que Lot salió de Sodoma, llovió fuego y azufre desde el cielo y los destruyó a todos. 30 De la misma manera será el día que el Hijo del Hombre sea revelado. 31 En ese día, el que esté en la azotea, no baje a sacar sus bienes de la casa. Y que el que esté en el campo aquí no regrese. 32 Recuerda a la esposa de Lot. 33 Quien busque ganar su vida la perderá, pero quien pierda su vida la salvará. 34 Te digo, en esa noche habrá dos personas en una cama. Uno será tomado, y el otro será dejado. 35 Habrán dos mujeres moliendo juntas. Una será tomada, y la otra será dejada." 36 Habrá dos en el campo; uno será tomado y el otro dejado. 37 Ellos le preguntaron: "¿Dónde, Señor?" Y Él les dijo: "Donde esté el cadáver, allí también se reunirán los buitres."
Jesús continua enseñando, pero dirije su atención hacia sus discípulos. Esto sigue siendo la misma parte de la historia y el mismo dia que comienza 15:3
"'Cosas que tientan a las personas a pecar definitivamente sucederán"' (UDB)
"para cualquiera que cause las tentaciones"' o a cualquier persona que cause que las personas sean tentadas"'
Esto introduce una situación hipotética. Esto significa que el castigo a esta persona por causar que las personas pequen será peor que si se ahogaran en el mar.
Estos términos se refieren a mujer asi como a hombre.
Esto es una muy grande, pesada piedra circular usada para moler trigo en harina. Traducción alterna: "'una piedra pesada"'
Aqui se refiere a personas cuya fe es débil. Traducción alterna: "'estas personas cuya fe es pequeña"'
Esta es una forma de referirse a pecar involuntariamente. Traducción alterna: "'pecar"'
Esto es una sentencia condicional que habla de un evento que probablemente ocurra en el futuro.
"'hermano"' aqui es usado en el sentido de alguien con la misma creencia. Traduccion altern: "'un compañero creyente
"'dile con firmeza que lo que hizo estuvo incorrecto"' o "'corrígelo"'
Esto es una hipotética situación futura. Nunca debe ocurrir, pero si sucede, Jesús dice que lo perdones.
El número siete en la Biblia es un símbolo de completo. Traducción alterna: "'muchas veces en el día"'
Jesús hace un pequeño receso en sus enseñanzas cuando sus discípulos le hablan. Entonces Jesús continua enseñando.
"'Por favor danos más fe"' o "'por favor añade más fe a nuestra fe"'
Una "'semilla de mostaza"' es una semilla muy pequeña. Jesús implica que ellos ni tan siquiera tienen una pequeña cantidad de fe. Traducción alterna: "'Si tuvieras fe que fueran aún mas pequeña que una semilla de mostaza"' o "'si sólo tu fe fuera tan grande como una semilla de mostaza, pero no lo es"'
Si este tipo de árbol no es familiar, será de ayuda sustituir por otro tipo de árbol. Traduccion alterna: "'un árbol de trigo"' o un árbol"' (Ver: translateunknown)
Esto se puede formular en forma activa. Traducción alterna: "'desarraigate y plantate en el mar"' o "saca tus raíces de la tierra, y lleva tus raíces al fondo del océano"'
"'el árbol te obeceria a ti"' Este resultado es condicional. Sucederá unicamente si tienen fe.
Jesús le hizo una pregunta a sus discípulos para ayudarlos a pensar en el papel de un sirviente. Esto podría ser una declaración. Traduccion alterna: "pero ninguno de ustedes... no le diría a él... siéntate a comer"'
"'un siervo que ara tu campo o cuida tus ovejas"'
Jesús usa una segunda pregunta para explicar como los discípulos actualmente tratan un sirviente. Esto puede ser una declaración. Traducción alterna: "'El seguramente le dirá a él ... come y bebe"'
"'ata tus ropa a tu cintura y sírveme"' o vistete apropiadamente y ten cuidado de mi."' Las personas atarán sus ropa alrededor de su cintura para que así sus ropa no se les enrrede mientras trabajan.
"'Entonces luego tu me servirás"'
Jesus terminó sus enseñanzas. Este es el final de esta parte de la historia.
s usa esta pregunta para mostrar a las personas como tratar a los sirvientes. Esto puede ser una declaración. Traducción alterna: "'El no le agradecerá al sirviente...ordenado"'
Esto puede ser declarado en forma activa. Traducción alterna: "' las cosas que tu le ordenate a él que haga"'
"'correcto?"' o "'no es esto cierto?"'
Jesús le estaba hablando a sus discípulos, por lo que los lenguajes que tienen una forma plural de "'tu"' deben ser utilizados
Esto puede declarse en forma activa. Traducción alterna: "'ese Dios te ha ordenado"'
Es una exageración expresar que ellos no hicieron nada digno de elogio. Traducción alterna: "'Somos ordinariamente esclavos"' o "'sirvientes que no merecemos su elogio"'
Esta es la próxima parte de la historia. Jesús sana10 hombres con lepra. Versos 11 y 12 da una información de trasfondo y el escenario de la historia.
Esta frase es usada aquí para marcar el principio de una nueva parte de la historia. Sien tu lenguaje tienes una forma para hacer esto, considera usarlo aquí.
"'mientras Jesús y sus discípulos estaban viajando a Jerusalén"
Esta frase no identifica la aldea.
Esto puede ser declarado en forma activa. Traducción alterna "'diez hombres leprosos lo conocieron"' o "'diez hombres que tenían lepra lo conocieron"
Esto fue un gesto de respeto, porque los leprosos no estaban autorizados acercarse a las personas.
En este idimoa significa hablar ruidosamente. Traducción alterna: "'ellos llamaron con voz alta"' o "'ellos llamaron en voz alta"'
Ellos fueron especificos al pedir ser sanados. Traducción alterna: "'por favor ten misericordoa de nosotros y sanános"'
Esta es la próxima parte de la historia. No sabes donde esto sucedió; simplemente es un día en la cual Jesús hablaba con los fariseos.
Este es el comienzo the una nueva parte de la historia. Algunas traducciones la comienzan con "Un día" o "Una vez". Puede ser fijado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Un día los fariseos le preguntaron a Jesús '¿Cuando vendrá el reino de Dios?
Las personas pensaban que ellos llegarían a ver señales del reino venir. La idea the señales puede ser fijada claramente. Traducción Alterna: El reino de Dios no viene con señales que las personas pueden observar.
La idea del sustantivo "reino" puede ser expresado con el verbo "reina." Traducción Alterna: "Dios reina entre ustedes"
Jesus le estaba hablando a los lideres religiosos que eran hostiles hacia el. Posibles significados son 1) la palabra "ustedes" se refiere a personas en general. Traducción Alterna: "el reino de Dios está entre las personas" o 2) la palabra traducida "entre" significa "en medio". Traducción Alterna: "el reino de Dios esta en medio de ustedes"
Jesus comienza a enseñarles a sus discípulos.
La idea de "días vendrán" representa algo que vendrá pronto o llegara pronto. Traducción Alterna: "El tiempo vendrá cuando" o "pronto"
"ustedes querán ver grandemente" o "ustedes querán experimentar"
Esto se refiere al reino de Dios. Traducción Alterna: "uno de los días cuando el Hijo del Hombre governará como rey"
Jesús está hablando acerca de él mismo.
"ustedes no lo experimentarán"
Esto se refiere a buscar al Mesías. Traducción Alterna: ¡Mira, el Mesías esta por allá! ¡Él esta por allá!
El proposito de salir puede ser fijado claramente. Traducción Alterna: "No salgas con ellos a verlo"
La venida del Hijo de Hombre será clara y repentina, como la apariencia del relámpago. Traducción Alterna: " pues como el relámpago es visible a todos cuando aparece y" o "pues como el relámpago aparece de repente"
Esto se refiere al futuro reino de Dios. Traducción Alterna: "será así en el día que el Hijo de Hombre venga a reinar"
"Pero primero el Hijo de Hombre debe sufrir." Jesús está hablando de él mismo en tercera persona.
Esto puede ser fijado en una forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "las personas de esta generación deben rechazarme"
Los "días de Noé" se refiere al tiempo durante la vida de Noé justo antes de que Dios castigara a las personas del mundo. Traducción Alterna: "Como las personas estaban haciendo en los días de Noé" o "Como las personas estaban haciendo cuando Noé vivía"
Los "días del Hijo de Hombre" se refiere al periodo justo antes de que el Hijo de Hombre venga. Traducción Alterna: "las personas estarán haciendo las mismas cosas en los días del Hijo de Hombre" o "las personas estarán haciendo las mismas cosas cuando el Hijo de Hombre este por venir.
1 Entonces él les contó una parábola sobre cómo siempre deben orar, y no desanimarse, 2 diciendo: "Había en una cierta ciudad, un cierto juez que no le temía a Dios y no respetaba a las personas. 3 Ahora en esa ciudad había una viuda y ella con frecuencia iba al juez diciéndole: 'Ayúdame a obtener justicia contra mi oponente.' 4 Por mucho tiempo él no estuvo dispuesto a ayudarla, pero después de un tiempo él se dijo a sí mismo: 'A pesar de que no temo a Dios ni respeto a los hombres, 5 porque esta viuda me está dando problemas le ayudaré y le haré justicia, para que no me harte con sus constantes visitas. '" 6 Entonces el Señor dijo: "Escuchen lo que el juez injusto dijo. 7 ¿Dios no traerá también justicia a sus escogidos que le claman día y noche? ¿Se tardará Él? 8 Yo les digo que les hará justicia rápidamente. Así también cuando el Hijo del Hombre vuelva, ¿ciertamente, encontrará fe en la tierra?" 9 Entonces él también les habló esta parábola a algunos que estaban persuadidos de que eran justos y despreciaban a otras personas: 10 "Dos hombres subieron al templo a orar, uno era un fariseo y el otro era un cobrador de impuestos. 11 El fariseo se paró a orar y oraba estas cosas de sí mismo: 'Dios, te doy gracias porque no soy como otras personas que son ladrones, personas injustas, adúlteros o hasta como este cobrador de impuestos. 12 Yo ayuno dos veces en la semana. Yo doy diezmo de todo lo que gano.' 13 Pero el cobrador de impuesto, parado a la distancia, ni siquiera levantó sus ojos al cielo, pero golpeaba su pecho diciendo: 'Dios, sé misericordioso conmigo, un pecador.' 14 Yo les digo a ustedes, este hombre fue a su casa justificado antes que el otro, porque cualquiera que se exalte a sí mismo será humillado, pero cualquiera que se humille a sí mismo será exaltado." 15 Las personas también les llevaban a sus infantes, para que Él los tocara, pero cuando sus discípulos vieron esto, los reprendieron. 16 Entonces Jesús los llamó, diciendo: "Permítanles a los niños que vengan a mí, no se lo prohíban. Pues el reino de Dios pertenece a ellos. 17 Verdaderamente les digo, quien quiera que no reciba el reino de Dios como un niño, definitivamente no entrará." 18 Un hombre prominente le preguntó, diciendo, "Maestro bueno, ¿qué puedo hacer para heredar la vida eterna?" 19 Jesús le dijo, "¿Por qué me llamas bueno? Nadie es bueno, excepto sólo Dios. 20 Tú conoces los mandamientos - no cometas adulterio, no mates, no robes, no testifiques falsamente, honra a tu padre y a tu madre." 21 El hombre dijo: " He obedecido todas estas cosas desde que era joven." 22 Cuando Jesús escuchó esto le dijo a el: "Una cosa aún te falta. Debes vender todo lo que tienes y distribuirlo a los pobres y tendrás tesoros en el cielo y ven y sígueme." 23 Pero cuando el hombre rico escuchó esas cosas, se puso muy triste, porque era muy rico. 24 Entonces Jesús, viéndolo, también se puso muy triste y dijo: "¡Cuán difícil es para aquellos que son ricos entrar al reino de Dios! 25 Es más fácil para un camello entrar por el ojo de una aguja, que un rico entrar en el reino de Dios." 26 Aquellos escuchando dijeron: "¿Entonces quién puede ser salvo?" 27 Jesús contestó: "Las cosas que son imposibles con los hombres son posibles con Dios." 28 Pedro dijo: "Bueno, nosotros hemos dejado todo lo que es nuestro y te hemos seguido." 29 Jesús entonces les dijo: "Verdaderamente, les digo que no hay nadie que no haya dejado casa, esposa, hermanos, padres, o niños, por el bien del reino de Dios, 30 que no reciba mucho más en este mundo, y en el reino venidero, vida eterna." 31 Luego Él reunió a los doce, les dijo: "Miren, vamos a subir a Jerusalén, y todas las cosas que han escrito los profetas sobre el Hijo del Hombre serán cumplidas. 32 Pues Él será entregado a los gentiles, y será burlado, y será tratado humillantemente, y escupido. 33 Después de darle latigazos, ellos lo matarán, pero al tercer día, Él resucitará." 34 Ellos no entendieron nada de estas cosas, pues esta palabra fue escondida de ellos, y no entendían las cosas que fueron dichas. 35 Aconteció, que mientras Jesús se acercaba a Jericó, un cierto hombre ciego estaba sentado al lado del camino rogando, 36 y escuchando la multitud que pasaba, él preguntó qué estaba pasando. 37 Ellos le dijeron que Jesús de Nazaret estaba pasando. 38 El hombre ciego clamó, diciendo: "Jesús, Hijo de David, ten misericordia de mí." 39 Los que estaban caminando delante de él lo reprendían, diciéndole que permaneciera callado. Pero él clamó aún más: "Hijo de David ten misericordia de mí." 40 Jesús se detuvo y ordenó que el hombre fuera traído a Él. Entonces cuando el hombre ciego estuvo cerca, Jesús le preguntó: 41 "¿Qué deseas que haga por ti?" Él dijo: " Señor, quiero recibir mi vista." 42 Jesús le dijo: "Recibe tu vista. Tu fe te ha sanado." 43 Inmediatamente él recibió su vista, y lo siguió, glorificando a Dios. Viendo esto, todas las personas alabaron a Dios.
esto es una exclamación, y no una pregunta. Traducción alterna: "es muy dificil... reino de Dios!"
Esto es el fin de la conversación a cerca del reino de Dios.
Este parrafo solo se refiere a los dicipúlos, y contrasta con las reglas de los ricos.
"hemos regalado todo" o "hemos dejado atras todo.
Todas nuestras riquesas o todas nuestras poseciones.
Jesús usa esta expreción para enfatizar la importancia de lo que él dice.
En esta expreción incluye a los dicipulos, pero también a cada uno que haya hecho el mismo sacrificio.
Esto se mira en una forma positiva :Traducción Alterna "todo el que haya dejado atras...recibe
tambien vida eterna en el reino vennidero
En esta parte de la historia la que comienza 17:20 Jesús no le habla a sus dicipulos
Esto significa que Jesús tomó a los doce decipúlos y los llevó aparte donde no habia gente presente
Esto puede ser fijado en una forma activa Traducción Alternativa. Esas profecias que fueron escritas por los profetas
se refiere a los profetas del Antiguo Testamento
Jesús habla sobre si mismo cuando se refiere al hijo del hombre.Traducción Alternativa: yo el hijo del Hombre
Esto puede ser fijado en forma activa. Traducción Alternativa: puede pasar o puede ocurrir
Esto puede ser fijado en forma activa. Tarducción Alterna: Por los lideres de los Judios el será entregado a los gentiles"
Esto puede ser fijado en forma activa. Traslación Alternativa: " Ellos se burlaran de el lo humillaran y lo escupiran.
Esto se refiere al tercer día despues de su muerte .Pero los dici
1 Jesús y estaba pasando por Jericó y entró. 2 He aquí, había un hombre llamado Zaqueo. Él era un jefe recaudador de impuestos y era rico. 3 Él estaba tratando de ver quién era Jesús, pero no podía ver por encima de la multitud, porque él era pequeño en estatura. 4 Entonces él corrió adelantándose a la gente y se subió a un árbol de sicómoro para verlo, porque Jesús estaba por pasar por allí. 5 Cuando Jesús llegó al lugar, Él miró hacia arriba y Le dijo: "Zaqueo, baja rápidamente, porque hoy debo quedarme en tu casa." 6 Así que él se apresuró y bajó y lo recibió alegremente. 7 Cuando todos vieron esto, se quejaron, diciendo: "Él ha ido a visitar a un hombre que es un pecador." 8 Zaqueo se paró y le dijo al Señor: "Mira, Señor, la mitad de mis bienes lo doy a los pobres, y si en algo he engañado a alguien, yo le repondré cuatro veces la cantidad." 9 Jesús le dijo, hoy la salvación ha llegado a esta casa, porque él también es hijo de Abraham. 10 Porque el Hijo del Hombre vino a buscar y a salvar la gente que se había perdido." 11 Mientras ellos escuchaban estas cosas, Él continuó hablando y contó una parábola, porque Él estaba cerca de Jerusalén, y ellos pensaban que inmediatamente Él reino de Dios iba aparecer. 12 Él dijo: "Un cierto hombre noble fue a un país lejano a recibir un reino, para luego regresar. 13 Llamó a diez de sus siervos, y les dio diez minas, y les dijo: 'Dirijan los negocios hasta que yo regrese.' 14 Pero sus ciudadanos lo odiaban y enviaron una delegación de embajadores tras él, diciendo: 'No queremos a este hombre gobernando sobre nosotros.' 15 Sucedió que, al regresar, después de recibir el reino, él mandó a llamar a sus siervos a quiénes les había entregado el dinero, para saber qué ganancias habían hecho a través del negocio. 16 El primero vino delante de él: diciendo: 'Señor, tu mina ha hecho diez minas más.' 17 El hombre noble le dijo: 'Bien hecho, buen siervo. Porque fuiste fiel en lo poco, tendrás autoridad sobre diez ciudades.' 18 El segundo vino, diciendo: 'Tu mina, señor, ha hecho cinco minas.' 19 El hombre noble le dijo: 'Tú toma autoridad sobre cinco ciudades.' 20 Y otro vino, diciendo: 'Señor, aquí está tu mina, la cual he guardado segura en un paño, 21 porque tuve miedo de ti, porque sé que eres un hombre severo. Tú recoges lo que no depositaste, y cosechas lo que no sembraste.' 22 El hombre noble le dijo: 'Por tus propias palabras te juzgaré, tú, siervo malvado. Tú sabías que yo soy un hombre severo, que recojo lo que no deposité, y cosecho lo que no sembré. 23 Entonces ¿por qué no pusiste mi dinero en el banco, para que cuando yo regresara lo hubiera recogido con intereses?' 24 El hombre noble les dijo a ellos los que estaban cerca: 'Quítenle la mina, y denla al que tiene diez minas.' 25 Ellos le dijeron: 'Señor, él tiene diez minas.' 26 'Yo les digo, que a cualquiera que tiene se le dará más, pero de aquel que no tiene, incluso lo que tiene se le quitará. 27 Pero a estos enemigos míos, aquellos que no querían que gobernara sobre ellos, tráiganlos aquí y mátenlos delante de mí.'" 28 Cuando Él dijo estas cosas, siguió adelante, subiendo a Jerusalén. 29 Ocurrió que cuando Él se acercó a Betfagé y Betania, en el monte llamado Olivos, Él envió dos de sus discípulos, 30 diciendo: "Vayan a la siguiente aldea. Cuando entren, encontrarán un burrito que nunca ha sido montado. Desátenlo y tráiganlo. 31 Si alguien les pregunta: '¿por qué lo están desatando?' digan: 'El Señor lo necesita.'" 32 Aquellos que fueron enviados, fueron y encontraron el burrito como Jesús les había dicho. 33 Mientras estaban desatando el burrito, los dueños les dijeron: "¿Por qué están desatando el burrito?" 34 Ellos le dijeron: "El Señor lo necesita." 35 Ellos lo trajeron a Jesús, y ellos tiraron sus mantos sobre el burrito y montaron a Jesús sobre él. 36 Mientras él iba, la gente tendía sus mantos en el camino. 37 Mientras se acercaban al lugar donde el Monte de los Olivos desciende, toda la multitud de discípulos empezó a regocijarse y alabar a Dios con voz fuerte por todas las maravillas que habían visto, 38 diciendo: "¡Bendito el Rey que viene en el nombre del Señor! ¡Paz en el cielo y gloria en las alturas!" 39 Algunos de los fariseos en la multitud le dijeron: "Maestro, reprende tus discípulos." 40 Jesús respondió y dijo: "Yo les digo, si estos estuvieran callan, las piedras gritarían." 41 Cuando Jesús se acercó a la ciudad, lloró sobre ella, 42 diciendo: "¡Si tú hubieras sabido en este día, las cosas que te traen paz! Pero ahora ellas están ocultas a tus ojos. 43 Porque vendrán días sobre ti, cuando tus enemigos construirán un muro a tu alrededor, y te rodearán, y te presionarán de cada lado. 44 Ellos te derribaran y tus hijos dentro de ti. Ellos no dejarán una piedra sobre otra, porque no reconociste cuando Dios estaba tratando de salvarte." 45 Jesús entró el templo y comenzó a expulsar aquellos que estaban vendiendo, 46 diciéndole: "Escrito está, 'MI CASA SERÁ UNA CASA DE ORACIÓN,' pero ustedes la han convertido en una cueva de ladrones." 47 Así Jesús enseñaba diariamente en el templo. Los principales sacerdotes y los escribas y los líderes de la gente querían matarlo, 48 pero ellos no podían encontrar una manera para hacerlo, porque toda la gente lo escuchaban a Él atentamente.
Esta es la próxima parte de la historia. Zaqueo es introducido en la historia. El versículo 1 da información de trasfondo sobre los viajes de Jesús.
La frase "He aquí" alerta sobre una nueva persona en la historia. Tu lenguaje puede tener una manera de hacer esto. Traducción Alterna: "Había un hombre que estaba"
Esto es información de trasfondo sobre Zaqueo.
"Zaqueo estaba tratando"
"porque él era pequeño"
"un árbol de higo sicómoro." Este produce una fruta pequeña y redonda de más o menos 2.5 centímetros de ancho. Traducción Alterna: "un árbol de higo" o "un árbol"
"el árbol" o "donde estaba Zaqueo"
"Así que Zaqueo se apresuró"
Los judíos odiaban a los cobradores de impuestos y no pensaban que una persona buena debería asociarse con ellos.
"Jesús ha ido al hogar de un pecador para visitarlo"
"un pecador obvio" o "un verdadero pecador" (UDB)
Esto se refiere a Jesús
"devolveré a ellos cuatro veces más de lo que tomé de ellos"
Era entendido que la salvación viene de Dios. Traducción Alterna: "Dios ha salvado esta casa"
La palabra "casa" aquí se refiere a la gente que vive en la casa o la familia.
"este hombre también" o "Zaqueo también"
Los posibles significados son 1) "descendiente de Abraham" y 2) "persona que tiene fe como Abraham la tuvo."
Jesús habla de él mismo. Traducción Alterna: "Yo, el Hijo del Hombre"
"la gente que se ha alejado de Dios" o "aquellos que al pecar se han alejado de Dios"
Jesús comienza a contar una parábola a la multitud. El versículo 11 da información de trasfondo sobre por qué Jesús cuenta esa parábola.
Los judíos creían que el Mesías establecería el reino tan pronto llegara a Jerusalén. Traducción Alterna: "que Jesús inmediatamente comenzaría a gobernar sobre el reino de Dios"
"Un cierto hombre que era miembro de la clase gobernante" o "Un cierto hombre de una familia importante"
Esta es la imagen de un rey menor acercandose a un rey mayor. El rey mayor le daría al rey menor el derecho de gobernar sobre su propio país.
"El hombre noble llamó." Puede ser de ayuda declarar que el hombre hizo esto antes de irse a recibir su reino. Traducción Alterna: "Antes de irse, él llamó"
"le dió a cada uno una mina"
Una mina son 600 gramos. Cada mina valía lo que a alguien le pagarían en cuatro meses. traducción Alterna: "diez monedas valiosas" o "una gran cantidad de dinero"
"Hagan negocio con este dinero" o "Utilicen este dinero para poder ganar más"
"la gente de su país"
"un grupo de personas para representarlos" o "varios mensajeros"
Esta frase se utiliza aquí para marcar un evento iimportante en la historia. Si tu lenguaje tiene una manera de hacer esto, puede considerar utilizarlo aquí.
"luego de haberse convertido en rey"
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "venir a él"
"cuanto dinero habían ganado"
"El primer siervo"
"vino delante del hombre noble"
Está implícito que el siervo fue el que causó la ganancia. Traducción Alterna: "Utilicé tu mina para hacer una ganancia de diez minas más"
Una mina son 600 gramos. Cada mina valía lo que a alguien le pagarían en cuatro meses. Vea como tradujo esto en 19:13.
"Haz hecho bien." Tu lenguaje puede tener una frase que un empleador puede utilizar para demostrar aprobación, tal como "Buen trabajo."
Esto se refiere a una mina, la cual el hombre noble no consideró como mucho dinero.
"El segundo siervo"
Está implícito que el siervo fue el que causó la ganancia. Traducción Alterna: "Señor, utilicé tu mina para hacer una ganancia de cinco minas más"
Una mina son 600 gramos. Cada mina valía lo que a alguien le pagarían en cuatro meses. Vea como tradujo esto en 19:13.
"Tú tendrás autoridad sobre cinco ciudades"
"otro siervo vino"
Una mina son 600 gramos. Cada mina valía lo que a alguien le pagarían en cuatro meses. Vea como tradujo esto en 19:13.
"envuelta en un paño y guardada"
"un hombre rígido" o "un hombre que exíge mucho de sus siervos"
Era un proverbio que describe a una persona codiciosa. Traducción Alterna: "Tú sacas lo que no pusistes" o "Tú tomas lo que no es tuyo" (Ver: [[rc://*/tw/bible/other/proverb]])
"cosechas lo que no plantaste" El siervo estaba comparando a su maestro con un granjero que toma la comida que otro sembró.
Sus "palabras" se refiere a todo lo que él ha dicho. Traducción Alterna: "Basado en lo que tú has dicho"
El hombre noble estaba repitiendo lo que el siervo ha dicho sobre él. Él no estaba diciendo que era cierto.
"un hombre duro"
El hombre noble utiliza esta pregunta para reprender al siervo malvado. Traducción Alterna: "debíste haber puesto mi dinero... intereses"
"prestado mi dinero a un banco." Las culturas que no tengan bancos pueden traducir esto como "prestarle mi dinero a alguien."
Un banco es un negocio que guarda seguramente el dinero de las personas. Los bancos prestan ese dinero a otras personas para una ganancia. Por lo tanto, paga una cantidad extra, o interés, a las personas que guardan su dinero en el banco.
"yo pudiera haber recogido esa cantidad mas el interés que hubiera ganado" (UDB) o "yo hubiera tenido una ganancia de él"
Los intereses son dinero que un banco le paga a las personas que guardan su dinero en el banco
El hombre noble se había convertido en rey. Veá como se tradujó esto en 19:11.
"las personas que estaban parados cerca de ellos"
Una mina es 600 gramos. Cada mina tenía un valor igual al que alguien pagaba en cuatro meses. Vea como se tradujó esto en 19.13.
"él ya tiene diez minas!"
Esto era el rey hablando. Algunos traductores pueden querer comenzar este versiculo con "Y el rey constesto, 'Yo les digo' ó "Pero el rey dijo 'Yo les digo esto'" (UDB)
Es implicado que el dinero que él tiene es el dinero que el ganó por usar su mina fielmente. Traducción Alterna: "todo el mundo que use bien lo que se le ha dado" ó "todo el mundo que use bien lo que yo le he dado"
Esto puede ser declarado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Yo le dare más"
Esto es implicado que la razón que él no tiene dinero es porque el no usó su mina fielmente. Traducción Alterna: "de la persona que no use bien lo que yo le he dado"
Esto puede ser declarado de manera activa. Traducción Alterna: "Yo le quitaré de él"
Como los enemigo no estaban alli con él, algunos lenguajes dirián "esos enemigos míos"
Esto es el final de la parte de la historia de Zaqueo. Este versículo nos dice lo que Jesús hizo después de esta parte de la historia.
"Cuando Jesús hubo dicho esta cosas"
Jerusalén estaba mas alto que Jericó, asi que era normal que los Israelitas hablaran de subir a Jerusalén.
Está es la siguiente parte de la historia. Jesús se acercaba a Jerusalén.
Esta frase es utilizada aquí para marcar el comienzo de una nueva parte de la historia. Si tu lenguaje tiene una forma para hacer esto, podrias considerarlo usarlo aquí.
La palabra "Él" se refiere a Jesús. Sus discipulos también viajaban con Él.
Betfagé era una aldea en el Monte de los Olivos, el cuál esta a través del Valle de Cedrón desde Jerusalén.
"el cerro que es llamado el Monte de los Olivos" ó "el cerro que es llamado "Montaña del Olivo"
"un burro jovén" ó "un jovén animal de montes"
Esto puede ser declarado de manera activa. Traducción Alterna: "que nadie ha montado nunca"
Jesús les dice a sus discípulos como contestar a una pregunta que todavía no ha sido preguntada. Sin embargo, las personas en la aldea pronto haran la pregunta.
Esto puede ser declarado de manera activa. Traducción Alternal: "Los dos discípulos que Jesús envió"
"los dueños del potro"
Esta es la preguna y la contestación que Jesús predijo en 19:29 y que debe ser traducida de mismas manera que el verso.
"pongan los mantos en el potro jovén". Mantos son tunicas exteriores.
"ayudaron a Jesús a levantarse y montar en el potro "
"la gente extiende sus capas." Esto es una señal de dar honor a una persona.
"Como Jesús se acercaba." Los discípulos de Jesús estaban viajando con él.
"donde el camino va hacia abajo desde el Monte de los Olivos"
"grandes cosas ellos habían visto hacer de Jesús"
Ellos estaban diciendo esto sobre Jesús.
Aquí "nombre" se refiere al poder y la autoridad. También "Señor" se refiere a Dios.
"Que haya paz en el cielo." Ellos estaban expresando que quieren que suceda."
"lo más alto" se refiere al cielo, donde Dios vive. Traducción Alterna: "dejen que todo el mundo de gloria a Dios en cielo más alto" ó "Dejen que todo el mundo alabé a Dios el más alto"
"en la gran multitud"
"diles a tus discípulos que paren de hacer estas cosas"
Jesús les dijo esto para enfatizar lo proximo que iba a decir.
Esto es una situación hipotética. Algunos traductores puede que tengan que dejar claro lo que Jesús implicaba cuando dijo esto: "no, yo no los voy a reprender, porque si estas personas estuvieran callados... gritarían"
"las piedras gritarían alabanzas"
Esto se refiere a Jerusalén
La palabra "ella" se refiere a la ciudad de Jerusalén, pero esta representa a las personas que vivian en aquella ciudad.
Jesús expresaba su tristeza de que las personas de Jerusalén habián perdido una oportunidad de estar en paz con Dios.
La palabra "tú" es singular porque Jesús estaba hablando de la ciudad. Pero si esto fuera poco natural en su idioma, usaría una forma plural de "usted" para referirse a la gente de la ciudad.
"tus ojos" se refieren a la habilidad para ver. Esto puede ser declarado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "ya no puedes verlos" ó "Ya no eres capaz de saberlo"
Jesús continua hablando
Lo que sigue es la razón por la tristeza de Jesús.
Esto indica que ellos iban a experimentar tiempos dificíles. Algunos idiomas no hablan del tiempo que viene. Traducción Alterna: "en el futuro estas cosas te pasarán" ó "pronto soportarás tiempos problemáticos"
Esto se refiere a un muro para evitar que la gente salga de la ciudad.
Desde que Jesús estaba hablando de la ciudad, esto se refiere a los muros y edificios de la ciudad. Traducción Alterna: "Ellos van a destruir tus muros" ó "Ellos destruiran tu ciudad"
Esto se refiere a las personas que viven en la ciudad. Traducción Alterna: "Te mataran gente en la ciudad"
"Ellos no dejarán ni una piedra en este lugar". Esto es una hipérbole para expresar como los enemigos van a destruir completamente la ciudad que estaba construidad de piedras.
"tú no lo reconocistes"
Esto es el próximo evento en esta parte de la historia. Jesús entra al templo de Jerusalén.
Esto puede ser utíl para establecer de que el entro a Jerusalén primero, donde el templo estaba localizado. Traducción Alterna: "Jesús entró a Jerusalén y despues fue al patio del templo"
Solamente los sacerdotes les era permitido entrar al edificio del templo. Traducción Alterna: "entró en el patio del templo"
"tirar" ó "arrojar"
Esto es una cita de Isaías. Esto puede ser declarado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "Las escrituras dice" ó "Un profeta escribió estas palabras en las escrituras"
La palabra "Mi" se refiere a Dios y "casa" se refiere al templo.
"un lugar donde las personas me orán"
Jesús habla sobre el templo como si fuera el lugar donde los ladrones se reunén. Traducción Alterna: "un lugar donde los ladrones se esconden"
Esto es el final de esta parte de la historia. Estos versos hablan sobre la acción en curso que continúa en curso despúes de que termina la parte principal de la historia.
"en el patio del templo" ó "en el templo"
"estaban prestando cercana atención a lo que Jesús les decía"
1 Aconteció un día, que mientras Jesús enseñaba a la gente en el templo y predicaba el evangelio, vinieron a Él los sacerdotes principales, los escribas y los ancianos. 2 Y Le hablaron, diciéndole: "Dinos ¿con qué autoridad haces todas estas cosas? ¿O quién es ese que te otorgó dicha autoridad?" 3 Él les respondió y les dijo: "Yo también les haré una pregunta. Díganme, a cerca 4 del bautismo de Juan, ¿fue del cielo o del hombre? 5 Ellos discutieron entre sí, diciendo: "Si decimos, 'del cielo', Él dirá: 'Entonces, ¿por qué no le creyeron?' 6 Pero si decimos: 'de los hombres' la gente nos apedreará, pues han sido persuadidos de que Juan era un profeta." 7 Así que ellos respondieron que no sabían de dónde había venido. 8 Jesús les dijo a ellos: "Tampoco yo les diré por cuál autoridad es que hago estas cosas." 9 Le dijo a la gente esta parábola: "Un hombre plantó un viñedo, lo arrendó a unos viticultores, y se fue a otro país por mucho tiempo. 10 En el tiempo determinado, envió un sirviente a los viticultores, que debían darle del fruto del viñedo. Pero los viticultores le golpearon, y lo enviaron con las manos vacías. 11 Entonces, él envió otro sirviente y ellos también le golpearon, lo trataron de manera vergonzosa, y lo enviaron con las manos vacías. 12 Él también envió todavía un tercero y también lo hirieron, y lo expulsaron. 13 Entonces el señor del viñedo dijo: "¿Qué haré? Enviaré a mi hijo amado. Tal vez ellos lo respeten.' 14 Pero cuando los viticultores lo vieron, se dijeron entre sí, 'Este es el heredero. Matémoslo, para que su herencia sea nuestra.' 15 Lo expulsaron del viñedo, y lo mataron. Entonces, ¿qué le hará el señor del viñedo a ellos? 16 Él vendrá y destruirá a los viticultores, y les dará el viñedo a otros." Cuando ellos oyeron esto, dijeron: "¡Dios libre!" 17 Pero Jesús los miró a ellos, y dijo: "¿Qué significa esta escritura? ¿'LA ROCA QUE LOS CONSTRUCTORES RECHAZARON, HA SIDO HECHA LA ROCA ANGULAR'? 18 Todo el que caiga en esa roca será hecho pedazos. Pero sobre quien ésta caiga, lo aplastará." 19 Así que los escribas y los sacerdotes principales trataban poner manos sobre Él en aquella misma hora, pues sabían que la parábola era contra ellos. Pero temían a la gente. 20 Y acechándolo, enviaron espías que fingían ser justos, para que hallaran falta en su mensaje, a fin de entregarlo al gobierno y a la autoridad del gobernador. 21 Le preguntaban, diciendo: "Maestro, sabemos que enseñas y hablas correctamente, y no estás influenciado por la posición de nadie, sino que enseñas la verdad acerca del camino de Dios. 22 ¿Es legal que paguemos impuestos al César, o no?" 23 Pero Jesús, entendió su astucia, y les dijo: 24 "Enséñame un denario. ¿De quién es la imagen y la inscripción que está en ella?" Dijeron: "La de César." 25 Él les dijo: "Entonces, denle a César las cosas que son de César, y a Dios, las cosas que son de Dios." 26 Ellos no fueron capaces de criticar lo que Él había dicho frente a la gente. Se quedaron allí maravillados de su respuesta y no dijeron nada. 27 Cuando algunos de los saduceos, quienes dicen que no hay resurrección fueron a Él, 28 ellos le preguntaron: diciendo "Maestro, Moisés nos escribió que, SI EL HERMANO DE UN HOMBRE MUERE, TENIENDO ESPOSA, Y SIN TENER HIJOS, EL HOMBRE DEBE TOMAR LA ESPOSA DE SU HERMANO, Y TENER UN HIJO POR SU HERMANO. 29 Había siete hermanos y el primero tomó una esposa, y murió sin hijos, 30 y el segundo también. 31 La tomó el tercero, y así mismo los siete no dejaron hijos, y murieron. 32 Luego la mujer también murió. 33 En la resurrección, ¿de quién será ella esposa? Pues los siete la tuvieron de esposa." 34 Jesús les dijo: "Los hijos de este mundo se casan, y son dados en matrimonio. 35 Pero aquellos que sean en aquel tiempo considerados como dignos de recibir la resurrección de los muertos, ni se casarán, ni serán dados en matrimonio. 36 Ni pueden morir más, pues son iguales a los ángeles y son hijos de Dios, siendo hijos de la resurrección. 37 Pero pobre que los muertos resucitan, Moisés lo enseñó, en el pasaje relacionado con la zarza, donde él llama al Señor, EL DIOS DE ABRAHAM Y EL DIOS DE ISAAC Y EL DIOS DE JACOB. 38 Él no es el Dios de los muertos, sino de vivos, porque todos viven para Él." 39 Algunos de los escribas respondieron: "Maestro, has respondido bien." 40 Pues no se atrevían a hacerle más preguntas. 41 Jesús les dijo: "¿Cómo dicen que el Cristo es el hijo de David? 42 Pues el mismo David dice en el libro de los Salmos, El Señor le dijo a mi Señor: 'SIÉNTATE A MI MANO DERECHA, 43 HASTA QUE HAGA A TUS ENEMIGOS COMO ESTRADO A TUS PIES.' 44 Por lo tanto David llama al Cristo 'Señor', ¿pues cómo sería Él, hijo de David?" 45 A oídos de toda la gente le dijo a sus discípulos: 46 "Cuidado con los escribas, quienes desean caminar en túnicas largas, y aman saludos especiales en los mercados, y sillas principales en las sinagogas, y lugares principales en las fiestas. 47 Ellos también devoran las casas de las viudas, y de manera presumida hacen oraciones largas. Estos recibirán mayor condenación."
Los principales sacerdotes, escribas y ancianos interrogaban a Jesús en el templo.
Esta frase es usada aquí para señalar el comienzo de una parte nueva de la historia.
" en el patio del templo" o "en el templo"
Jesús respondió a los principales sacerdotes, escribas, y ancianos.
"Jesús contestó"
Jesús sabía que la autoridad de Juan venía del cielo. El hizo la pregunta para que los líderes judíos le tuvieran que decir a todos los que escuchaban lo que ellos pensaban. Traducción Alterna: "¿ Ustedes piensan que la autoridad de Juan para bautizar a las personas vino del cielo o del hombre?" o " Ustedes piensan que Dios le dijo a Juan que bautizara a las personas, o las personas le dijeron que lo hiciera?"
"de Dios". Los judíos evitaban referirse a Dios por su nombre "SEÑOR". A menudo ellos usan la palabra "cielo" para referirse a El.
"Ellos discutieron"o "Ellos consideraron su respuesta".
"entre ellos"o "juntos"
Algunos idiomas podrían preferir una cita indirecta. Traducción Alterna: "Si decimos que la autoridad de Juan es del cielo,"
"De Dios". Dependiendo cómo la pregunta fue traducida en el versículo anterior, este puede ser traducido como "Dios lo hizo"o "Dios lo autorizó".
"Jesús dirá"
Algunos idiomas podrían preferir una cita indirecta. Traducción Alterna: "si decimos que la autoridad de Juan es de los hombres."
"nos matarán lanzándonos piedras." La Ley de Dios mandaba que su gente apedreara aquellas personas que se burlaran de El o de sus profetas.
"Así que los principales sacerdotes, escribas y ancianos respondieron." La palabra "así que" indica un evento que ocurrió debido a algo más que ocurrió primero. En este caso, ellos razonaron entre ellos mismos en 20:5, y no tenían una respuesta que ellos querían decir.
"de donde habia venido el bautismo de Juan." Traducción Alterna: "de donde vino la autoridad de Juan para bautizar" o "quién autorizó a Juan para que bautizara a las personas"
"Y yo no les diré." Jesús sabía que ellos no le querían responder, así que él les respondió de la misma manera. Traduccion Alterna: "Así como ustedes no me quieren decir, yo no les diré"
Jesús comenzó a decirle una parábola a las personas en el templo.
"permitió a algunos viticultores a usarlo a cambio de un pago" o permitió algunos viticultores a usarlo y ellos le pagarían mas tarde." El pago podría ser en forma de dinero, o una porción de la cosecha.
Ellos eran personas quienes trabajaban en los viñedos y el cultivo de uvas. Traducción Alterna: "agricultores de uvas"
"el tiempo que ellos acordaron pagarle." Este pudo haber sido en el tiempo de la cosecha.
"algo de las uvas" o "algo de lo que ellos producían en el viñedo." Esto también se puede referir a las cosas que ellos hacían de los uvas o el dinero que ellos ganaban por vender las uvas.
entregado- Una mano vacía es una metáfora para "nada." Traducción Alterna: "lo expulsaron sin pagarle"o "lo expulsaron sin las uvas"
"golpearon ese sirviente"
"lo humillaron"
"incluso a un tercer sirviente" o "todavía otro sirviente." La palabra "todavía" indica el hecho que el dueño de la tierra no debió haber enviado el segundo sirviente, pero él fue más alla de eso y envió al tercer sirviente.
"lesionaron ese sirviente"
"lo expulsaron del viñedo"
Esta pregunta enfatiza la decisión del dueño de la viña. Traducción Alterna: " Esto es lo que haré"
"cuando los agricultores vieron al hijo del dueño"
Ellos no pidieron permiso. Ellos dijeron esto para incitar a cada uno para matar al heredero.
Jesús terminó diciendo su parábola a la multitud.
"Los viticultores sacaron al hijo fuera del viñedo"
Jesus utilizó una pregunta para lograr que sus oyentes presten atención a lo que el dueño del viñedo haría. Traducción Alterna: "Así que ahora, escuchen lo que el dueño de la viña les hará a ellos"
" !Que Dios evite que esto suceda!" o "! Que esto nunca suceda!" Las personas entendieron que esta parábola significaba que Dios los sacaría de Jerusalén porque ellos rechazaron al Mesías. Ellos fuertemente expresaron su deseo que esta terrible cosa no pasará.
Jesús continúa enseñando a la multitud.
"Pero Jesús los miró fijamente" o "Pero él los miró directamente a ellos." El hizo esto para hacerlos responsables de entender lo que él les estaba diciendo.
Jesús utiliza una pregunta para enseñar a la multitud. Traducción Alterna: "Ustedes deben ser capaces de entender lo que está escrito: 'La roca...roca angular."
Esta es la primera de tres metáforas en una profecía del libro de los Salmos. Esta se refiere al Mesías como si el fuera la roca que los constructores no usaron, pero que Dios hizo la más importante roca.
"La roca la cual los constructores dijeron que no era lo suficientemente buena para usarse en el edificio." En aquellos días las personas construían las paredes de las casas y otros edificios de rocas.
Esto se refería a los líderes religiosos quienes rechazaron a Jesús como el Mesías .
"la roca principal del edificio"o "la roca más importante del edificio"
Esta segunda metáfora habla de las personas quienes rechazan al Mesías como si ellos cayeran sobre una roca y son heridos.
Esto se puede poner en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "se romperá en pedazos." Este es el resultado de caer sobre la roca.
"Pero sobre quien caiga esta roca." Esta tercera metáfora habla sobre el Mesías juzgando aquellos quienes lo rechazan como si el fuera una roca grande que puede aplastarlos.
Esta expresión se refiere a las personas que ejercían autoridad sobre los discípulos. Traducción Alterna: "buscaban una manera de arrestar a Jesús"
"inmediatamente"
Esta es la razón por la que ellos no arrestaban a Jesús inmediatamente. La gente respetaba a Jesús, y los líderes religiosos tenían miedo de las personas si ellos lo arrestaban. Traducción Alterna: "ellos no lo arrestaban porque le temían a las personas"
"los escribas y los principales sacerdotes enviaron espías a vigilar a Jesús"
"debido a que ellos querían acusar a Jesús de decir algo mal"
"para llevárselo" o "para que ellos puedan entregárselo a "
"Gobierno"y "autoridad"son dos formas de decir que ellos querían que el gobernador juzgara a Jesús. Puede ser traducido con una o ambas expresiones. Traducción Alterna: "para que el gobernador castigara a Jesús"
''Pero Jesús entendió lo difíciles que eran'' o ''Pero Jesús vio que estaban tratando de atraparlo.'' Las palabra ''su'' se refiere a los espías.
Esta es una moneda de plata romana que vale el salario de un día.
Jesús usa una pregunta para responderle a aquellos que trataban de atraparlo.
''foto y nombre''
Este es el final de los eventos sobre los espías y la parte de la historia que comenzó en el 20:1.
''Luego Jesús les dijo a ellos''
Aquí Cesár se refiere al gobierno romano.
''y darle a Dios''
''Los espías no pudieron encontrar algo malo en lo que él dijo''
''pero estaban maravillados con su respuesta y no dijeron nada''
Esta es la próxima parte de la historia. No sabemos dónde toma lugar, pero es posible que estén en el patio del templo. Jesús está hablando con algunos saduceos.
Esta frase identifica a los saduceos como el grupo de judíos que dicen que nadie resucitaría de la muerte. No significa que algunos saduceos creían en la resurrección y otros no.
''si el hermano de un hombre muere cuando tiene esposa pero no tiene hijos''
''el hombre debe casarse con la viuda de su hermano muerto''
Los judíos consideraban que estos niños nacidos en el segundo matrimonio pertenecían al hombre muerto. Ellos heredaban sus propiedades y sus posesiones y seguían su nombre.
Los saduceos terminan preguntándole a Jesús su pregunta.
Los saduceos le dicen a Jesús una pequeña historia en los versos 29-32. Esta historia se la inventaron como un ejemplo. En el verso 33, ellos le preguntan a Jesús sobre la historia que dijeron.
Esto pudo haber pasado, pero probablemente fue una historia que se inventaron para probar a Jesús.
''hermano número uno...el hermano número dos...Hermano número tres''
''y murió sin tener hijos'' o ''y murió, pero no tuvo ningún hijo''
Ellos no repitieron mucho de los detalles para mantener la historia corta. Traducción Alterna: ''el segundo se casó con ella y ocurrió lo mismo'' o ''el segundo hermano se casó con ella y murió sin tener hijos''
''El tercero se casó con ella''
No repitieron mucho de los detalles para mantener la historia corta. Traducción Alterna: ''en la misma manera el resto de los siete hermanos se casaron con ella y no tuvieron hijos y murieron''
''todos siete de los hermanos'' o ''cada uno de los siete hermanos''
''Cuando las personas son levantadas de la muerte'' o ''Cuando las personas muertas vuelven a la vida'' (UDB). Algunos lenguajes tienen una manera de enseñar que los saduceos no creían que iba a haber una resurrección, tales como ''En la supuesta resurrección'' o ''Cuando las personas muertas son supuestamente resucitadas de la muerte.''
Jesús empieza a contestarle a los saduceos.
''Las personas de este mundo'' o "Las personas de estos tiempos''. Esto es en contrasto con aquellos en el cielo o las personas que viven después de la resurrección.
En esa cultura ellos hablaban de hombres casándose con mujeres y mujeres siendo dadas en matrimonio a sus esposos. Esto también se puede establecer en forma activa. Traducción alterna: ''casarse''
Esto se puede establecer de forma activa. Traducción alterna: Las personas en esa edad a quienes Dios considerará dignas''
''de ser levantados de la muerte'' o ''levantarse de la muerte''
En aquella cultura ellos hablaban de hombres casándose con mujeres y mujeres siendo dadas en matrimonio a sus esposos. Esto también se puede establecer de forma activa. Traducción alterna: ''no se casarán'' o ''no se van a casar.'' Esto es después de la resurrección.
Esto es después de la resurreción. Traducción alterna: '''No podrán morir más''
''son hijos de Dios porque Él los ha traído de vuelta de la muerte''
Jesús termina de contestarle a los saduceos.
La palabra ''hasta'' esta aquí porque los saduceos quizás no fueron sorprendidos que algunas escrituras dicen que los muertos son resucitados, pero no esperaban que Moisés escribiera algo así. Traducción alterna: ''Pero hasta Moisés enseñó que las personas muertas se levantan de los muertos''
''en la parte de la escritura donde él escribió sobre el arbusto ardiente'' o ''en la escritura sobre el arbusto ardiente''
''donde Moisés llama al Señor''
''el Dios de Abraham, Isaac y Jacob.'' Ellos adoraban al mismo Dios.
Esta palabra se utiliza aquí para romper en la enseñanza principal. Aquí Jesús explica como esta historia prueba que las personas se levantan de la muerte.
Estas dos oraciones tienen significados similares dicho dos veces para énfasis. Algunos lenguajes tienen diferentes maneras de mostras énfasis. Traducción alterna: ''el Señor es el Dios de sólo las personas vivas''
''sino el Dios de los vivos.'' Ya que estas personas murieron físicamente, ellos aún deben estar vivos espiritualmente. Traducción alterna: ''pero el Dios de las personas cuyos espíritus están vivos, aunque sus cuerpos hayan muerto''
''porque en los ojos de Dios todos todavía están vivos'' o ''porque sus espíritus están vivos en la presencia de Dios''
''Alguno de los escribas le dijeron a Jesús.'' Habían escribas presentes cuando los saduceos cuestionaban a Jesús.
Está poco claro si esto se refiere a los escribas, o a los saduceos, o a ambos. Es mejor mantener frase general.
''tenían miedo hacer...preguntas'' o ''ellos no arriesgaron hacer...preguntas.'' Ellos entendían que no sabían tanto como Jesús, pero no querían decir eso. Esto puede ser explícito. Traducción alterna: ''ellos le hicieron preguntas confusas porque temían que las respuestas sabías los iba hacer ver tontos''
Jesús le hace una pregunta a los escribas.
''¿Por qué ellos dicen...hijo?'' Jesús usa una pregunta para hacer pensar a los escribas quien era el Mesías. Traducción alterna: ''Pensemos en ellos diciendo...hijo.'' o ''Yo hablaré de ellos diciendo...hijo''
Los profetas, los líderes religiosos, y las personas judías en general sabían que el Mesías era el hijo de David. Traducción alterna: ''todos dicen'' o ''personas dicen''
''el descendiente del rey David.'' La palabra ''hijo'' esta usada aquí para referirse a un descendiente. En este caso se refiere al que reinará sobre el reino de Dios.
Esta es una cita del libro de Salmos que dice ''Yahweh le dijo a mi Dios.'' Pero los judíos dejaron de decir ''Yahweh'' y más a menudo decían ''Señor''. Traducción alterna: ''El Señor Dios le dijo a mi Señor'' o ''Dios le dijo a mi Señor''
David se refería a Cristo como ''mi Señor.''
El lugar derecho es el lugar de honor. Dios estaba honorando al Mesías al decirle que se sentará el el lugar de honor en el trono al lado de Dios.
Los enemigos del Mesías son hablados como si fueran muebles en los que descansaría sus pies. Esta fue la imágen de submisión. Traducción alterna: ''hasta que haga tus enemigos como estrado a tus pies'' o ''hasta que conquiste tus enemigos por ti''
En la cultura de ese tiempo, un padre era más respetado que un hijo. El uso de David del título de ''Señor'' para Cristo implica que Él era más grande que David.
''¿así que cómo Cristo puede ser el hijo de David?'' Esto puede ser una declaración. Traducción alterna: ''esto enseña que el Cristo no es meramente el descendiente de David"
Jesús ahora dirige su atención a los discípulos y les habla principalmente a ellos.
''Estar en guardia contra''
Largas túnicas mostrarían que ellos eran importantes. Traducción alterna: ''quienes les gusta caminar con sus túnicas importantes''
''También comen en las casas de las viudas.'' Los escribas son hablados como si fueran animales que comen todo lo que tienen las viudas. Traducción alterna: ''Ellos también toman todas las posesiones de las viudas''
''pretenden ser justos y hacen oraciones largas'' o ''hacen oraciones largas para que las personas los vean''
Esto significa que los escribas hacen cosas para hacerse ver más importantes y justos de lo que son realmente.
''Ellos recibirán un juicio más severos que otros pecadores.'' Esto se puede establecer de forma activa. Traducción alterna: ''Dios los castigará más severamente que otros''
1 Jesús alzó la mirada y vio a los hombres ricos poniendo sus ofrendas en el tesoro. 2 Él vio a cierta viuda pobre poniendo dos pequeñas monedas de cobre. 3 Así que Él dijo: "De cierto les digo, esta pobre viuda puso más que todos ellos. 4 Todos estos dieron ofrendas de su abundancia. Pero esta viuda, de su pobreza, puso todo el dinero que ella tenía para vivir." 5 Mientras algunos hablaban del templo, cómo estaba decorado con hermosas piedras y ofrendas, Él dijo: 6 "Estas cosas que ustedes ven, vendrán los días en que ni una piedra quedará sobre otra que no será derribada" 7 Entonces le preguntaron, diciendo: "Maestro, ¿cuándo sucederán estas cosas? ¿Y cuál será la señal de cuando estas cosas estén próximas a suceder?" 8 Jesús contestó: "Tengan cuidado de que ustedes no sean engañados. Porque muchos vendrán en mi nombre, diciendo: 'Yo soy Él,' y, 'El tiempo está cerca.' No vayan tras ellos. 9 Cuando escuchen de guerras y motines, no se aterroricen, porque estas cosas tienen que ocurrir primero, pero el final no ocurrirá inmediatamente." 10 Entonces Él les dijo: "Se levantará nación contra nación, y reino contra reino. 11 Habrá grandes terremotos, y en varios lugares hambrunas y plagas. Habrá eventos espantosos y grandes señales del cielo. 12 Pero antes de todas estas cosas, ellos echarán mano de ustedes y los perseguirán, entregándoles a las sinagogas y prisiones, trayéndolos ante reyes y gobernadores por causa de mi nombre. 13 Esto les dará una oportunidad de testificar. 14 Por lo tanto, resuelvan en sus corazones preparar sus defensas antes de tiempo, 15 porque Yo les daré palabras y sabiduría, la cual sus adversarios no serán capaces de resistir o contradecir. 16 Pero ustedes serán aun entregados por padres, hermanos, parientes y amigos, y matarán a algunos de ustedes. 17 Por todo serán odiados por causa de mi nombre. 18 Pero ni un cabello de su cabeza se perderá. 19 En su perseverancia ganarán sus almas. 20 Cuando vean a Jerusalén rodeada por ejércitos, entonces sabrán que su destrucción está cerca. 21 Entonces los que estén en Judea huyan a las montañas, y los que estén en la ciudad, váyanse, y que los que estén en el campo no entren en ella. 22 Porque estos son días de venganza, para que se cumplan todas las cosas que están escritas. 23 ¡Ay de aquellas que estén embarazadas y amamantando en esos días! Porque habrá gran angustia sobre la tierra y sobre esta gente irá. 24 Y caerán a filo de espada y serán llevados cautivos a todas las naciones, y Jerusalén será pisoteada por los gentiles, hasta que el tiempo de los gentiles sea cumplido. 25 Habrá señales en el sol, en la luna y en las estrellas. Y en la tierra habrá angustia de las naciones y desesperación por el rugido del mar y las olas. 26 Habrá hombres desfalleciendo del miedo y la expectación de las cosas que están vendrán sobre el mundo. Porque los poderes de los cielos serán estremecidos. 27 Entonces, ellos verán al Hijo del Hombre viniendo en una nube con poder y gran gloria. 28 Pero cuando estas cosas empiecen a ocurrir, pónganse de pie, y levanten sus cabezas, porque su liberación se acerca." 29 Jesús les dijo una parábola: "Miren al árbol de higos y a todos los árboles. 30 Cuando echan retoños, ustedes ven y saben que el verano está cerca. 31 Así mismo, cuando vean estas cosas suceder, ustedes sabrán que el reino de Dios se acerca. 32 Verdaderamente, Yo les digo, esta generación no pasará, hasta que todas estas cosas ocurran. 33 El cielo y la tierra pasarán, pero mis palabras nunca pasarán. 34 Pero pongan atención, para que sus corazones no sean agobiados con libertinaje, embriaguez y las preocupaciones de la vida. Porque ese día vendrá sobre ustedes de repente 35 como una trampa. Porque vendrá sobre todos los que viven sobre la faz de la tierra. 36 Pero ustedes estén alerta en todo momento, orando para que sean lo suficientemente fuertes, para escapar a todas estas cosas que ocurrirán y estar delante del Hijo de Hombre." 37 Así que durante el día Él enseñaba en el templo y en la noche salía, y pasaba la noche en el monte que se llamaba de los Olivos. 38 Toda la gente venía temprano por la mañana a escucharlo en el templo.
Este siguiente evento en la historia. Posiblemente ajuste lo siguiente. 1) esto puede ocurrir en los mismos días que Jesús fue cuestionado por el saduceo.
regalos de dinero
"caja de colección" o " caja de dinero". Este fue uno de las cajas en el patio donde la gente coloca dinero como regalo para Dios.
Esta es la forma de introducir un nuevo personaje a la historia.
" dos pequeñas monedas" o " dos pequeñas monedas de cobre." Estas fueron las menos valiosas monedas que usaban las personas. AT: "dos centavos" o " dos pequeñas monedas de pequeños valores"
Significa que lo que Jesus estaba apunto de decir fue muy importante.
Jesus fue hablarle a sus discipulos.
Esto no significa que ella puso tanto dinero como los hombres ricos. Más bien significa que Dios considera su regalo para ser mas significativo que las sumas mayores que los hombres dieron. AT: " el regalo pequeño de esa ventana fue mas valioso que los regalos mas grandes del hombre rico"
"tener mucho dinero pero solo dio una pequeña porción de eso"
" quién tiene muy poco dinero"
Jesús pasa de hablar de la ventana a enseñar sobre el templo.
"cosas que la gente le habían dado a Dios"
Esto se refiere a lo bello y sus decoraciones.
" habrá un momento" o "algún día"
Este puede afirmar de forma activa. AT: "los enemigos no dejarann nunguna piedra encima de otra" .
Esto se puede afirmar de forma posotiva. AT: " cada piedra será removida de su lugar y todas serán derribadas.
Esto puede traducirse como una nueva oración. AT: " Todos serán derribados" o " Los enemigos derribarán cada piedra"
"los discipulos le preguntaron a Jesús" o "los discipulos de Jesús le preguntaron a Él."
Se refiere a lo que Jesús acaba de decir acerca de los enmigos que destruyen el templo.
Jesus hablo con sus disci
'' entonces Jesús le dijo a sus discípulos." Ya que esto es una continuación de Jesús hablando en el versículo anterior, algunos lenguajes prefieren no decir ''entonces Él les dijo a ellos.''
''Una nación atacara a otra nación.'' Esto también se puede tratar como una declaración general. Traducción Alterna: ''Naciones atacarán a otras naciones"
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: "ejercitos rodeando Jerusalén "
''que esto será destruido pronto'' o ''que ellos pronto lo destruiran''
''huir del peligro''
Esto se refiere a las areas rurales a las afueras de Jerusalén, y no a la nación. Traducción Alterna: ''fuera de la ciudad''
''entrar a Jerusalén''
''estos son los dias de castigo'' o ''este será el tiempo cuando Dios castigará a esta ciudad''
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: ''todas las cosas que los profetas escribieron en las escrituras hace mucho tiempo''
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: '''pasará''
''a las madres quienes están amamantando a sus criaturas''
Posibles significados son 1) las personas de la tierra estarán angustiadas o 2) habrán desastres físicos en la tierra.
''habrá ira en la gente de ese tiempo''. Dios traerá esa ira. Traducción Alterna: ''esa gente experimentarán el coraje de Dios'' o ''Dios estará muy enojado y castigará a esta gente''
''ellos serán asesinados por el filo de la espada''. Traducción Alterna: ''los soldados del enemigo los asesinarán''
Esto puede ser expresado de forma activa. Traducción Alterna: '''sus enemigos los capturarán y serán llevados a otras naciones''
''a muchas otras naciones''
Posibles significados son 1) los Gentiles conquistarán Jerusalén y la ocuparán o 2) los Gentiles destruirán la ciudad de Jerusalén o 3) los Gentiles destruirán la gente de Jerusalén.
Esta metáfora habla de Jerusalén como si la gente de otras naciones estuvieran caminando sobre ella y aplastándola con sus pies.
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Traducción Alterna: '''el periodo de los Gentiles a llegado a su fin''
Aqui ''las naciones" se refiere a las personas o a la gente en ellas. Traducción Alterna: ''las personas o la gente de las naciones estarán angustiadas'' o ''las personas o la gente de las naciones estarán muy anciosas"
''porque ellos estarán muy confundidos por el rugido de los mares y las olas'' o ''y el fuerte ruido de los mares y su embravecido movimiento asustarán a la personas o a la gente''. Esto parece referirse a las tormentas o desastres inusuales envolviendo a los mares.
''las cosas que ocurrirán en el mundo'' o ''las cosas que le ocurrirán al mundo''
Esto puede ser expresado en forma activa. Posibles significados son 1) las cosas en cielo como el sol, la luna, las estrellas no se moveran de manera normal. Traducción Alternativa: ''Dios sacudirá las cosas poderosas en los cielos'' o 2) los poderosos espíritus en los cielos serán afligidos''. La primera es recomendada.
Jesús se refiere a si mismo. Traducción Alterna: ''yo, Hijo del Hombre"
''bajando en una nube''
Aqui ''poder'' probablemente se refiere a su autoridad de juzgar al mundo. Aqui ''gloria'' se puede referir a una luz brillante. Dios algunas veces muestra su grandeza con una luz brillante. Traducción Alterna: ''poderosa y gloriosamente" o ''y el será poderoso y muy glorioso''
En algunas ocaciónes, cuando las personas estan asustadas, ellos se agachan hacia abajo para evitar ser vistos o lastimados. Cuando ellos yo no tienen temor, ellos se levantan. Traducción Alterna: ''levántate con confianza''
Al levantar sus cabezas para buscar, ellos podrán ver a su salvador viniendo hacia ellos. Traducción Alterna: ''buscar'' (See:|Idiom)
"Dios, quién libera", se habla de como si él fuere la liberación que él causa. Traducción Alterna: '''porqué tu libertador viene hacia ti'' o ''porqué Dios te salvará pronto''
Jesús continúa enseñando a sus discípulos, él les dice una parábola.
''Cuando las nuevas hojas comienzan a crecer''
''el verano está por comenzar''. El verano en Israel le sigue al brote de las hojas del árbol de higo y es el tiempo cuando el higo madura''
La apariencia de los signos que Jesús acababa de describir señalan la llegada del reino de Dios así como la apariencia de las hojas de árbol de higo señalan la llegada del verano.
''Dios pronto establecerá su reino''. Traducción Alternativa: ''Dios pronto gobernará como rey''
1 Ahora, la Fiesta de los Panes sin Levadura estaba cerca, la cual es llamada la Pascua. 2 Los principales sacerdotes y los escribas discutieron sobre cómo podían matar a Jesús, pero tenían miedo de la gente. 3 Satanás entró en Judas el Iscariote, uno de los doce. 4 Judas fue y discutió con los principales sacerdotes y los capitanes acerca de cómo podía entregarles a Jesús. 5 Ellos estaban contentos y acordaron darle dinero. 6 Él consintió, y buscó una oportunidad para entregarlo lejos de la multitud. 7 El día de los panes sin levadura llegó, en el cual el cordero de Pascua debía ser sacrificado. 8 Jesús envió a Pedro y Juan, diciéndoles: "Vayan y preparen para nosotros la comida de la Pascua, para comerla." 9 Ellos le preguntaron: "¿Dónde quieres que hagamos los preparativos?" 10 Él les respondió; "Escuchen, cuando ustedes entren en la ciudad, un hombre que carga un cántaro de agua les encontrará. Síganlo hacia la casa que él entre. 11 Entonces díganle al señor de la casa: 'El Maestro te dice: "¿Dónde es la habitación de huéspedes, donde Yo comeré la Pascua con mis discípulos?'" 12 Él les mostrará una habitación superior amueblada. Hagan los preparativos allí." 13 Así que ellos fueron, y hallaron todo como Él les había dicho. Entonces ellos prepararon la Pascua. 14 Cuando llegó la hora, Él se sentó con los apóstoles. 15 Entonces les dijo: "Yo he deseado grandemente comer esta Pascua con ustedes antes de que Yo sufra. 16 Porque les digo a ustedes, Yo no la comeré otra vez, hasta que sea cumplida en el reino de Dios." 17 Entonces Jesús tomó una copa y cuando hubo dado gracias dijo: "Tómenla, y compártanla entre ustedes. 18 Porque Yo les digo a ustedes, Yo no beberé del fruto de la vid otra vez, hasta que el reino de Dios venga." 19 Entonces Él tomó pan y habiendo dado gracias, lo partió, y lo dio a ellos, diciendo: "Este es mi cuerpo, el cual es dado por ustedes. Hagan esto en memoria de Mí." 20 De la misma manera Él tomó la copa después de la cena, diciendo: "Esta copa es el nuevo pacto en mi sangre, la cual es vertida por ustedes. 21 Pero presten atención. El que me traiciona está conmigo en la mesa. 22 Pues el Hijo del Hombre ciertamente va como ha sido determinado. ¡Pero ay de aquel hombre por medio del cual Él es traicionado!" 23 Y ellos comenzaron a preguntarse entre sí, cuál de ellos sería el que haría tal cosa. 24 Entonces surgió una disputa entre ellos acerca de cuál de ellos era considerado el más grande. 25 Él les dijo: "Los reyes de los gentiles tienen señorío sobre ellos, y aquellos que tienen autoridad sobre ellos, son llamados gobernantes honorables. 26 Pero entre ustedes no debe ser así. En cambio, dejen que el más grande entre ustedes sea como el menor. Y dejen que el que sea más importante sea como el que sirve. 27 Porque, ¿cuál es mayor, el que se sienta a la mesa, o el que sirve? ¿No es el que se sienta a la mesa? Aun así, Yo estoy entre ustedes como uno que sirve. 28 Pero ustedes son los que han continuado conmigo en mis pruebas. 29 Yo les doy a ustedes un reino, tal como mi Padre me ha dado un reino, 30 en el que ustedes pueden comer y beber en mi mesa en mi reino. Y ustedes se sentarán en tronos juzgando a las doce tribus de Israel. 31 Simón, Simón, sé consciente, Satanás pidió tenerte, para zarandearte como el trigo. 32 Pero Yo he orado por ti, para que tu fe no falle. Cuando regreses, fortalece a tus hermanos." 33 Pedro le dijo a Él: "Señor, yo estoy listo para ir contigo a ambos, a la prisión y a la muerte." 34 Jesús replicó: "Yo te digo, Pedro, el gallo no cantará este día, antes que hayas negado tres veces que me conoces." 35 Luego Jesús les dijo a ellos: "Cuando yo les envié sin un bolso, saco de provisión, o zapatos, ¿les faltó algo a ustedes?" Y ellos contestaron: "Nada." 36 Entonces Él les dijo: "Pero ahora, el que tiene bolso, que lo lleve y también un saco de provisiones. El que no tiene una espada debería vender su manto y comprar una. 37 Pero Yo les digo, lo que está escrito acerca de Mí debe cumplirse. 'Y ÉL FUE CONSIDERADO COMO UN DELINCUENTE.' Pues lo que ha sido predicho de Mí se está cumpliendo." 38 Entonces ellos dijeron: "¡Señor, mira! Aquí hay dos espadas." Y Él les dijo: "Es suficiente." 39 Después de la cena, Jesús fue, como a menudo hacía, al Monte de los Olivos, y los discípulos lo siguieron. 40 Cuando llegaron, Él les dijo: "Oren para que ustedes no entren en tentación." 41 Él se alejó de ellos como a la distancia de un tiro de piedra, se arrodilló y oró, 42 diciendo: "Padre, si es Tu voluntad, pasa esta copa de mí. Nunca se haga Mi voluntad, sino que se haga la tuya." 43 Entonces un ángel del cielo se le apareció fortaleciéndolo. 44 Estando en agonía, Él oró más fervientemente y Su sudor se convirtió como grandes gotas de sangre cayendo hasta el suelo. 45 Cuando Él se levantó de Su oración, fue a los discípulos y los encontró durmiendo a causa de su tristeza, 46 y les preguntó: "¿Por qué están durmiendo? Levántense y oren, para que no entren en tentación." 47 Cuando Él aún estaba hablando, he aquí una multitud apareció con Judas, uno de los doce, guiándolos. Él se acercó a Jesús para besarlo, 48 pero Jesús le dijo: "Judas, ¿con un beso traicionas al Hijo del Hombre?" 49 Cuando los que estaban alrededor de Jesús vieron lo que ocurría dijeron: "Señor, ¿atacamos con la espada?" 50 Entonces uno de ellos golpeó al sirviente del sumo sacerdote, y le cortó su oreja derecha. 51 Jesús dijo: "Basta ya." Y Él tocó su oreja, y lo curó. 52 Jesús dijo a los sacerdotes principales, capitanes del templo y a los ancianos que venían contra Él: "¿Ustedes vienen, como contra un ladrón, con espadas y garrotes? 53 Cuando Yo estaba diariamente con ustedes en el templo, ustedes no pusieron sus manos sobre Mí. Pero esta es su hora y de la autoridad de la oscuridad." 54 Capturándolo, lo llevaron a la casa del sumo sacerdote. Pedro los siguió desde lejos. 55 Después que ellos encendieron un fuego en medio del patio y se sentaron juntos, Pedro se sentó entre ellos. 56 Una cierta criada lo vio mientras se sentaba a la luz del fuego y lo miró directamente y dijo: "Este hombre también estaba con Él." 57 Pero Pedro lo negó, diciendo: "Mujer, yo no lo conozco." 58 Después de un tiempo, alguien más lo vio y dijo: "Tú también eres uno de ellos." Pero Pedro dijo: "Hombre, no soy." 59 Cerca de una hora después otro hombre insistió y dijo: "Ciertamente este hombre también estaba con Él, porque él es galileo." 60 Pero Pedro dijo: "Hombre, yo no sé lo que me estás diciendo." E inmediatamente, mientras él estaba hablando, un gallo cantó. 61 Girándose, el Señor miró a Pedro. Y Pedro recordó la palabra del Señor, cuando Él le dijo: "Antes que el gallo cante hoy tú me negarás tres veces." 62 Saliendo, Pedro lloró amargamente. 63 Entonces los hombres custodiando a Jesús se burlaron y lo golpearon. 64 Luego de vendarle los ojos, ellos le pidieron, diciéndole: "¡Profetiza! ¿Quién es el que te ha golpeado?" 65 Ellos hablaron muchas otras cosas en contra de Jesús, blasfemando. 66 Tan pronto como fue de día, los ancianos del pueblo se reunieron, ambos sacerdotes superiores y escribas. Lo llevaron al Concilio, 67 y dijeron: "Si tú eres el Cristo, dínos." Pero Él les dijo: "Si Yo les digo, ustedes no me creerán, 68 y si Yo les pregunto, ustedes no responderán. 69 Pero de ahora en adelante, el Hijo del Hombre estará sentado a la derecha del poder de Dios." 70 Todos ellos dijeron: ¿Entonces Tú eres el Hijo de Dios?" Y Jesús les dijo: "Ustedes dicen que Yo lo soy." 71 Ellos dijeron: "¿Por qué necesitamos un testigo? Pues nosotros mismos hemos oído de Su propia boca."
En esta siguiente parte de la historia. Judas agrega para b
Esta palabra es usada aqui para introducir una nueva parte de la historia.
La fiesta era llamada por su nombre por lo que duraba la fiesta, los judios no podían comer pan hecho con levadura. "Cuando se relizaba la fiesta solo se comía pan sin levadura"
todo estaba listo para regresar
El sacerdote y los escribas no tenían autoridad para matar a Jesús ellos mismos, pero ellos buscaron a otro para matarlo.
(1) Posiblemnete cosas que hicieron (2) Miedo a lo que la gente les fuese a coronar a que hicieran a Jesús su rey
Este es el regreso a la acción en esta parte de la historia
Esto fue probablemente muy similar a una posesión demoniaca.
el líder de los sacerdotes
ofciales de cuidar el templo
como él ayudó para que arrestaran a Jesús
El sumo sacerdote y capitanes
para Judas obtener dinero
accedió
Esto es una acción que continua después de esta parte la historia.
Ayudar en el arresto de Jesús
"privatizadamente"o "cuando ellos iban no había multitud alrrededor de él"
Esta es la siguiente parte de la historia. Jesús envía a Pedro y Juan a prepararse para la cena. Verso 7 sirve como información de trasforndo sobre esta historia.
"El día del pan sin levadura" Este era el día de los judios hacian este pan en sus casas.
La palabra "ustedes"no esta incluido Jesús. Jesús no forma parte del grupo
El les contestó
Escuchen
un hombre con un cántaro de agua saldrá a su encuentro
cántaro de agua
Sigánlo hasta dentro de la casa
El Maestro te dice
El Maestro
comer la Pascua
El te mostrará
cuarto de arriba
Así que ellos fueron
Cuando llegó el tiempo
el se entristeció
Yo he deseado grandemente
antes de que yo sufra
Porque les digo a ustedes
hasta que sea cumplida
tomó la copa
cuando el dió gracias
él dijo
compartanla entre ustedes
Porque a ustedes le digo
fruto del vino
hasta que el reino de Dios se venga
pan
lo partió
Este es mi cuerpo
mi cuerpo que es dado por ustedes
Hagann esto
en memoria de mi
Esta copa
el nuevo pacto en mi sangre
mi sangre que derramada por ustedes
El que me entrega
El Hijo del Hombre ciertamente va
el Hijo de hombre
como ha sido determinado
Pero ay de aquel hombre por el cual he de ser traicionado
Entonces surgió una disputa entre ellos
era considerado el más grande
El le dijo a ellos
potestad sobre de ellos
son referidos como
Jesús continúa enseñandole
"¿Ustedes vienen con espadas y garrotes porque piensan que yo soy un ladrón?" Jesús utiliza esta pregunta para regañar a los líderes judíos. Traducción Alterna: "Ustedes saben que no soy un ladrón, sin embargo vienen a mí con espadas y garrotes"
"Yo estaba entre ustedes todos los días"
Solo los sacerdotes entraban al templo. Traducción Alterna: "en las cortes del templo" o "dentro del templo"
Esta expresión se refiere a la gente ejercitando su autoridad sobre los discípulos. Traducción Alterna: "arréstenme"
"su tiempo" o "su tiempo de actuar"
Puede ser de ayuda repetir la referencia al tiempo. Traducción Alterna: "y el tiempo de la autoridad de la oscuridad"
Esto se refiere al gobernante malvado, Satanás. Traducción Alterna: "el tiempo del gobernante de la oscuridad" o "el tiempo de Satanás para actuar"
"dirigieron a Jesús lejos del jardín donde lo habían arrestado"
"al patio de la casa del sumo sacerdote"
"algunas personas encendieron un fuego." El fuego era para mantener a las personas calentadas durante las noches frías. Traducción Alterna: "algunas personas encendieron un fuego para calentarse"
Este era el patio de la casa del sumo sacerdote. Tenía paredes alrededor pero no tenía techo.
"junto con ellos"
"miró directamente a Pedro y dijo a las otras personas en el patio"
La mujer le estaba diciendo a la gente que Pedro estaba con Jesús. Ella probablemente no sabía el nombre de Pedro.
"Pero Pedro dijo que no era cierto"
Pedro no sabía el nombre de la mujer. Él no la estaba insultando al decirle "mujer." Si las personas piensan que la está insultando, puede utilizar una manera culturalmente aceptable para un hombre dirigirse hacia una mujer que él no conoce, o puede obviar la palabra.
"Tú también eres uno de los discípulos de Jesús"
Pedro no sabía el nombre del hombre. Él no lo estaba insultando al decirle "Hombre." Si las personas piensan que la está insultando, puede utilizar una manera culturalmente aceptable para un hombre dirigirse hacia otro hombre que él no conoce, o puede obviar la palabra.
"dijo insistentemente" o "dijo altamente" (UDB)
Aquí "este hombre" se refiere a Pedro. EL hablador probablemente no sabía el nombre de Pedro.
Este hombre probablemente sabía que Pedro era de Galilea por su forma de hablar.
Pedro no sabía el nombre del hombre. Él no lo estaba insultando al decirle "Hombre." Si las personas piensan que la está insultando, puede utilizar una manera culturalmente aceptable para un hombre dirigirse hacia otro hombre que él no conoce, o puede obviar la palabra. Vea como tradujo esto en 22:56.
"yo no sé de lo que estas hablando." Esta expresión significa que Pedro estaba completamente en desacuerdo con el hombre. Traducción Alterna: "lo que tú dijiste no es para nada cierto" o "lo que dijiste es completamente falso"
"mientras Pedro estaba hablando"
Los gallos usualmente cantan justo antes de que el sol aparezca en la mañana. Vea como tradujo una frase similar en 22:33.
"El Señor se giró y miró a Pedro"
La "palabra" de Jesús aquí se utiliza para referirse a todo lo que Él ha dicho. Traducción Alterna: "las palabras de Jesús" o "lo que Jesús ha dicho"
Los gallos usualmente cantan justo antes de que el sol aparezca en la mañana. Vea como tradujo una frase similar en 22:33.
El día de los judíos comenzaba con la puesta del sol y continuaba hasta el próximo atardecer. Jesús había hablado en la tarde anteriormsobre lo que pasaría justo antes del amanecer o en el amanecer. Traducción Alterna: "esta noche"
"negarás tres veces que me conoces"
"Saliendo del patio"
Los guardias no creían que Jesús era un profeta. En vez, creían que un verdadero profeta sabría quién lo golpeó aunque no pudiera ver. Ellos llamaban a Jesús un profeta, pero ellos querían demostrar que Él no era un profeta. Traducción Alterna: "Demuestra que eres un profeta. ¡Dinos quien te ha golpeado!" o "Oye profeta, ¿quién te ha dado?"
"¡Habla palabras de Dios!" La información implícita es que Dios tendría que decirle a Jesús quién lo ha golpeado ya que Jesús estaba vendado y no podía ver.
Ahora es el próximo día y Jesús es traído ante el Concilio.
"Al amanecer la próxima mañana" (UDB)
Los posibles significados son 1) "Los ancianos ordenaron a que trajeran a Jesús al Concilio" o 2) "Los guardias llevaron a Jesús al Concilio de los ancianos." Algunos lenguajes pueden evitar decir quienes lo llevaron utilizando el pronombre "ellos"
Esto puede ser traducido como una nueva oración. Traducción Alterna: "Los ancianos le dijeron a Jesús"
"dinos que tú eres el Cristo"
Jesús está diciendo que no importaba si hablaba o les pedía que hablaran, ellos no iban a responder correctamente. Estas dos frases juntas expresan la actitud de Jesús de que el Concilio no estaba buscando la verdad.
Este es el primero de dos declaraciones hipotéticas hechas por Jesús. Era una manera para Jesús responder sin darles a ellos una razón de decir que era culpable de blasfemia. Tu lenguaje puede tener una manera de indicar que la acción aún no ha ocurrido.
Esta es la segunda de las declaraciones hipotéticas. Era una manera para Jesús reprenderlos sin darles una razón para condenarlo. Tu lenguaje puede tener una manera de indicar que la acción aún no ha ocurrido.
Jesús continúa hablándole al Concilio.
"desde este día" o "empezando hoy"
Jesús utilizaba esta frase para referirse a Él mismo. Este título también se refería al Cristo, pero los ancianos tendrían que preguntar para verificar que el estaba afirmando que Él era el Cristo.
Los judíos entendían que solo Dios se podía sentar ahí. Ellos consideraban esto igual a decir "estará con Dios como Dios."
"el Dios Todopoderoso." Aquí "poder" se refiere a su autoridad suprema.
El concilio hizo esta pregunta porque ellos querían que Jesús confirmara explícitamente su entendimiento de que Él estaba diciendo ser el Hijo de Dios. Traducción Alterna: "Así que cuando dijiste eso, ¿te referías a que eres el Hijo de Dios?"
Esto es un título importante para Jesús.
"Sí, es como ustedes dicen" (UDB)
Ellos utilizan esta pregunta para enfatizar. Traducción Alterna: "¡No tenemos más necesidad de un testigo!"
La frase "su propia boca" se refiere a su discurso. Traducción Alterna: "lo escuchamos decir que el cree ser el Hijo de Dios"
1 Toda la asamblea de ellos se levantaron, y llevaron a Jesús frente a Pilato. 2 Ellos comenzaron a acusarle, diciendo: "Encontramos a este hombre pervirtiendo nuestra nación, prohibiendo dar tributo a César, y diciendo que Él mismo es Cristo, un rey." 3 Pilato le preguntó, diciendo: "¿Eres Tú el Rey de los Judíos?" Y Jesús le contestó y dijo: "Tú lo dices." 4 Pilato dijo a los principales sacerdotes y las multitudes: "Yo no encuentro falta en este hombre." 5 Pero ellos estaban insistiendo, diciendo: "Él alborota la gente, enseñando a través de toda Judea, comenzando en Galilea incluso hasta en este lugar." 6 Así que cuando Pilato escuchó esto, preguntó si el hombre era galileo. 7 Cuando descubrió que Él estaba bajo la autoridad de Herodes, envió a Jesús a Herodes, quien también estaba en Jerusalén en esos días. 8 Cuando Herodes vio a Jesús, le dio mucho gusto, porque él había querido verle por un largo tiempo. Él había escuchado sobre Él y esperaba verle realizar algún milagro. 9 Herodes le preguntó a Jesús muchas cosas, pero Jesús no le contestó nada. 10 Los principales sacerdotes y escribas se pararon, acusándolo violentamente. 11 Herodes con sus soldados lo insultaron, y se burlaron de Él, y le vistieron con ropa hermosa, luego lo enviaron de vuelta a Pilato. 12 Herodes y Pilato se hicieron amigos ese mismo día (antes ellos habían sido enemigos). 13 Luego Pilato llamó a los principales sacerdotes y los gobernantes y la multitud de gente, 14 y les dijo: "Ustedes me trajeron este hombre como uno que dirige a la gente a actuar mal, y vean, yo, habiéndole cuestionado ante ustedes, no encuentro falta en este hombre sobre las cosas por las cuales ustedes le acusan. 15 No, ni Herodes, por lo que lo envió de vuelta a nosotros, y vean, nada digno de muerte ha sido hecho por Él. 16 "Yo, por lo tanto, lo castigaré y lo soltaré." 17 Pilato estaba obligado a soltarles a los judíos un prisionero en la fiesta. 18 Pero ellos gritaron todos, diciendo: "¡Fuera con este hombre, y suéltanos a Barrabás!" 19 Barrabás fue un hombre que había sido puesto en prisión por cierta rebelión en la ciudad y por homicidio. 20 Pilato se dirigió a ellos otra vez, deseando soltar a Jesús. 21 Pero ellos gritaron, diciendo: "Crucifícalo, crucifícalo." 22 Él les dijo a ellos una tercera vez: "¿Por qué? ¿Qué maldad ha hecho este hombre? No he hallado algo en Él que merezca la pena de muerte. Por lo tanto, luego de castigarlo, lo soltaré." 23 Pero ellos fueron insistentes con fuertes voces, exigiendo que Él fuera crucificado. Y sus voces convencieron a Pilato. 24 Así que Pilato decidió conceder su demanda. 25 Él soltó al que ellos pedían, el cual había sido puesto en prisión por amotinarse y homicidio. Pero les entregó a Jesús a la voluntad de ellos. 26 Mientras le llevaban fuera, agarraron a Simón de Cirene, que venía del campo, y pusieron la cruz sobre él para que la cargara, siguiendo a Jesús. 27 Una gran multitud de gente y de mujeres quienes lloraban y lamentaban por Él, le seguían. 28 Pero volviéndose a ellos, Jesús dijo: "Hijas de Jerusalén, no lloren por Mí, lloren por ustedes mismas y por sus hijos. 29 Pues vean, vienen días en los cuales ellos dirán: 'Benditas las estériles y las matrices que no concibieron y los pechos que no amamantaron.' 30 Luego ellos comenzarán a decir a las montañas: 'Caigan sobre nosotros,' y a los collados: 'Cúbrenos.' 31 Pues si hacen estas cosas mientras el árbol está verde, ¿qué pasará cuando esté seco?" 32 Otros hombres, dos criminales, fueron llevados con Él para ser muertos. 33 Cuando llegaron al lugar que se llama "La Calavera", allí ellos le crucificaron junto a los criminales, uno a la derecha y el otro a su izquierda. 34 Jesús dijo: "Padre, perdónalos, porque ellos no saben lo que hacen." Y ellos echaron suertes, dividiendo sus vestidos. 35 La gente permaneció observando mientras los gobernantes también se burlaban de Él, diciendo: "Él salvó a otros. Que se salve a sí mismo, si Él es el Cristo de Dios, el Escogido." 36 Los soldados también lo ridiculizaron, acercándose a Él, ofreciéndole vinagre, 37 y diciendo: "Si Tú eres el Rey de los judíos, sálvate a ti mismo." 38 También había un cartel sobre Él: "Este es el rey de los judíos." 39 Uno de los criminales quien estaba crucificado, le insultó, diciendo: "¿No eres Tú el Cristo? Sálvate a ti mismo y a nosotros." 40 Pero el otro lo reprendió: "¿Acaso no temes tú a Dios, ya que estás bajo la misma condena? 41 Nosotros sin duda estamos aquí justamente, porque estamos recibiendo lo que merecemos por nuestras acciones. Pero este hombre no hizo nada malo." 42 Y él añadió: "Jesús, acuérdate de mí cuando vengas en tu reino." 43 Jesús le dijo: "Ciertamente Yo te digo, hoy estarás conmigo en el paraíso." 44 Ahora era como la hora sexta y la oscuridad vino sobre toda la tierra hasta la hora novena 45 mientras que la luz del sol se oscureció. Entonces la cortina del templo se rompió por la mitad. 46 Gritando con una fuerte voz, Jesús dijo: "Padre, en tus manos encomiendo mi espíritu." Habiendo dicho esto, Él murió. 47 Cuando el centurión vio lo sucedido, él glorificó a Dios, diciendo: "Seguramente este era un hombre justo." 48 Cuando todas las multitudes quienes se reunieron a presenciar este evento vieron las cosas que se habían hecho, ellos regresaron golpeándose sus pechos. 49 Pero todos sus conocidos y las mujeres quienes lo siguieron desde Galilea se mantuvieron a la distancia, observando estas cosas. 50 He aquí, había un hombre llamado José, perteneciente al Concilio, un hombre bueno y justo 51 (él no había estado de acuerdo con la decisión y su acción), él cual era de Arimatea en Judea, él estaba esperando por el reino de Dios. 52 Este hombre, acercándose a Pilato, pidió el cuerpo de Jesús. 53 Él lo bajó y lo envolvió en lino fino y lo colocó en una tumba que había sido cortada en la piedra, donde nadie había sido colocado. 54 Era el Día de la Preparación y el día de reposo estaba por comenzar. 55 Las mujeres, quienes salieron con Él de Galilea, le siguieron después y vieron la tumba y cómo su cuerpo fue puesto. 56 Ellas volvieron a sus casas y prepararon especias y ungüentos. Luego, en el día de reposo ellas descansaron de acuerdo al mandamiento.
Jesús es traído ante Pilato.
"Todos los líderes judíos" o "Todos los miembros del Concilio"
"lavantar" o "poner sobre sus pies"
Estar frente a alguien significa someterse a su autoridad. AT "para ser juzgado por Pilato"
"Encontramos"se refiere solamente a los miembros del Concilio, y no a Pilato de cualquier otra persona cercana.
"provocando aque nuestra gente haga cosas incorrectas"o "provocando problemas diceindo mentiras a nuestra gente" (UDP)
"diciéndoles a ellos que no paguen impuestos" (UDP)
César representa el Emperador de Roma. AT: "para el Emperador"
" Pilato le preguntó a Jesús"
Esta es una Expresión idiomática que significa que la afirmación es correcta.
"grupo e gente"
"No encontré hombre culpable de nada"
"causas problemas entre"
Este nueva oración es traducida:. (Expresión idiomática)" Empezó a causar problemas en Galilea y ahora está causando problemas aquí"
"escuchó que Jesús comenzó a enseñar en Galilea"
"si"
Se refiere a Jesús.
"Pilato descrubió"
El pasaje no menciona el hecho de que Herodes era el gobernante de Galilea. AT: "Jesús estaba bajo la autoridad de Herodes porque Herodes gobernaba Galilea"
"Pilato envió"
Hace referencia a Herodes.
"en ese tiempo" (UDP)
"A Herodes le dió mucho gusto"
"Herodes había querido ver a Jesús"
"Herodes había escuchado sobre Jesús"
1 Bien temprano en el primer día de la semana, ellas fueron a la tumba, trayendo las especias que habían preparado. 2 Ellas encontraron que la piedra había sido removida de la tumba. 3 Entraron, pero no encontraron el cuerpo del Señor Jesús. 4 Sucedió que, mientras ellas estaban confundidas sobre esto, repentinamente, dos hombres, con vestiduras resplandecientes, aparecieron de pie a su lado. 5 Las mujeres se llenaron de miedo e inclinaron sus rostros al suelo y ellos le dijeron a las mujeres: "¿Por qué buscan al que está vivo entre los muertos? 6 ¡Él no está aquí, Él resucito! Recuerden cómo Él les habló a ustedes mientras Él estaba todavía en Galilea, 7 diciendo que el Hijo del Hombre debe ser entregado en las manos de hombres pecadores y ser crucificado y en el tercer día, resucitaría. 8 Las mujeres recordaron sus palabras 9 regresaron de la tumba y le contaron todas estas cosas a los once y al resto. 10 Ahora María Magdalena, Juana, María la madre de Santiago y las otras mujeres con ellas, les contaron estas cosas a los apóstoles. 11 Pero este mensaje parecía habladuría rara para los apóstoles, y ellos no les creyeron a las mujeres. 12 Pero Pedro se levantó y corrió a la tumba, deteniéndose y mirando dentro, vio solo las vestiduras de lino. Entonces Pedro se fue a su casa, pensando qué había pasado. 13 He aquí, dos de ellos iban ese mismo día a una aldea llamada Emaús, la cual estaba a once kilómetros de Jerusalén. 14 Ellos comentaban entre si sobre todas las cosas que habían pasado. 15 Y sucedió que, mientras discutían y se cuestionaban entre ellos, Jesús mismo se les acercó y fue con ellos. 16 Pero sus ojos estaban impedidos de reconocerlo. 17 Jesús les dijo: "¿De qué están hablando ustedes dos mientras caminan?" Ellos se quedaron allí tristes. 18 Uno de ellos, llamado Cleofás, le contestó: "¿Acaso eres la única persona en Jerusalén que no sabe las cosas que han estado sucediendo allí en estos días?" 19 Jesús les dijo a ellos: "¿Qué cosas?" Ellos respondieron: "Las cosas sobre Jesús el nazareno, que era profeta, poderoso en obra y palabra ante Dios y todas las personas. 20 Y cómo los principales sacerdotes y nuestros gobernadores lo entregaron para ser condenado a muerte y le crucificaron. 21 Pero nosotros esperábamos que fuera Él quién liberará a Israel. Sí, y además de todo esto, hoy es el tercer día desde que han pasado estas cosas. 22 Pero también, algunas mujeres de nuestro grupo nos sorprendieron, cuando fueron a la tumba temprano en la mañana. 23 Cuando ellas no encontraron su cuerpo, vinieron, diciendo que también tuvieron una visión de ángeles quienes dijeron que Él estaba vivo. 24 Algunos hombres quienes estaban con nosotros fueron a la tumba y la encontraron justo como las mujeres contaron. Pero no lo vieron." 25 Jesús les dijo: "¡Oh hombres tontos y tardos de corazón en creer en todo lo que los profetas han dicho! 26 "¿No era necesario que el Cristo sufriera estas cosas y entrara en su gloria?" 27 Luego, comenzando con Moisés y a través de los profetas, Jesús les interpretó a ellos todas las cosas sobre sí mismo en todas las escrituras. 28 Mientras se acercaban a la aldea, a donde ellos iban, Jesús actuó como que continuaría más adelante. 29 Pero ellos le instaron diciendo: "Quédate con nosotros, porque está cerca la noche y el día está casi terminando." Así que Jesús entró y se quedó con ellos. 30 Sucedió que, cuando Él se sentó con ellos a comer, Él tomó el pan, lo bendijo y partiéndolo, se lo entregó a ellos. 31 Luego sus ojos fueron abiertos y ellos lo reconocieron y Él desapareció de su vista. 32 Se dijeron el uno al otro: "¿No estaba nuestro corazón ardiendo dentro de nosotros, mientras Él nos hablaba en el camino, mientras Él nos abría las escrituras?" 33 Ellos se levantaron en esa misma hora y regresaron a Jerusalén. Ellos encontraron a los once reunidos y los que estaban con ellos, 34 diciendo: "El Señor ciertamente ha resucitado y se le ha aparecido a Simón." 35 Así que ellos contaron las cosas que le pasaron en el camino y cómo Jesús se les mostró a ellos cuando Él partió el pan. 36 Mientras hablaban de estas cosas, Jesús mismo se paró en medio de ellos y les dijo: "Paz a ustedes." 37 Pero ellos estaban aterrorizados y llenos de temor y pensaron que vieron un espíritu. 38 Jesús les dijo: "¿Por qué están preocupados? ¿Por qué se levantan cuestionamientos en sus corazones? 39 Vean mis manos y mis pies, Soy Yo. Tóquenme y vean. Pues un espíritu no tiene carne y huesos, como ven que tengo." 40 Cuando Él dijo esto, les mostró sus manos y sus pies. 41 Mientras ellos todavía estaban incrédulos con alegría, y maravillados, Jesús les dijo: "¿Tienen algo para comer?" 42 Ellos le dieron un pedazo de pescado asado. 43 Jesús lo tomó y lo comió delante de ellos. 44 Él les dijo: "Cuando estaba con ustedes, les dije que todo lo que estaba escrito en la ley de Moisés, y los profetas, y en los Salmos, tenía que cumplirse." 45 Entonces Él les abrió sus mentes, para que pudieran entender las escrituras. 46 Él les dijo: "Por lo tanto está escrito, que el Cristo debe sufrir y resucitar de los muertos al tercer día. 47 Y arrepentimiento y perdón de pecados debe ser predicado en su nombre en todas las naciones, comenzando por Jerusalén. 48 Ustedes son testigos de estas cosas. 49 Miren, yo estoy enviando sobre ustedes lo que Mi Padre prometió. Pero permanezcan en la ciudad hasta que sean investidos con poder de lo alto." 50 Entonces Jesús los condujo fuera hasta cerca de Betania. Él levantó sus manos y los bendijo. 51 Sucedió que, mientras Él los bendecía, Él los dejó y fue llevado arriba al cielo. 52 Así que le adoraron y regresaron a Jerusalén con gran gozo. 53 Ellos estaban continuamente en el templo, alabando a Dios.